-------

-------
 I
 I
              r*
                                                             February 1987
I
       VOLUME III  AQUATICS
I
 ,-t
I
I
                  Submitted by:

        Aquatic Effects Research Program
Acid Deposition and Atmospheric Research Division
                      of
            Office of Acid Deposition,
           Environmental Monitoring,
             and Quality Assurance

        Environmental Protection Agency
                            Office of Research and Development
                          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                 Washington, DC  20460

                            U.S. Environmental Protection Agenoy
                            Library, Room 2404  PM-211 A    '
                            401 M Street, S.W:
                            Washington. DC  20460

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I

-------
  I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
  i
  i
 i
                                       VOLUME III
                                         NOTICE


      The information provided in this volume of the report has not been subjected to EPA's required
peer and policy review.  This report was prepared as a preliminary interpretation of the existing
Aquatic Effects Research Program (AERP) data as they relate to past, present, and future effects of
acidic deposition on changes in the chemistry and biology of surface waters.  Many of the data have
not been verified or validated at the time these  analyses were conducted.  Therefore, estimates
relating to the status of surface waters provided in this report are subject to  change as data
verification/validation proceeds and final  interpretive reports are prepared for peer review.  This
report is being prepared and used for internal planning purposes.
i ••
                                                          111

-------
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
                                      VOLUME III
                                       PREFACE
I
I
      This report was prepared at the request of the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA). It is an internal document to be used for briefing purposes. The data used
in this volume are primarily those available from the research efforts of EPA's Aquatic Effects
Research Program (AERP) as of December 1986. Some of the data included in this document were not
verified or validated at the time of the preparation of this report and thus are subject to change. As a
result, some of the quantitative conclusions may be modified after additional data examination and
interpretation.
      The report should be viewed as an intermediate, preliminary assessment of the findings/status
of the AERP.  It has been prepared predominantly by Program personnel, without external peer
review.  Approximately one-half of the data expected from the AERP have been collected, and the
most recent data have not been interpreted or evaluated in detail. The exercise serves to inform EPA
personnel of present AERP thoughts/findings and to provide an interim evaluation of AERP relating
to its past emphasis and future direction.
      The document was prepared during December 1986 and January 1987. Except for Section 2
references to lakes and Southern Blue Ridge Province streams, all information represents new data
and/or new analyses not contained in existing, peer-reviewed AERP documents.   The latter
supporting documentation is not generally available for review. The final analyses of these data will,
however, be a part of future AERP reports or peer-reviewed publications  only after Agency data
review and interpretation criteria are met.

-------
I
i
I
i
i
i
i
 i
 i

-------
                                                                DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                            "   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
                                      VOLUME III

                                      AUTHORS
I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
Baker, Joan; Kilkelly Environmental Associates
      Raleigh, NC

Cassell, David; Northrop Services, Inc.
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR

Church, Robbing; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR

Cook, Robert; Oak Ridge National Laboratory
      Oak Ridge, TN

Creager, Clayton; Kilkelly Environmental Associates
      Raleigh, NC

Eilers, Joseph; Northrop Services, Inc.
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR

Eshleman, Keith; Northrop Services, Inc.
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR

Holdren, Rich; Northrop Services, Inc.
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR

Johnson, Mark; Northrop Services, Inc.
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR

Kaufmann, Phil; Utah State
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR

Kellar, Penelope; Radian Corporation
      Research Triangle Park, NC

Landers, Dixon; State University of New York
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      Corvallis, OR
«• •—•^
Linthurst, Rick; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Office of Acid Deposition, Environmental Monitoring and Quality Assurance/
      Research Triangle Park, NC
                                                       VH

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY   -
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


Malanchuk, John; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Office of Acid Deposition, Environmental Monitoring and Quality Assurance
     Washington, DC

Marmorek, Dave; Environmental and Social Systems Analysts Ltd.
     Vancouver, B.C., Canada

McKenzie, Dan; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Environmental Research Laboratory
     Corvallis, OR

Messer, Jay; Utah State
     Environmental Research Laboratory
     Corvallis, OR

Pollman, Curtis; KBN Engineering and Applied Science
     Gainesville, FL

Rochelle, Barry; Northrop Services, Inc.
     Environmental Research Laboratory
     Corvallis, OR

Shaffer, Paul; Northrop Services, Inc.
     Environmental Research Laboratory
     Corvallis, OR

Stevens, Don; Eastern Oregon State College
      La Grande, OR

Sullivan, Tim; Northrop Services, Inc.
      Environmental Research Laboratory
      CorvalUs, OR

Thornton, Kent; FTN and Associates
      Little Rock, AR
                                          VUl

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
i
                                       VOLUME III

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I
      The authors wish to acknowledge the support of Northrop Services, Inc., for the production of

 the document.  Special thanks are extended to Ms. Perry Suk for coordination, editing, and expert

 guidance in the development of the document.
r*
      The following people are  also acknowledged for their support without which this document

 could not have been completed.
I
I
I
I
I
          Document Production

 Editing
    Jaynee Allen; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Penelope Kellar; Radian
 Graphics
    Betsy Huber; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Cindy Matthews; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Word Processing and Conversion
    Jo Anne Barker; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Patti Kempffer; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Barbara Minton; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Janice Wilson; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Text Transmittal/Editing
    Susan Christie; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Typing
    Cindy Burgeson; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Kathy Hurley; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Carol Roberts; Northrop Services, Inc.
    Roze Royce; Northrop Services, Inc.
Data Base Development/Management

 Stasia Allen; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Louis Blume; EPA/Las Vegas
 Craig Brandt; SAIC
 Kevin Cappo; EPA/Las Vegas
 Jan Coe; Oak Ridge National Laboratory
 William Cole; Lockheed
 Sevda Drouse; Lockheed
 Karen Dunaway; SAIC
 Robin Goldberg; Lockheed
 Jon Goyert; SAIC
 Andrew Kinney; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Fritz Kirschner; Lockheed
 Mike Papp; Lockheed
 Steve Pierett; Lockheed
 Denise Schmoyer; SAIC
 Robert Schonbrod; EPA/Las Vegas
 Sally Snell; Lockheed
 Robert Turner; Oak Ridge National Laboratory
                                      Data Analysis
 Gary Bishop; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Jim Blick; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Bill Campbell; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Jack Cosby; University of Virginia
 Mark DeHaan; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Robin Dennis; EPA/ASRL/RTP
 Ted Eary; Pacific Northwest Laboratory
 Dennis Ford; FTN
 Warren Gebert; U.S. Geological Survey
 Don Gerbin; Pacific Northwest Laboratory
 Steve Gherini; Tetra Tech Inc.
 Dave Graczyk; U.S. Geological Survey
 George Hornberger; University of Virginia
 Everett Jenne; Pacific Northwest Laboratory
 Mark Mitch; Utah State
 Dorothy Mortenson; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Ron Munson; Tetra Tech
 A. Keith Nash; FTN
 Don Nesbitt; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Rick Neuz; FTN
 Tony Olsen; Pacific Northwest Laboratory
 Scott Overton; Oregon State University
 Carmen Piekarski; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Pat Ryan; University of Virginia
 Mike Sale; Oak Ridge National Laboratory
 Trish Southern; Northrop Services, Inc.
 Lance Vail; Pacific Northwest Laboratory
 David Wolaver; University of Virginia
I
                                            IX

-------
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

-------
 I
I
i
i
i
i
i
i
                                              DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                            FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                             DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS



SECTION                                                                 PAGE

 Volume III

    Notice	r	   "*
    Preface  	    v
    Authors	   vii
    Acknowledgments  	.	   ix
    List of Figures	   xv
    List of Tables  					-	   xxi
    List of Acronyms	  xxv

   1  HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE   				   1-1
      1.1  INTRODUCTION   					   1-1
      1.2  AQUATIC RESEARCH EFFECTS PROGRAM  —			   1-5
          1.2.1  Policy Questions	:	'—   1-5
          1.2.2  Conceptual Approach	   1-5
          1.2.3  Present Research Program  	'   1-9
          1.2.4  Present Status/Progress	  1-14
      1.3  PRIMARY UNCERTAINTIES AND IMPLICATIONS FOR DATA
          INTERPRETATION   						  1-15
      1.4  PURPOSE OF THE DOCUMENT  		—		  1-15
      1.5  APPROACH  	—	-			  1-16
      1.6  DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION  -	——		-1-17
      1.7  REFERENCES  				  1-18

   2  PRESENT STATUS OF SURFACE WATER CHEMISTRY		—   2-1
      2.1  SUMMARY —				   2-1
      2.2  INTRODUCTION   				   2-1
      2.3  DEFINING THE RESOURCE OF INTEREST			   2-2
          2.3.1  What Regions of the United States Should Be Considered?	   2-2
          2.3.2  How Were Regions Prioritized for Study?	   2-3
          2.3.3  What Kinds of Lakes and Streams Should Be Studied?	   2-5
          2.3.4  Target Population Estimates for Lakes and Streams	   2-8
      2.4  WHAT IS THE PRESENT STATUS OF THE SURF ACE WATERS?	  2-10
          2.4.1  ANC and pH - Measures of Surface Water Acidity	  2-10
          2.4.2  The "Index" Value Concept  	  2-12
          2.4.3  Regional Chemical Characteristics of Lakes and Streams	  2-14
          2.4.4  Comparison of Lake and Stream Population Estimates	  2-24
      2.5  UNCERTAINTY —.		-	—			  2-26
          2.5.1  Omitted Resources at Risk  	'.	  2-26
          2.5.2  Seasonal Variability	  2-30
          2.5.3  Episodes 	—-			-	-  2-36
      2.6  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS  			—  2-49
      2.7  REFERENCES		'—			—  2-50

                                                                      (continued)
I
                                      XI

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
 SECTION                                                                PAGE

    3  QUANTIFYING CHEMICAL CHANGE AS A RESULT OF ACIDIC
       DEPOSITION	-	-		    3-1
       3.1  SUMMARY			—	—	    3-1
       3.2  INTRODUCTION   	-		    3-1
       3.3  EVIDENCE FOR LONG-TERM CHANGE AS A RESULT OF ACIDIC
           DEPOSITION	-	—	    3-2
       3.4  INFERENCE OF CHANGE BASED ON PRESENT SURFACE
           WATER CHEMISTRY		_	   3-10
           3.4.1  Introduction   	   3-10
           3.4.2  Relationship between Sulfate Deposition and Sulfate
                 Concentrations in Surface Waters	   3-10
           3.4.3  Relationships between pH and ANC and SO/f2 Concentrations
                 in Surface Waters--—:	   3-13
         •  3.4.4  F Factor 			   3-23
           3.4.5  Estimation of Damage to Target Streams	,	   3-25
           3.4.6  Summary	   3-30
       3.5  ALTERNATIVE MECHANISMS AND THEIR RELATIVE
           CONTRIBUTIONS TO ACIDIFICATION   		   3-31
           3.5.1  Introduction	:	   3-31
           3.5.2  Organic Acid Effects on Acidification	   3-31
           3.5.3  Acid Mine Drainage Effects on Acidification	   3-40
           3.5.4  Sea Salt/Chloride Effect on Acidification —	   3-43
           3.5.5  Land-use Changes  	;	   3-45
           3.5.6  Status of Florida Lakes	   3-48
       3.6  CONCLUSIONS		   3-62
       3.7  REFERENCES  			'	   3-63

    4  BIOLOGICAL RELEVANCE OF OBSERVED CHANGES IN CHEMISTRY
       AS A RESULT OF ACIDIC DEPOSITION   	    4-1
       4.1  SUMMARY	-		    4-1
       4.2  INTRODUCTION   		    4-1
       4.3  CHEMICAL PARAMETERS THAT INFLUENCE FISH RESPONSE  	    4-4
       4.4  CRITICAL VALUES OR RANGES FOR EFFECTS ON FISH
           POPULATIONS 		    4-7
           4.4.1  Qualitative Review and Integration of the Published Literature  	    4-7
           4.4.2  Empirical Models of Fish Response  	   4-12
           4.4.3  Summary. Critical Values for Effects on Fish Populations	   4-18
       4.5  ESTIMATE OF DAMAGE TO DATE   	-	   4-19
           4.5.1  Introduction	   4-19
           4.5.2  Lakes in the Northeastern United States (Region 1)	   4-21
           4.5.3  Lakes in Other Regions  	   4-24
           4.5.4  Streams 	   4-24


                                                                       (continued)
                                       xu

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                               DRAFT PREUMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                               DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION                                                                  PAGE

      4.6  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS   	-	—	   4-26
          4.6.1  Conclusions					   4-26
          4.6.2  Recommendations  	   4-28
      4.7  REFERENCES  		—		   4-28

   5  PREDICTION OF THE FUTURE EFFECTS OF ACIDIC DEPOSITION ON
      SURFACE WATER CHEMISTRY   	—	—	-    5-1
      5.1  SUMMARY —	-			-    5-1
      5.2  INTRODUCTION  						    5-3
          5.2.1  Objectives of this Analysis  	    5-3
          5.2.2  Approach   	    5-8
      5.3  EVALUATION OF SULFUR STEADY STATE (NE AND SBRP)  	   5-13
          5.3.1  Intensively Studied Sites	   5-13
          5.3.2  Calculated Sulfur Input-Output Budgets	   5-15
          5.3.3  Comparison of Equilibrium Soil Solutiion and Surface Water
                Sulfate Concentrations	   5-19
          5.3.4  Predictions of Temporal Changes in Dissolved Sulfate 	   5-25
          5.3.5  Conclusions	.	   5-29
      5.4  EVALUATION OF BASE CATION STEADY STATE    		   5-29
          5.4.1  Application of an Equilibrium-based, Mass Balance Soil
                Chemical Model (the Reuss-Johnson Model)	   5-30
          5.4.2  Application of a Dynamic Mass Balance Model to Predict Future
                Changes in Soil pH and Status of Base Cations	   5-37
          5.4.3  Comparison of the Predicted Changes in Percent Base
                Saturation and Soil pH Using Two Different Modeling
                Approaches: Mass Balance versus Equilibrium	   5-42
          5.4.4  Predicted Changes in Lake ANC as a Function of Changes in
                Percent/Base Saturation  	   5-46
          5.4.5  Conclusions	   5-47
      5.5  CLASSIFICATION OF SYSTEM RESPONSE (TO ZERO ANC) AS A
          FUNCTION OF SULFATE ADSORPTION AND BASE CATION
          SUPPLY					   5-49
          5.5.1  Approach	   5-49
          5.5.2  Northeast	   5-51
          5.5.3  Southern Blue Ridge Province	'.	   5-58
          5.5.4  Conclusions	   5-58
      5.6  CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSE OF NORTHEAST SYSTEMS
          USING DYNAMIC WATERSHED MODELS  	   5-64
          5.6.1  Approach	   5-64
          5.6.2  Watershed Selection	«   5-71
          5.6.3  Watershed-Lake Data Used    —._<	   5-73
          5.6.4  Model Calibration	   5-78
          5.6.5  Sensitivity Analysis	   5-85

                                                                        (continued)
                                                    Xlll

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
 SECTION
PAGE
           5.6.6  Model Forecasts  	    5-89
           5.6.7  Regional Estimates 	    5-93
           5.6.8  Watershed Attributes  	    5-95
           5.6.9  Model Forecast Uncertainty	    5-96
           5.6.10 Regional Implications  	   5-100
           5.6.11 Canadian Assessment  	   5-101
       5.7  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS  	   5-103
       5.8  REFERENCES		—		   5-105

    6  EFFECTS OF CHANGING SULFATE DEPOSITION ON SURFACE
       WATER CHEMISTRY	     6-1
       6.1  SUMMARY		     6-1
       6.2  INTRODUCTION  	     6-1
       6.3  METHODS OF ESTIMATING CRITICAL/TARGET LOADINGS   	     6-2
           6.3.1  Loadings Estimated from Biological Thresholds  	     6-3
           6.3.2  Loadings Estimated from Predicted Lake Chemistry	     6-7
           6.3.3  Previously Proposed Target Loadings 	     6-9
       6.4  MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE EFFECTS OF LOADING CHANGES  	    6-11
           6.4.1  Steady-State Forecasts   	    6-12
           6.4.2  The MAGIC Model  	    6-24
           6.4.3  Model Application to Aquatic Systems in Canada	    6-27
       6.5  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS  	    6-30
           6.5.1  Conclusions	:	    6-30
           6.5.2  Recommendations  	    6-31
       6.6  REFERENCES   	    6-31

    7  RATES OF RECOVERY 			     7-1
       7.1  SUMMARY	—     7-1
       7.2  INTRODUCTION  		-	_     7-1
       7.3  MODELING APPROACHES TO ESTIMATING RATES OF
           RECOVERY	     7-2
       7.4  EVIDENCE FOR CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL RECOVERY	     7-4
           7.4.1  Evidence of Chemical Recovery from Deposition Reductions	     7-4
           7.4.2  Evidence for Biological Recovery from Deposition Reductions-	    7-11
           7.4.3  Biological Recovery following Chemical Restorations: Results
                 from Canada   	    7-11
       7.5  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS  	    7-15
           7.5.1  Conclusions	    7-15
           7.5.2  Recommendations  	    7-16
       7.6  REFERENCES   		    7-17
                                       xiv

-------
 I
I

I
I
I
I
                                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                 LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE                                                                         PAGE

  1-1 Regions in North America containing lakes that are potentially sensitive,
      based on bedrock geology, to acidification by acidic deposition  	    1-2
  1-2 The regional classification approach used in the Aquatic Effects Research
      Program 	    1-7
  1-3 Step-wise approach of the Aquatic Effects Research Program   	    1-7
  1-4 Integration of projects within theAquatic Effects Research Program	    1-8
  1-5 Structure of the Aquatic Effects Research Program approach and primary
      projects addressing each area of research	   1-10

  2-1 Regions and subregions of the United States used to define target populations
      for the National Surface Water Survey	    2-4
  2-2 Illustration of a sample of NSS stream reaches as they might appear on a
      l:250,000-scale topographic map	    2-7
  2-3 pH versus ANC relationship for the northeastern United States based on
      NSWSlakedata  						   2-11
  2-4 Population estimates for acid neutralizing capacity in eastern United States
      lakes   		   2-15
  2-5 Population estimates for acid neutralizing capacity in western United States
      lakes   						   2-16
  2-6 Population estimates for pH in eastern United States lakes 	   2*17
  2-7 Population estimates for pH in western United States lakes	   2-17
  2-8 Population estimates for ANC in U.S. streams	   2-22
  2-9 Population estimates for pH in U.S. streams	   2-23
 2-10 Estimated percentages of lakes in various ANC and pH categories for small
      lakes and large lakes in Adirondack Park, NY	   2-27
 2-11 l:24,000-scale blue-line streams in relation to the NSS target population	   2-29
 2-12 Comparison of spring and fall pH  in Phase II ELS lakes	   2-32
 2-13 Comparison of spring and fall ANC in Phase II ELS lakes	   2-32
 2-14 Comparison of summer and fall pH values for  Phase II ELS lakes	   2-32
 2-15 Differences in estimated population distributions for ANC, based on number
      of reaches, in the Northern Appalachian Plateau Subregion on two
      springtime sampling visits approximately 3 to 5 weeks apart   	   2-34
 2-16 Comparison of estimated population distributions for pH and ANC, based on
      length of stream reaches, from the three spring and one summer sampling
      intervals in the Southern Blue Ridge Subregion  	   2-35
 2-17 Cumulative distribution functions for "index" and predicted minimum pH
      and ANC, based on number of reaches, for National Stream Survey target
      streams in the Southern Blue Ridge Province   	   2-39
 2-18 Cumulative distribution functions for predicted changes in pH and ANC,
      based on number of reaches, for National Stream Survey target streams in
      the Southern Blue Ridge Province	   2-40


                                                                              (continued)
I
                                          xv

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                    LIST OF FIGURES
  FIGURE
PAGE
   2-19  Relationship between baseflow ANC and minimum episodic ANC predicted
        by a two-box mixing model  	   2-42
   2*20  Cumulative distribution functions for event duration for three streams in the
        eastern United States  	   2-43
   2-21  Measured changes in stream discharge and alkalinity at West Washusett
        Brook during a nine-day storm event in May-June, 1984	   2-44
   2-22  Relationship between index lake and minimum outlet ANC during snowmelt
        for nine lakes studied by Driscoll	   2-46
   2-23  Cumulative distribution functions for index ANC and predicted minimum
        outlet ANC for target lakes in Subregion 1A, based on number of lakes	   2-46

    3-1  Trends in sulfate concentrations at USGS Bench-Mark stations having a
        ratio of basin sulfate yield to basin sulfate deposition of less than 2.0	    3-4
    3-2  Trends in alkalinity at USGS Bench-Mark stations having a mean alkalinity
        of less than 800 ueqL'i	(	    3-4
    3-3  Plot of rate of change in base cation concentratins versus rate of change in
        alkalinity per unit change in acid anion concentration for USGS Bench-Mark
        streams with mean alkalinities less than 500 ueq L'1  	    3-5
    3-4  Frequency distributions for estimated change in alkalinity for lakes in the
        Adirondack Region of New York	    3-7
    3-5  Profiles of inferred pH for Big Moose Lake, NY, and Speck Pond, ME, based
        on diatom stratigraphy and multiple-regression equations and other
        procedures for calibration of the relationship between pH and diatom taxa   	    3-9
    3-6  Surface water sulfate concentration versus estimated sulfate deposition for
        lakes and streams in the NSWS   	   3-12
    3-7  Estimated change in ANC versus nonmarine sulfate concentration for
        Region 1 lakes	   3-15
    3-8  Empirical relationship between pH and ANC for Region 1 lakes with
        ANC £200 ueq L-l   „	   3-16
    3-9  Estimated initial lake pH values and measured current pH for those lakes in
        the Northeast that currently have pH s6.0 	   3-18
   3-10  Estimated change in ANC versus nonmarine sulfate for Region 1
        undisturbed lakes	   3-19
   3-11  Estimated change in ANC versus sulfate for lakes in the Upper Midwest	   3-21
   3-12  ANC/Ca^+Mg*2 ratio in water of low conductance lakes across a
        longitudinal gradient for the Upper Midwest	.	   3-22
   3-13  Estimated change in ANC versus nonmarine sulfate for Florida lakes 	   3-23
   3-14  Present and pre- acidification ANC distributions in NSS Subregions based on
        a simple empirical sulfate model  	   3-28
   3-15  DOC frequency curves by region  	.	.  3-32
   3-16  Relative contribution of individual anions to total anionic sum for lakes in
        selected subregions of the ELS and WLS	   3-34

                                                                                (continued)
                                            xvi

-------
I
i
i
i
i
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                 LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE                                                                          PAGE

 3-17 Trilinear plots of anion dominance expressed as percent of total for
      nonmarine sulfate, bicarbonate, and organic anions	   3-37
 3-18 Frequency curves for sulfate, organic anions, and ANC for lakes in two
      glaciated ELS Subregions generally draining acidic soils	   3-39
 3-19 Percentage of target stream reach lower ends with ANC £0 ueq L"1, showing
      the portion attributed to acid mine drainage	•	   3-42
 3-20 Percentage of target stream reach upper nodes with ANC  :SO ueq L"l,
      showing the portion attributed to acid mine drainage	   3-42  .
 3-21 Na:Cl ratio as a function of distance to the sea coast	   3-44
 3-22 Acid neutralizing capacity as a function of the Na:Cl molar ratio in ELS
      Region 1 lakes 0-1 Okm from the sea coast	   3-45
 3-23 Classes of ANC in five selected subpopulations of lakes within Florida,
      ELS-PhaseI  -	—			—   3-50
 3-24 Comparison of estimated Na:Cl in total deposition with Na:Cl in undisturbed
      Florida ELS lakes		-			—   3-54
 3-25 Effects of reduction of artesian aquifer potentiometric surface on seepage
      lake hydrology and ANC budget   	   3-58

  4-1 The relationship between catch per unit effort of native lake trout in Ontario
      lake trout lakes as a function of summer pH	    4-2
  4-2 Inorganic aluminum levels as a function of pH in Adirondack lakes sampled
      during Phase II of the NSWS	    4-5
  4-3 Isopleths of percent survival of brook trout for three early life history stages
      as function of pH and aluminum   	    4-5
  4-4 Fishery status for lakes in southern Norway in relation to calcium and
      hydrogen ion concentration	    4-6
  4-5 Estimated "critical" pH values for effects on fish populations, based on
      qualitative literature review	   4-11
  4-6 Brook trout presence/absence in Adirondack lakes as a function of lake pH
      andDOC			---   4-14
  4-7 Probability of brook trout presence plotted as a function of lake pH  	.	   4-15
  4-8 Lake trout presence/absence in Ontario lake trout lakes as a function of pH
      andDOC					   4-16
  4-9 Probability of lake trout presence plotted as a function of lake pH	   4-16
 4-10 White sucker presence/absence in Adirondack lakes as a function of lake pH
      andDOC			-—			—   4-17
 4-11 Probability of white sucker presence plotted as a function of lake pH	   4-18
 4-12 Cumulative frequency distributions for probability of loss of brook trout and
      lake trout populations from lakes in Region 1: Northeast, NSWS	   4-22
 4-13 Cumulative frequency distributions for probability of loss of white sucker
      populations from lakes in Region 1: Northeast, NSWS	   4-22
                                                                               (continued)
                                                         xvii

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                    LIST OF FIGURES
    5-1  Interacting components of complex environmental systems 	
    5-2  Lake/watershed integrated response to acidic deposition inputs	
    5-3  Watershed/lake linkages	
    5-4  Structure of key processes controlling long-term surface water acidification
    5-5  Suifate adsorption in proportion to sulfate concentration in soil solution
FIGURE                                                                           PAGE

                                                                              	    5-4
                                                                              	    5-4
                                                                              	    5-5
                                                                              	    5-6
                                                                              	    5-9
  5-6 Regions of study, the Northeast and the Southern Blue Ridge Province	   5-12
  5-7 Sulfur retention at intensively studied sites	   5-14
  5-8 Sulfur retention in the Blue Ridge Province	   5-17
  5-9 Sulfur retention-Northeast versus Blue Ridge Province	   5-18
 5-10 Comparison of equilibrium soil soiution sulfate concentrations with
      measured lake sulfate concentrations and with steady-state sulfate
      concentrations for DDRP drainage lake watersheds in the NE United States	   5-21
 5-11 Comparison of equilibrium soil solution sulfate concentrations with
      measured stream sulfate concentrations and with steady-state sulfate
      concentrations for 12 watersheds in the Southern Blue Ridge Province	   5-22
 5-12 Percent sulfur retention in DDRP lakes (NE) and streams (SBRP)	   5-24
 5-13 Cumulative frequency distribution of time to steady state for sulfate in soils
      of 12 watersheds in the Southern Blue Ridge Province  	   5-27
 5-14 MAGIC output for a watershed	   5-28
 5-15 Model predicted versus observed soil  pH values	   5-34
 5-16 Model predicted versus ELS measured lake ANC values  	   5-35
 5-17 ELS lake sulfate concentrations versus the Reuss-Johnson sensitivity index	   5-37
 5-18 Cumulative distribution of predicted change in percent base saturation at
      four levels of deposition	   5-40
 5-19 Cumulative distribution of predicted change in soil pH at four levels of
      deposition	   5-41
 5-20 Cumulative distribution of predicted change in percent base saturation at
      four levels of deposition over 100 years	   5-43
 5-21 Cumulative distribution of predicted change in soil pH at four levels of
      deposition over 100 years	'-	   5-44
 5-22 Comparison of percent base saturation predicted by the Bloom-Grigal and
      Reuss-Johnson Models after 100 years at CLD	   5-46
 5-23 Comparison of change in soil pH predicted by the Bloom-Grigal and Reuss-
      Johnson Models after 100 years at CLD   	   5-46
 5-24 Cumulative distribution of predicted changes in lake ANC over 100 years at
      four levels of deposition   	   5-48
 5-25 Future surface water acidification, steady-state analysis	   5-50
 5-26 Lake sulfate versus steady-state sulfate concentration (includes original dry
      deposition data)	   5-52
 5-27 Lake sulfate versus steady-state sulfate concentration (includes adjusted dry
      deposition data)   	   5-52
 5-28 Watershed processes thought to be important for modeling surface water
      chemistry	   5-65
                                                                                 (continued)
                                            xvi 11

-------
I
I
I
I
I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                    DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE                                                                         PAGE

 5-29 General location of the 10 watersheds selected for applications of surface
      water acidification models	   5-74
 5-30 Example of topographic map used in the DDRP Soil Survey and model
      calibration 	   5-77
 5-31 Example of a watershed vegetation map developed during the NE DDRP
      survey	:	   5-79
 5-32 Horizontal segmentation of Woods Lake Basin in ILWAS Model  	   5-80
 5-33 Representation of vertical layers of Woods Lake Basin in ILWAS Model	   5-81
 5-34 Representation of horizontal segmentation of Woods Lake, NY, watershed in
      MAGIC Model		——			   5-83
 5-35 Representation of vertical layers of Woods Lake, NY, watershed in MAGIC
      Model  							   5-84
 5-36 Sensitivity of ILWAS Model to soil depth		—	—	   5-88
 5-37 Fifty-year ANC forecasts with the MAGIC Model for 10 NE watersheds for
      the 100%CLD			   5-90
 5-38 Fifty-year pH forecasts with the MAGIC Model for 10 NE watersheds for the
      100% CLD  —			-			-	-   5-91
 5-39 Fifty-year sulfate forecasts with the MAGIC Model for 10 NE watersheds for
      thelOO%CLD			-	-	   5-91
 5-40 Cumulative frequency distribution to 50-yr ANC at 100% CLD, 50-yr pH at
      100% CLD, and 50-yr sulfate at 100% CLD  	   5-95
 5-41 MAGIC forecasts of ANC resulting from sensitivity to a 10% change in
      weathering rates	—	  5-100
 5-42 General structure of the overall regional model	  5-102

  6-1 A hierarchy of the harmful effects of acidic deposition as a function of
      deposition rate in eastern North America	    6-4
  6-2 The pH values of lakes of different Ca*2+Mg*2 (nonmarine) levels plotted
      against sulfur wet deposition and calculated total deposition	    6-7
  6-3 Distribution of pH values of 15 rivers in southernmost and western Norway,
      plotted with increasing concentrations of nonmarine sulfate	    6-8
  6-4 Predicted relationship between the number of lakes with pH < 5 and total
      sulfate deposition in eastern Canada, south of 52°N  	   6-29

  7-1 Response of hypothetical catchment having moderate SC>4~2 adsorption to
      square wave of deposition	    7-3
  7-2 Average pH in 1974-1976 plotted against average pH in 1981-1983 for the
      study lakes 	    7-5
  7-3 Sulfur emissions at Sudbury and average H+ and S(V2 concentrations in
      Clearwater Lake, 1973 to 1983  —	    7-7
  7-4 The pH and sulfate concentrations in Baby Lake and Alice Lake from 1968 to
      1984   				i__	—	    7-8
  7-5 Sulfate concentrations in surface waters in western Sweden	    7-9
  7-6 Concentrations of SCV2 at two stations in western Sweden, 1962-1983	    7-9
                                                        xix

-------
1
I
I
I
i
i
i

-------
                                                               DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                               LIST OF TABLES
             TABLE
                                                                             PAGE
I
I
I
I
 1-1   Objectives and Underlying Questions for the Direct/Delayed Response
      Project  						    1-12
 1-2   Present Status and Projected Dates for Various Phases of Major AERP
      Projects	    1-14

 2-1   Total Target Population Estimates for NSWS Lakes and Streams  	     2-9
 2-2   Percent of Total Variability Explained by Lake Chemistry for ANC, pH,
      and SO4"2 for Lakes based on Long-Term Monitoring Data	    2-13
 2-3   Estimates of the Percentage of Target Stream Lower and Upper Reach Ends
      with Spring Index ANC in Reference Ranges  	    2-18
 2-4   Estimates of the Percentage of Target Stream Lower and Upper Reach Ends
      with Spring Index pH in Reference Ranges	    2-19
 2-5   Median ANC and pH Population Estimates based on NSS Downstream (DS)
      and Upstream (US) Reach Sampling Locations  	    2-18
 2-6   Population Percentage Estimates for pH and ANC Ranges for NSWS Lake
      and Stream Subregions 	    2-25
 2-7   Annual and Seasonal Within-year Median Standard Deviations of ANC,
      pH, and Sulfate for Lakes based on Long-term Monitoring Data	    2-36
 2-8   Population Estimates of the Number and Proportion of Acidic Reaches
      based on "Index" Conditions and "Worst-case" Episodic Conditions Using
      the Stream Mixing Model   	_	    2-41
 2-9   Estimates of the Impact of Episodes for Three Streams in the Eastern
      UnitedStates		-	-			    2-44
2-10   Changes in Snowmelt Chemistry Predicted by a Mixing Model, Based on
      NLS and Field Snowmelt Data  	-	—    2-47

 3-1   Trend Analysis: Summary of Calculated Changes in Alkalinity (Recent
      Minus Historical Values) for Three Regions of the United States	     3-6
 3-2   Median Surface Water Sulfate Concentrations and Median Estimated
      Annual Wet SO^2 Deposition for Lakes and Streams in Subregions of the
      NSWS   	—	-	-	    3-11
 3-3   Estimated Percentage and Number of Lakes with ANC and pH below
      Various Reference Values, at Present and in the Absence of Anthropogenic
      Atmospheric SO4"2 Deposition  	    3-17
 3-4   Estimates of the Number of Lakes in the Adirondack Subregion at or below
      Certain ANC and pH Reference Values under Different F-Factor Scenarios	    3-24
 3-5   Number of Reaches Currently Acidic or with pH < 5.5 and Number That
      Could Have Become Acidic or Had pH£ 5.5	    3-29
 3-6   Median Percent Land Use for Lakes Based on the Eastern Lake Survey	    3-46
                                                                                         (continued)
I
                                       xxi

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                    LIST OF TABLES
  TABLE
PAGE
    3-7   Population-weighted Correlation Coefficients between Land Use and Acid
         Neutralizing Capacity in Non-seepage Lakes Sampled during the Eastern
         Lake Survey 	   3-47
    3-8   Median Values for Major Ions for Various Areas within the ELS Florida
         Subregions	   3-51
    3-9   Summary of Sodium-to-Chloride Ratios in Wet and Dry Deposition for
         Various Regions in Florida	   3-53
   3-10   Comparison of Concentrations of Major Ions in Florida Panhandle Lakes
         with Volume-weighted Concentrations in Combined Wet and Dry
         Deposition	   3-55
   3-11   Population Estimates for Lake and Stream Target Populations for all Acidic
         Systems, Acidic Systems with Evidence of Suifide Mineral Weathering,
         Acidic Systems with DOC > 6 mg L"1, and the Remaining Acidic Systems of
         Concern with Respect to Acidic Deposition	   3-60

    4-1   Summary of Field Experiments, Field Bioassays, and Laboratory Bioassays
         Relating Critical pH Values to Fish Response	    4-9
    4-2   Estimates of Numbers of Lakes in the Region 1NSWS Sampling Frame
         That Have Lost Populations of Fish Due to Acidification	   4-21
    4-3   Estimates of the Numbers and Percentages of Lakes in the Adirondack
         Subregion That Have Lost Populations of Fish Due to Acidification	   4-23

    5-1   Summary Statistics of Percent Sulfur Retention Calculations for Three
         Deposition Scenarios for the Northeast and the Blue Ridge Province  ---_-_____-   5-17
    5-2   Rates of Change of Dissolved Sulfate in Streams of the Southern United
         States based on Modeling and Field Studies   	   5-28
    5-3   Mean Change in and Percent Decrease in Mean Predicted Values from
         Mean Initial Values and Mean Predicted Values in Percent Base Saturation
         and Soil pH at Four Levels of Deposition over 100 Years (Bloom-Grigai
         Model)		—		   5-42
    5-4   Mean Change in and Percent Decrease in Mean Predicted Values from
         Mean Initial Values and Mean Predicted Values in Percent Base Saturation
         and Soil pH at Four Levels of Deposition over 100 Years (Reuss-Johnson
         Model)  -.			   5-47
    5-5   Population Estimate of Projected Additional Acidic Lakes  - 25 Years:
         Drainage Lakes and Reservoirs Only	   5-54
    5-6   Population Estimate of Projected Additional Acidic Lakes  - 50 Years:
         Drainage Lakes and Reservoirs Only	   5-55
    5-7   Predicted Change in ANC (NE Regions 1A through IE, Steady-State)	   5-57
    5-8   SBRP- Additional Acidic Systems (25 Years)	   5-59
    5-9   SBRP- Additional Acidic Systems (50 Years)	   5-60

                                                                               (continued)
                                           xxn

-------
 I
 I
 I
a
i
i
i
i
i
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                LIST OF TABLES
TABLE                                                                        PAGE

  5-10  SBRP-Additional Acidic Systems (100 Years)  	  5-60
  5-11  Predicted Change in ANC in Streams (SBRP Region 3A, 25 Years)	  5-61
  5-12  Predicted Change in ANC in Streams (SBRP Region 3A, 50 Years)	  5-61
  5-13  Predicted Change in ANC in Streams (SBRP Region 3A, 100 Years)  -—-	  5-62
  5-14  Predicted Change in ANC in Lakes (SBRP Region 3A, 25 Years)	  5-62
  5-15  Predicted Change in ANC in Lakes (SBRP Region 3A, 50 Years)	  5-63
  5-16  Predicted Change in ANC in Lakes (SBRP Region 3A, 100 Years)   	  5-63
  5-17  Comparison of Processes and Resolution in the MAGIC and ILWAS Models	  5-67
  5-18  Comparison of Parameters Predicted by MAGIC and ILWAS Models	  5-68
  5-19  Cluster Characteristics for Watershed Groups	  5-72
  5-20  Specific Watershed Characteristics for Selected Watersheds .--	  5-73
  5-21  Summary of ANC Range and General Location of Special Analysis
       Watersheds  —;			  5-73
  5-22  Site for Hydrometeorological Data Used to Estimate Conditions for the
       10 Study Watersheds	——  5-74
  5-23  Soil Parameters Measured in the NE DDRP Watershed Survey	  5-78
  5-24  Sensitivity Parameters Studied for the MAGIC Model	  5-86
 . 5-25  Selected Parameter Sensitivity Results for the MAGIC Model	  5-87
  5-26  50-Year Forecasts Using MAGIC with 100% CLD 		  5-92
  5-27  50-Year Forecasts Using ILWAS with 100% CLD  	  5-93
  5-28  Number and Proportion of Lakes Represented by Each of the 10 Study
       Watersheds  —		  5-94
  5-29  Uncertainty in Forecasted Years to 0 ANC for Each Watershed Cluster	  5-98
  5-30  Predicted and Observed Number of Lakes with pH < 5, by Region, for Two
       Assumed Values of Fw and 100% CLD	5-103

  6-1  Summary Table of Recommended Precipitation pH levels and/or Sulfate
       Target Loadings to Prevent Lake Acidification  	.	   6-5
  6-2  Summary of Empirical Observations of Aquatic Regime Response to Sulfate
       Deposition in Specific Study Areas	   6-6
  6-3  Major Assumptions in the Jones et al. Model and Their Consequences	   6-9
  6-4  Critical Sulfur Deposition Loads Suggested for Sensitive Aquatic
       Ecosystems in Specific Areas	.	.	  6-11
  6-5  Steady-State Model Estimates for Northeastern Lakes That Become Acidic
       at25Years	:	  6-13
  6-6  Steady-State Model Estimates for Northeastern Lakes That Become Acidic
       at 50 Years   					  6-14
  6-7  Estimated Change in Northeastern Lake ANC at Different Deposition
       Loadings Using a Steady-State Model   	  6-15
  678  Steady-State Model Estimates of the Number of Acidic SBRP Systems in
       25 Years   		—	-	—	  6-18
  6-9  Steady-State Model Estimates of the Number of Acidic SBRP Systems in
       50 Years					—	-  6-19

                                                                            (continued)
                                        XXlll

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                  LIST OF TABLES
 TABLE                                                                       PAGE

   6-10  Steady-State Model Estimates of the Number of Acidic SBRP Systems in
        100 Years —					-   6-20
   6-11  Steady-State Model Estimates of the Change in ANC after 25 Years in
        SBRP Lakes and Streams	   6-21
   6-12  Steady-State Model Estimates of the Change in ANC after 50 Years in
        SBRP Lakes and Streams  —	   6-22
   6-13  Steady-State Model Estimates of the Change in ANC after 100 Years in
        SBRP Lakes and Streams  	   6-23
   6-14  Estimated Number and Percentage of Northeast Lakes That Become Acidic
        under Different Loadings Using MAGIC	   6-24
   6-15  Change in ANC Estimated for Northeast Lakes under Different Loadings
        UsingMAGIC   	   6-25
   6-16  Number of Individual Acidic Clearwater Drainage DDRP Lakes/Reservoirs
        in the Northeast Estimated to Recover at 80% CLD and 50% CLD Using a
        Steady-State Model  	   6-26
   6-17  Estimated Change in ANC for Three Acidic Lakes under Different
        Deposition Rates Using MAGIC	   6-27
   6-18  Predicted and Observed Number of Lakes with pH < 5, by Region, for Two
        Assumed Values of Fw and Six Acidic Deposition Scenarios	   6-28
                                         xxiv

-------
 I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
I
f
I
                                     VOLUME III
                                 LIST OF ACRONYMS

AERP           Aquatic Effects Research Program
ALSC.           Adirondack Lake Survey Corporation
ANC            -Acid Neutralizing Capacity
CEC            Cation Exchange Capacity
CDF            Cumulative Distribution Function
CFD            Cumulative Frequency Distribution
CLD            Current Level of Deposition
DDRP           Direct/Delayed Response Project
DOC            Dissolved Organic Carbon
ELS            Eastern Lake Survey
EPA            Environmental Protection Agency
EPRI            Electric Power Research Institute
ERP            Episodic Response Project
ESE            Environmental Science and Engineering, Inc.
ESS            Equilibrium Soil Solution
ET             Evapotranspiration
ETD            Enhanced Trickle Down
FADS     -•      Florida Acid Deposition Study
FIN            Fish Information Network
HELM          High Elevation Lake Monitoring
ILWAS          Integrated Lake/Watershed Acidification Study
LTMP           Long-Term Monitoring Project
MAGIC          Model for Acidification of Ground waters in Catchments
MAP3S/PCN     Multi-state Atmospheric Power Production Pollution Study/
                Precipitation Chemistry Study
MITAP          Memorandum of Intent on Transboundary Air Pollution
NADP           National Atmospheric Deposition Program
NAS            National Academy of Sciences
NE             Northeast
NLS            National Lake Survey
NRCC           National Research Council of Canada
                                                      xxv

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                           LIST OF ACRONYMS (Continued)
NSS
NSWS
NTN
OMNR
ORNL
PCU
PNL
RILWAS
RRP
SAA
SBC
SBRP
SCS
SE
SNP
USGS
WLS
WMP
National Stream Survey
National Surface Water Survey
National Trends Network
Ontario Ministry of National Resources
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Platinum Cobalt Units
Pacific Northwest Laboratory
Regionalized Integrated Lake/Watershed Acidification Study
Relative Reproduction Potential
Strong Acid Anions
Strong Base Cations
Southern Blue Ridge Province
Soil Conservation Service
Southeast
Shenandoah National Park
United States Geological Survey
Western Lake Survey
Watershed Manipulation Project
                                         XXVI

-------
 I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                        SECTION 1
                              HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
1.1 INTRODUCTION
      In the 1970s, research in Scandinavia, Canada, and the United States suggested that surface
waters were more acidic than they had been previously, and that surface water acidification appeared
most pronounced in areas that received the most acidic deposition. The most notable studies were
those conducted in southern Norway and  Sweden, the Canadian Shield area (particularly near
Sudbury), and the Adirondack Mountains of New York.  While these early studies were  not
conclusive with  respect to the extent, magnitude, or processes involved, the evidence that  acidic
deposition had affected surface waters was sufficient to warrant further investigation.
      Relying on hypotheses generated from earlier research, the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) initiated a number of short-term studies in 1978 to locate sensitive surface waters  and
soils, focusing on bedrock geology as an indicating factor of potential sensitivity.  That same year,
Galloway and Cowling (1978) delineated areas in the eastern United States where  acidic deposition
could most likely be of concern on the basis of bedrock geology; these areas included the northeastern,
upper midwestern, and southeastern United States, and portions of the  West (Figure 1-1). Bedrock
geology appeared then, however, as it does now, to be an imprecise indicator of potential sensitivity.
In the early 1980s, acid neutralizing capacity (ANC) of surface waters  was deemed more appropriate
than bedrock geology as a measure of potential sensitivity, because surface water  ANC results not
only from geologic interaction, but also from the collective influence of soils, hydrology,  and
vegetation type in watersheds.
      More recently, research on mechanisms of acidification has lead to the conclusion that the
processes controlling the change in surface water sensitivity as a result of acidic deposition are too
complex to be characterized adequately by any single factor. Whereas surface water ANC can serve
as a useful, static measure of collective watershed processes, its applicability for accurately assessing
historical change or predicting future trends is inadequate. In many systems, surface water ANC  will.
change only if ANC within  the entire watershed changes.  Consequently, the buffering capacity of
both watersheds and surface waters must be considered to accurately determine surface  water
response to acidic inputs.
                                                         1-1

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
                                                                                                   I
                                                                                                    I
                                                                                                   I
                                                                                                   I
    Figure 1-1. Regions in North America containing lakes that are potentially sensitive,
    based on bedrock geology, to acidification by acidic deposition.
    (Adapted from Galloway and Cowling 1978)

      In 1981, in parallel research efforts, EPA began an  assessment of the acidic deposition

phenomenon and its effects (Altshuller and Linthurst 1984).  This report concluded the following:

          "Acidification of lakes and streams with resultant  biological damage has  been
      widely acknowledged in the last decade (NAS 1981; NRCC 1981; U.S./Canada 1983).
      Assessing causal relationships remains difficult, however, because effects of acidic
      deposition on any one component of the terrestrial-wetland-aquatic systems depends on
      not only the composition of the atmospheric deposition  but also on the  effect of the
      atmospheric deposition on every system upstream  from the component of interest.
      Composition of aquatic systems results, moreover, from biological processes in addition
      to chemical and physical processes; thus, assessing results of acidification on all three
      processes is required. Our knowledge of past, current, and future acidification trends, of
      critical processes that control acidification, and of the degree of permanency of biological
      effects remains incomplete and subject to debate."
i
                                            1-2
 i

-------
 I
 1
I
I
I
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

In a parallel but independent effort, the U.S. Aquatics Work Group for the United States/Canadian
Memorandum of Intent on Transboundary Air Pollution (1983) stated the following:
       .  "The U.S. members conclude that reductions in pH, loss of alkalinity, and associated
      biological changes have occurred  in areas receiving acidic deposition, but cause and
      effects relationships have often not been clearly established. The relative contributions
      of acidic inputs from the atmosphere, land use changes, and natural terrestrial processes
      are not known.  The key terrestrial  processes which provide acidity to the aquatic
      systems and/or ameliorate atmospheric acidic inputs are neither known or quantified.
      The key chemical and biological processes  which interact in aquatic ecosystems  to
      determine the chemical environment are not known or quantified.  Based on this status
      of the scientific knowledge, the U.S. Work Group concludes that it is not now possible to
      derive quantitative loading/effects relationships."
      Both of these extensively peer-reviewed assessments confirmed that, while deposition and lake
acidification were apparently related, the relationships were complex; quantifying with known.
confidence limits the extent, magnitude, or severity of effects was not possible at that time. However,
it was clear that while ANC of surface waters was an important factor to consider when determining
surface water sensitivity to change, the knowledge of interactions mediated by the soil system
surrounding the surface waters was critical in accurately predicting future effects. In the Canadian
Shield area and southern Scandinavia, from which the primary  data bases used to  identify
acidification effects were derived, soil influences were recognized as important factors.  However, in
these areas, soils are thin to non-existent and little buffering capacity from  the watershed would be
expected.  In contrast, most areas of the United States receiving acidic deposition have soils that
contribute to the buffering capacity of the surface waters.  Because of the greater areal extent of
potentially sensitive systems in the United States relative to those in the Canadian Shield  and
southern Scandinavia,  the considerable  heterogeneity of soil  thickness  and  consequent
physico-chemical properties within U.S.  watersheds rendered the analysis more complex.
Consequently, it was expected that the response of surface waters to acidic deposition in the United
States would be more variable than that of surface waters in  other areas in which effects had been
reported.
      This increasingly complex picture  of the acidification process resulted in considerable debate
on the extent of sensitive surface waters, the factors (both natural and anthropogenic) contributing to
past or future change, and the magnitude and rate of changes expected  under different loadings of
acids.  In particular, while the probable effects of acidic deposition became increasingly obvious,  the
number of systems  potentially affected in the United States  and their rates of change were more
widely debated.
      The hypothesis that soils and surface waters can, at some point in time, equilibrate with sulfur-
containing substances deposited in acidic  deposition was formulated on the  basis of previous
                                                         1-3

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

assessments of the expected soil-surface water interaction.  It was proposed in 1983 that in areas in
which the capacity of the soils to retain sulfate was exhausted, and in which the watershed supply of
base cations was poor, surface water acidification would occur. The merit of this hypothesis was
assessed by the National Academy of Sciences (NAS 1984). The scientific panel agreed that three
general types of systems existed:
      (1) those that have already responded to acidic deposition and have lost ANC,
      (2) those that might lose more ANC in tens of years, and
      (3) those that might not lose any additional ANC to acidic deposition in hundreds to
         thousands of years.
However, the panel members did not reach a consensus on the rate of future acidification. The most
controversial issues focused on the second type of system.  That is,  after a soil system is saturated
with sulfate at a given deposition level, the panel could not agree whether additional acidification
would be essentially zero (i.e., gradual over periods of centuries), or would occur in relatively shorter
time frames due to continued depletion of buffering capacity in the soil system. They did agree that
systems in the northeastern United States were at, or near, sulfur saturation. The NAS panel's
findings were significant because they suggested that damage to surface waters in the Northeast may
already have occurred.   The alternative hypothesis was that, at present levels  of deposition,
acidification would continue relatively quickly in those systems with limited base cation supplies.  In
the Southeast, where evidence suggested that sulfur saturation had not occurred, it was expected that
some systems would further acidify in some time frame.
      In 1983, Administrator Ruckleshaus was faced with a large volume of scientific information
that essentially suggested the following:
      •  some systems in some areas have become more acidic,
      •  acidic deposition was likely to have caused or contributed to these changes in acidic
         status, and
      •  additional systems in some areas might become more acidic over a period of tens to
         thousands of years under present rates of acidic deposition.
The most recent attempt to evaluate past trends in the acidification of surface waters, independent of
the cause, reconfirmed that some systems in some parts of the country have acidified to some degree
as a result of acidic deposition. While these conclusions were based on historical data sets that were
refined and carefully evaluated, their applicability to a regional-scale, quantitative assessment of the
resources at risk remains uncertain.
                                             1-4

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      A lack of historical data in the regions of interest, inadequate documentation of historical
sampling and analytical methods, and insufficient information to assess confidently the quality of the
historical data bases resulted  in  an inability to quantify the  problem more precisely.  The
Administrator subsequently requested that EPA's Aquatic Effects Research Program (AERP) be
redesigned, as quickly as possible, to define quantitatively the  resources presently at risk to acidic
deposition, and to bound these results by known confidence limits.
      Recognizing the variability in system response and in loadings of acids and the uncertainty in
the hypotheses about future change, it was essential to (1) minimize the limitations of existing data to
maximize their utility, (2) develop data bases upon which  regional-scale conclusions could be based,
and (3) accelerate the effort to obtain information on a timely basis to identify  and quantify the
resources at risk.  Therefore,  research  within the AERP was  restructured to emphasize
regionalization and integration of results.  The ultimate goal  of this ongoing program is to quantify,
with a known degree of confidence, the surface water resource at risk as a result of acidic deposition.

1.2 AQUATIC EFFECTS RESEARCH PROGRAM
1.2.1  Policy Questions
      The AERP focuses on four policy questions:
      (1)  What is the extent and magnitude of past damage attributable to acidic deposition?
      (2) What damage is expected in the future under various deposition scenarios?
      (3) What is the target loading of sulfate below which damage would not be expected?
      (4) What is the rate of recovery if sulfate deposition decreases?
In each instance, the answers to these questions are to be regional  in scale, and the results are to be
known with quantitative estimates of certainty.

1.2.2  Conceptual Approach
      As  noted above, research  within the AERP before 1983  was focused primarily  on
understanding the processes controlling acidification of surface waters. This research generated the
hypotheses that have guided the AERP and identified the key variables that are relevant to acidic
deposition effects on aquatic  resources.  Process, or  mechanistic,  research requires intensive
investigation, and typically has been conducted on a limited number of sites. Because one of the goals
of EPA is to provide information that can be used to assess  the risk of aquatic resources to acidic
deposition on a national scale, the focus of the AERP was redirected in 1983. The present design was
implemented in 1984 upon recognizing that current knowledge is limited relative to the extent, rate,
I
                                            1-5

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

and magnitude of effects, and not necessarily by  the  level of understanding of the processes
themselves.
      To avoid drawing broad-scale conclusions or inferences that are relevant only to a specific
study site, the AERP now includes projects designed to characterize surface waters and watersheds on
large geographic  scales.  These projects have provided data that are being used to  test  the
applicability of hypotheses generated by site-specific research to systems at regional scales.  To
advance and refine understanding of the mechanisms that control aquatic  response to acidic
deposition, however, site-specific research remains essential to achieving the goals of the Program.
Thus, the AERP is pursuing both regionally extensive and a locally intensive research efforts.
      Knowing the entire population of lakes and streams has not been affected by acidic deposition
suggests that the ultimate goal in reducing uncertainty is to characterize the subset of surface waters
that has or will respond to changes in the amount or concentration of  acidic deposition.  This
"subpopulation" may be a distinct group of surface waters within a particular geographical area, or it
may be a class of surface waters with similar chemical and/or physical characteristics (e.g.,  all lakes
within the Adirondack Mountains or  all seepage  lakes with ANC  £50 yeq I/1).  Knowing how
various subpopulations respond on a short-term basis to episodic acidic deposition and acidifying
substances and over the long term to chronic acidic deposition assists in determining those factors
important in predicting response and geographic extrapolations.
      Identifying subpopulation characteristics is the goal of the regional characterization approach
used in several ongoing AERP projects. This synoptic, or "snapshot," approach allows many systems
in a large number of geographical regions to be described on the basis of a few samples from each
system.  Broad-scale, geographically  extensive surveys of lakes,  streams, and soils have been
conducted to characterize watersheds that would most likely be susceptible to acidification as a result
of acidic deposition. These surveys employed statistically based site selection sampling procedures,
standardized and analytical  methods, and rigorous  quaity assurance  protocols.  Regional
characterization thus provides the frame by which the characteristics of subsets of systems can be
defined.  In addition, inferential  or correlative analyses of regionally extensive surface water
chemistry data coupled with terrestrial and deposition data reveal new hypotheses that may not have
become evident on the basis  of process-oriented,  intensive research conducted at specific  sites,
e.g., the relative importance of soils and land use on a regional scale.
                                             1-6

-------
 I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
I
I
      Intensive studies designed to
understand the mechanisms  by
which aquatic resources are affected
by acidic deposition are then focused
on the systems  identified  within
subpopulations suspected to be at
risk.  Because  this  subpopulation is
identified, characterized, and quan-
tified within the frame established by
the regional-scale approach (Figure
1-2), the results of hypothesis testing
at this level can  be extrapolated to
the regional population of surface
waters to gain a  regional-scale per-
spective on the mechanisms of
acidification.
     Therefore, the  step-wise
approach of the AERP (Figure 1-3)
has been to (1) quantify the geo-
graphical extent,  chemical status,
and  characteristics  of surface
waters in regions containing lakes
and  streams with low buffering
capacity; (2) predict the response of
biologically relevant  water chem-
istry to variable rates of acidic
deposition; (3) verify  and validate
the predictions; and (4) quantify and
characterize the  type (subpopula-
tion) of surface waters at risk as a
result of both present and Increased
levels of acidic deposition.
                             Frequent/Usual Approach
Figure 1*2. The regional classification approach
used in the Aquatic Effects Research Program. This
approach focuses on identifying the subpopulation
of aquatic systems at risk due to acidic deposition,
permitting hypotheses developed from site-level
research to be tested at subregional, regional, and
national  scales.  Such testing increases under-
standing of the extent, magnitude, and rate of effects
of acidic deposition.
                                                                Status and Extent
                                                Figure 1-3.  Step-wise approach of the Aquatic
                                                Effects Research Program.  Research projects are
                                                structured such that their primary emphasis may be
                                                in one component, but information gained supports
                                                and  leads  into other components, ultimately
                                                improving the efficiency, cohesiveness, and overall
                                                structure of the research program. Both short-term
                                                and long-term acidification are being considered
                                                within a biologically relevant framework.
                                                      1-7

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

Extensive studies include surveys of soils
and of chemistry and biology of lakes and
streams.  Watershed and lake responses
to artificial acidification, coupled with
watershed process research from other
agencies, are the focus of the intensive
studies.  This approach ultimately was
aimed at increasing the efficiency of the
research by structuring programs so that
data gathering for one  project  was
relevant to the goals of others, resulting
in a final product that would allow
regional characterization of watersheds
(Figure 1-4).
      The five-year plan of the AERP
focuses on biologically relevant  changes
in chemistry resulting from  long-term
and short-term acidification.
      The long-term acidification com-
ponent has six major activities:
            Subregional Population
          Chemistry mm& Biology
Figure 1-4.  Integration of projects within the
Aquatic  Effects   Research   Program.
Geographically extensive surveys of sous and
surface water chemistry and biology are
integrated through the use of standardized
methods of data collection and common study
sites.  This  integration permits the  under-
standing of effects at the watershed level to be
extrapolated to regional scales.
      (1) further evaluating and integrating synoptic survey data to assess implications in
         scientific, assessment, and policy terms;
      (2) increasing efforts at the subregional, subpopulational, or site-specific level of
         study, as warranted by the data available and questions being asked; maximizing
         the use of the regionally established frame; and decreasing regional-scale studies;
      (3) critically assessing existing effects models to enhance the understanding of the
         most influential factors controlling changes in surface water chemistry;
      (4) identifying important factors controlling sensitivity that are presently not well
         understood, and implementing research to improve that understanding;
      (5) verifying model predictions relevant to the expected time frames of acidification
         (natural versus anthropogenic)  at various deposition levels through manipulation
         and process-level studies on watersheds; and
      (6) establishing a regionally meaningful long-term monitoring network to detect
         biologically significant changes in surface water chemistry that can be related to a
         known population of lakes.
                                            1-8

-------
 I
 I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      The short-term acidification component has three major activities:
      (1) developing and implementing episodes  studies at regional, subregional, and
         subpopulational scales to quantify the frequency, duration, and magnitude of
         events during biologically relevant times of the year;
      (2) developing empirical models that relate episodic chemical changes to index
         chemistry and hydrology to reflect short-term chemical changes; and
      (3) elucidating terrestrially  based  mechanisms, including hydrology, that control
         surface water events.
      The future strategy of the AERP will concentrate on the study of fewer sites.  Over the next five
years, studies will be integrated at selected sites to maximize the effectiveness of funding and
scientific gain. However, the regional  significance of the issues to be investigated will remain a
primary criterion for determining  whether a project is undertaken.  At times, this may  mean
reimplementing large-scale survey activities, depending on the results of site-specific monitoring, to
quantify more accurately rates of change over broad geographic scales. Such a  survey of specific
subpopuiations of surface waters may be necessary to confirm that site-specific results continue to be
                     P
regionally meaningful.

1.2.3  Present Research Program
      The primary purpose of the AERP is to address the policy and assessment questions  listed
above through (1) the.assessment of the  current chemical status and extent of aquatic systems
potentially at  risk because of acidic deposition and (2) the prediction and understanding of future
effects of acidic deposition on these aquatic resources. These goals are accomplished by elucidating
and quantifying attendant chemical and biological responses and their controlling mechanisms.  In
conducting research to answer the present policy and assessment questions, a  secondary purpose of
AERP is to identify scientific uncertainties that may need to be addressed as new or revised policy or
assessment questions.
      The component projects, either ongoing or planned, within the AERP are the National Surface
Water Survey (NSWS), the Episodic Response Project (ERP), the Direct/Delayed Response Project
(DDRP), the Watershed Manipulation  Project (WMP), and the Long-Term Monitoring Project
(LTMP).  These projects collectively encompass  four major elements of the assessment questions:
(1) quantification of the chemical status and extent of surface waters at risk, (2) prediction of the
future chemical and biological changes within aquatic ecosystems, (3) verification of these predictions
and development of an improved understanding of controlling mechanisms, and (4) corroboration
or validation of these findings through long-term monitoring (Figure 1-5).  Four of the projects are
                                                         1-9

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                    Status and Extent
focused on chronic acidification; the
future ERP will address the same
questions by examining effects of
acidic storm and snowmelt events.
     The NSWS is divided into two
components -  the National Lake
Survey (NL5) and  the National
Stream Survey  (NSS).  Phase  I
efforts concentrated on quantifying
the current chemical status of lakes
and streams. Phase II of the  NLS is
designed to  quantify  seasonal
variability in chemistry.
     The DDRP is designed to
investigate, distinguish, and  predict
the tiine scales over which surface
waters are expected to reach an
acidic state given various levels of
acidic deposition.  The WMP is a process-oriented research effort designed to develop and verify
hypotheses relevant to factors and mechanisms being investigated in the DDRP through ecosystem
manipulations. The LTMP will evolve from the present EPA monitoring program, using the findings
of the NSWS.  As applicable, the LTMP will incorporate some of the current monitoring sites to
quantify future trends in the status of surface waters and to test the validity of conclusions derived
during the NSWS, DDRP, WMP, and ERP.

1.2.3.1  Assessment of the Chemical Status and Extent of Potentially Sensitive Surface
        Waters
     Phase I of the NSWS was implemented to determine the present chemical status of lakes and
streams in regions of the United States in which the majority of surface waters with low ANC are
expected to be found.  In Phase I of the NLS, samples from approximately 3000 lakes were analyzed
for a number of  physical and chemical variables during the fall  of 1984 in the northeastern,
southeastern, and upper-midwestern United States, and during the fall of 1985 in the western United
States. These data have been and are being used to classify the lakes so that a smaller subset can be
identified for more detailed studies in Phase II of the NLS and in the ERP, DDRP, WMP, and LTMP.
                                    Figure 1-5.   Structure  of the Aquatic  Effects
                                    Research Program approach and primary  projects
                                    addressing each area of research.
                                          MO

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The NSS was implemented in 1985 with a pilot survey of 61 stream sites in the Southern Blue
Ridge Province. Phase I of the NSS was initiated in the spring of 1986 in the Middle Atlantic region
with the sampling of approximately 270 stream sites. A Southeastern Screening Survey of about
200 stream sites, conducted in concert with the Middle Atlantic sampling, provided information to
prioritize other NSS sites for future survey activities. The screening covered areas of the Southern
Appalachians, the Piedmont, the  Ouachita Mountains, and parts of the Florida Panhandle and
Florida Peninsula that were identified in the NLS to have a large number of acidic lakes.
      Phase I addressed the episodic response of surface waters to short-term acidic deposition, such
as snowmelt, but it is still not well understood. While sulfate is believed to be the most  important
variable for chronic effects, episodes are expected to result predominantly from nitrate. In contrast to
the population estimates of chronic acidification that were made possible through the NSWS because
of the  statistically based site selection, the fundamental approach in the ERP  is a site-specific,
watershed-based design.   While such studies are subject  to questions of regional applicability,
coupling the ERP with  model development and limited regional verification is expected to provide a
regional perspective of the extent, magnitude, duration, and frequency of episodes over its three-year
course of operation. Because the WMP (Section 1.2.3.3) is also a watershed-level project, the ERP and
WMP are closely coordinated at the same sites.. Whereas the WMP is comprehensive in nature,  the
ERP will involve monitoring and hypothesis testing at the compartment level.
      Biological studies within  the AERP, which also play a role in the chemical status  of surface
waters, are focused more  on  the  examination of the literature than on direct experimentation.
Considerable information is available from previous studies on the chemical variables that influence
biological response.  Based on this information, the  AERP concentrates on biologically relevant
chemical variables, so that expected response of biota (particularly fish) to chemical change can be
inferred. Field studies are being conducted to verify the understanding of the factors controlling
biotic community response to acidification.  While long-term effects of changing acidity  in surface
waters are reasonably well understood, the ecological response of biota to episodes is less well known.
Therefore, in contrast to the NSWS, biological studies, primarily field bioassays, are an integral part
of the ERP.

1.2.3.2 Prediction of Future Trends
      Predicting the future chemical and biological  status of lakes and streams resulting from
constant, increasing, or decreasing rates of acidic inputs requires knowing current conditions and
primary factors that influence surface water response, understanding complex watershed-mediated
processes and mechanisms, and quantifying time frames within which responses are expected to
occur.  To perform geographically extensive assessments requires that the information be collected
                                                         1-11

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


within a statistical framework that permits extrapolation from a subset of aquatic ecosystems to

regional scales.  Although three AERP projects (DDRP, WMP, and LTMP) address the issue of future

change,  the DDRP focuses on predicting those changes.

      The DDRP includes a soils survey, for which the northeastern component was conducted in

1985 in the watersheds of 149 lakes, 89% of which also were selected for study in Phase II of the NLS

and all of which were sampled in Phase I of the NSWS. A southeastern component of the Soils Survey

was completed in 1986 in approximately 30 watersheds in the Southern Blue Ridge Province, selected

in conjunction with the NSS pilot study. A third soils survey is being considered for a subset of the

stream sites sampled in the Middle Atlantic NSS.

      The DDRP was designed to provide information  needed to classify watersheds into categories

based on the time frames during which surface waters would be expected  to become acidic (i.e.,

expected average annual ANC would decrease to zero) at various levels of acidic input. The objectives

of the DDRP and the scientific questions underlying the objectives are given in Table 1-1.


          TABLE 1-1. OBJECTIVES AND UNDERLYING QUESTIONS FOR THE
                        DIRECT/DELAYED RESPONSE PROJECT
               Objectives
                   Questions
 1.  Characterize the regional variability of
    soil and watershed characteristics
 2.  Determine which soil and watershed
     characteristics are related most
     strongly to surface water chemistry

 3.  Estimate the relative importance of
     key watershed processes across the
     regions of concern
 4.  Classify a sample of watersheds with
     respect to time frames to reach acidic
     status, and extrapolate the results from
     the sample to the regions of concern
Do soils types differ significantly in characteristics
important for neutralizing acidic inputs (e.g., sulfate
adsorption capacity, percent base cation saturation)?
Are intensive watershed study sites representative
of the regions of concern?

Can surface water chemistry be predicted from
watershed and soils characteristics? Is predicted
system response correlated with particular soils?

Are sulfate concentrations in most surface waters at
steady state?  Is sulfate adsorption in most soils at
steady state ? Is base cation supply sufficient to
neutralize acidic inputs for many decades, even if
weathering rates are low or negligible?

What criteria are important in classifying system
response times? How sensitive are methods of
classification to the precision of measurements of
soils and watershed characteristics? What are the
number and geographic distribution of systems in
each response category?
      Three levels of data analysis are being used in the DDRP.  Level I analyses include

 multivariate statistical procedures and steady-state calculations such as sulfur input-output budgets,

 watershed indices, and equilibrium chemistry predictions.  The results of these analyses are being

 integrated with available data to correlate ranges of variables that influence aquatic system response
                                            1-12

-------
 I
 i
 i
i
i
i
i
i
i
                                                               DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                               FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY-
                                                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

          to acidification with watershed and surface water characteristics. This activity is a joint project effort
          with the NSWS.
                Level II analyses are order-of-magnitude time estimates of the response rate of systems to
          various levels of acidic deposition.  These analyses will be used to estimate changes in individual
          system components considered to be important in controlling  surface water acidification such as
          sulfate retention and base cation supply.
                In Level III, dynamic models are being used to  integrate  the key mechanisms controlling
          surface water chemistry in order to simulate changes in water chemistry over a long period of acidic
          deposition.  These mechanisms include soil-water interactions  (including  water contact  time),
          replacement of base cations through  mineral weathering, sulfate retention, and base cation buffering.
          The predicted response times are being used to classify watersheds and to estimate the number and
          geographic distribution of each class of watersheds.

          1.2.3.3 Testing/Verification of Predictive Models at Different Loading Rates
                The WMP, which  complements and augments the DDRP, is designed to investigate the
          mechanisms hypothesized to control changes in water chemistry as a result of acidic deposition.  The
          goal of the WMP is to enhance confidence in and extend the utility of the DDRP predictions. Specific
          objectives are to
                •   verify the conceptual basis of the DDRP via watershed manipulation;
*               •   test the hypotheses forming the basis of watershed acidification models (Are
                   system components and transformation processes  accurately represented in the
                   models?  In addition to sulfate adsorption capacity and base cation supply, what
                   processes influence the rate and degree of surface water acidification?); and
                •   estimate, at appropriate regional levels, the maximum rates of acidic input that
                   potentially sensitive surface waters can accommodate without exhibiting damage.
                The WMP is being initiated with the establishment, of one  manipulation site in Maine.  Site
          screening is also being conducted to  expand the project, possibly to include manipulation sites in the
          Southeast, the Middle Atlantic states, and the West. The location of a recovery  site  is also being
          investigated.

          1.2.3.4 Validation of Trends in Surface Water Chemistry and Biology
                The EPA's current Long-Term Monitoring Program includes projects conducted at over 100
          lake sites and 24 stream sites. The representativeness of the  currently monitored systems is
          presently being evaluated within the frame of the NSWS. Lakes and streams considered to represent
                                                         1-13

-------

DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
the frame of the NSWS adequately will be selected for continued long-term chemical and biological
studies to improve the ability to predict trends on a regional scale.
      The primary objective of the LTMP is to determine if chemical and biological changes are
occurring in representative lakes and streams and, if so, at what rate. The project is to be integrated
with primary research efforts investigating causal mechanisms of surface water acidification and
with deposition data collection efforts.  Data collected from LTMP sites will serve to focus and direct
future research efforts into the most critical cause-and-effect research areas.  The LTMP will be
established in 1988 after reviewing the findings of the present AERP studies.

1.2.4 Present Status/Progress
      The present status of the AERP is summarized in Table 1-2.  The NSWS and DDRP Soils
Surveys provide the major data bases from which conclusions in. this assessment are drawn.  All
Phase I NSWS  data were available although the  NSS data have not undergone final validation.
Phase II data are still being collected, and only part of the unverified data were available, Similarly,
only portions of the DDRP soils data were available. WMP and LTMP were designed to verify the
knowledge  gained from the  DDRP and are only now getting under way.  The ERP has  not been
initiated but pilot studies have been completed to assist in its design.

        TABLE 1-2. PRESENT STATUS AND PROJECTED DATES FOR VARIOUS
                        PHASES OF MAJOR AERP PROJECTS
Project
National Surface Water Survey
National Lake Survey
National Stream Survey
Direct/Delayed Response Project
Watershed Manipulation Project
Long-Term Monitoring Project
Episodic Response Project
Design
Complete
Complete
Complete
Complete
Complete
December
1987
Proposed
Implementation
Complete
Complete
Complete
Complete
May
1987
August
1988

Reporting
Complete
August
1987
December
1987
May
1988
December
1990


Interpretation
Ongoing
Ongoing
Ongoing




                                           1-14

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                    DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
             1.3 PRIMARY UNCERTAINTIES AND IMPLICATIONS FOR DATA INTERPRETATION
                   Within this report, uncertainties are discussed as appropriate to the conclusions drawn in each

             section. While there are as many uncertainties as there are variables, the regional-scale approach in

             the AERP minimizes the significance of the extremes most often associated with individual system

             responses and capitalizes on the regional or subregional pattern. While the regional applicability of

             results from site-specific studies are uncertain, the results presented here are less applicable to a

             single site than they are to the region.  From a regional perspective, an attempt has been made to

             address each question and to bound the findings either statistically or through the comparison of

             results generated by different methods.

                   There are four primary uncertainties relating to the assessment provided in this report.

                   (1) The models used in Section 5 (Future Predictions) are unverified. A project is now
                      in place to examine their validity, but results are not expected until early 1990.
                      However, there is no compelling reason at present to lack confidence in these
                      models for the purpose of this interim assessment.

                   (2) The AERP's data collection and validation  are incomplete.  Consequently,
                      conclusions drawn will likely be modified after all data are available.  Although
                      there is no reason to expect major changes in the conclusions, it is expected that
                      future results will help refine the conclusions presented in this report.

                   (3) The presented results focus on sulfur as the acidifying agent. Nitrate acidification
                      has not been examined.  While nitrate is expected to. contribute to the acidification
                      process, it appears more important in episodic, rather than chronic, acidification
                      (see Section 2). The future influence of nitrate deposition is  not assessed and is
                      presently being considered as a new project area.

                   (4) The understanding of the influence of soil chemistry on surface water acidification
                      is based primarily on soil theory rather than empirical evidence.  Furthermore,
                      mineral weathering  and hydrology (Section 5) contribute significantly  to
                      predictions of future effects;  although the  processes are well understood,  their
                      contributions  to acidification and/or neutralization are not known on a regional
                      scale.  It has been necessary to essentially ignore these variables, thus far, in the
                      correlational analyses.  The  dynamic, predictive models do account for these
                      variables, but they require assumptions which may or may not be valid.

                   Within this assessment, these uncertainties and their influence on the strength and merit of

•           the conclusions are noted. Resolving these uncertainties, however, is more likely to result in refining

             the conclusions rather than in refuting them.
             1.4 PURPOSE OF THE DOCUMENT
                   The purpose of this document is to address the policy questions presented in Section 1.2.1 using

             all data available to date from the AERP. This report is a preliminary interpretation of these data as

             they relate to past, present, and future changes in surface water chemistry and biology resulting from
                                                         1-15

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

acidic deposition. The interpretation of these data is consistent with the purpose for which they were
collected, but extends beyond what has been reported previously from the AERP.  In addition, the
development of this interpretive document deviates from established Agency protocols for technical
reporting, by using data that have not been verified or validated.  However, this assessment is being
provided at the request of the Agency as an internal document to evaluate what the authors believe to
be true  relative to aquatic effects of acidic deposition on the basis of the most complete available
information.

1.5 APPROACH
      The approach to this assessment was to develop a sequential evaluation of surface water effects
beginning with their present condition,  inferring their past condition, and predicting their future
condition.  Because the processes of acidification are generally agreed upon  in  the scientific
community, as noted in Section 1.2.2, the key to this assessment is to estimate the number of systems
to which the various acidification hypotheses apply.
      The NSWS data  bases serve as the foundation for all evaluations. Because this assessment
precedes the completion of the AERP and unverified data are used in  some instances, a qualitative
assessment of some data is provided. The AERP was developed because appropriate historical data
bases were lacking; therefore little effort was devoted to reexamining past attempts to evaluate
effects.  Data sets generated by other researchers are used, as appropriate, to refine estimates, and all
models used were derived by researchers outside the Agency.
      Because the AERP is an integrated network of major projects (see Figure 1-4), this assessment
is also integrated, with each section building on the previous one(s).  The strength of the conclusions
relies on inferences backed by data analyses, rather than on definitive experiments that verify the
findings. However, uncertainties and confidence bounds are provided. The AERP's extensive, broad-
scale approach to sampling was adopted to permit analyses that are regional in scope. Therefore, site-
specific analytical errors minimally affect regional patterns;  rather they simply increase the
confidence bounds on regional conclusions.
      Finally, analyses that are proposed as part of the research plans for AERP projects are carried
out here for as many systems as possible. Because of data limitations at this intermediate stage  in
the AERP, some analyses are incomplete and some are preliminary.  Therefore, the consistency in the
results  of analyses presented here, coupled with the hypotheses that guide the project, must be
considered as sufficient evidence to "verify" the current understanding of surface water effects.  It
should be emphasized, however, that in no instances  were the conclusions inconsistent with the
expected outcomes of the Program.
                                            1-16

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                       FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 1.6 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
      Using the policy questions as a guide (Section 1.2.1) and  following the AERP strategy
 (Section 1.2.2), the assessment is organized to address each question in sequence.  Section 2 begins by
•defining the surface water resource of interest for the study of acidic deposition effects. This section is
 the basis for population extrapolations used in all subsequent sections of the report. Section 2 also
 quantifies the present status of surface waters based on the NSWS data.
      Having determined the present status of surface waters, the first policy question (i.e., the
 extent of past effects) is addressed in Section 3. Because historical data have been insufficient in
 quality and extent to assess past chemical change with regional-scale confidence, Section 3 uses
 models and relationships among variables to infer the extent and magnitude of past pH and ANC
 changes in surface waters attributable to acidic deposition.
      Having inferred the past changes in chemistry, an assessment of past biological change can be
 discussed.  Section 4 establishes, from the  literature, the biologically relevant chemical variables.
 These variables are used to assess the biological effects expected from the estimated chemical changes
 and present conditions of surface water quality.  Because the extent and magnitude of biological
 effects of acidic deposition are quite complex, concluisons in this section tend to be less certain than
 those in sections dealing solely with chemical change.
      Section 5 establishes the basis for predicting future change and estimates expected chemical
 changes in surface waters of the Northeast and Southeast. Only these two regions could be evaluated
 because they are the two  areas  of the United States for which soils data appropriate for such an
 assessment are available.  The foundation for this section was established by the DDRP, a project to
be completed by early 1988.  Therefore, the analysis in this section is an initial estimate of future
change, which will be refined over the next year.
      The third policy question is related to target loadings. Section 6 summarizes the past attempts
to establish a loading of sulfur to aquatic  ecosystems  below which biologically relevant chemical
changes would not occur. Subsequently, based on the previous sections, target loading estimates are
provided.
      Finally, in Section 7, the question of recovery is evaluated.  While there is limited empirical
evidence concerning recovery of aquatic systems as a result of decreased acidic deposition, some
examples of the  phenomenon do exist.  This section summarizes these  studies and discusses the
expected results of decreases in acidic deposition.
                                                         1-17

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
1.7 REFERENCES
Altshuller, A.P. and R.A. Linthurst, eds.  1984.  The Acidic Deposition Phenomenon and Its
Effects.  Critical Assessment Review Papers.  Vol. II.  Effects Sciences.  EPA-600/8-83-016BF.  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

Galloway, J.N. and  E.B. Cowling.  1978.  The effects of precipitation on  aquatic and terrestrial
ecosystems: A proposed precipitation chemistry network. J. AirPollut. Control Assoc. 28:229-235.

National Academy of Sciences.  1981.  Atmosphere-biosphere  interactions:  toward a better
understanding of the  ecological consequences of fossil fuel combustion. A  report prepared by the
National Research Council, 263 pp. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Academy of Sciences. 1984.  Acid deposition:  processes of lake acidification. A report
prepared by the Panel of Processes of Lake Acidification, Environmental  Studies Board, 11 pp.
Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Academy of Sciences. 1986. Acid deposition, long-term trends. A report prepared by the
Committee on Monitoring and Assessment of Trends in Acid Deposition.   Environmental Studies
Board, 506 pp. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Research Council of Canada.  1981. Acidification in the Canadian aquatic environment:
Scientific criteria for  assessing the effects of acidic deposition on aquatic ecosystems.  No. 18675,
369 pp.
United States/Canada. 1983.
Assessment, Work Group I.
Memorandum of Intent on Transboundary Air Pollution. Impact
                                           1-18

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                       SECTION 2
                 PRESENT STATUS OF SURFACE WATER CHEMISTRY
2.1 SUMMARY
      Results of the National Surface Water Survey (NSWS) indicate that the largest percentage of
low pH and low ANC lakes and streams are found in the Adirondacks, parts of the Upper Midwest,
the Northern Appalachian Plateau, the Mid-Atlantic Regions surrounding the Chesapeake Area, and
Florida. Except for Florida, less than 13% of these systems were acidic (ANC SO ueq I/1) or had pH
£5.0 during the index period (fall in lakes, spring in streams). In many regions not containing low
pH systems (e.g.,  lakes in the West and streams  in  the Southern  Blue Ridge and Ouachita
Mountains), more than half of the systems had ANC £200 ueq L'1.
      Analyses of the uncertainties inherent in the NSWS design indicate that the estimated number
of acidic lakes in some subregions may have been larger by a factor of two had small (1-4 hectare [ha])
lakes been included in the resource estimate. Sampling lakes in the spring or summer would have
increased the estimated number and percentage of low pH and low ANC lakes in the Northeast,
especially in the low ANC (0-50 ueq L"1) class. Sampling smaller, headwater streams also  would
result in lower pH and ANC estimates in many subregions.
      Episodic pH and ANC depressions resulting from snowmelt and rainstorms are expected to
cause significantly  more systems to experience acidic conditions than those resulting from index
conditions measured in the NSWS.  For example, based on a hydrologic model, the percentage of
streams in the Southern Blue Ridge expected to experience pH values <6.5 increased from 1.3%
during the index period to 45% during hydrologic events. An empirical mode! indicates that the
proportion of acidic lakes in the Adirondack Subregion may increase from 11% during the fall index
period to 35% during snowmelt, based on lake outlet chemistry during the latter period.

2.2 INTRODUCTION
     The first step in evaluating the impact of acidic deposition on surface waters in the United
States was to estimate, with known confidence, the numbers and chemical characteristics of the lake
and stream resources in potentially sensitive regions of the country.  This step not only would
establish how many lakes and streams already were acidic, but also  would provide a basis for
estimating the extent to which such systems had become acidic, or might become acidic in the future,
because of acidic deposition. This activity was the key objective of the NSWS described in Section 1.
                                                       2-1

-------

DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
2.3 DEFINING THE RESOURCE OF INTEREST
      Ideally, the NSWS resource of interest could be defined as those lakes and streams in the
United States that are sufficiently large to represent the majority of fish habitat, and that might
already be acidic or potentially subject to acidification. The first step in defining this resource was to
exclude those lakes and streams that do not meet these criteria.  For example, certain areas of the
country could be excluded because they were known to contain few, if any, acidic surface waters. In
areas expected  to contain acidic  surface waters, systems known to be  so polluted as to not to be
significantly influenced by acidic deposition also could be excluded. The remaining lakes and streams
constitute the NSWS target populations.
      Target populations were identified on the basis of 1:250,000-scale U.S. Geological  Survey
(USGS) topographic maps for eastern lakes and streams, and 1:100,000-scale maps for western lakes.
Non-interest lakes and streams were excluded on the basis of factors such as lake or drainage basin
area and mapped information on urbanization or pollution sources. By drawing a statistical sample
from these populations of interest, it was possible to estimate the total number of lakes and streams,
as well as the corresponding percentage falling below any particular reference value of pH or ANC.
Population estimates also can be based on miles of streams or surface area of lakes and can be made
for any chemical or physical variable measured during the NSWS.
      The formal sampling specifications and protocols are presented in detail in the NSWS technical
reports that describe the construction of the statistical sampling frame and the exclusion or "site"
rules.  The following sections summarize the rationale for the protocols and their impact on the
interpretation of the NSWS data.

2.3.1 What Regions of the United States Should Be Considered?
      One of the first attempts to estimate the status and extent of acidic or potentially sensitive
surface waters  in the United States was the construction of a national alkalinity map based on
existing water quality records (Omernik and Powers 1983).  This mapping study revealed that the
quality and  completeness of the available data were inadequate to perform a quantitative
assessment.  However, the study did reveal that  there were  large geographic regions that were
unlikely to contain more than a few isolated acidic or potentially sensitive systems.  By excluding
such regions from the NSWS, it would be possible to obtain much more precise estimates of the status
and extent of surface waters in the remaining regions of higher concern.
      The resource of interest was defined as the lakes and streams located in those regions that
contained most of the surface water in the United States having an ANC of less than 400 ueq L'l,
based on the mapped patterns of alkalinity constructed using historical data. Few lakes and streams
                                            2-2

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

with ANC  >400 jieq  L"l are likely to be affected by acidic deposition in the forseeable future
(e.g., within the next 100 years).
      The mapping process identified five major geographic regions of interest: the Northeast, the
Mid-Atlantic, the Southeast, the Upper Midwest, and the Mountainous West. These major regions
were  divided  into 22 subregions  {Figure  2-1), each of which was characterized by certain
combinations of land surface features expected to have a potential influence on the physical or
chemical characteristics of lakes and streams.  In this assessment,  regional differences and
similarities are described on the basis of these 22 subregions.

2.3.2  How Were Regions Prioritized for Study?
      Even with non-interest regions of the country excluded from consideration, it was logistically
impossible to survey simultaneously all  lakes  and streams in the 22 subregions of interest.
Consequently, it was necessary to prioritize each area to determine which subregions to survey first,
and for each subregion, whether to survey lakes or streams or both. These decisions were made on the
basis of which areas were receiving the highest acidic deposition rates, which areas were expected to
contain particularly sensitive systems, and the relative abundance of natural lakes versus streams in
each subregion.
      Deposition monitoring data clearly indicate that the Mid-Atlantic  Region and the Northeast
have experienced the  highest regional rates of acidic deposition  during recent  years.  Acidic
deposition historically has been relatively lower in the Southeast and Upper Midwest, and lowest of
all in the western United States. Consequently, the NSWS was initiated in the eastern United States
with a pilot study in 1983 and a full-scale survey in 1984.
      The Northeast, Upper Midwest,  and Mountainous West Regions have large numbers of both
lakes  and streams.  However,  in the Mid-Atlantic and Southest Regions,  with the  exception of
Florida, few natural lakes exist. Because of their longer retention  times, lakes appeared to offer
advantages over streams in characterizing the effects of acidic deposition within a survey framework.
Consequently, it was decided that the NSWS would focus primarily on lakes in the Northeast, Upper
Midwest, West, and Florida, and on streams in the Mid-Atlantic and the remainder of the Southeast.
In three subregions (Poconos/Catskills, Southern Blue Ridge, Florida), both lakes and streams were
sampled.
      In subregions in which only lakes were sampled, it cannot be assumed that the distribution of
acidic or low ANC streams is similar  to that of lakes, although  the distributions do  appear to be
similar in the  three areas where both  types of systems were surveyed.   It is also not implied that
streams are not  an important resource in  regions where only lakes were  studied, although the
converse generally is true.
                                            2-3

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
                                                                                       E
                                                                                       CO
                                                                                       1
                                                                                       3
                                                                                       CO

                                                                                       "3

                                                                                       o
                                                                                       tS
                                                                                       C8

                                                                                       V

                                                                                       5
                                                                                       bl
                                                                                       a
                                                                                       CO

                                                                                       O
                                                                                       a

                                                                                       §,
                                                                                       •w
                                                                                       «
                                                                                       SC
                                                                                       !C
                                                                                       5
                                                                                       13
                                                                                       3
                                                                                       O9
                                                                                       TJ
                                                                                       a
                                                                                       »P*
                                                                                       e
                                                                                       a
                                                                                       4)
                                                                                       o
                                                                                       'Si
                                                                                       £
                                                                                       ca
                                                                                       
-------
 I
I
I
i
i
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The prioritization process determined the sequence of lake and stream survey activities in the
various NSWS subregions.  Lakes in the eastern United States were surveyed during the National
Lake Survey (NLS) in the fall of 1984 and in the western United States in the fall of 1985.  Streams
were surveyed in the Southern Blue Ridge in spring of 1985, and in the four Mid-Atlantic subregions,
the Southern Appalachians, the Piedmont, the Ozarks/Ouachitas, and Florida in the spring of 1986.
Studies of seasonal variability in lakes began in the Northeast in 1986.
      Of the subregions in the United States expected to contain significant numbers of low ANC
surface waters, only the streams and wetlands of the Southeastern Coastal Plain have not yet been
extensively surveyed in the NSWS.  This region has received a lower sampling priority because it
receives generally lower levels of acidic deposition  and its surface  waters contain significant
concentrations of naturally acidic, dissolved organic carbon compounds. These compounds may buffer
these waters against pH changes and may also reduce the  toxic effects of low pH water to fish.
Results of the NSWS in Florida and southeastern Georgia are expected to aid in determining whether
additional sampling in the Coastal Plain is warranted.

2.3.3 What Kinds of Lakes and Streams Should Be Studied?
      The prioritization described in the preceding sections made it possible to exclude large
numbers of lakes and streams from the resource of interest on the basis of regional soil, geology, and
land-use characteristics and acidic deposition rates. However, not all lakes and streams within each
of the 22 subregions of interest represent a resource at risk. For example, in some regions, large lakes
and streams are known not to be susceptible to acidification in the forseeable future because of the
distribution of relatively alkaline soils or agricultural liming.  Conversely, very small lakes and
streams generally offer  less fish habitat than larger systems, although in some areas small lakes may
have important recreational fisheries, and in others,  small headwater streams may provide
important spawning habitat.
      In either case, the resource represented by very  small or very large lakes and streams entails
significant sampling and design problems.  Very small lakes and streams  often are not accurately
portrayed on maps, and may be seasonal or ephemeral. They are frequently too shallow to sample
accurately without entraining sediments into the water, which may invalidate the results of chemical
analyses or hinder their interpretation. Large rivers cannot be sampled using techniques equivalent
to those used for smaller streams because of cross-sectional heterogeneity, and it is inappropriate to
compare chemistry across large size ranges of systems.
      The NSWS, therefore, focused on lakes and streams of intermediate  size, avoiding both very
small and very large systems. In both cases, the resource of interest was typically represented in blue
on 1:250,000- or l:100,000-scale USGS topographic maps.
                                                         2-5

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      Some lakes and streams were excluded from the population of interest because of gross levels of
pollution or habitat unsuitability. In these cases, it was necessary to ensure that expected pollution
levels were sufficient to exclude acidic deposition as a legitimate concern. This meant excluding
ponded waters, such as oxidation lagoons and settling basins, and streams severely affected by acid
mine drainage, oil field brines, and urban channelization. Estuarine reaches in which pH was
controlled predominantly by seawater also were excluded. The remaining resource of interest was
not restricted to pristine lakes and streams, but it did exclude a significant number of water bodies
that were clearly not of concern with respect to acidification resulting from acidic deposition. Details
of the exclusion criteria are presented for lakes and streams in the following sections.
      It is important to understand that the NSWS target populations do not necessarily exclude all
non-interest lakes and streams.  For example, subregion boundaries transect geographic "patches"
expected to contain waters not susceptible to acidification due to local soil or land-use characteristics.
It also is impossible to exclude all systems rendered non-sensitive by pollution, because of
incompleteness or  inaccuracy  of mapped data.  Finally, in some cases non-point source  pollution
sufficient to dominate water chemistry in low-ionic strength waters is only detectable by careful
comparisons of regional water quality data after they are analyzed and archived in the data base.
      In the following analyses, the regional  population estimates and chemical descriptions are
presented as total target population values. In Section 3, many of these estimates are refined by
identifying certain non-interest categories and excluding them from  the total resource of interest. In
other cases, resources of interest that were not included in the NSWS target populations (e.g., small
lakes in  the East) are identified and discussed.  In any case, population estimates expressed as
percentages, while necessary for comparing subregional patterns,  are partially dependent on the
identification of the target populations. Total resource estimates (e.g., numbers of lakes or streams)
are not affected by inclusion of non-interest systems in the target population, but may not be as useful
for some purposes of comparison.  Both types of estimates are found, where appropriate,  in the
discussions that follow.

2.3.3.1 Lakes
      As noted above, NLS regions were delineated based on the surface water alkalinity map of
Omernik and Powers (1983). The map scale used to select lakes in the East was 1:250,000,  while the
western lakes were identified on l:100,000-scale maps.  The map scales resulted in minimum lake
surface areas of the target population of eastern and western lakes  to be of approximately 4 ha and
1 ha, respectively.  Lakes smaller than these functional lower limits  can be  important regional
resources, but their chemistry cannot be currently evaluated within the context of the NLS Phase I
                                             2-6

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
i
 i
i
i
i
results. Examination of other regional data indicates that these small lakes can be numerous and
have lower ANC than the lakes in the NSWS target population (see Section 2.5.1.1).
      The target population of lakes was further reduced by eliminating several categories of "non-
interest" lakes in the population estimates, which included intense urban/industriai/agricultural
watersheds, marshes/swamps, high conductivity systems, flowing waters, and nonlakes.  Following
field data collection, very large lakes (> 2000 ha) were also excluded from population estimates. The
large  lakes were all of moderate to high alkalinity such that they would unlikely be affected by
current rates of acidic deposition in the forseeable future. Removing the few large lakes had almost
no effect on the resource estimates of the number of lakes, but was an important adjustment to the
areal  estimates of lakes and reduced  the erratic mathematical characteristics of the population
distribution estimates that resulted when these lakes were included.
2.3.3.2 Streams
      The target stream population
is defined as  those  streams that
appear as blue lines on 1:250,000-
scale topographic maps. Discussions
with fishery resource managers indi-
cated  that such streams represent
the size of systems upon which man-
agement systems  are most often
based. A single stream "reach" was
chosen as the  sampling unit (com-
pared to an individual lake in the
NLS).  A reach is defined as a blue
line segment on the 1:250,000-scale
topographic map (see Figure 2-2).  A
reach may be bounded  by its
intersection with  two other blue
lines,  or in the case of a headwater
reach, by its  origin and its first
meeting with another blue line.
                                                  Figure 2-2.  Illustration of a sample of NSS stream
                                                  reaches (dotted lines) as they might appear on a
                                                  l:250,000-scale topographic map. The heavily shaded
                                                  reaches are excluded from the  target population
                                                  because the drainage exceeds 155 km2.
I
                                           2-7

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      Large reaches are avoided by excluding any reach for which the downstream node of the reach
has a nominal (topographic) drainage area >60  square miles (155 km2).  Very small reaches
generally are not represented on 1:250,000-scale maps.
      The statistical sampling frame employed in the NS8 used a dot grid to identify a probability
sample of such stream reaches, and from this sample, population estimates of the number, length, and
chemical characteristics of the entire population of reaches could be estimated.  The sample can be
thought of as the reaches represented by dotted lines in Figure 2-2, and the target population as all of
the reaches, excluding those larger reaches represented by the shaded line, for which the total
watershed area exceeds the 60-square-mile maximum.
      To avoid highly polluted or  channelized systems, stream reaches located in urban areas (as
indicated in yellow on l:24,000-scale USGS topographic maps) were excluded from the  target
population.  It also was desirable to eliminate streams that were grossly polluted by acid mine
drainage or oil field brines, or that were sufficiently  estuarine to be well buffered by seawater.
However, such streams  could not be identified on  the basis of mapped information  alone.
Consequently, when streams with high conductivity (>500 uS cm'l @ 25°C) or very low pH  (<3.5)
were encountered in the field, they were not sampled and were categorized as non-interest.

2.3.4  Target Population Estimates for Lakes and Streams
      The total target population estimates for lakes and streams surveyed during the NSWS are
shown in Table 2-1.  The 22 subregions for which estimates are made are delineated in Figure 2-1. It
is estimated that there are 17,954 lakes in the target population in the East and 10,393 lakes in the
West. These estimates can be compared with an estimate of more than 700,000 lakes in Canada south
of latitude  52°N.  While confidence bounds cannot be  calculated for this estimate, Canada  clearly
contains a  large number of lakes relative to the  potentially acid-sensitive regions of the United
States. The eastern stream resource of interest is estimated to be 200,000 km.
      These estimates do not include streams in the NLS subregions or lakes in the NSS subregions,
except where overlap is shown in Figure 2-1, and they do not include any lakes or streams outside of
the subregion boundaries. All estimates exclude  non-interest  sites, as noted  above.  While the
statistical sampling procedure provides unbiased estimates of the target populations, as defined in
Section 2.3.3, the estimates are only as accurate as the  corresponding accuracy of the representation
of the true population of interest on the USGS  maps.   Estimates of the precision (upper 95%
confidence  bounds) of the estimates can be found in  the NLS and NSS project reports.
                                            2-8

-------
 I
                                        DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                        FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                          DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
TABLE 2-1. TOTAL TARGET POPULATION ESTIMATES FOR
                 NSWS LAKES AND STREAMS
I
i
i
i
Subregion
Lakes (£2000 ha)
Adirondacks
Poconos/Catskills
Central New England
Southern New England
Maine
Northeastern Minnesota
Upper Peninsula of Michigan
Northcentral Wisconsin
Upper Great Lakes Area
Southern Blue Ridge
Florida
California
Pacific Northwest
Northern Rockies
Central Rockies
Southern Rockies
Subregion
Streams
Poconos/Catskills
Northern Appalachian Plateau
Valley and Ridge
Chesapeake Area
Southern Blue Ridge
Piedmont
Southern Appalachians
Ozarks/Ouachitas
Florida
Code

1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
2A
2B
2C
2D
3A
3B
4A.
4B
4C
4D
4E
Code

ID
2Cn
2Bn
3B
2As
3A
2X
2D
3C
Number

1290
1479
1483
1318
1526
1457
1050
1480
4515
258
2098
2401
'1706
2379
2299
1609
















-
Reach Ends0
Downstream Upstream

3,523
9,215
17,461
12,207
2,021
7,515
5,040
4,116
1,556

3,468
9,389
16,178
12,204
2,021
7,515
5,040
4,204
2,137
Surface Area
(km2)

118,777
26,872
72,412
36,403
173,400
142,981
34,025
97,556
226,896
24,272
66,169
36,009
68,038
36,065
29,786
11,953
Length
(km)

15,660 -15,930b
22,660 -23,470b
34,040 -37,790b
39,000 -39,050b
8,960
32,300
23,300
21,050 -21,324b
4,360 -5,900b
               a The number of upstream and downstream reach ends may not agree because differing numbers of upstream and
                 downstream ends may be assigned to non-interest subsets of the target population.
               b The larger number represents those reaches for which only one end was a non-interest point The smaller number
                 represents all target reaches for which both ends met the site rules.
                                                         •2-9

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
2.4 WHAT IS THE PRESENT STATUS OF SURFACE WATERS?
      Population estimates are provided for the distributions of key chemical variables in the
resource populations of interest decribed in the preceding section. First, the most important chemical
variables, pH and ANC, are defined. Then, the concept of the index value that forms the basis for the
population estimates is discussed.

2.4.1 ANC and pH - Measures of Surface Water Acidity
      For the Phase I activities of the lake and stream surveys, a comprehensive set of chemical
measurements, directly  relevant to acidic  deposition effects research, was performed on  water
samples collected from each lake or stream. The most widely recognized measure of water acidity is
pH, which can control chemical speciation in aquatic systems, as well as the toxicity of water  to
aquatic organisms. However, ANC, not pH, is the best single estimate of the acidity status of fresh
water, for reasons that are explained below.  Sulfate concentration is also discussed in this section
because of its importance with respect to  sulfate deposition, the primary factor suspected to promote
surface water acidification in many parts of the  United States.  Other chemical variables will be
discussed with respect to their role in interpreting past damage or future susceptibility.
      Acidic conditions exist in water not in contact with atmospheric carbon dioxide (CC^) when the
pH falls below 7.0.  In nature, however, the pH of water is closely linked with the amount of dissolved
CC>2 it contains. As the COj content increases, the carbonic acid concentration rises, and the pH
becomes lower as the water becomes more acidic. Water at chemical equilibrium with COz in the
atmosphere has a theoretical pH of 5.65 at 25°C.  The chemistry of natural waters is affected not only
by COg equilibria, but also by geochemical sources of acids and bases, and by organic  compounds
released by living and decomposing organisms. The resulting pH usually ranges from 5.5 to 8.5 in the
absence of organic acids, but may be considerably lower in organically colored acidic waters. Mineral
acidity from acidic deposition can depress pH below its natural level.  (The extent to which such
reductions in pH may harm fish is discussed in Section 4.)
      Despite its importance in determining the chemistry and toxicity of surface waters, pH can be
remarkably unstable as an indicator of longer-term acidity of  surface waters.  Photosynthesis and
respiration of aquatic plant and animal  life affect pH  on a diurnal cycle, as CC>2  is released to  or
absorbed from the surrounding water.  These diurnal pH changes can be significant in poorly buffered
surface waters, depending on the level of productivity of the specific aquatic system.  In streams,
inputs of groundwater supersaturated with CC>2 also can cause extreme variability in pH, depending
upon the relative proportion and chemical characteristics of the groundwater contribution.
       Acid neutralizing capacity is a measure of the ability of a water sample to resist changes in pH
when an acid is added in the laboratory.  Thus, ANC is a measure of "negative acidity" and is useful
                                            2-10

-------
 I
          DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                          FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                            DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
i
I
I
in describing the acid-base status of surface waters. As ANC becomes equal to or less than zero, the
water has no remaining capacity to neutralize acid and is, by definition, considered acidic. The more
negative ANC becomes, the more acidic is the water. Because ANC is not affected by changes in CC<2
concentrations in surface waters, it is a more stable variable by which to describe the acidity of lakes
and streams.
      Unfortunately, however, interpreting the biological  habitability of an aquatic system based
solely on ANC is difficult for several  reasons.  Most important  is that pH (as well as other key
variables relating to aquatic toxicity) cannot be accurately  predicted from ANC. For example, data
from the NSWS indicate that a low ANC value (50 ueq L"1) in the Sierra Nevada Mountain lakes of
California corresponds to a pH of about 6.9. A similar ANC value in the Adirondack Mountain lakes
of New York, where acidic deposition has been documented, corresponds to a pH value of about 6.4, a
fivefold difference in hydrogen ion activity.  It is generally accepted that the relationship between
ANC and pH is, in part, made more complex by the  presense of  organic acids and other dissolved
materials. The net result can be a lower pH value for a given value of ANC.
      Because the relationship between pH
and ANC is not linear, a specific ANC  value      3.5
does not necessarily correspond to a specific
pH value (Figure 2-3).  Therefore, in a  ^7.5
general sense,  low ANC can be equated with
low pH in the context of regional surface
water chemistry, but ANC values  below
50 ueq L"1 may be associated with a broad
range of pH values.
 V
 +•>
 fll
| 6.5
 er
iu
.fc 5.5-
                  To illustrate the problem of comparing
            sensitivity based on ANC to sensitivity based
            on pH, three hypothetical lakes located close
            to one another in a low alkalinity region
            currently receiving high  levels of acidic
                                              4.5-
   3.5
    -200
                           x Clearwater Lakes
                           A Darkwater Lakes
                                                             200   400    600
                                                              ANC (peq L'1)
800   1000
                                                       Figure 2-3.  pH versus ANC relatonship for the
            deposition are examined.  All three lakes   northeastern United States based on NSWS lake
                                                       data (from LLnthurst et al. 1986).
            .presently have ANC of about 25 ueq L"1. One
            lake hada historic ANC of 125 ueq L'1. Since the onset of acidic deposition about 50 years ago, it has
            lost 100 ueq L'l  of ANC and has experienced a decline in  pH from 6.9 to a current pH of 5.4, a
            biologically relevant change in pH.  For the second lake, neither its ANC nor its pH has changed over
            the last 50 years; its ANC remains at 25 ueq L'l and its current pH is about 6.5.  The response of the
            third lake was intermediate, and it has lost only about 30 ueq L'1 of ANC, with a corresponding pH
                                                       2-11

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

decline from 7.0 to a current value of 6.5. The markedly different responses of these lakes to similar
acid loadings can be related qualitatively back to watershed characteristics, hydrology, within-lake
processes, and soil composition and depth.
      To compare  the chemical status of surface waters in the NSWS Subregions, it is useful to
establish several descriptive categories of ANC values. Three ranges of ANC frequently have been
employed by past researchers and were adopted in the NSWS to allow comparisons to be made with
previous studies: acidic (SO ueq I/1), low ANC (0-50 ueq IT1), and moderate ANC (50-200 ueq L"1).
Other factors being equal, low ANC systems are more sensitive to acidification during acidic rainfall
and snowmelt events than moderate ANC systems. Systems with ANC > 200 during the index period
are relatively unlikely to become acidic during episodes, although exceptions may occur. In any case,
sensitivity to long-term acidification trends are related not only to index ANC, but also to other
watershed characteristics, as discussed in Section 5.
                                       ?
      In using ANC to describe acidic lakes and streams, it must be recognized that without
additional analyses or data, no cause-and-effect relationship can be examined.  Specifically,  the
presence of many acidic systems in a particular location cannot be inferred to mean that the systems
have been acidified by acidic deposition until other hypotheses are examined and rejected, based on
current scientific understanding. In Section 3 of this assessment, such hypotheses are examined for
surface  water acidification and the NSWS results. When possible, these hypotheses are used to
estimate the probable  amount of damage that has occurred to aquatic systems because of acidic
deposition.

2.4.2 The "Index1* Value Concept
      The NSWS used an "index" value of lake or stream chemistry to describe the chemical status of
each of the aquatic systems sampled during the NSWS. An "index" in this case is a sample or group of
samples taken from a certain place in each sampling unit (lake or stream reach) at a particular time
of the year that serves as a reference to the condition of that lake or stream in other places, and at
other times of the  year.  Incorporated within this index concept is the recognition that a trade-off
exists between understanding the details of spatial and temporal patterns of chemistry within each
particular lake or stream, and understanding regional patterns of surface water chemistry.  Ideally,
index chemistry collected during one season of the year could be used to  predict the chemistry of
individual streams and lakes during other seasons. Failing this goal, index  chemistry can at least be
used to exclude certain classes of systems from further study during later phases of the NSWS aimed
at understanding seasonal, temporal, and internal spatial trends. However, it is known that the
temporal variability of aquatic systems varies widely depending on physical properties of the sites.
For certain variables and study sites, the index sample may not accurately predict chemistry at other
                                            2-12

-------
 I
 I
 I
 1
I
i
i
i
i
i
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

seasons.  However, for a population of lakes and streams, the variability may still allow useful
predictions of the population distribution.
      An example can help to explain this concept. The NLS employed an index sample collected at a
depth of 1.5 m at  the center of each lake during the autumn following breakdown of thermal
stratification.  One hundred fifty-five lake samples taken in the Adirondack Subregion of the NLS
during Phase I were used to  estimate the chemical status of the  1290 estimated target population
lakes for the fall index period. After applying the statistical expansion or weighting factors to this
index sample,  it was estimated that  10.7% or 138 lakes in this target population were acidic.  An
understanding of the variability associated with the fall index measurement will result from the
Phase II study of lake temporal and spatial variability.  An indication of the utility of the  index
concept for lakes can be derived from preliminary results of EPA's Long-Term Monitoring Program
which shows that, at least for three key variables, lake chemistry alone generally explains 80-90% of
the total variability (Table 2-2).
  TABLE 2-2. PERCENT OF TOTAL VARIABILITY EXPLAINED BY LAKE CHEMISTRY
   FOR ANC, pH,  AND SO4* FOB LAKES BASED ON LONG-TERM MONITORING DATA
Subregion
Adirondaeks
Central New England
Maine
Northeastern Minnesota
Upper Peninsula of Michigan
Northcentral Wisconsin
Southern Blue Ridge

ANC
84.6
86.5
92,4
89.6
91.1
65.5
95.0
Variable
pH
82.0
83.5
96.3
74.7
96.1
80.8
45.0

SO42
76.0
48.2
96.3
60.8
89.4
83.1
93.6
      A similar index concept is applied to streams. Streams generally exhibit greater within- and
among-season chemical variability than do lakes.  For this reason, they must be skmpled during the
time of the year that is expected to exhibit chemical characteristics most closely linked to acidic
deposition or to its most deleterious effects. Sampling the relatively stable chemistry of late summer
baseflows dominated by groundwater, for example, would provide a poor index of potentially limiting
conditions during winter and spring periods when the stream water is poorly buffered against pH
changes.  The choice of the spring index sampling period for streams involved a trade-off between
minimizing within-season and episodic chemical variability and  maximizing  the probability of
sampling during chemical conditions potentially limiting for aquatic organisms.  The  seasonal
variability in chemistry of spring index samples was minimized in the NSS by sampling streams after
snowmelt but prior to  leaf-out.  In addition, sampling was avoided within  24 hours of significant
antecedent rainfall. To gain some understanding of within-season variability and to obtain greater
                                          2-13

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

precision in population estimates for the northern Mid-Atlantic Subregions (where acidic deposition
effects are more probable than  in the Southeastern Screening Area), two spring samples were
collected and the analytical results were averaged to yield index values.
      Unlike lakes, for which a  single"mid-lake sample taken during well-mixed conditions at fall
overturn can provide a reasonably good spatial representation of the non-littoral lakewater volume, a
grab sample at a single point on a stream reach would be inadequate to describe chemistry for the
whole length of the reach.  Streams were expected to exhibit considerable variability over their
length at any given time during the  spring index period.  To incorporate this variability and to
establish quantitative relationships  between upstream and downstream chemistry on sample
reaches, samples from both ends of the reaches were collected.

2.4.3 Regional Chemical Characteristics of Lakes and Streams
      Phase I of both the NLS and the NSS were synoptic surveys of water chemistry designed to
estimate the present status of regional populations. The results of these surveys provide the best
current  estimates of the number, percentage, and location of acidic and low ANC systems in the
United States.  The strength of statistically based surveys is that the population of lakes or streams
within a particular category of ANC or other classifications can be estimated with known confidence
bounds.  Therefore,  in this assessment of the present status of surface waters, these survey results
were used to make estimates for the regions or subregions included in the specific survey design.

2.4.3.1 Lakes
      The ANC and pH status of lakes in subregions of the Northeast, Upper Midwest,  Southeast,
and West are shown in Figures 2-3 through 2-6.  The shaded  sections of each figure show the
proportion of lakes, in the designated subregions, estimated to be in the different classes of ANC and
pH.  The total population of lakes estimated for each subregion is indicated below the circle graph for
that subregion, with the area of the  circle proportional to the estimated number of lakes in the
regional population of interest.
      The greatest  number of acidic (ANC sOueq L"1) lakes was found in the Florida Subregion
(22% or 463 lakes, Figure 2-4). In the Northeast, it was estimated that 326 (4,6%) of the lakes were
acidic.  Most of the acidic lakes in the  Northeast were found in the Adirondack Subregion (1A).  The
Pocono/Catskill and Southern New England Subregions each had about 5% of the lakes classified as
acidic, corresponding to 78 and  66 lakes, respectively.  In the Northeast,  an estimated 4258 lakes
(60%) had ANC  < 200 ueq  L/i, and 1364  lakes (19.2%) were determined to have  low ANC
(^50 ueq L"l).  In the Upper Midwest, an estimated 3518 lakes (41%) had low to moderate ANC, while
148 lakes (1.7%) were acidic.  The Upper Peninsula of Michigan  had the greatest number of acidic
lakes in the Upper Midwest with 9.8% or 102 lakes in this category. No acidic lakes were sampled in
                                           2-14

-------
 I
 I
I
I
1
I
I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

Northeastern Minnesota or the Upper Great Lakes Area. In Northcentral Wisconsin, 45 lakes (3.1%)
were estimated to be acidic.  The largest number of lakes in any subregion in the East with ANC
£200 ueq I/i was found in the Upper Great Lakes Area: 1411 (31.3%). In the Southern Blue Ridge
(3A), no acidic lakes were sampled.  However, 88 lakes (34.4%) were estimated to have ANC
£200 ueq L"1, and only 4 lakes (1.4%) were estimated to have ANC £ 50 ueq L'l. .
                                                2A
                                                                                               1E
                      ANC SO ueq L'1
                      0 ueq L'l < ANC £ 50 ueq
                      50 ueq L"i < ANC £ 200 ueq L">
                      ANO200ueqL-i
  Figure 2-4. Population estimates for acid neutralizing capacity (ANC) in eastern United
  States lakes (4 ha < lake size £2000 ha).  Pie area is proportional to estimated target
  population size.

      Only one lake sampled in the West was acidic, and it was associated with an acidic thermal
spring and is assumed to be naturally acidic. Many lakes in the West had low ANC (Figure 2-5). In
California, 2078 of the lakes (86.6%) had ANC £200 ueq I/l. The lowest number of lakes in this ANC
category was found in the Southern Rockies, where 634 lakes  (39.4%) were identified.  A notable
finding is that 6926 lakes (66.6%) in the West currently have ANC £200 ueq L**.
                                                      2-15

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
         2401
                                                        2299
                                                                 B§3 ANCSSOueqt/1
                                                                 rrnn so200ueql/i
   Figure 2-5.  Population estimates for acid neutralizing capacity (ANC) in western
   United States lakes (1 ha < lake size £2000 ha). Only one lake, in Subregion 4D, had
   ANC •& 0 ueq I/1. Pie area is proportional to target population size.
      As discussed previously, the interpretation of pH data is more difficult because diurnal cycles
may be large. Florida had the greatest number and percentage of lakes with pH £ 5.0 in the East: 259
lakes (12.4%). The Adirondacks had 128 lakes (10%) and Northcentral Wisconsin had 99 lakes (9.4%)
in this pH category.  Only the one geothermally influenced lake in the West had pH less than 5.0, and
only an estimated 103 lakes (1%) in the West had pH £6.0.  Figures 2-6 and 2-7 summarize these
findings.
                                         2-16

-------
 1
I
I
I
         DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

                        FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                          DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

                     1C
                                                                                    1E
                           pH < 5,0

                           5.06.0
                  Figure 2-7. Population estimates for pH in western United States lakes (1 ha
-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
2.4.3.2 Streams
      Tables 2-3 and 2-4 list target population percentage estimates of eastern U.S. streams within
designated ranges of spring index ANC and pH values.  Separate  tabulations are provided for
distributions calculated from chemical data collected at upstream and downstream ends of the sample
reaches. The upstream and downstream population distribution estimates are best thought of as two
different "snapshots," focusing at different positions within the streamflow network represented by
the blue lines on l:250,OQQ-scale topographic maps. The downstream sampling points represent a
snapshot of the streamwater at a given moment in time as it exits each of the target reaches that form
the total blue-line network. These reaches are typically of Strahler order 1 to 3 (based on 1:24,000-
scale maps) and drain watersheds with a range of median areas of 3 to 13 km2.  The upstream ends
are located, on the average, 3 km upstream from lower ends of target population reaches, and the
corresponding water quality population estimates represent a snapshot of the water draining into the
sample reaches. The upstream ends of target reaches are typically of Strahler order 1 and 2, with
median drainage areas in the range from 0.8 to 4.6 km2.

  TABLE 2-3.  ESTIMATES OF THE PERCENTAGE OF TARGET STREAM LOWER AND
       UPPER REACH ENDS WITH SPRING INDEX ANC IN REFERENCE RANGES
ANC (ueq L'l) Range
0to50
DS
6
20
Jb
10
5
8
7
_b
43
US
16
23
6
18
6
8
7
4
25
> 50 to 200
DS
25
36
21
22
76
32
20
66
24
US
26
29
20
22
72
40
23
64
6
>200
DS
69
38
79
61
19
60
72
34
19
US
50
34
70
49
22
52
65
32
18
   a DS=downstream; US=upstream.
   b Less than 1%.
   c Upstream data for SBR are from summer sample.
   d See text: Florida subregion percentages are based on a restricted geographic sample of low ANC systems and do not
     compare directly with other subregions.
                                            2-18

-------
 I
I
 I
1
I
I
I
                                                                DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

                TABLE 2-4. ESTIMATES OP THE PERCENTAGE OF TARGET STREAM LOWER AND
                    UPPER REACH ENDS WITH SPRING INDEX pH IN REFERENCE RANGES
pH Range
£5.0 >5to5.5
Subregion
Poconos/Catskills
N. Appalachian Plateau
Valley and Ridge
. Chesapeake Area
Southern Blue Ridgec
Piedmont
Southern Appalachians
Ozarks/Ouachitas
Florida**
Code
ID
2Cn
2Bn
3B
2As
3A
2X
2D
3C
DS»
Jo
6
-*
7
_b
_b
_b
_b
14
US«
6
8
2
11
_b
_b
2
_b
44
DS
2
2
_b
2
_b
_b
_b
_b
9
US
2
7
4
12
_b
_b
2
5
15
> 5.5 to 6.0 >
DS
2
8
_b
12
_b
4
2
2
38
US
6
9
4
24
_b
11
5
5
18
DS
96
84
>99
79
>99
96
98
98
38
6.0
US
86
75
90
53
>99
89
90
89
23
   a DS=downstream; US=upstream.
   b Less than 1%.
   c Upstream data for SBR are from summer sample.
   d See text: Florida subregion percentages are based on a restricted geographic sample of low ANC systems and do not
     compare directly with other subregions.

      Among the subregions of the Upper Mid-Atlantic, the greatest number of acidic stream reaches
was found in the Northern Appalachian Plateau and the Chesapeake Area Subregions. An estimated
14% (1277) and 11% (1346), respectively, of target reaches in these two  subregions were  acidic
(ANC SO ueq L"1) at their upper ends:  In the Northern Appalachian Plateau, slightly over half of
these acidic upstream locations had pH less than 5.0, while in the Chesapeake Area Subregion,
nearly all the acidic upper reach ends had pH less than 5.0. At their downstream ends, 6 to 7% of the
reaches in the Northern Appalachian Plateau and the Chesapeake  Area Subregion still remained
below a pH of 5.0 and an ANC of 0 ueq L'l. Similarly, 23% (2150) and 18% (2203) of stream reaches in
the Northern Appalachian Plateau and the Chesapeake Area (respectively) had ANC between 0 and
50 ueq L'1 at their upstream ends.  By the time water had flowed through the length of the target
reaches, ANC in about one-third of the acidic and low ANC systems (all those with upper end ANC
< 50 ueq L'l) were greater than 50 ueq L~ 1.
      In the Pocono/Catskill Subregion, 8% (266) of target reaches were acidic (ANC SO ueq L'l) at
their upper ends. At their lower ends, however, less than 1% had pH s5.0 or ANC ^0 ueq L'l.  The
Poconos/Catskills had a moderate number of low ANC streams, however, with 16% (550) of upper and
6% (212) of lower reach ends having ANC between 0 and 50 ueq L'l; 42% of upper and 31% of lower
reach ends had ANC between 0 and 200 ueq L'l. The Valley and Ridge Subregion of the Upper Mid-
I
                                         2-19

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

Atlantic had relatively few (4% or 642) reaches with ANC SO ueq L'l at their upper end, and 2% had
pH £5.0.  After flowing a median distance of approximately 2 km downstream to their lower ends,
less than 1% remained acidic.
      In the Southeast Subregions (excluding Florida), few stream reaches were acidic at their upper
or lower end.  Except for the Southern Appalachians, where 5% (241) had ANC SO ueq L'l at their
upper ends, less than 1% of upper or lower reach ends in the Southern Appalachian, Southern Blue
Ridge, Piedmont, and Ozark/Ouachita Subregions were acidic. Except for the lower ends of reaches in
the Ozarks/Ouachitas, where less than 1% of reaches were in the ANC  range from 0 to  50 ueq  L'l,
between 4 and 8% of upper and lower reach ends in the four southeastern subregions fell within  this
range of ANC. It is important to point out, however, that the southeastern subregions contained some
of the largest percentages of moderately low ANC streams, with 81% (1637) of Southern Blue Ridge
streams and 66% (2700) of Ozark/Ouachita streams showing index ANC  <200 peq L"1 at their lower
ends.
      As was found for eastern lakes, many of the Florida reaches were acidic. Water flowing  into
51% (1086) of the upstream ends of Florida reaches had ANC SO ueq L'l (44% had pH sS.O). After
flowing downstream a median of 2 km, 27% no longer contained flowing water or were too shallow to
sample.  Of those which could be sampled at their downstream ends, 14% had ANC SO ueq L'l  and
pH S5.0.  The survey found 76% of Florida streams with ANC S50 ueq L'l at their upstream ends,
and 57% still remained below this value at their lower end.- It should be noted that the Florida
percentage estimates cannot be compared directly with those of other stream or lake subregions.  The
Florida survey was conducted as a feasibility study for sampling Coastal Plain streams, and the
target population was based on a geographic area expected to contain waters with ANC less than
200 ueq L'l, rather than 400 ueq L'l, as it was for all the other subregions  (see Figure 2-1).  The target
population of Florida reaches thus contains a relatively small number of reaches in the higher ANC
categories, relative to the Northern Appalachian Plateau (see Table 2-1).
      Table 2-5 compares population median ANC and pH based on both upstream and downstream
sampling locations across eight subregions sampled in the NSS.  Florida is not included because the
population cannot be compared, as noted above.  It is evident that while there is a fairly consistent
pattern  of ANC and pH at downstream ends  of target stream reaches,  these differences  are
overshadowed by the more pronounced differences that occur among subregions, irrespective of
upstream or downstream location.  Of the remaining subregions, only upstream ends of target
reaches in the Chesapeake Area Subregion (3B) had median pH less than 6.5.  Population median
downstream ANC values less than 200 ueq L'l were observed in the Southern Blue Ridge, Northern
Appalachian Plateau, and Ozark/Ouachita Subregions.
                                           2-20

-------
 1
 I
 i
I
I
i
I
i
i
                                                                 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                  DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                  TABLE 2-5. MEDIAN ANC AND pH POPULATION ESTIMATES BASED ON NSS
                   DOWNSTREAM (DS) AND UPSTREAM (US) REACH SAMPLING LOCATIONS*
ANC (ueq L-l)
Subregion
Poconos/Catskills
Northern Appalachian Plateau
Valley and Ridge
Chesapeake Area
Southern Blue Ridgeb
Piedmont
Southern Appalachians
Ozarks/Ouachitas
Code
ID
2Cn
2Bn
3B
2As
3A
2X
2D
DS
256
121
346
323
120
260
384
163
US
201
109
295
167
132
202
326
123
PH
DS
7.3
6.9
7.3
6.7
7.0
6.9
7.4
6.8
US
6.9
6.6
7.0
6.2
6.9
6.8
7.3
6.7
    a Florida is not included because the target population focuses on a more restricted sample of low ANC systems and
      does not compare directly with other subregions.
    b Upstream data for SBR are from summer sample; all other subregions are based on spring averages.
      Population distributions and subregional medians for ANC and pH (Tables 2-3, 2-4, and 2-5}
show that, as expected, ANC and pH appear to be greater at the downstream than at the upstream
ends of target reaches. This finding supports the common observation  that stream flow tends to
acquire chemical weathering products in the downstream direction due to increased time and
opportunity for contact with soil and rock in the watershed.  Such weathering products generally
contribute base cations and dissolved inorganic carbon, associated with an increase in streamwater
ANC.  In most NSS subregions, the difference  in sample (unweighted) median  ANC between
upstream and ends downstream was a downstream increase of 2 to 6 ueq L"1 in the ANC range from 0
to 50 ueq L'l.  For reaches in the ANC range from 50 to 200ueq L'1, most subregional median
downstream increases were between 14 and 29 ueq L"1.
      The snapshots of pH and ANC at the two ends of the target streams in the Upper Mid-Atlantic
and southeastern United States provide a complete and  statistically valid picture of a number of
points in the target population network.  However, it would be even more useful  to express the
amount of acidic and low ANC streamwaters in terms important  for fish habitat quality assessment,
e.g., the  combined length of streams in the target stream network within the various reference
categories of pH and ANC.  Because chemical measurements are only available for the ends of each
reach, such length estimates must be based on a simplistic model that assumes some  pattern of
changes in chemical concentrations from the upstream sampling point to the lower one^ A linear
model was chosen to produce population distributions of ANC and pH, which are shown in Figures 2-8
and 2-9.  As in the  pie diagrams for lakes, the  shaded  fractions of each pie diagram show the
proportions of the total length of target stream reaches that are estimated to fall into the various
classes of ANC and pH. The total length of the estimated target population of stream reaches for the
subregion is denoted below each circle graph, and .the area of  each circle is proportional to its
respective subregional total.
                                          2 21

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                                     E
                                                                                     es
                                                                                     ff

                                                                                     3
                                                                                     <*-
                                                                                     o
                                                                                     J3


                                                                                     If
                                                                                     ^

                                                                                     1
                                                                                     i
                                                                                     -.a
                                                                                     <*>
                                                                                    S
                                                                                    a
                                                                                     2
                                                                                     a
                                                                                     IB
                                                                                     03

                                                                                     4>

                                                                                    £

                                                                                     «!




                                                                                     I
                                                                                    OS
                                                                                     *



                                                                                    J3

                                                                                    Q
                                                                                    Z
                                                                                    CQ
                                                                                      i


                                                                                    |t
                                                                                    •3.O
                                                                                    JSa
                                                                                    3 »
                                                                                    OJ3
                                                                                    O U
                                                                                    - s
                                                                                      w
                                                                                    06 e
                                                                                    3 O
                                                                                    sea
                                          2-22

-------
I
        DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                       FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                         DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
                                        I
I
i
i
i
i
I
I
I
2-23

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Because many lower and upper sampling locations could not be sampled in Florida, an accurate
estimate of the length of acidic streams in that subregion cannot be provided.  However, an
incomplete estimate based on a reduced sample of matched upstream-downstream end pairs indicates
that approximately 20% of the length of such reaches may be acidic {with ANC SO ueq L:i and pH
£5.0), and 42% may have ANC between 0 and 50 ueq L"l.  It should be kept in mind that the total
resource represented by the matched pairs in this analysis is only 4360 km of an estimated total
target reach length of 5900 km in the Florida Subregion.
      The greatest combined length of target stream resource with ANC £0 ueq L"1 was estimated
for the Chesapeake Area (2730 km or 7%) and the Northern Appalachian Plateau (2070 km or 9%).
Nine percent of the total target stream length in these two subregions had pH S5.0. The total stream
length with ANC between 0 and 50  ueq L"1 was considerable in these two subregions, with 6860 km
(18%) in the Chesapeake Area  and 2480 (11%) in the Northern Appalachian Plateau within this
category.
      Of the remaining subregions,  only the Poconos/Catskills had more than 5% (approximately 900
km) of its target stream length with pH 55.0 and ANC £0 ueq L'l. Acidic water was found in 1% or
less of the combined length of target stream resource in the Valley and Ridge, Southern Blue Ridge,
Southern Appalachian, Piedmont, and Ozark/Ouachita Subregions.  Of the total length of target
stream  lengths in the Pocono/Catskill,  Valley and Ridge, Southern  Blue Ridge, Southern
Appalachian, and Piedmont Subregions, 3 to 8% (700 to 2550 km) had ANC between 0 and 50 ueq L'1.
Less than 1% of the  combined target stream length in the Ozarks/Ouachitas was within this ANC
category.
      The highest percentages  of stream length in the 50 to 200  ueq I/1 ANC category were
estimated to occur in the Southern Blue Ridge (87% or 7770 km) and the Ozarks/Ouachitas (64% or
13,440 km). Florida had the least stream length in this ANC range (13% or 555 km), although the
estimates are incomplete for the entire state. Considering the remaining subregions of the NSS,
percentage stream length in  this ANC category ranged between 24% (5430 km) in the Southern
Appalachians to 40% (9010 km) in  the Northern Appalachian Plateau (9000 to 10,000 km in most
subregions).

2.4.4 Comparison of Lake and Stream Population Estimates
      Table 2-6 summarizes population estimates with  respect to pH and ANC for all lake and
stream subregions in the NSWS.  The largest percentages of low pH systems were found in  the
Adirondacks, Northcentral Wisconsin, the  Upper Michigan Peninsula, Florida, the Northern
Appalachian Plateau, and the Chesapeake Area.  The California Subregion, predominated by the
Sierra Nevada, exhibited a large percentage of low ANC systems, but the corresponding pH values
were quite high. The numbers of systems in each category depended, of course, on the total resource
in each subregion.
                                          2-24

-------
                                                            DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                           FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                             DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I





GO
W
O
z
"03
ll
1*
ED
«gj
h2
fV) fcj
KI ^
^H
^2^-"
ss
U QH
£&
^•j £^
g Jr
Z^*
9r_,^

go
^ SB-
ZW
8*
3|
£g
cug
*fi r^
TABLE 2-1
I







^^
7*
1
A
^
^




1
A
§
"?
g
119
A


g
e
A

o
VI












K
a










A
. *
A

«
"
U9
A

w
10
6
id
A

o
VI


Subregion




*•* IN CO C3 ^^ C*3 O CO C*
CO CO **f CO CD CD " ^* CO ^*


ooom^'cotn oocn
W 1O CO CO N IN ^COCM



-- CO C- IQ 00 C~- T-H c£> 00
^ IM ^-1 CM ^H **


1IN U5 rl U5 CC Ol -^ C~-
r^





usc-»nco«Ncn CNCO^
o oo oo o en co aoao>n



co us ta'c- CM co m o CN





t-l iH



^IN tn cs ^ m 0) P* CT)
^^


^
•3 |
ll ' 1
**ta 3 » *S
fjjsli ||l
«Z«Q^J O
u T)
O £
Z S
CO » OJ r*
CD 1^ CO


CO f* ^* ^^
co co C4 eo



^H OO CO CO


1 1 ^ 1





CJi O5 ^ CO
en en en en
A A


1 1 OTC-





1 1 m 1



1 1 « 1



rn Blue Ridge
n Blue Ridge
n Appalachians
nt
| |-sl|
| § 1 ell

**
CO
tn in eo co


•n



*


1





Cn
<3>



~





1



1



astern Minnesota
Northe



o
CO


tn
CO



in


1





OS
en



1— 1





1



1



rn Rockies
it
Southe
(a
99
^
l«4

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The data in Table 2-6 also allow a semi-quantitative comparison to be made with lake data
from Canada.  Of the 770,000 lakes in the area estimated to be potentially sensitive to acidic
deposition, almost half (350,000) are estimated to have low ANC (£50 ueq L"1). Less than 2% of these
lakes are estimated to have pH less than 5.0. Thus, although a larger percentage of Canadian lakes
has lower ANC than any of the U.S. Subregions, many of the U.S. Subregions have a substantially
greater percentage of lakes with low pH values. However, the Canadian estimates are based on data
that do  not correspond exactly to the NSWS  index samples, and they also do not allow for the
calculation of confidence estimates.

2.5 UNCERTAINTY
      The population estimates provided in Section 2.4 are statistically rigorous and correct, and
confidence limits based on sampling error can  be found in the appropriate NSWS technical reports.
Several  other sources of uncertainty arise that are not quantifiable in the sampling design. These
sources  include omission of some parts of the resources of interest from the sampling frame; within-
and between-season temporal variability and episodic effects due to storms and snowmelt. Potential
effects of these sources of uncertainty on the interpretation of the population estimates are discussed
in the following subsections.

2.5.1  Omitted Resources at Risk
      As discussed in Section 2.1.3, the target population represents the lakes and streams chosen to
represent the highest priority resource of interest at the time the NSWS component projects were
designed.  There are other  resources of interest that were not included in the target populations,
including small lakes and streams, and all streams in some of the Subregions sampled by the NLS and
the Southeastern Coastal Plain,  excluding Florida.  These resources are discussed briefly in the
following subsections. The effects of using mapped data also are discussed.

2.5.1.1 Small Lakes
      To obtain a probability sample in the ELS, it was first necessary to identify and list a target
population of lakes in each of the regions of interest from which to select sample lakes. The regional
nature of the survey imposed a logistical limitation in terms of the scale and quality of maps available
for delineation of the frame population. Because the size resolution of lakes on most l:250,000-scale
maps was approximately 4 ha, this limit was established for consistency, and lakes less than 4 ha in
area were excluded from the target population.  However, these small lakes in many areas serve as an
important fishery resource.  For example, in the Northeast they offer prime brook trout habitat, and
thus constitute an additional subpopulation of the resource of interest.
                                            2-26

-------
 I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
i
i
i
     Although quantifying the relationship in water chemistry between small (<4 ha) lakes and
large lakes is difficult on the basis of existing data, an intensive sampling effort undertaken by the
Adirondack Lake Survey Corporation (ALSO in 1984 and 1985 is currently in progress in three large
watersheds of Adirondack Park. This survey typically includes lakes > 1.2 ha to 4 ha in size, and thus
provides a means of comparing water chemistry of small lakes in the Park with those included in the
ELS-I target population. An intensive evaluation of chemical  differences between large and small
lakes using the ALSC and ELS data bases is currently being conducted. Samples from both surveys
were collected during autumn, and analytical methods appear  comparable, based on comparison of
chemical measurements made on five lakes in both the ELS and ALSC study during 1984. Although
the analyses are not complete, the relationship between lake size and water chemistry can be made
for the Adirondacks.
                                               Large Lakes (>4 ha)
                                                         <0
                                              >100
                                                         ANC
                                   \
                                                                                              0-50
      Results of the comparison     Large Lakes (>4 ha)            Small Lakes (1.2 * 4.0 ha)
 are presented in Figure 2-10 for
 the combined data sets (340 large
 and 78  small lakes).  These
 estimates  suggest  that the
 frequency of small lakes with pH
 less than 5.0 or 5.5  is more than
 double  that of large  lakes.
 Similarly, the frequency of acidic
 small lakes (ANC sSOueqL'l) is
 more than double that of large
 lakes.  The preliminary estimate
 of  lake numbers in Adirondack
 Park suggests that  there is one
 small lake (1.2-4.0 ha) for every
 two large  lakes  (>4  ha).
 Therefore, the estimated number
 of  acidic or low pH  lakes in the
 Adirondack Park may be twice as
 high as that reported  in Section
 2.4. In terms of low ANC or pH
 lake area, however,  the failure to quantify chemistry of small lakes has virtually no impact on the
• population estimates, because the cumulative lake area of small lakes is insignificant relative to that
                                                                                             .0-5.5
                                                                                           5.5-6.0
                                              >6.0
                                  Figure 2-10.  Estimated percentages of lakes in various
                                  ANC and pH categories for small lakes (1.2-4.0 ha) and
                                  large lakes (>4ha) in Adirondack  Park,  NY.
                                  Comparisons are based on combined data sets from
                                  the ELS and ALSC studies.
I
                                         2-27

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

of large lakes.  For example, the median area for >4-ha lakes in Adirondack Park is approximately
11 times larger than that of 1.2- to 4-ha lakes.
      The chemical relationships between small and large lakes is likely regionally specific, and the
Adirondack relationship cannot be extrapolated to other subregions. Preliminary evaluation of data
from the High Elevation Lake Monitoring (HELM) Program in Maine, collected in autumn of 1986,
also indicates a significant difference in chemistry of large  and small lakes (S. Kahl, personal
communication). Small, high-elevation lakes in Maine appear to exhibit lower pH and ANC than the
ELS population estimates for Maine, and the magnitude of the difference appears to be similar to that
estimated for Adirondack Park. Furthermore, there appears to be a small population (perhaps 40  to
50) of small, high-elevation, seepage lakes in Maine that are much more acidic than the larger ELS
lakes.  Preliminary estimates  suggest that approximately 25% of these seepage  lakes have
ANCsJOueqL'i.
      In contrast, small and large lakes in four of the five subregions of the WLS showed no
appreciable chemical differences, even though small lakes comprised 44% of the target population.  A
substantial chemical difference was observed only in the Northern  Rocky Mountain Subregion,
apparently due to a spatial separation of large and small lakes into areas with contrasting bedrock
characteristics. Based on the Wisconsin county  surface water resource publications,  which cover
approximately 15,000 lakes (72% of which are <6 ha  in size), only very small (<1 ha) lakes  had a
higher proportion of acidic lakes than did larger lakes. As a group, lakes 1 to 6 ha in size were not
more acidic than those 6 to 50 ha, and only a small percentage of lakes contained in this data base are
>50ha.
      In summary, estimates of the number of acidic lakes presented in Section 2.4 could be twice  as
high for some northeastern subregions (e.g., the Adirondacks and Maine) when consideration is given
to the fact that lakes < 4 ha are not included in the target population. However, the number of small
lakes and its influence on ELS population estimates of acidic lakes is subregionally dependent, and
the amount  of acidic lake area will be minimally  affected by inclusion of these small lakes.
Additional studies regarding the number and importance of the small lake resource are planned for
Massachusetts, Maine, Florida, Wisconsin, Minnesota, and the Adirondacks.

2.5.1.2 Small Streams
      The NSS design focused on streams of sufficient size to be  recreationally and economically
important for fish habitat, yet still small enough to be  susceptible to the impacts of acidic deposition.
The design was accepted by peer reviewers as representing a reasonable compromise between very
large and very small streams.  However, ANC tends  to decrease  (and vulnerability to acidic
deposition impacts therefore tends to increase)  with  distance upstream within most  stream
drainages. This pattern can be seen in  the comparison of upstream and downstream end population
estimates in Tables  2-2 and 2-3.  Subregions ID (Poconos/Catskills), 2Bn (Valley  and Ridge),
                                           2-28

-------
 I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
I
i
2Cn (Northern Appalachian Plateau), 3B (Chesapeake Area), and 2X (Southern Appalachians) all
had substantially greater proportions of stream reaches with acidic and low ANC waters flowing into
their upstream ends.
      However, there is a population of stream reaches upstream of the blue-line network of target
streams sampled by the NSS that have very small drainage areas and may be ephemeral in some
subregions. These streams often are depicted as blue lines (solid or dashes) on larger-scale (1:24,000)
topographic maps (see Figure 2-11).  While such streams are not likely to contain large amounts of
economically or  recreationally important fish habitat relative to the larger streams in the target
population, they may impact habitat conditions further downstream through detrital processing,
nutrient cycling, and contribution of drifting aquatic macroinvertebrates.  Effects of acidification on
these headwater streams has not been extensively studied.  The present NSWS design does not allow
population estimates to be made for these small streams, regarding either their number or their
chemistry, but clearly they appear to be more acidic than the NSS target population.
                                                 Enlargement: Broken lines represent
                                                 small streams not sampled by NSS, including
                                                 a subset flowing into extreme upstream
                                                 ends of blue-line target streams
                            Blue-line network: See Figure 2-2.
                            The large stream heavily shaded
                            is excluded from the population
                            of interest because its drainage
                            area exceeds) 55 km*.
  Figure 2-11. l:24.000-scale blue-line streams (broken lines in enlargement at right) in
  relation to the NSS target population (compare Figure 2-2).

2.5.1.3 Streams in Other Subregions
      As noted previously, streams were not surveyed in much of the Northeast and the Southeastern
Coastal Plain, and  not at all in the upper midwestern or western subregions.  Because of the
difference between the hydrology of lakes and streams and between within-lake and within-stream
biogeochemical processes, it is not appropriate to estimate springtime stream chemistry based on the
chemistry of lakes  in the subregion in the fall. However, estimated pH  and  ANC population
distributions for the Southern Blue Ridge Subregion, studied in both the NLS and the NSS, are quite
                                                         2-29

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

similar (Eshleman et al. 1987). Also, results from the two surveys tend to support each other in the
Florida and Pocono/Catskill Subregions, even though the study areas are not contiguous.
      In all likelihood, stream index chemistry in most subregions is characterized by low or lower
ANC and pH than the corresponding lake index chemistry. This assumption is based on generally
lower springtime surface water ANC in the Northeast relative to the fall (see Section 2.5.2), less
hydraulic buffering in streams, and the absence of internal alkalinity generating processes. While
several limited studies have demonstrated that acidic conditions are not rare in northeastern streams
during the spring, no quantitative population estimates are available.
      It originally was expected that the Southeastern Coastal Plain (south of the Chesapeake Area
Subregion) would contain few, if any, acidic streams not dominated by natural organic acids. The
discovery of clearwater acidic streams in the Florida Subregion suggests that further investigations
in the Coastal Plain may be warranted. There are too few data to assess whether stream chemistry is
markedly different in permanent western and midwestern streams than would be expected on the
basis of  the NLS, but reports of acidic streams are not common in either region.  Springtime
probability sampling of streams in the mountainous West would be logistically very difficult, if not
impossible, due to inaccessibility of many sites under snow cover.

2.5.1.4 Accuracy of Mapped Data
      The NLS and  NSS resource of interest  is not perfectly .represented on existing USGS maps.
The small lake issue was discussed in  Section 2.5.1.1.  It also  is known that  the NSS resource of
interest is only approximated by the target population as represented on the l:250,000-scale maps.
Problems arise both  because fish habitat does  not correspond to exactly the same size of stream for
each species, in each region,  and because cartographers do not represent streams of the same size
. equally on all topographic maps.  This problem is under study to determine how best to compare data
from one subregion to the next. In the meantime, all population estimates should be interpreted as
unbiased estimates of the chemistry of that portion of the stream network portrayed on the 1:250,000-
scale topographic  maps, and as  an approximation of the chemistry of the corresponding stream
resource of interest.

2.5.2 Seasonal Variability
      The chemistry of lakes and streams varies in time and space, making it difficult to characterize
a given water body.  This problem is made more difficult when describing a population of lakes and
streams because of variability both within and between systems. In the lake and stream surveys, the
primary objective was to characterize the population of low ANC sites.  This requires that within-site
 variability be minimized to observe differences between sites. Optimizing for maximum within-site
chemical stability, which requires sampling following spring or fall overturn for lakes and during low
                                            2-30

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

flow for streams, has the unfortunate effect of sampling when effects on biota are not likely to be
acute. The expected periods of maximum biological response are likely to be during spring snowmelt
(lakes) and storm-driven episodes (streams) which are unpredictable and are therefore difficult to
sample during a synoptic survey.
    .  The NSWS attempted to overcome this problem through the use of the "index" concept. The
concept rests on the assumption that the chemical characteristics of a lake or stream during some
index period can be related, incorporating hydrology and deposition patterns, to other seasonal or
episodic conditions that represent the biologically limiting conditions in the corresponding systems.
Establishing  these relationships is the focus of Phase II sampling in the ELS and the analogous
Episodic Response  Project aimed at stream ecosystems.  Both projects will attempt to quantify the
temporal and spatial components of variability such that the index chemistry can be related to other
periods  for the entire target  population of lakes and streams.  Among the potential sources of
variability, temporal variability is of the greatest interest to the AERP.  Based on other studies,
within-site spatial variability for  lakes  has been low (i.e., equivalent to the error of analytical
measurement). However, understanding temporal variability is critical to quantifying the biological
impacts of acidic deposition.

2.5.2.1 Lakes
      The first aspect of temporal variability is determining within-season variability.  There are
two serious consequences of high within-season variability: (1) the differences among sites relative to
the in-site (within-season) differences may become so small as to  obscure  spatial patterns, and
(2) high variability within a season  obscures relationships between the index sample  and other
seasons.  Fortunately, available lake data suggest that within-season variability during the index
period is small.  Repeated measurements of lakes in the West during the fall of 1984 show a degree of
comparability between samples collected on different days that was within the analytical error of
measurement. The results of a formal study of within-season variability conducted in the fall of 1986,
as part of Phase II of the ELS, are anticipated within the next six months.
      The second aspect of variability is among-season variability.  Preliminary results from Phase II
of the ELS are consistent with previous smaller-scope findings in the Northeast; lakes generally are
more acidic in the spring than in the fall (Driscoll and Newton 1985; Newell et  al. 1986). Figures 2-12
and 2-13 compare surface water pH and ANC for Phase II lakes sampled at their outflows in spring of
1986, and at  midlake in fall  of 1984 (Phase I).  Most points fall below the 1:1 line of equality,
indicating lower ANC and pH in the spring samples.  The greatest  differences are observed  in low
ANC lakes (S 50 ueq L"1), one of which decreased by 34 ueq L*1 and 1.06 pH units, respectively.
                                           2-31

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
  8.00

  7.20
tc
00
? 6.40
_c
5" 5.60
X
a
  4.80
   4.00
                                                400
                                              00  300
                                              •200
                                              i/»
                                              U
                                              <  100
     4.00     4.80   5.60   6.40   7.20    8.00
                   pH Fall 1984
                                                              100    200    300    400
                                                                ANC Fall 1984
                                             8.00
  Figure 2-12. Comparison of spring and fall    Figure 2-13. Comparison of spring and fall
  pH in Phase II ELS lakes.                    ANC (ueq L'l) in Phase II ELS lakes.
     The differences in lake chemistry between fall of 1984 and spring of 1986 indicate several
important aspects regarding the index sample. First, the general patterns of chemical changes that
occur in the spring are, to a large degree, predictable. The lakes show slight linear declines in pH and
ANC (although they show highly variable increases in other constituents  such as aluminum and
nitrate). Second, the fall index is a conservative estimate of the number of acidic lakes in the North-
east (i.e., the fall index underestimates the number of acidic lakes compared to the spring values).
Finally, the decrease in pH and ANC is not a
simple dilution from snowmelt  runoff,  but
represents a shift in the proportion of anions
as a consequence of runoff and inlake
processes.
      Although it was anticipated that the
                                           •w
summer pH and ANC values would increase    g
substantially over the spring values,  the    5  5.60-
preliminary Phase  II data indicate that the   ^
summer 1986 pH and ANC are  lower than    °"  430-
those shown in the fall 1984 data. The plot of
summer of 1986 pH versus the plot of fall of
1984 pH (Figure 2-14) is virtually the same
as the comparison of spring and fall pH
(Figure 2-12). Because the fall 1986 Phase II-
data are not yet available, the  possibility
                                             7.20-
                                          2 6.40
                                             4.00
                                                4.00   4.J
                                                               5.60    6.40
                                                              pH FalM 984
7.20
8.
00
                                           Figure 2-14.  Comparison of summer and fall
                                           pH values for Phase II ELS lakes.
                                          2-32

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

that either 1984 or 1986 was an unusual year with respect to the lake chemistry cannot be excluded.
However, if a large difference between fall 1984 and fall 1986 is not observed, the results suggest that
pH and ANC are at their highest during fall.

2.5.2.2 Streams
      Like the Phase I lake survey components of NSWS, the NSS relies on samples taken during an
appropriate season from a regionally representative sample of water bodies to provide an "index" of
the chemical characteristics of the regional population. The choice of the index sampling period is a
compromise between  minimizing seasonal chemical variability and maximizing  the expected
probability of sampling during chemical  conditions potentially limiting for  aquatic organisms. In
lakes, relatively long hydraulic residence  times (low "flushing rates") tend to  integrate the inputs of
water and dissolved materials from the lake watershed, reducing that portion of temporal variability
due to changes in input rates. In streams, which have little or no temporally integrative capacity in
their channels, it is necessary to draw the index sample during a period of the year that is expected to
exhibit chemical characteristics most closely linked to acidic deposition or to its  most deleterious
effects.
      Ford et al. (1986) summarized the  results of four recent  (1984-1985) studies of seasonal  and
short-term temporal variability in six second- and third-order streams in the Catskill Mountains of
New York (Murdoch 1986), the Laurel Hills of Pennsylvania (Witt and Barker 1986), the Southern
Blue Ridge Province of North Carolina and Tennessee (Olem 1986), and the Ouachita Mountains of
Arkansas (Nix et al. 1986).  Minimum flow-weighted pH values and concentrations of base cations
and ANC occurred during the spring at almost all sites. Those sites with minimum values during the
winter had spring values nearly as low.
      Spring appears to be the most appropriate index sampling period because streamwater ANC is
typically low, and life stages of aquatic biota that are  sensitive to low pH are likely to be present at
this time. The low ANC during this  season minimizes buffering against episodic pH changes
accompanying high runoff. Although pH and ANC depressions can also occur during other seasons,
they may be more pronounced during the spring because short hydraulic residence times in the soil
during the spring minimize acid neutralization. Also, acid-sensitive, swim-up fry of key fish species
are typically present in streams during the spring in many parts of the country.  The index sampling
period for the  NSS thus was chosen as the time period following snowmelt but prior  to leaf-out.
Sampling took place between mid-March  and mid-May 1986. Sampling for the Pilot Survey in the
Southern Blue Ridge Subregion took place during the same "window" of time the previous spring plus
an additional summer sampling period. However, the occurrence of large episodic chemical changes
over the course of hours or days during storm runoff makes the use of spring samples for indexing
                                           2-33

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
water chemistry difficult, unless sampling during such events is avoided.  To avoid alterations in
index chemistry caused by "atypical" stormflow samples, the NSS avoided sampling within 24 hours
following significant rain events.
      The two separate spring season samples were taken at each location on sample stream reaches
in the  Upper Mid-Atlantic Subregions of the NSS, allowing a measurement of the within-season
variability in spring baseflow chemistry. The streams within the ANC range of highest interest (-50
to +50ueq L"l) exhibited the least variability, with subregional mean ANC differences between
sample visits ranging from 4.9±3.5tol4±8 ueq I/I in all the Upper Mid-Atlantic Subregions except
the Chesapeake Area Subregion; in the Cheasapeake Area,  the difference was 19 ±15 ueq I/i in
sample streams in the ANC range from -50 to 0 ueq I/I and 44± 134 ueq I/i in the range from 0 to
50 ueq I/i.  For the whole Upper Mid-Atlantic, the range of subregional  mean ANC differences
between sampling visits was 24 to 45 peq I/I for streams with ANC from 50 to 200 ueq  I/i.
Surprisingly, the greatest between-visit
differences were seen  in streams with
high ANC (>200 ueq L'l). The range of
subregional mean ANC differences in
this higher ANC group of streams was
143 to 234 ueq I/I.   Figure  2-15
illustrates the differences among popu-
lation   cumulative    frequency
c
O   1.0
'•E
o
a
    0.8
3
     0.2
     0
	Mean of two visits
— First visit
	Second visit
      -50
distributions for  ANC  calculated
separately from two alternate spring
sampling times  in  one  of the Upper
Mid-Atlantic Subregions.  The larger
differences  in  high ANC streams
between sample visits is evident.
                    50    100    150
                    ANCdieqL'1)
           200    250
 Figure 2-15. Differences in estimated population
 distributions for ANC, based on number of
 reaches, in the Northern Appalachian Plateau
 Subregion (2Cn, lower reach end) on two
 springtime sampling visits approximately 3 to 5
 weeks apart.
      Subregional mean differences in pH between sample visits in the four Upper Mid-Atlantic
Subregions sampled in the NSS ranged from 0.06 to 0.18 units in streams with pH between 4 and 5
and from 0.07 to 0.27 units in streams with pH between 5 and 6. For streams with pH greater than 6,
the subregional mean difference between visits was 0.19 to 0.22 units.  Figure 2-16 illustrates the
effect of within-season and between-season  variability on population cumulative frequency
distributions for pH and ANC in the Southern Blue Ridge Subregion of the southeastern United
States.  In this subregion, there was little difference in population distributions based on samples
taken approximately three weeks apart during the spring sampling "window," March 15 to May 15.
When the population distribution is based on summer samples, however, the population median ANC
                                          2 34

-------
 I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
was approximately 50 ueq L'l higher than that based on any of the spring season samples, although
pH distributions did not differ appreciably.
 2.5.2.3 Annual Variability
      Another limitation of the survey
 approach is that the entire target
 population of lake and stream sites was
 sampled during one year.  Annual
 differences in precipitation and acidic
 deposition rates may be sufficient to
 alter the quantitative estimates based
 on a single year of data.  In the EPA-
 sponsored Long-Term Monitoring Pro-
 gram, groups of lakes in the Northeast,
 Upper Midwest, and Southeast  have
 been monitored, usually on a quarterly
 basis, for  several (from 2 to 7) years.
 Preliminary results indicate  that
 annual variation is generally compa-
 rable to the seasonal variation (within
 the same year) for most variables in
 most study areas (Table 2-7)..
 ei.o-
 O
'•£ 0.8'
 O
 n,
OL
 J0.4-
| 0.2-
 E
                                                                                       	Spring
                                                                                       	 Summer
                           7
                          PH
                                                      0.8
                                                    o.
                                                      0.6
 > 0.4 J
_2
 | 0.2
u o
— Spring
— Summer
                                                               100    200    300    400
                                                                        ANC (jieq L'1)
                                        500   600
                                                      Figure 2-16.  Comparison of estimated
                                                      population distributions for pH,  A, and ANC,
                                                      B, based on length of stream reaches, from the
                                                      three spring and one summer sampling
                                                      intervals  in the Southern Blue Ridge
                                                      Subregion.
      It is noteworthy that temporal
variability, both annual and seasonal,
explains a relatively small percentage
of the total variability not explained by differences among lakes within a geographic area (see
Table 2-2). Despite some deficiencies of this linear model (it treats the variability of all lakes within a
region the same, and some variables exhibit autocorrelation), the results illustrate that for most
variables,  in most lakes, one sample provides a good representation of the lake chemistry for
assessment purposes.  This conclusion is consistent with the results of Driscoll and Newton (1985) for
the Adirondacks and Glass and Loucks (1986) for the Upper Midwest.
                                                      2-35

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
   TABLE 2-7. ANNUAL (A) AND SEASONAL (S) WITHIN-YEAR MEDIAN STANDARD
                 DEVIATIONS OF ANC, pH, AND SULFATE FOR LAKES
                     BASED ON LONG-TERM MONITORING DATA
Variable
ANC (peq L'l)
Subregion
Adirondacks
Central New England
Maine
Northeastern Minnesota
Upper Peninsula of Michigan
Northcentral Wisconsin
Southern Blue Ridge
A
15.3
11.0
5.3
10.4
11.0
4.9
17.0
S
14.4
9.1
5.2
20.1
12.4
7.6
12.6
PH
A
0.29
0.21
0.10
0.16
0.12
0.15
0.32
. S
0.23
0.22
0.10
0.15
0.09
0.15
0.29
SO4 2 (ueq L-i)
A
10.9
9.7
2.5
3.5
4.8
5.4
4.5
S
9.6
9.7
2.7
9.6
5.0
8.5
2.9
 2.5.3 Episodes
      In addition to seasonal and annual variability, water chemistry may change rapidly in
response to storms and snowmelt.  Such changes may or may not be important in determining the
suitability of a lake or stream for fish. The Episodic Response Project is presently being planned to
explore these issues. However, some analysis is possible using existing data.

2.5.3.1 Background and Definitions
      As noted in the introduction to Section 2.5, assessing the .current status of sensitive or damaged
waters with respect to acidification requires that the response variable that most accurately predicts
biological effects be measured. The estimates of current status described above (Section 2.4.2) were
based on "index" conditions measured during the NSWS. These measurements, when adjusted for
seasonal, annual, and spatial variability, are presumed to describe adequately the "chronic" acid-base
status of surface waters in particular subregions of interest.
      Another important  factor that contributes uncertainty to population  descriptions and
estimates of the total resource at risk or damaged by acidic deposition based on index samples is the
occurrence of episodic changes in surface water chemistry.  Episodic acidification of lakes and streams
during major hydrologic events has been demonstrated in a variety  of regions throughout North
America.  Studies of individual lakes have documented the occurrence of temporary changes in
aquatic chemistry during snowmelt events (Jeffries et al.  1979; Galloway et al. 1980; Driscoll 1986;
Kelso et ai. 1986). In streams, episodic changes in chemistry have been shown to occur in response to
both snowmelt and rainstorm events (Sharpe et al. 1984; Ford et al. 1986).  Although  the
concentrations of a variety of chemical variables can change during these events, depressions of pH
and increases in dissolved inorganic aluminum concentrations are of greatest concern relative to
adverse effects on fish and other aquatic biota (Leivestad and Muniz 1976; Baker and Schofield 1982;
                                           2-36

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE -

EPA 1984). The primary difference between episodes and seasonal variability is the time scale over
which these fluctuations operate. The time scale of episodic changes in very small streams can be as
short as a fraction of an hour during rainstorms, whereas changes may occur on the order of weeks in
lakes during snowmelt. Both within-season and among-season variability (described in Section
2.5.2.1) refer to changes that occur over the period of many weeks to months.
      Although there is no universal agreement on the water quality criteria for lakes and streams
impacted by acidification, there are a variety of reasons for suspecting that episodic acidification may
be biologically significant in particular regions or subregions. Sufficiently low pH and/or sufficiently
high concentrations of inorganic monomeric aluminum are toxic to fish, especially to life stages that
are present during the spring when the most acidic  chemical conditions have been documented.
Secondly, laboratory bioassays conducted to assess the effects of acidity and related parameters have
indicated,that median survival times  for brown trout, rainbow trout, and  white  sucker fry are
between 0.5 and 5 days (EPA 1987). Field bioassays have also documented 50% mortalities occurring
within two to five days for seven sensitive species of adult sport fish (EPA 1987).  Finally, a variety of
fish caging experiments conducted in the Adirondacks have documented substantial mortality as a
result of spring snowmelt in lakes and streams (EPA 1987).
      There is also evidence  that several  factors may mitigate or  minimize  the effect of acidic
episodes on fish populations.  It has been shown that in some instances fish are able to detect and
avoid acidic conditions.  While early life stages may be more-susceptible to acidic conditions, some
studies have suggested that the selection of groundwater upwelling sites for spawning by adult fish
may alleviate the problem  (EPA 1987).  Finally, at least in lakes,  episodic  changes in chemistry
during snowmelt may be confined to the upper meter or so of water, and pass quickly through lakes
without mixing with underlying waters to any significant degree.

2.5.3.2 Approach
      An assessment of the regional importance of episodic acidification of lakes and streams could,
in theory, be based on data collected from a statistically rigorous survey designed to quantify episodes
at randomly  selected sites. -Such a survey was attempted during the NSS, but was shown to be
extremely  inefficient, both because  of the large amount of data required and  the relative
unpredictability of hydrologic events. Therefore, a modeling approach was used to estimate the likely
significance of acidic episodes in regions of the United States where the NSWS has been conducted.
The estimates of regional extent are preliminary in the sense that data which either support or refute
the models are not widely available, but the estimates and extrapolations made below are applicable
to the NSWS target populations described  in Section 2.3.  Wherever possible,  available data have
been used as a way of checking predictions against actual field observations of episodes.
                                           2-37

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
2.5.3.3 Episodes in Streams
Magnitude
      Changes in stream chemistry that accompany hydrologic events can be modeled using a two-
box mixing model or dilution model that represents the mixing of stormflow with pre-storm water or
baseflow (Johnson et al. 1969; Hall 1970). Several dynamic models based on this mixing approach are
available, and a few of these have been applied to the simulation of acidic episodes in streams (Wolock
et al. 1986; Eshleman and Hemond 1986). For this study, a simple chemical model was developed
that predicts the depression of pH and ANC (e.g., magnitude) during hydrologic events. Inputs to the
model include values for two baseflow chemical parameters (ANC and pH), the mineral  acidity of
stormwater (or wet deposition), and a value for the proportion of stormwater in  streamflow at peak
discharge (a mixing coefficient). Baseflow chemical data were obtained from the NSS data base for
each subregion analyzed. The acidity of deposition was assumed to be constant over a region and was
determined from National Atmospheric Deposition Program (NADP) station annual averages (EPA
1984). Finally, the hydrologic routing parameter that describes the mixture of the two water types
was also assumed to be constant over a region, and was based on reported values determined using
naturally occurring isotopic tracers such as O-18 and H-2 (Sklash et al. 1976; Rodhe 1981).
      The model is based on the mass conservation of ANC in the mixed solution. After calculating
the new ANC, the pH of the mixture is calculated assuming that the solution is in equilibrium with
CC<2 at the partial pressure of the original baseflow solution. The response variables generated by the
model and used throughout this section  are predicted minimum  stream pH and ANC  during a
hydrologic event. Because of the complexity of the actual response function likely to be important for
aquatic biota (including at least three chemical variables,  magnitude, duration, and frequency of
occurrence), a complete model of acidic episodes is not currently available. A separate treatment of
frequency and duration using available hydrologic data can be found below. Even if an appropriate
two- or three-variable  chemical  model could be developed,  there would likely be significant
disagreement about the way the synergism manifests itself in terms of biological effects. The model
used in this analysis rests on the premise that any significant changes in pH would be presumed to be
accompanied by equally significant changes in aluminum and calcium.  Although not completely
realistic, the model is useful in evaluating the likely regional significance of acidic episodes in regions
of interest. The primary model outputs are cumulative distribution functions (CDFs) for  predicted
minimum pH and ANC that can be directly compared to empirical population distributions generated
by the "index" conditions estimated in the NSS (Messer et al. 1986).
                                           2-38

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
      The model was first run to predict
 the regional distribution of minimum
 episodic pH and ANC in target streams
 in the Southern Blue Ridge  Province.
 The results from the model (Figure 2-17)
 clearly indicate a shift of both the pH and
 ANC  CDFs to the left.  The median pH
 was shifted 0.5 units to about 6.5, and
 median  ANC shifted from 120 to
 43ueq L'l.  Whereas  the NSS  estimated
 that the best estimate for streams with a
 pH less than 6.5 was 1.3%, the  minimum
 pH distribution shows that about 45% of
 the streams are predicted to be below pH
 6.5 during certain hydro logic events.
 About 6% of the streams are predicted to
 be depressed below pH 6.0 during  some
 events as well, and  2% of the target
 reaches are  predicted to become acidic
 (ANC SOueqL"1).  Further analysis of
 the model predictions showed that the
predicted   depressions  in   ANC
corresponding to the 20th and  80th
percentiles  for the  population were
57ueqL"i and 120ueqL"i, respectively
(Figure 2-18).  Predicted pH depressions
corresponding to the 20th and  80th
percentiles were 0.38 units  and  0.60
units, respectively (Figure 2-18).
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
    1.0
    0.9'
 c  0.8'
 o
 '€  0.7'
 O
 §•0.6
 V  0.4-
• IB
 1  0.3
 50.2
    0.1
    0
• Spring Downstream /
   Index          /
 Predicted Episodes f
      5.0
 5.5
6.0
    1.0
    0.9
 §0.8
 '€ 0.7
 o
 |0.6
 0)0.51
   0.31
 U0.2
   0.1
   0
 6.5
PH
7.0
7.5
8.0
                                                                            Spring Downstream Index
                                                                            Predicted Episodes
                                                        -100   100
                 300  500   700   900
                     ANC (iieq L'1)
                                                                                            1100  1300
                                                     Figure 2-17. .Cumulative distribution functions
                                                     (CDFs) for "index" and predicted minimum pH,
                                                     A, and ANC (ueq L"1), B, based on number of
                                                     reaches, for National Stream  Survey target
                                                     streams in the Southern Blue Ridge Province.
                  An important aspect of modeling is to test predictions using field data. Data on episodes in
             streams in the Southern Blue Ridge have been reported by Ford et al. (1986), Elwood (1986), and
             Messer et al. (1986).  Only the data from Messer et al. (1986) are strictly for target streams in the
             Southern Blue Ridge, although Ford et al. (1986) reported on episodes in streams of similar size and
             ANC as those sampled in the NSS.  Data from Elwood (1986) are primarily from acidic, low-order
             streams in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Ford et al. (1986) reported on "worst-case"
                                                      2-39

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 episodes in two streams in which ANC
 declined between 10 and 60 ueq L"1 and
 pH was depressed between 0.01 and 1.14
 units. The average changes in ANC and
 pH for five episodes were 36 ueq L"1 and
 0.33  units, respectively, which clearly
 overlap the range of this assessment's
 predictions (Figure 2-18).  Messer et al.
 (1986) found depressions of pH from
 rainfall events in the range of 0.01 to
 0.37 units (mean of 7 events = 0.19 units)
 and found declines in ANC between 16
 and  252 ueq L"1 (mean =.73 ueq L'l).
 These changes are in the lower range of
 the model predictions; these data were
 not absolute minima, but rather samples
 collected randomly  during or after
 rainfall events.   Episodes observed by
• Elwood (1986) are somewhat more severe
 (from a water quality perspective) than
 those predicted by the model, but this
 was  expected because of the  lower
 baseflow ANC of the streams studied.
       In assessing the potential  impact
 of stream episodes in other regions
 sampled in the NSS, the same modeling
 approach as described above was applied,
 changing only the value used for the
 mineral acidity of wet deposition for each
 subregion. The population estimates for
 the  total number and proportion of
 reaches predicted to be impacted by
 episodes are shown in  Table 2-8.  The
 estimates correspond  to the stream
 subpopulations  predicted to   become
   1.0-
   0.9-
   0.8-
| 0,
O
a 0.6
o
I0-4
 3
 E 0.3
5 0.2
   0.1
                                                          I
                                                          I
                                                          I
   1.0.
     -1.4    -1.2    -1.0   -0.8   -0.6    -0.4
               Predicted pH Depression
                                              -0.2
                                                          I
   0.8-
; C
•£ 0.7
 O
 0-0.6-
 O
% 0.5-
J 0.4^
 I 0.3-
   0.1-
         8
                                                          I
                                                          I
    -900     -700    -500    -300    -100     100
        Predicted ANC Depression (jieq L"1)
  Figure 2-18. Cumulative distribution functions
  (CDFs) for predicted changes in pH, A, and ANC
  (ueq L"1), B, based  on number of reaches, for
  National Stream Survey target streams in the
  Southern Blue Ridge Province.
                                                          I
                                                          I
                                          2*40
                                                          I

-------
 I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                    DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
I
acidic (ANC SO ueq L"l) during major hydrologic events. The approach does not distinguish between
snowmelt and rainfall events, but results from all subregions analyzed show that the estimated
proportions of acidic streams increases dramatically when the predicted effects of episodes are
considered.  Resource estimates of acidic systems based on chemistry at either the upper or lower end
of the reaches generally increase by a factor between 2 and 5.
    TABLE 2-8. POPULATION ESTIMATES OF THE NUMBER AND PROPORTION OF
  ACIDIC REACHES (ANC <0) BASED ON "INDEX" CONDITIONS AND "WORST-CASE"
            EPISODIC CONDITIONS USING THE STREAM MIXING MODEL3
Subregion
Poconos/
Catskills (ID)

Southern Blue
Ridge (2A)
Valley and
Ridge (2Bn)

Northern
Appalachian
Plateau (2Cn)

Ozarks/
Ouachitas (2D)

Southern
Appalachians
,(2X)

Piedmont
(3A)

Chesapeake
Area(3B)

Florida
(3C)


(lower)
(upper)

(lower)

(lower)
(upper)


(lower)
(upper)

(lower)
(upper)


(lower)
(upper)

(lower)
(upper)

(lower)
(upper)

(lower)
(upper)
"Index" Conditions
(ANC <0)
Number of
Reaches

64
269

Ob

Ob
642


638
1484

Ob
Ob


Ob
241

Ob
Ob

892
1587

225
1086
Proportion
(%)

1.8
7.7

Ob

Ob
3.9

-
6.9
15.8

Ob
Ob


Ob
4.8

Ob
Qb

7.3
13:0

14.5
50.8
"Episodic" Conditions
(ANC ±=0)
Number of
Reaches

227
890

39

368
1973


3442
4106

Ob
75


241
361

Ob
158

1856
3307

452
1338
Proportion
(%)

6.4
25.6

2.2

2.1
12.0


37.4
43.7

Ob
1.8


4.8
7.2

Ob
2.1

15.2
27.1

29.1
662.6
             a Estimates are given for both upper and lower sampling nodes for nine NSS subregions
             b No acidic reaches were sampled; although the best estimate is zero, the upper 95% confidence bound on the estimate does
               not preclude a certain number of acidic systems in the target population.
                                                      2-41

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                             100
                                         .£•  75
                                            -40
• Poeonos/CatskillsdD)*
A Southern Blue Ridge (2A)*
• Northern Appalachian Plateau <2Cn}*
^ Ozarks/Ouachitas (20>*
Regression
line
  Dilution
     only
                                                                                   2Cn/2Bn
                                                                 Subregional equations determined
                                                                 using the 2-box mixing model:
                                                                   0.5(x)-O.S(106-PM) where pH
                                                                 is the annual weighted pH in
                                                                 wet deposition
                                                           50         100        150
                                                          Baseflow ANC (yieq L"1)
                                         Figure 2-19. Relationship between baseflow ANC
                                         (ueq L'1) and minimum episodic  ANC (ueq L'1)
                                         predicted  by a two-box mixing model.   Data
                                         points are from four studies of stream episodes
                                         summarized by Ford et al. (1986).
      While the  simplicity  of the
modeling approach does not  permit
direct determinations of the magnitude
of any  hydrologic event (e.g.,  peak
streamflow) that is required to cause
episodes of the magnitude predicted, the
modeling approach and the value used
for the mixing coefficient are supported
by field data on stream episodes from
some of the subregions.  Figure 2-19
shows graphs of the model predictions of
minimum stream ANC versus baseflow
ANC for six subregions sampled in the
NSS. As noted previously, the value
selected for the mixing coefficient (0.5)
was  based  on data from  studies with
chemical isotopic tracers, and the value was  selected to provide a "worst-case" assessment of the
episodic effects. As a test of the model and a choice of parameter values, data were plotted from four
episodic studies (6 streams) summarized by Ford et al. (1986). The 11 "worst" episodes were selected;
the annual average stream ANC was used as an estimate of baseflow ANC and the lowest measured
ANC as a measure of the predicted minimum value.  The results support the notion that minimum
ANC is a function of baseflow ANC, and the data appear to approach the predicted minimum values
for most subregions.  For the Pocono/Catskill Subregions, the observed worst episode nearly falls on
the model line; for other regions, the predictions are generally within 10-20 peq L"1. The data fits are
quite good, given the fact that for many of the streams, only two to five stream episodes were sampled
during the year, and thus it is unlikely that the minimum ANC was observed.
      Ignoring all but  the "dilution only" line and  the lowest subregional line (Northern
Appalachian Plateau and Valley and Ridge Subregions), it Is apparent that all but one of the reported
episodes fall between these bounds. In fact, Figure 2-19 can be used to predict the proportions of
episodic acidification that can be attributed to acidification versus the proportion attributable to
dilution. For the episodes in Subregion ID (Poconos/Catskills), dilution alone could have caused ANC
to decrease to about TueqL"1, but the remaining declines to 1.0, -12.0, and  -14.0 ueq L"1  are
attributable to actual acidification. Episodes in streams in Subregion 2A (Southern Blue Ridge)
appear to be explainable on the basis of dilution only. In total, the data  seem to support the use of a
value of 0.5 for the mixing coefficient, because the slope  of the regression line (0.65) for the 11 data
                                           2-42

-------
 I
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                  DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
 Quaker Creek at Florida, NY
        (1960-1974)
      area =  25.2 km?
West Wachusett Brook, MA
       (1981-1984)
     500 ha « 5.0 km2
points is near 0.5 (r=0.91). While consistent with the data, further analysis of field data on changes
in base cation and sulfate concentrations during episodes are needed to verify these predictions.

Frequency and Duration
      The frequency and duration of stream episodes were evaluated using hydrologic data that have
been reported in the literature for watersheds of the same size as those specified for the NSS target
population.  The approach used in this study   100
was to analyze hydrologic records  to define as ;
accurately as possible the "window" of time ^
during which stream episodes are most likely  « 20
to occur. Data from three streams were used in ^ \Q
                                          • o
conducting this analysis:  West  Wachusett --j3
                                            2
Brook in central Massachusetts, Quaker Creek  3
                                           Q
in southern New York, and North River near
Stokesville, VA. The results of the hydrologic     \,
analysis (Table 2-9) indicate that the mean;
number of hydrologic events per year ranged ;/-»
from a high of 20 at the Massachusetts site to a n>
low of 9 at the Virginia site. These  events were • ?
                                          l 5 10'
defined on the basis of mean daily discharge i +*
exceeding a threshold of 2  mm day"1.   The 3
                                           Q
duration of these events was determined as the:
number of consecutive days that mean daily
discharge exceeded the threshold  value.  By i
ranking the events in the order of increasing ««.
duration, the cumulative frequency  distribu-  to
tions for  event duration  for these three ^
watersheds were determined.  When plotted on -2
log probability paper, the distributions are
straight lines, and  the distributions show that
the median durations ranged between 2 and  6
days,  while the 80th percentiie values were
between 4 and  10 days (Figure 2-20).  While
there appear to be among-stream differences in
both the calculated durations and frequencies,
the differences  appear  to be compensating.
                                                                North River near Stokesville, VA
                                                                         (1960-1975)
                                                                       area = 44.5 km 2
                                                            1
                                                           99.99    99  95  80604020105   2
                                  0.01
                                                           Figure 2-20.   Cumulative distribution
                                                           functions (CDFs)  for event duration
                                                           (days) for three streams in the eastern
                                                           United States.
                                                       2-43

-------

DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Table 2-9 indicates that the mean number of days per year that daily discharge exceeds 2 mm day'1 is
relatively constant (63-75 days).  This value could also be obtained from flow-duration curves that are
standard outputs from USGS data analysis.
                TABLE 2-9. ESTIMATES OF THE IMPACT OF EPISODES
               FOR THREE STREAMS IN THE EASTERN UNITED STATES
Watershed*
W.WachusettBMMA)
Quaker Creek (NY)
North River (VA)
Area
(ha)
500
2,520
4,450
Median Event
Durationb
2.4 (4.8)
2.4 (6.5)
5.3 (10.0)
Events/yr
. 20
13
9
Days/yr
75
63
64
      a Years of record are 1981-1984 for West Waehusett Brook, 1961-1974 for Quaker Creek, and 1961-1975 for
        North River.
      b Values in parentheses refer to the 80th pcrcentile for the CDF.
      Although acidic episodes occur
within the window of time bounded by
these hydrologic events, the magnitude of
the episode should not be presumed to
occur over the entire hydrologic event,
nor is the magnitude as defined above a
constant.  Figure 2-21 (reprinted from
Eshleman and Hemond 1985) provides an
example of the way ANC changed during
a two-week event at Bickford Watershed,
MA. The minimum ANC occurred very
briefly, but two other  minima were
reached during other peak flows of the
event.  Although there is currently no
clear way of weighting the observations
(except to provide some estimate of the
proportion of time during the event that
pH or  ANC was less than some value),
this analysis provides some  insight into
the  temporal scales of interest for
studying episodes.  An important data
need is for stream episodic data that
could be used to construct "pH-duration"
curves or "ANC-duration" curves that
are analagous to the flow-duration curves
mentioned above.
   0.8-
^ 0.6-
v
*

I
•6
Wl
5 0.2-
   0.0'
       5/28
6/6
 0--30-
 01
±: -40-
T5
I -*
       5/28
6/6
  Figure 2-21.  Measured changes in stream
  discharge and  alkalinity  (ueq L'l) at West
  Washusett Brook (Massachusetts) during a
  nine-day storm event in May-June, 1984.
  Source: Eshleman and Hemond (1985)
                                          2 44

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 2.5.3.4 Episodes in Lakes  .
      The three dimensions of spatial variability of lake chemistry add additional complexity to the
 ability to quantify the significance of lake episodes on a regional basis. Whereas episodes in both
 lakes and streams can be characterized by magnitude, duration, and frequency, streams can usually
 be assumed to be spatially well-mixed. This is not the case with lakes. In fact, the restriction of wind-
 induced mixing by winter ice cover is apparently a necessary condition for lake episodes in many
 lakes. At Panther Lake in the Adirondacks, depressions in pH and ANC were shown to occur very
 quickly, and were largely restricted to the upper 1  m of lake water {Galloway et al. 1980).  When
 overturn occurred after winter ice-out, pH  and ANC resumed pre-snowmelt levels.  On the other
 hand, data from Charette et al.  (1986) suggest that acidic lake waters are often confined to the
 shallower littoral zone where fish spawning is most likely to occur.  For these reasons, predictions of
 lake episodes based solely on lake outlet chemistry may be misleading with  respect  to the true
 severity.
      Despite this limitation, the scarcity of data on the spatial aspects of lake episodes makes it
 virtually impossible to predict the regional extent of this phenomenon. For this reason, lake episodes
 are described based on  lake outlet  chemistry, making the implicit assumption that if adverse
 chemical conditions are observed at the outlet, adverse chemical conditions were likely to have
 occurred within the lake itself.  It should be noted that even lake outlet data during snowmelt are far
 from widely available. Only a few regional data sets exist, with only one for the United States.
      The modeling approach used was based on data collected by Driscoll (1986) on nine lakes in the
 Adirondacks of New York (Subregion 1A) during the winter and spring of 1986. Weekly lake outlet
 samples were collected from February through April and analyzed for all  major chemical species
 including pH, ANC, and dissolved aluminum.  The nine lakes were selected so as to include a wide
 range of geologic, hydrologic, and limnological characteristics. Comparing the index ANC values for
 these lakes with the CDF for ANC of the  target population in the Adirondack subregion, it is
 apparent that the lakes fall roughly within the bounds set by the 20th and 80th percentiles of the lake
 population (Linthurst et al. 1986). The lakes also appear to be regionally representative when they
 are compared with lake survey distributions for other important chemical and physical variables.
      An important result from the lake monitoring studies conducted by Driscoll (1986) is a highly
 significant, positive linear relationship between index ANC and the  minimum observed ANC
 measured at the lake outlet (Figure 2-22). The intercept of the least squares equation was found to be
-46.4, and lakes with an index ANC of about 54ueqL"1 reach ANC = 0 during spring snowmelt.
Because the  results were obtained for the same year, differences in snowmelt due to year-to-year
 variation were minimized, thus providing an  indication that ANC before snowmelt is an important
                                                        2-45

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
factor in determining the magnitude of
ANC depression that occurs.  Similarly,
index ANC is also predictive of the maxi-
mum monomeric aluminum concentration
and minimum pH at the outlet (not
shown).  Assuming that this relationship
applies to the population of target lakes in
the Adirondack Subregion, this regression
can be used to generate  minimum lake
outlet ANC distributions that  can be
compared to the index CDF reported by
Linthurst et al. (1986).
      Comparing the two ANC CDFs
(Figure 2-23) indicates that the minimum
lake outlet ANC is  well to the left of
the index CDF; the median value for the
minimum ANC CDF is estimated to be
47.4ueqL"1,  compared to the index
median value of 111.8 ueqL'l. The most
significant result is that the estimated
proportion  of acidic  lakes  (ANC
 SOueqL"1) is shifted from  11% to more
than 35% if based on the chemistry of the
lake outlet during snowmelt. As with the
streams, index conditions, while useful for
examining trends and comparing systems,
do not apparently provide a satisfactory
estimate  of  the "acute" effects of
acidification on aquatic systems.
                             Y = 0.839 X-46.4
                             r = 0.955
                      100
                    Index ANC
                                                                          200
300
Figure 2-22. Relationship between index lake
and minimum outlet ANC during snowmelt
(ueq L'l) for nine lakes studied by Driscoll
(1986).
                        Index
                        Minimum Outlet ANC
        100
                                                       300   500  700   900  1100  1300
                                                          ANC(iieqL-l)
      An important aspect of the lake
episodic data collected by Driscoll (1986) is
that base cation  dilution and  increased
nitric acid concentrations were equally important in "causing" the observed ANC (and pH) declines.
A cursory interpretation of this phenomenon might be that such acidic episodes are, therefore, not
attributable to sulfate deposition, and reductions in sulfate deposition would not eliminate or reduce
                                        Figure 2-23.  Cumulative distribution functions
                                        (CDFs) for index ANC and predicted minimum
                                        outlet ANC for target lakes in Subregion  1A,
                                        based on number of Takes.
                                          2-46

-------
 I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
 the magnitude of these effects.  This is incorrect, however, if the ANC of systems in the Northeast
 responds "directly" to sulfate deposition as postulated in Section 5.  This is shown by example in the
 first row of Table 2-10, using 20th percentile chemical data from Linthurst et al. (1986) and a mean
 change in nitrate concentration during snowmelt reported by Driscoll (1986). During snowmelt, both
 sulfate and base cations are diluted by distilled water (2:1 dilution), and 25 ueq I/1 of nitric acid are
 added to the water.  These results indicate that at least 20% of the lakes in the Pocono/Catskill
 Subregion may be acidified in this manner.  This is compared with the same phenomenon occurring
 after index chemistry has been changed due to elimination of sulfur deposition in the third row of the
 table.  As before, base cations and sulfate are diluted and the same amount of nitric acid is added.

     TABLE 2-10. CHANGES IN SNOWMELT CHEMISTRY PREDICTED BY A MIXING
                 MODEL, BASED ON NLS AND FIELD SNOWMELT DATA
Constituent (ueq L~l)

Current Index Chemistry
Current Snowmelt Chemistry
Post-Sulfur Deposition "Index"
Post-Sulfur Snowmelt
S04'2 BCa
104 118
70 79
30*> 118
20 79
NO3
0
25
0
25
ANC
14
-16
88
34
pH
6.1
4.8
6.9
6.5
  a BC=base cations.
  b Estimated background sulfate in the absence of sulfate deposition (Section 3.4.3).

The results in the fourth row of the table indicate that while an acidic episode occurs presently in this
lake, a reduction in sulfate deposition causes this system not to experience an acidic episode in the
post-sulfur case, even though ANC and pH still decline somewhat during snowmelt. This example
provides  evidence that reducing sulfate  concentrations in streams and lakes in the northeastern
United States would eliminate  the occurrence of many episodes, because these reductions would
(presumably) raise the background ANC upon which these dilutions and  ANC declines are
superimposed. Such scenarios leave open the possibility that nitrate concentrations in surface waters
are controlled entirely by biogeocheraical processes related to forest vegetation and serai stage, and
that reductions in nitrate deposition may not be as effective as sulfur controls in controlling episodic
effects on water quality in the Northeast.

2.5.3.5 Biological Significance of Episodes
      Many experiments have demonstrated that relatively short-term exposures to acidic conditions
can cause significant adverse biological effects. For example, in field and laboratory bioassays, pH
levels S4.5-5.5 (and associated  concentrations of aluminum) may cause significant fish mortality
over periods of two to five days (Marmorek et al.  1986). Acute experimental additions of acid and/or
                                                        2-47

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

aluminum to lakes and streams (pH 4.0-5.9) have resulted in decreased abundance of fish and
invertebrate populations (Hall et al. 1980; Bernard 1985; Playle 1985; Canadian Department of
Fisheries and Oceans, personal communication). Fish kills have been observed in hatcheries and
natural  systems in association with pH declines of 0.5-1.0 pH units during storm events and
snowmelt (Leivestad et al. 1976; Schofield and Trojnar 1980; Jones et al. 1983).
      It is likely,  therefore, that episodes play some  role in the overall  decline of biological
communities caused by surface water acidification. The exact nature of this role, and the long-term
significance of episodes remain uncertain, however.  Several factors may minimize or mitigate the
effect of short-term acidification. In particular, many biota (e.g., adult fish and stream invertebrates)
are able to detect and avoid acidic conditions, seeking temporary refuge in tributary streams with
higher pH or in deeper waters or springs in  lakes (Muniz and Leivestad 1980; Gunn and Noakes
1985). Variations in  life history strategies among fish species may determine in large part  the
susceptibility of a given species to acidification, particularly short-term acidification.  The
importance of acidic episodes may be a function of (1) the relative sensitivity of different life stages
and processes to low pH (and associated parameters), and (2) the distribution and timing of these
sensitive life stages and processes relative to the distribution and timing of acidic episodes.
      Given the complexity of this biological response, thresholds for effects on biological populations
and communities are most often expressed in terms of annual average water chemistry, or some index
of the overall chemical conditions.  In Section 4, estimates of critical  values for biological effects are
based on field observations, or have been calibrated to observed responses in the field, and are defined
in terms of the index sample(s) collected during Phase I of the NSWS.  To the extent that this index is
correlated with the severity and  frequency of acidic episodes, these analyses implicitly take into
account the potential effects of episodic acidification. In this case, interest is not so much in the exact
magnitude or frequency of episodes, but instead the degree to which the index sample adequately
expresses the tendency of a system to experience episodic acidification.  The preliminary  results
discussed above (Section 2.5.3.4)  for Adirondack lakes suggest  that this assumption is  not
unreasonable.
                                                                                  ^
2.5.3.6 Conclusions
      The preceding results have shown that in the eastern United States, it is expected that episodic
changes in stream chemistry are significant, inasmuch as shifts  in pH and ANC CDFs are  clearly
distinguishable. Predictions of minimum pH and ANC in target streams in sensitive regions studied
in the NSS are within the range of observations made at research streams in these regions, lending
additional support to the modeling approach.  A separate hydrologic analysis showed that the
expected frequency of episodes is relatively high (about 10-20 per year), while the expected durations
                                            2-48

-------
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

 typically range between one and six days, athough longer durations are not uncommon.  In the
 Southern Blue Ridge, for example, where no acidic streams were sampled at spring baseflow, it was
 predicted that 2% become acidic and 6% are depressed below pH 6 during hydrologic events.  At
 spring baseflow, the best estimate for streams below pH 6.5 was 1.3%, but during hydrologic events
 the estimate increased to  about 45%. Similar results were also obtained for the Pocono/Catskill
 Subregion.
      Using a regression model to predict lake episodes during snowmelt in the ELS Adirondack
 Subregion 1A, the median minimum outlet ANC is predicted to be more than 50 ueq L"i less than the
 index value based on sampling at fall overturn.  If the estimate of acidic lakes is based on minimum
 outlet ANC, as opposed to  the fall index value, the estimate of the proportion of acidic lakes in the
 Adirondacks is more than 35% compared to the index estimate from the ELS-1 of 11%. An analysis of
 the chemical changes that  were  responsible for snowmelt episodes showed that base cation dilution
 and increased nitric acid concentrations were equally important, but it also showed that reductions in
 index sulfate concentrations in  the northeastern  United States would  likely result in a dramatic
 reduction in the occurrence of acidic episodes. Using lake outlet data as an indicator of the episodic
 conditions experienced both at stream inlets and outlets in the Adirondack Subregion, it is clear that
 a significant proportion of the stream population in the northeastern  United States is  currently
 affected by snowmelt episodes.  A lack of data on snowmelt episodes  in  other regions of the
 northeastern United States and Mid-Atlantic, however,  prohibits the  performance of analogous
 assessments for these regions. For these reasons, it appears that consideration of "chronic" conditions
 alone is insufficient to fully characterize the sensitivity and status of surface waters with respect to
 acidification. Explicit verification of the predicted "acute" effects described above using field data
collected from regionally  representative watersheds  throughout the United States is thus an
important goal of the AERP. The Episodic Response Project is currently being designed by EPA to
provide such crucial data sets for this additional level of environmental assessment.

2.6 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
      The NSWS revealed that  several subregions  in the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, and the Upper
Midwest exhibited acidic waters  in 5 to 14% of their lakes and streams.  Few acidic systems occur in
the Southeast, except for Florida, which contains large numbers (> 22%) of acidic systems. No acidic
systems were observed in the West. However, in many of the subregions surveyed, more than half the
lakes or streams  had low to moderate ANC. The degree to which the acidic and low ANC conditions
have been caused by acidic deposition, or to which additional systems might become  acidic in the
future, is the subject of the following paragraphs.
                                                        2-49

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


      Analysis of the  results obtained from the NSWS and subsequent studies has identified

subpopulations of the resource at risk that were not included in the NSWS target population.  The

accuracy of the stream population estimates depends on the means by which reach and data are

interpolated and the accuracy of topographic maps.

      •  Additional research is needed to assess within-reach patterns of ANC and pH in an
         upstream/downstream direction.

      •  A study is needed to relate mapped stream patterns to fish habitat patterns.

      Studies of temporal variability indicate that pH and ANC are lower in spring than in summer

or fall in northeastern lakes, especially in the low ANC (£ 50 ueq L"1) range. Lakewater ANC and pH

decrease considerably as the result of episodic events driven by snowmelt and rainstorms.

      The Episodic Response Project should be implemented to determine the expected number,

magnitude, and frequency of low pH episodes in lakes and streams exhibiting low ANC during the

NSWS index period.


2.7 REFERENCES
Baker, J. and C. Schofield.  1982. Aluminum toxicity to fish in acidic waters.  Water, Air, and Soil
Pottut. 18:289-309.

Bernard, D.P. 1985.  Impact of Stream  Acidification on Invertebrates:  Drift Response to In Situ
Experiments Augmenting Aluminum Ion Concentrations. M.S. Thesis.  Vancouver, BC:  University
of British Columbia.

Charette, J.Y., H.G. Jones, W. Sochanska, and J.M. Gauthier.  1986.  Changes in lake water
quality  during spring runoff in a  northern boreal forest subjected to acidic precipitation.  In:
Proceedings of the Canadian Hydrology Symposium, pp. 201-220. Quebec City.

Driscoll, C.T. 1986. Annual Report: A program to evaluate long-term changes in the chemistry of
Adirondack lakes. Proj. Code El-25.

Driscoll, C.T. and R.M. Newton. 1985.  Chemical characteristics of acid-sensitive lakes in the
Adirondack region of New York. Environ.  Sci. Technol. 19:1018-1024.

Elwood, J.W.  1986. Ecological  effects of acidification on low-order woodland  streams,  with
particular emphasis on the chemistry and effects of aluminum (ALSS).  Annual Progress Report to
the Electric Power Research Institute, EPRIRP2326-1.

Eshleman, K.N. and H.F. Hemond.  1986.  Modeling the hydrochemical response  of a
Massachusetts watershed to acid deposition.  Trans. Am. Geophys. Union 67:931.

Eshleman, K.N. and H.F. Hemond.  1985. The  role of organic acids in the acid-base status of
surface waters at Bickford watershed, Massachusetts. Water Resour. Res. 21:1503-1510.
                                           2-50

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


 Eshleman, K.N., M. Mitch, P. Kaufman, S. Stambaugh, and J. Messer. In Press.  Acid-base
 status of surface waters in the Southern Blue Ridge:   A comparison of results from the NSWS.
 Journal of Lake and Reservoir Management.

 Ford, D.E., K.W. Thornton, J.F. Nix, J.T. Malcolm, and F.E. Payne. 1986.  Acidic episodes and
 surface water chemistry: a comparison of Northeast and Southeast study sites.  Report submitted to
 EPA  Environmental Research Laboratory - Corvallis, OR.  Arkadelphia, AR: Ouachita Baptist
 University, and Little Rock, AR: FTN Associates, Ltd.

 Galloway, J.N., C.L. Schofield, G.R. Hendrey, N.E. Peters, and A.H. Johannes.  1980. Sources
 of acidity in three lakes during snowmelt.  In:  D. Drablos and A. Tollan, eds.  Proceedings of the
 International Conference on Ecological Impact of Acid Precipitation. Norway, SNSF Project.

 Glass, G.E. and O.L. Loucks. 1986. Implications of a gradient in acid and ion deposition across the
 northern Great Lakes states. Environ. Sci. Technol. 20(l):35-43.

 Gunn, J. and D. Noakes. 1985.  Avoidance of low pH and elevated Al concentrations by lake char
 (Salvelinus namaycush) and brook char (S. fontinalis) yolk sac fry. In:  Abstracts, International
 Symposium on Acidic Precipitation, pp. 96-97. Muskoka, Ontario.

 Hall, F.R.  1970.  Dissolved solids-discharge relationships:  1. Mixing models. Water Resour. Res.
 6:845-850.

 Hall, R., G. Likens, S. Fiance, and G. Hendrey. 1980.  Experimental acidification of a stream in
 Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New Hampshire.  Ecology 61:976-989.

 Jeffries, D.S., C.M. Cox, and P.J. Dillon.  1979. Depression of pH in lakes and streams in central
 Ontario during snowmelt. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 36:640-646.

 Johnson, N.M., G.E. Likens, F.H. Bormann, D.W. Fisher, and R.S. Pierce.  1969.  A working
 model for the variation in stream water chemistry at the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New
 Hampshire. Water Resour. Res. 5:1353-1363.

 Jones, H.G., J. Noggle, R. Young, J. Kelly, H. Olem,  R. Ruane, R. Pasch, G. Hyfantis, and
 W. Parkhurst 1983. Investigations of the cause of fishkills in fish-rearing facilities in Raven Fork
 watershed. TVA/ONR/WR-83/9. Tennessee Valley Authority.

 Kelso, J.R.M., C.K. Minns, J.H. Lipsit, and D.S. Jeffries. 1986.  Headwater lake chemistry
 during the spring freshet in north-central Ontario.  Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 29:245-259.

 Leivestad, H. and LP. Muniz. 1976. Fish kill at low pH in a Norwegian river. Nature 259:391-392.

 Leivestad, H., G. Hendrey, I. Muniz, and E. Snekvik.   1976.   Effects of acid precipitation on
 freshwater organisms. In:  F. Braekke, ed.  Impact of Acid Precipitation on Forest and Freshwater
Ecosystems in Norway, pp. 87-111. FR 6/76, SNSF-Project, Oslo, Norway.

 Unthurst, R.AM D.H. Landers, J.M. Eilers, D.F. Brakke, W.S. Overton, E.P. Meier, and R.E.
 Crowe.   1986.  Characteristics of lakes in the eastern United States: Volume 1. Population
descriptions and physico-chemical relationships.  EPA-600/4-86/007a.  Washington,  DC:  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
                                                      2-51

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


Marmorek,  D.R., K.W. Thornton, J.P. Baker, D.P. Bernard, MX. Jones, and B.S. Reuber.
1986.   Acidic episodes in surface waters:  The state  of science.  Final Report  to  the  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, OR.

Messer, J.J., K.N. Eshleman, S.M. Stambaugh, and P.R. Kaufmann.  1986.  National Surface
Water Survey: National Stream Survey, Phase I-Pilot Survey.  EPA-600/4-86-026. Environmental
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Corvallis, OR.

Muniz,  I.P. and H. Leivestad. 1980. Acidification - effects on freshwater fish. In: D. Drablos and
A. Tollan, eds. Ecological Impact of Acid Precipitation, pp. 84-92. SNSF-Project, Oslo, Norway.

Murdoch, P.S.  1986.  Chemical input-output budgets and stream chemistry dynamics during a
two-year period in Biscuit Brook, Catskill Mountains, NY. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Resources
Investigations Report 86 (Draft).  Prepared in Cooperation with U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.

Newell, A.D., T.J. Sullivan, and C.F. Powers. 1986. Analysis of data from long-term monitoring
of lakes. Internal review draft. Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, OR.

Nix, J.F., K.W. Thornton, D.E. Ford, and J.T.  Malcolm.  1986. Storm event sampling of
southwestern Arkansas streams  susceptible to acid precipitation. EPA Cooperative Agreement
811863-01-1  (Draft).

Olem, H.  1986.  Episodic changes in stream water quality in five watersheds in the Southern Blue
Ridge Province (Draft). Interagency Agreement No. DW64930283-01.TV-61968A.

Omernik, J.M. and C.F.  Powers.  1983.  Total alkalinity of surface waters - a national  map.
Annals of the Association of American Geographers 73:133-136.

Playle, R.C. 1985. The Effects of Aluminum on Aquatic Organisms: (1) Alum Additions to a Small
Lake and (2) Aluminum-26 Tracer Experiments with Minnows. M.S. Thesis. Winnipeg, Manitoba:
University of Manitoba.

Rodhe, A. 1981. Spring flood -meltwater or groundwater? Nordic Hydrol. 12:21-30.

Schofield, C. and J. Trojnar. 1980. Aluminum toxicity to brook trout (Saluelinus  fontinalis) in
acidified waters.  In: T. Toribara, M. Miller, and P. Morrow, eds. Polluted Rain, pp. 341-362.  New
York: Plenum Press.

Sharpe, W.E., D.R. DeWalle, R.T. Leibfried, R.S.  Dinicola, W.G. Kimmel, and L.S. Sherwin.
1984. Causes of dormant season acid runoff episodes and subsequent fishery impacts for four streams
on Laurel Hill in southwestern Pennsylvania. J. Environ. Qual. 13:619-631.

Sklash, M.G., R.N. Farvolden, and P. Fritz.  1976. A conceptual model of watershed response to
rainfall, developed through the use of oxygen-18 as a natural tracer. Can. J. Earth Sci. 13:271-283.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1987. Acidic episodes in surface waters: The  state of
science. Final Report submitted to Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, OR (in press).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1984.  The  Acidic Deposition Phenomenon  and Its
Effects, Critical Assessment Review Papers, Vol. I Atmospheric Sciences; Vol. II Effects Sciences.
EPA-600/8-83-016BF. Washington, DC: Office of Research and Development.
                                           2-52

-------
 I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                    DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
Witt, E.G. and J.L. Barker. 1986. Stream chemistry response during episodes of acidic rainfall and
snowmelt runoff on Laurel Hill, Somerset County, Pennsylvania, November 1983 to July 1985.
U.S. Geological  Survey Open File  Report 86 (Draft).  Prepared in Cooperation with  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.

Wolock, D.M., G.M. Hornberger, B.J. Cosby, and P.F. Ryan. 1986. The influence of catchment
hydrological characteristics on the likelihood of episodic stream pH depression.  Trans. Am. Geophys.
Union 67:932.
 I
I
I
I
i
i
i
i
                                         2-53

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
i
i

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
i
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                        SECTION 3
      QUANTIFYING CHEMICAL CHANGE AS A RESULT OF ACIDIC DEPOSITION
3.1 SUMMARY
      Various methods are employed to estimate past changes in surface waters caused by acidic
deposition. Retrospective analyses indicate increasing acidity or sulfate in some parts of the United
States and decreasing trends elsewhere. Analysis of NSWS data provides best estimates of acidic
systems that can be attributed to acidic deposition to be 794 lakes nationwide and 699-2730 stream
reaches in the Mid-Atlantic and Southeast, depending on whether chemistry is measured at their
downstream or upstream ends, respectively. These estimates are conservative because they exclude
some small lakes and streams, as well as areas in other parts of the country known to contain acidic
waters.
      Simple empirical geochemical models indicate that lakes and streams in all regions of the
United States may have lost acid neutralizing capacity (ANC).  Median ANC in northeastern lakes
may have declined from 87 to 53 ueq L"1, corresponding to a pH decrease of 0.21 to 0.26 units. The
greatest changes in pH (1.05 to 1.34 units) probably have occurred in lakes that currently have
pH £6.  Streams in the Northern Appalachian Plateau may have experienced greater losses in ANC
than those in the Southeast or the Chesapeake Area. In all-regions except the Southeast, sulfate
concentrations in surface waters appear to be highly correlated with wet sulfate deposition, which
lends support to the applicability of the simple models.

3.2 INTRODUCTION
      The previous section described the present chemical status of streams and lakes in the United
States based on results of the NSWS.  These results established that a small but  significant
proportion of streams and lakes in the eastern United States are currently acidic based on surveys
conducted during index periods. It was considered in that discussion, however, whether such systems
might be acidic because of acidic deposition, and if so, how much change had occurred.
      The objective of this section is to evaluate chemical change as a result of acidic deposition.
Three distinct approaches are applied:  (1) evaluation of evidence for historical change in lake
chemistry; (2) use of empirical models to estimate the degree of acidification; and (3) evaluation of
alternative (primarily natural) sources of acidification.
      The most direct approach for evaluating changes in surface water acidification is to compare
historical and present measurements of pH or alkalinity. The two principal assumptions required for
this analysis are U) that the measurements of pH and alkalinity (or their surrogates) are, or can be
                                                        3-1

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

made to be, comparable, and (2) changes in watersheds have not confounded the results. An approach
that avoids the assumptions typically needed for historical analytical methods is the use of diatoms in
lake sediments as indicators of past water quality. This approach has been limited by the availability
of historical water chemistry data of sufficient quality for the areas of interest and the difficulty and
cost of conducting paleolimnological investigations.
      The second approach to quantifying chemical change is to use present water chemistry to infer
the past characteristics of natural waters.  This approach employs the use  of geochemical models
assuming that systems are at steady state with respect to various chemical constituents, e.g., SCV2.
A model of this type  was originally developed for lakes in Norway, and it cannot be  applied
uncritically in other geographic regions.
      The final approach is to examine the degree to which other mechanisms of acidification might
explain the present acid/base status of surface waters.  Using the data from the NSWS, individual
lakes or streams can be related to a particular source category; it is therefore  possible to quantify the
importance of some of these alternate mechanisms of acidification within the  target populations of
aquatic systems.

3.3 EVIDENCE FOR LONG-TERM CHANGE AS A RESULT OF ACIDIC DEPOSITION
      The National Academy of Sciences (NAS) recently completed a thorough review of the evidence
for surface water acidification and long-term trends in water quality associated with acidic
deposition. The results from this study (NAS 1986) are summarized below and provide the basis for
regional assessments of surface water acidification presented in Sections 3.4 and 3.5.
      Four independent analyses were  completed to assess trends  in surface  water  quality and to
determine their potential causes: (1) the association between  sulfate concentrations in lakes and
sulfate wet deposition for 626 lakes in eastern North America; (2) water quality trends over the past
15-20 years at U.S. Geological Service (USGS) Bench-Mark streams; (3) changes in pH and alkalinity
in lakes over time based on measurements  at two discrete time intervals (the  1920s-30s and 1970s-
80s) for about 300 lakes in the Adirondack Mountains (New York), New Hampshire, and northern
Wisconsin; and (4) estimated trends  in lake pH over time, inferred from assemblages of diatoms
preserved in lake sediments. All analyses were based on existing data sets considered to be of high
quality,  but  not necessarily representative  of the  regions of interest.  In  some cases  (e.g.,
paleolimnological analyses of sediment diatoms), the analyses purposely focused on lakes that were
most likely to have been affected.
      Sulfate output  fluxes were estimated for 626  lakes in New York, New England, Quebec,
Labrador, and  Newfoundland, by multiplying the concentration of sulfate  in lakewater by the
intensity of net precipitation (rainfall minus evaporation). Sulfate input fluxes were estimated as
                                            3-2

-------
 I
 I
 1
I
I
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                       OR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
c        FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
sulfate concentration in wet deposition (linear interpolation based on data from deposition
monitoring networks) times precipitation intensity.  Analysis of covariance by region, following
logarithmic transformation of the data, indicated a common slope not significantly different from one,
but distinct differences in the log-transformed linear intercept among regions.  In other words, lake
sulfate output flux was shown to be a direct linear function of sulfate input from wet deposition times
a region-specific multiplier (m):
      Lake Sulfate Output Flux = m (Wet Deposition Sulfate Input Flux)
              	Region	                 Multiplier
             Southern New England                       2.00
             New York                                   1.32
             Northern New England                       1.29
             Quebec                                     1.10
             Newfoundland                               1.00
             Labrador                                    0.60
      The estimated region-specific multiplier is highest, and greater than one, in regions close to
major sources of SO2 emissions, which indicates that dry deposition is likely higher closer to the
sources of acidity.
      The USGS has monitored trends in water quality at 47 streams  in small, predominately
undeveloped watersheds since 1964.  Using this USGS Bench-Mark Network, the NAS examined
trends for sulfate, alkalinity, and base cations, relative to regional patterns and trends  in SO?
emissions.  All data were screened for internal consistency.  For sulfate analyses,  only systems
without major internal sources of sulfate (sulfate output:sulfate input <2)  were included in analyses
(n=32).  Sulfate mass balance estimates suggested a net retention of sulfate in the southeastern
United States and a net excess of sulfate yield over wet deposition in the northeastern United States.
No consistent pattern occurred in the western United States. In general, since the mid-1960s, Bench-
Mark streams in the Northeast have experienced either a significant decrease in sulfate over time or
no change (Figure 3-1). In the Southeast and West, on the other hand, sulfate levels in streams have
either increased significantly or have shown no significant temporal trend.
      On a regional basis, alkalinity trends are approximately inverse to those observed in sulfate:
increasing or no change in the Northeast and decreasing or no change in the Southeast and West
(Figure 3-2). Station-by-station comparisons of trends, however, indicated no significant association
between  long-term trends in sulfate and trends in alkalinity for those streams with statistically
defined trends (p <0.1).
                                                          3-3

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
         • No trend (p>0.1)
        A Trend up (p £ 0.1)

        V Trend down (p< 0.1)
  Figure 3-1. Trends in sulfate concentrations at USGS Bench-Mark stations having a ratio
  of basin sulfate yield to basin sulfate deposition (wet only) of less than 2.0.
  Source: NAS (1986)
         •   No trend (p >0.t)
        A  Trend up (p < 0.1)

        V  Trend down (p< 0.1)
  Figure 3-2. Trends in alkalinity at USGS Bench-Mark stations having a mean alkalinity of
  less than 800 ueq L"1.
  Source: NAS (1986)
                                         3-4

-------
  1
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 i
      Instantaneous rates of change in alkalinity and base cations per unit change in strong acid
 anions (sulfate plus nitrate; dALKALA and dB/dA, respectively) also were calculated for streams with
 relatively low alkalinity (^500 ueq I/1, n=16). Increases in strong acid anions are balanced, in part,
 by decreases in alkalinity and, in part, by increases in base cations (Section 5).  At the 16 streams
 studied, changes in alkalinity accounted for 0 to 78% of the fluctuations in  strong acid  anions,
 averaging 30% across all streams.  Changes in base cations balanced, on average,  50% of the
 variability in strong acid anions, with dB/dA ranging from 0.1 to near 1.0 (Figure 3-3).  These data
 are consistent with the conceptual model of surface water acidification proposed by the  NAS (1984)
 and models applied in Sections 3.4 and 5.
 i
 i
i
i
i
      0.5-
               IM
               0
               w
               -o
               >
               I
      0.0-
                   -1.0-
                                                                                    • NC
                       WA»
                 PA •        • WY
                       0.0
                       0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
                                           d I Base Cations/d £ Acid Anions
  Figure 3-3.  Plot of rate of change in base cation concentrations versus rate of change in
  alkalinity per unit change in acid anion concentration for USGS Bench-Mark streams
  with mean alkalinities less than 500 ueq I/1.
  Source: NAS (1986)

      Historical pH and alkalinity data collected in the 1920s-30s for approximately 300 lakes in
three regions (the Adirondack Mountains, New Hampshire, and northern Wisconsin) were reviewed
for internal consistency and corrected for biases associated with measurements based on colorimetric
indicator solutions.  These biases are over-titration to the methyl-orange end point (for alkalinity)
and effects of the indicator solution on colorimetric pH determinations. These estimates of historical
I
                                           3-5

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

pH and  alkalinity then were compared to recent measurements (1970s-80s) in the same lakes to
quantify changes in water quality over the past 50-60 years. Unfortunately, recent data could not be
reviewed for internal consistency, and some questions were raised about the quality of data available
for the Adirondack region. Two data sets were analyzed for New York: those presented in Pfeiffer and
Festa (1980) and those of Colquhoun et al. (1984).  Data from the 1984 report are less likely to have
extensive problems, and only analyses based on that report are included here. Temporal trends were
assessed for each region as a whole; analyses for individual lakes are not appropriate.
      Results from the NAS trend analyses are  summarized in Table 3-1 and  Figure 3-4.  No
significant change in alkalinity or pH was apparent for New Hampshire  lakes.  Wisconsin lakes,
overall, may have  increased  in alkalinity (median change =+38 ueq L"1) and pH (median
change = +0.51 units). Conclusions for Adirondack lakes are dependent upon the assumed end point
pH for the methyl-orange indicator. Assuming an end point pH of 4.2, Adirondack lakes, on average,
appear to  have experienced significant  decreases in alkalinity and pH over the  past 50-60 years
(median change=-44 ueq L"1 and -0.63  pH units, respectively).  Alternatively, if an end point pH
close to 4.0 is assumed, there appears to have been little or no change, on the average, in the acidity
status of Adirondack lakes; using this end point, the median value for change in  alkalinity  was
calculated to be 1 ueq L'l and for pH, -0.12 units.  The uncertainty regarding the end point pH used
for historical alkalinity titrations could not be resolved.
                                                t
      TABLE 3-1. TREND ANALYSIS: SUMMARY OF CALCULATED CHANGES IN
      ALKALINITY (Recent minus Historical Values) FOR THREE REGIONS  OF THE
                          UNITED STATES (Source: NAS 1986)a
Assumed
End Point
pH
Number
nf
Lakes
Calculated Change in Alkalinity (ueq L*1)
Median
10th Percentile 90th
Percentile
ADIRONDACKS,NYb
4.04
4.19
97
130
1
-44
-121
-143
166
60
NEW HAMPSHIRE*
4.04
4.19
115
81
8
-7
-47
-73.
75
87
WISCONSIN*
4.19
145
38
-50
110
      "Only consistent data included, as defined in NAS (1986).
      bRecent data from Colquhoun et al. (1984).
      'Recent data from Towns < 1983).
      ^Recent data from Eilers et al. (1983).
                                            3-6

-------
 I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
     tfl


     CB


     *
     >_
     V
     .0
                  vt

                      40-
                      30-
                      20-
         10-
                      40-
                      30-
     T  20^
     v
                      10-
                 pH (MO) = 4.04
                 n = 97
                                                          10%
                                                           ¥
                      1*- **•*-* -*~
                                                                                         (ueq L-1)
                    -600      -400      -200         0       +200      +400

                  A ALK (recent alkalinity minus historical alkalinity)
                             pH(MO) = 4.19
                             n=130
                                   T
                                        -200
r
0
                                                                                              L-1)
  -600     -400      -200        0       +200      +400

A ALK (recent alkalinity minus historical alkalinity)
    Figure 3-4.  Frequency distributions for estimated change in alkalinity (recent
   . minus historical values) for lakes in the Adirondack region of NY, calculated
    assuming methyl-orange end point pH values of 4.04 and 4.19. Recent data from
    Colquhoun et al. (1984).
    Source: NAS (1986)


      Finally, historical pH values for lakes can also be inferred through paleolimnological analysis

of sediment diatoms. Diatoms are single-celled algae with cell walls composed of silica. The cell walls

are well preserved in lake sediments and are used for identification of diatom taxa.  Diatom

assemblages in the sediment are good indicators of past pH levels for several reasons:


      (1)  diatoms are common in nearly all freshwater habitats,


      (2)  distributions of diatom taxa are strongly correlated with lakewater pH,
I
                                         3-7

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      (3) diatom remains are well-preserved in sediments and can be identified to the lowest
         taxonomic level, and
      (4) diatom remains are usually  abundant in lake sediments, and many taxa are
         represented.
Estimates of lakewater pH using this technique are derived from present-day spatial associations
between diatom community composition (in surface sediments) and measured lake pH.  It is assumed
that  these observed correlations among  lakes accurately reflect changes in diatom taxa over time
within any one lake as a function of pH. The standard error for diatom-inferred pH ranges is between
0.25  and 0.50 pH units. Trends in diatom-inferred pH are rarely analyzed statistically, however, and
relatively small changes in inferred pH must be interpreted with caution.
      The NAS Committee examined diatom data for  27 lakes in eastern North America with
present-day ANC £200 ueq L'l and minimal watershed disturbance. Eleven lakes were studied in
the Adirondack region. Four of these lakes have current pH >5.2 and no "strong" indication of pH
declines based on sediment diatom assemblages.  Seven lakes have current pH £5.2. One of these, a
bog  pond, has had low pH (about 4.7) at least  since about  1800.  Two lakes have experienced
substantial shifts in sediment  diatom assemblages, suggesting a pH decline of approximately
1.0 unit, principally from 1940-50 to the present (Figure 3-5). Three lakes had estimated pH declines
of about 0.1 to 0.3 units, from about pH 5.0 to pH 4.7, between about 1930-50 and 1970. The final lake
increased in pH over the period 1875-1910 and then decreased in pH from about 1920 to the present,
although conditions are apparently more  acidic now than  pre-1800.
      In contrast, similar data for  10 New  England lakes indicate slight or no decrease in  pH
(Figure 3-5b), despite the fact that some of the most acidic lakes in the region have been sampled.
Likewise, four lakes studied in the Rocky Mountain National Park (Colorado) show no pH trends. In
Ontario,  four lakes with current pH >6.0 have experienced no apparent change in pH over the last
50-100 years. Two lakes near Wawa, Ontario, influenced by operations at a nearby smelter, have had
decreases in inferred pH of 1.0 to 1.6 pH units in the last 30-50 years.
      Of the 27 lakes studied in eastern North America, 13 apparently had background pH levels
(pre-1800)  £5.3; 14 had background pH a 5.7.  The large number'of lakes with pre-1800 diatom-
inferred pH £5.3 suggests that acidic lakes were relatively common in the Adirondacks and New
England before the Industrial Revolution.   Based on these analyses, the NAS Committee on
Monitoring and Assessment of Trends in Acid Deposition  concluded the following:
      •   "Analysis of a sulfur mass balance for 626 lakes in the northeastern United States
          and southeastern Canada demonstrates that the sulfate output from lakes  in
          general is proportional to sulfate inputs in wet deposition."
                                            3-8

-------
 I
                                              DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                               DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                      "For Bench-Mark streams in watersheds showing no evidence of dominating
                      internal sources of sulfate, there is a cause-and-effect relationship between SO2
                      emissions and stream sulfate fluxes."
I
I
•  "The record of the chemistry of Bench-Mark streams suggests that changes in
   stream sulfate flux determine changes in streamwater alkalinity and base cation
   concentrations in drainage basins that have acid soils and low-alkalinity waters."

•  "In the judgement of the committee, the weight of the evidence indicates that the
   atmospheric deposition of sulfate has  caused some lakes in the Adirondack
   Mountains to decrease in alkalinity."

•  "On average, lakes sampled in Wisconsin have increased in alkalinity and pH. The
   New Hampshire lakes on average show no overall change in alkalinity and a small
   increase in pH....  Diatom data from lakes in New England indicate slight or no
   decrease in pH. Data for southeastern Canada are insufficient to examine trends in
   acidification."
I
I
I
I
   1982

;   1960

i   1940

 « 1920-
 (0
Q 1900

'*$ 1880-
JO
a.
   1860

   1840-

:   1820

   1800
 4.5       5.0      5.5      6.0
              Inferred pH

  Index ± SD             ± 95% Cl
 	MR 0.28  0.40
 	B  0.33  0.55 •
 	a  0.33  0.56 -
  5

  • 10
         8

  15  ^
  • 15  vi


 1-20  g-
      O 16
  -25
   30


  -35

6.5
                                                              24-
                                                                      taxa
                                                                                            B
                                                                   4.5
                                                                  log a
                                                                             1978
                                                                             1963^
                                                                                 •o
                                                                                 o
                                                                             ,945 E
                                                                                 t£.
                                                                                 u
                                                                                                •   • O
                                                                                                1853 O
                                                                                                1815 £
                                                                 5.0
                                                            Inferred pH
                                                                                          5.5
               Figure 3-5. Profiles of inferred pH for Big Moose Lake, NY (A), and Speck Pond, ME (B),
               based on diatom stratigraphy-and multiple-regression (MR) equations and other
               procedures for calibration or the relationship between pH and diatom taxa.
               Source: NAS (1986)
                                                       3-9

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
3.4 INFERENCE OF CHANGE BASED ON PRESENT SURFACE WATER CHEMISTRY
3.4.1 Introduction
   Water acidification depends on soil properties (Section 5), including the concentration of "mobile
anions," i.e., those that move easily through soils and into surface waters. In most cases, sulfate is the
most important mobile anion contributing to acidification. Nitrate is taken up by vegetation in the
watershed and, as a result, surface water NOs' concentrations tend to be extremely low during most of
the year.  An exception to this general  rule is during late winter and early spring, when snowmelt
episodes may be nitrate dominated. However, because sulfate is thought to be primarily responsible
for chronic effects of acidic deposition  on aquatic systems,  this section focuses on evaluating the
relationship between atmospheric sulfate deposition and surface water chemistry.
      The apparent relationship between sulfate deposition and surface water chemistry (pH, ANC)
was examined in two steps. The relationship between sulfate deposition and sulfate concentration in
lakes and streams was examined first; then the suspected effects of this surface  water sulfate on pH
and ANC were evaluated. Two approaches were followed in these analyses. The first was to perform
                                                                            »-
appropriate analyses  on the complete data sets available from the NSWS, to make projections that
could be extrapolated to regional surface water populations. However, the empirical models available
for estimating changes  in ANC in response to sulfate inputs contain several assumptions that are
often violated by both natural and anthropogenic watershed influences.  These models were
developed in Scandinavia for dilute, clearwater lakes in which watershed disturbances have not been
substantial. For areas examined here where the model assumptions appear to be violated, estimates
of acidification were derived from a smaller subset of "undisturbed" lakes. This subset was selected
because of the absence of paved roads in the  lakes' watersheds; significant contributions  of
phosphorous from sewage outflows or chloride from industrial or road salt sources were not indicated.
In some analyses, waters with high ANC (>200ueqL"1) and high dissolved organic carbon (DOC
 >6 mg L*i) also were excluded. Estimates based on this subset of undisturbed lakes do not apply to
the entire regional target population.

3.4.2 Relationship between Sulfate Deposition and Sulfate Concentrations in
      Surface Waters
      Median sulfate concentrations were calculated for surface  waters in all NSWS Subregions.
Sulfate deposition estimates for each site were derived from  National Atmospheric Deposition
Program (NADP) precipitation monitoring  data.   Median  values of lake  and stream S04~2
concentrations and estimated SO^2  wet  deposition are  listed in Table 3-2 and are  depicted
graphically in Figure 3-6.  In this figure, the NLS Subregions are designated with lower case letter
                                           3-10

-------
 I
                                                                      \
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
codes and the NS5 Subregions with upper case letter codes, corresponding to the subregions in
Figure 2-1.

         TABLE 3-2. MEDIAN SURFACE WATER SULFATE CONCENTRATIONS
       AND MEDIAN ESTIMATED ANNUAL WET SO4'2 DEPOSITION FOR LAKES
                     AND STREAMS IN SUBREGIONS OF THE NSWS
Lakes
Subregion
Poconos/CatskillsUB)
S. New England (ID)
Adirondacks (1A)
Central New England (1C)
Florida (3B)
Upper Pen. of Michigan (2B)
Maine (IE)
NE Minnesota (2A)
Northcentral Wisconsin (2C)
Upper Great Lakes Area (3D)
S. Rockies (4E)
8. Blue Ridge (3A)
Central Rockies (4D)
N. Rockies <4C)
Pacific Northwest (4B)
California (4A>
Streams (Downstream Node)
Lake
159
141
119
101
94
78
75
62
57
50
35
32
24
16
15
7
Annual Wet
Deposition
2.8
2.6
2.3
2.2
1.7
1.5
1.6
1.0
1.9
1.4
0.5
2.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Subregion
Poconos/Catskills (ID)
Valley and Ridge (2Bn)
N. Appalachian Plateau (2Cn)
Chesapeake Area (3B)
S. Appalachians (2X)
Ozarks/Ouachitas (2D)
Piedmont (3A)
S. Blue Ridge (2As)
Florida (3C)







Stream
(ueqL'i)
237
223
213
149
72
65
38
23
16







Annual Wet
Deposition
(gSO4'2m'2)
3.2
3.0
3.4
2.6
2.3
2.3
2.0
2.2
1.6







      Although a variety of processes can modify surface water concentrations relative to wet input
(e.g., dry deposition, evapotranspiration, SO*-2 adsorption in soils, terrestrial sources of SCV2), the
pattern in Figure 3-6 is striking.  Surface water SCV2 concentration for subregions in the West,
Upper Midwest, and Northeast clearly increase in a linear fashion with increasing SC>4~2 deposition.
It is also clear that lakes and streams in the Southeast, with the exception of Florida lakes, deviate
substantially from  the observed pattern.   The only non-southeastern lake subregion that  deviates
from the linear relationship is Northcentral Wisconsin where a large percentage of lakes are seepage
systems, which might be expected to exhibit a high degree of sulfate reduction. Florida also  contains
a high proportion of seepage lakes, and as for Northcentral Wisconsin, the population median might
be expected to deviate from the line.  However, in Florida, the seepage lakes are divided  into two
distinct subpopulations. In one subpopulation, sulfate reduction probably contributes to  the low
sulfate concentrations observed; in the second, which receives high inputs of sulfate from the Floridan
aquifer (Section 3.5.6), sulfate concentrations are high. Thus, the sulfate concentrations in these two
subpopulations tend to offset each other, resulting in a population median SO4~2 concentration for the
Florida Subregion that does not substantially deviate from the  line.  The southeastern  systems
generally exhibit lower sulfate concentrations relative to corresponding wet deposition inputs. This
                                                        3-11

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
supports the theory that sulfate adsorption takes place in southeastern soils, which is addressed in
more detail in Section 5. Upper Mid-Atlantic streams contained the highest sulfate concentrations of
any of the subregions investigated; compared to other areas, these stream sulfate concentrations are
high relative to those in the corresponding wet deposition. Stream sulfate in some of these areas was
up to  twice as high as lake sulfate in the Adirondacks, the area most often associated with acidic
deposition effects. The relationship for Mid-Atlantic streams may deviate from the linear pattern,
either because of watershed sources  of sulfate,  including acid mine drainage (Section 3.5.3), or
because of higher rates of dry deposition (Section 3.3)  relative to that in subregions located farther
from major atmospheric sulfate sources in the Ohio River Valley.
                               1                       2                      3
                         Estimated Annual SOa 2 Wet Deposition (gm-2)
  Figure 3-6.  Surface water sulfate concentration versus estimated sulfate deposition for
  lakes and streams in the NSWS.  Data are presented as median values for specific
  subregions. Deposition was estimated from NADP data.  Populations of streams are
  denoted in upper case letters, lakes in lower case letters.
                                           3-12

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
3.4.3 Relationships between pH and ANC and SCV2 Concentrations in Surface Waters
      In the previous section, a strong positive correlation between wet sulfate deposition and surface
water SO^2 concentration was  demonstrated.  It does not necessarily follow, however,  that  a
relationship exists between surface water SC>4"2 concentration and surface water ANC. Examination
of NSWS data suggests that such a relationship does not, in fact, exist.  That such a relationship
cannot be demonstrated probably reflects the fact that the initial (i.e., pre-acidification) ANC of
surface waters was likely to have been highly variable, even within a given subregion as it is ntiw*. If
sulfate has caused reductions in  ANC in some aquatic systems, it is the amount of ANC lost and not
the present ANC concentration that would be expected to be related to anthropogenic sulfate input.
While current ANC is a measure of the ability of an aquatic system to buffer acidic input, it does not
necessarily reflect the amount of ANC present before acidification began nor the degree to which  a
system may have been acidified in the past.  This concept has been emphasized in the work of Wright
and Henriksen (Wright  1987)  and is important in understanding potential effects of sulfate
deposition on ANC and pH.
      To estimate how much ANC may have changed in response to anthropogenic sulfate inputs, it
is first necessary to estimate initial pre-acidification ANC for regional populations of lakes and
streams. Because high-quality historical data are scarce, prior ANC for most lakes and streams can
be inferred only on the basis of current water chemistry. The NSWS provides the first high-quality
data bases in the United States with which to make these regional estimates.
      The titration model of  Henriksen (1979, 1980) is commonly  used to estimate the regional
extent of acidification.  This model is based on the principle of charge neutrality (sums of positive and
negative ions are  equal), on the  assumption that minor ionic constituents are unimportant,  and on
the observation that bicarbonate alkalinity in unacidified, pristine waters is approximately equal to
the sum of nonraarine calcium plus nonmarine magnesium.  These latter cations are designated Ca*
andMg* and are calculated by subtracting the portions of calcium and magnesium attributable to sea
spray determined on the basis of Cl" concentration in near-coastal systems. The equivalence of HCOg"
alkalinity  and [Ca* + Mg*] is presumed to be due to natural carbonic acid weathering of minerals;
during this process, hydrogen ions in carbonic acid liberate one equivalent of bicarbonate alkalinity
for each equivalent of Ca+2 or  Mg*2 released into solution.  If strong acids (such as F^SO.*) drive the
weathering process,.base  cations (primarily Ca+2 and Mg+2) are released into solution without a
concomitant release of HCOs",  because carbonic acid does not readily dissociate into H* and HCO$ at
low pH. It follows then that freshwater acidification is analogous to titration of  a bicarbonate
solution with sulfuric acid.  In the simplest terms, freshwater acidification may be viewed as the
replacement of bicarbonate alkalinity by sulfate.
                                                        3-13

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      This simplified view of acidification and weathering, which has been shown to be appropriate
in areas of Scandinavia that have received significant acidic deposition, assumes that Ca*2, Mg"1"2,
and HCCV dominated the ionic makeup of waters prior to acidification.  In addition, other
assumptions are that (1) organic anion concentrations are low and may be ignored, (2) SO4"2 is not
contributed by weathering processes or removed through reduction processes, (3) all chloride  in
solution is of marine origin and can be used to  correct for sea salt contributions of SO4~2 and base
cations in coastal areas, and (4)  mineral weathering rates are not accelerated by the presence of
strong acids. To satisfy these assumptions, the initial approach initially proposed by Henriksen has
been modified. Principal modifications include (1) estimating a weathering factor, F, which is equal
to the change in Ca* and Mg* concentrations relative to the change in nonmarine SO4"2, which may
be attributed to  strong acid weathering; (2) including all base cations, rather than just Ca*2 and
Mg+2, as indicators of pre-acidification alkalinity; and (3) either subtracting estimated organic anion
contributions or deleting high DOC systems from consideration.
      Henriksen's unmodified titration model estimates  the extent of acidification using two
independent measurements: estimated change in alkalinity (AALK), based on Ca* and Mg4, and net
sulfate (SO^net):
       AALK = Ca*+Mg* -ANC
    SO4'2net = SO4*-SO4-2bkg
where
        SO4* = nonmarine SO4"2, and
    SO4~2bkg = background sulfate concentration.
For the analyses presented here, AANC was substituted for AALK in the model. Background  sulfate
is region-specific and is  defined as the pre-industrial level  resulting from natural sources.
Background sulfate can be estimated either from lake chemistry in areas receiving minimal acidic
deposition, or from the empirical relationship, AANC versus 804*. In such a plot, the point where the
regression line crosses the SO4* axis is an estimate of SO4"2 bkg (see Figures 3-7 and 3-10), because
the theoretical relationship of AANC versus SO4'2 net would pass through the origin (X = 0, Y = 0).
      When this empirical relationship is used to estimate background sulfate, the derived estimate
includes not only true background sulfate, but also sulfate derived from other processes which would
tend to cause the observed distribution not to pass through the origin. The process likely to be most
important in this regard is inlake microbial sulfate reduction.  In areas  where SO4"2 reduction is
substantial, the estimate of SO4~2 bkg is more  appropriately  calculated by the equation,
                                            3-14

-------
 I
 I
I
I
1
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

 SO4"2bkg-S04"2 reduction. Thus, if SO4"2 reduction is high, the estimate of SO4'2 bkg could actually
 be a negative number.
      A plot of the relationship between AANC and SC>4* for the Region 1 lake data set is presented
 in Figure 3-7. Based on the assumptions of the Henriksen model, AALK should correspond to 804* on
 a one-to-one basis, i.e., the slope should equal 1 and the regression line should cross the x-axis at a
 point indicative of Northeast background SCV2. The scatter observed in the data indicates that one
 or more of the assumptions of the model is violated for some lakes included in the data set.  However,
 in general, the relationship is quite good (r2 = 0.7). The change in ANC for the region as a whole can,
 therefore, be estimated using the base cation relationship proposed by Henriksen. This approach is
 likely to overestimate the change for systems that have sources of sulfate  in addition to  acidic
 deposition, for systems with significant organic anions, or where base cations have  increased in
 solution in response  to deposition.  These estimates of AANC can then be  used  to estimate the
 concomitant change in pH, using an empirical relationship  between pH and ANC for ELS lakes
 (Figure 3-8).
   500-
                400-
 l
*
 O)
5
 +
*
 to
u
 II
u
                200-
                 O
  -200-
                       Region 1 Lakes
                                            200
                                            300
                                            S04*
400
500
600
              Figure 3-7.  Estimated change in  ANC versus  nonmarine sulfate concentration for
              Region 1 (Northeast) lakes. Initial ANC was estimated to be equal to the sum of nonmarine
              Ca + Mg. Sea salt contributions of Ca, Mg, and SCV2 were subtracted using distance to
              seacoast as indicative of marine Cl" inputs, the empirical relationship between [CI~] and
              coastal distance for undisturbed Region 1 lakes, and seawater ratios of ionic constituents.
              Two lakes that exibited high negative AANC values were deleted.
                                                      3-15

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      A key point in interpreting the
AANC versus SCV2 relationship is that
the AANC is estimated on the basis of
both base cation concentrations and
ANC. A close agreement between these
separate measures  of acidification
suggests that ANC has decreased and/or
[Ca* + Mg*] has increased in response to
SC*4"2 inputs on an equivalent basis, but
it does not discriminate between the two
possibilities,  Henriksen  initially
assumed that base cations changed only
slightly in response to mineral acid
weathering (F«0).   In subsequent
publications, Henriksen and Wright
presented evidence  suggesting that the
value of F generally ranges between 0.0
and 0.4, but F is probably close to 0.2 on
a regional basis. To provide "worst" and
"best" case estimates of pre-acidification
ANC  and pH, two  values of  F (0.0 and
 7.5
 7.0
 6.5
 6.0
 5.5
 5.0
 4.5
   -100   -50
 0    50    100
ANC(iieqL-l)
150   200
Figure 3-8. Empirical relationship between pH
and  ANC  for   Region  1  lakes  with
ANC £200 ueq L'l.  Regression line indicated
was used to estimate initial lake pH values on
the basis of estimated initial ANC.
0.4, respectively) were chosen. Thus, for this analysis, F = A[Ca* + Mg*]/ASC>4* = 0.0 and 0.4.  The
best-case initial pre-acidification ANC was estimated as being equal to the current [Ca* + Mg*]
minus the presumed increase in [Ca* + Mg*], which may be due to H2SO4 weathering (0.4 SC-4*).
Worst-case (F=0) and best-case (F = 0.4) estimates of pre-acidification ANC and pH are presented in
Table 3-3. The median change in ANC for the Northeast was estimated to be 53 to 87 ueq I/*, and the
median change in pH to be 0.21 to 0.26 pH units. For those lakes that currently have pH £6.0 (those
most susceptible to biological effects), estimated median AANC (49 to 81  ueq L'l) was similar to the
change estimated for the total target population. However, these lakes lie on the steep part of the
ANC/pH distribution curve, where relatively small changes in ANC can lead to large changes in pH
(see Figure 3-8).  Estimated  ApH for these  currently low  pH lakes  was, therefore, considerably
greater, 1.05 to 1.34pH units. Population distributions for these currently low pH lakes  are
presented in Figure 3-9.
                                          3-16

-------
 I
                                          DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

                                                         FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                                                           DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
i
i
i

                   OO<
                   ••* CO M
                   sSj
                      ft. CO
50 Z b>
M * 6^

III
Bf^H
0^5
CH°
« co *
H B8H
gHH
§5S
                   a
                     M
                   CO
La
                              §B 1 S
                            ftZ a<2l:
                   s 1
                         C;

                         8
                                       §  §
s
                                                 tO •*  W
                                                 o' «J  e>»
                                       s
                   us OD  ao
                   o o  ire
                      ^  «
                                       §    |
                                          '  -
                                      o os  oo
                                      O «fl  t-
                                      oo
                                      «
                                      c- as  o
                                      o us  t^
                                         00  «
                                      §is
                                      O  uj  
o  o  o
                              o
                              o
                                 —  in
                              s  s  2
                              q  o>  en
                              O  O  CM
                              O  O  CT
                              c!  d  o
o  «  to
^  «^  **
cs  ^  as
o  10  a
in  10  
-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FORINTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
     The same approach was used
for undisturbed  lakes in  the
Northeast  after highly  organic
systems (DOC >6 mg L~i) and high
ANC systems (ANC >200 ueq L'l)
were deleted to match more closely
Henriksen's model for pristine,
oligotrophic, dilute, clearwater
systems.  Although these deletions
may seem  very restrictive, the
resulting data set  includes those
systems for which there  is  most
concern with respect to acidification.
High ANC systems are by definition
less sensitive to acidification and are
more independent of watershed
influences.  Highly organic systems
respond differently  to inputs of
mineral  acids, because  organic
chelation reduces  the toxicity of
aluminum  to aquatic  biota.
"Disturbed" systems are subject to a
variety of  other  environmental
perturbations that  are often of
greater magnitude than acidic
deposition.  The resulting relation-
ship (Figure 3-10) demonstrates
clearly that Henriksen's titration
model is appropriate for  these
northeastern  waters. The slope of
the regression line  (0.92) is almost
identical to that obtained  by
Henriksen for systems in southern
Norway (0.91). Although the data
0.020-




0.010-



0.030-


0.020-


0.010-



0.020-


0.010-

Current pH
\
/,
/
'',
/
Ji7/'*
//'////





^
\
'',
',





r
|
^






I
y//
7
'/7
y ^
^ y
^
^
^
f
«



^
X
^
g
X








"Worst Case" Initial pH (F = 0)
VJi






•

m
















n
tn VX7






fa
V.
'/
»-
X
j!

P
|
^
^i
/
y
7
Y.
%
<'/
i
fy
'>',
I
/ y
/ '.
/
t.
^
/
^
/
't
1
/ x *Jn
^ y ^WTI
"Best Case" Initial pH (F = 0.4)




aEHai










R
•5^/tx J
4.0 4.5 5.0
5

P
1
i
5 6.0


r
J
\
^
^
%
^
^

7
/
^
^
^
!



n
/
!!
ii
!i


r»l
1
6 5 '7!o 7!
Figure 3-9.  Estimated initial  lake pH values and
measured current pH for those lakes in the Northeast
that currently have pH s6.0 (possibility of biological
effect of acid status relative to fisheries).  Initial pH
values were estimated using the empirical relationship
between pH and ANC presented in Figure 3-8 and two
estimates of initial ANC, assuming F = 0 and F = 0.4.
                                         3-18

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
I
f
I
 set for undisturbed lakes contains 27% of the ELS data set for the Northeast, it probably  is
 appropriate for an even larger percentage of lakes, because many of the lakes deleted on the basis of
 proximity to paved roads may not actually have been subject to significant disturbance.  The
 estimated background sulfate in undisturbed lakes is 26ueqL~1, which is in agreement both with
 previous estimates for this region and the estimate derived from the complete regional data set for the
 Northeast (27 ueq L'l; Figure 3-7).
    250-


    200
U

 I  150-
 Ut
 +  100-
*
 (0
U
i   50"
                  0-
                        Region 1 Undisturbed Lakes
                               50
                             100
150
200
250
 I
300
350
                                                        S04*
 Figure 3-10. Estimated change in ANC versus nonmarine suifate for Region 1 (Northeast)
 undisturbed lakes. Calculations were the same as those described in Figure 3-7.

      The excellent agreement between the complete  data set of the Northeast and that for
undisturbed, low ANC, low DOC lakes suggests that, although many lakes in the Northeast violate
the assumptions of the Henriksen model, population estimates are only slightly affected by these
violations.  For example, of all lakes in the Northeast currently with pH S6.0, the median "worst-
case" estimate of pH decrease attributed to acidic deposition is 1.34 pH units, based on the complete
data set, and 1.28 pH units based on the undisturbed lake data base.
      Assuming those lakes that currently have pH greater than 6.0 have probably not experienced
fishery impacts due to acidic deposition (Section 4), biologically relevant pH changes were based on
best- and worst-case scenarios.  It must be emphasized  that these  projections refer to the lake
chemistry index values and do not  take  into consideration  potential  episodic effects (see
                                                       3-19

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

Section 2.5.3).  Based on the complete data set for the Northeast, it is estimated that 11 to 13% of
northeastern lakes have experienced a decrease in pH from previously above 6.0 to currently below
6.0, and 3% from previously above pH 5.0 to presently below pH 5.0. To present these data from
another perspective, 85 to 98% of those lakes with a current pH S6.0 would have pH greater than 6.0
in the absence of anthropogenic atmospheric SO*"2 sources.
      The Henriksen model was also applied to the data sets for lakes in the Upper Midwest, West,
and Florida. Base cations and sulfate were not corrected for sea salt influence in the Upper Midwest.
Also in the Upper Midwest, AANC and lake sulfate concentration {where AANC =Ca"1"2 + Mg*2 -
ANC) were weakly correlated (r2 = 0.1) with a slope of 0.49; the estimated background SCV2 for this
region was 22 ueq L'l (Figure 3-11). It appears that a higher  proportion of lakes in this region,
relative to the Northeast, is in violation of one or  more of the assumptions of the titration model,
because the observed scatter is considerably greater. The generally high organic acid concentrations
in lakes in the Upper Midwest are probably important in this regard. When the analysis is restricted
to a subet of nonseepage, low ANC (£200 ueq L'l), low DOC (£6 mg L'l) systems, a much improved
relationship with a slope of 1.0, an r2 of 0.88, and an estimated background S(V2 of 11 ueq L'l results.
The major difficulty in this analysis is that the subset represents only 7.2% of the lakes in the Upper
Midwest; therefore, its value in regional-scale population estimates is limited.  Examining  the
relationship of seepage lakes with low ANC and DOC, yielded a positive correlation between AANC
and 804 2 (r2 = 0.4).  However, the slope of the regression line was 0.57, substantially different from
the theoretical value of 1.00; the estimate of background  S04~2 was -37 ueq L'l,  suggesting
substantial SO^2 reduction.  Sulfate reduction might explain the poor fit of these data to  the
Henriksen model; or, conversely, Ca^ + Mg"1"2 may not be an appropriate estimator of pre-
acidification ANC. Regardless, the Henriksen model does not appear to be appropriate for estimating
acidification in this subset of lakes.
      Despite the problems associated with the above analyses, some regional generalizations can be
made regarding the effects of SC>4'2 deposition on lakes in the  Upper Midwest.  Of the estimated
8501 lakes in this region (Region 2), 4982 (58.6%) have ANC >200 ueq L'l based on the ELS results.
These lakes are by definition not sensitive to current levels of acidic  deposition.  Of the remaining
3519 lakes, 926 have high DOC (>6 mg L'l). High DOC systems violate the Henriksen approach and
presumably respond differently to acidic deposition than do clearwater  systems.  Of the remaining
2593 low DOC lakes with ANC s 200 ueqL'i, 1981 are seepage and 612 are nonseepage lakes.
      For nonseepage lakes, 6.1% are currently acidic and have pH £5.0, 7.6% have pH £5.5, and
15.3% have pH  £6.0. The best- and worst-case estimates for these  systems suggest that initially
there were no acidic lakes or lakes with pH £ 5.5, and only 1% had pH £ 6.0.
                                            3-20

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
                  300-
I
I
I
I
                  200-
     100-
               o>   o-

     iooH
                 -200-
                 -300-
                                  50
                                 100
  150
S04'2
200
250
300
    Figure 3-11. Estimated change in ANC versus sulfate for lakes in the Upper Midwest.
    Three outliers were deleted from the regional data set of 587 lakes.

      For seepage lakes, it is more difficult to estimate preacidification water chemistry, largely
because of the increased importance of inlake processes compared to drainage lakes.  Currently,
however, 9.1% are acidic and 6.2, 17.4, and 35.4% have pH £5.0, 5.5 and 6.0, respectively. Because
these low ANC, low DOC seepage lakes are considerably more acidic than comparable nonseepage
systems, it is apparent that seepage systems are more sensitive to and/or have been more affected by
acidic deposition.
                   Median values for the ratio of ANC to Ca*2 + Mg*2  were examined across a longitudinal
             gradient for lakes with low conductance (sSOuS cm'l) in the Upper Midwest (Figure 3-12).  Low
             conductance lakes are fairly dilute and are, therefore, inherently more. sensitive than are systems
             with higher conductance. The ratio of ANC to Ca*2 + Mg*2 is an index of acidification, with a value
             near 1.0 indicating unperturbed or pristine systems.  As ANC is depleted by  SCV2 deposition, the
             ratio declines.  Negative values indicate that buffering capacity has been exhausted and that lakes
             are acidic. An obvious decline in the ratio from Eastern Minnesota (94°) to Eastern Michigan (84°) is
             observed; sulfate deposition also increases along this gradient. These data suggest that acidification
                                                        3-21

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USB ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
of the more sensitive dilute lakes in the Upper Midwest parallels the generally increasing gradient of
acidic deposition from west to east.
   The complete data set for Florida fits
the Henriksen model extremely well
(Figure 3-13). The slope of the regression of
AANC on SO4* was 0.86 and r2 was 0.9.
Processes in the terrestrial and aquatic
systems in Florida are likely to be quite
different from those in northern  glaciated
areas.  As has been proposed for northern
sites, however, these data  suggest that
Florida lakes have  responded  to SCV2
inputs by decreasing ANC and/or increasing
base cations on an equivalent basis. As was
observed in the Upper Midwest,  the high
proportion of seepage lakes in Florida (66%)
coincides with a negative estimate  of
background SO*"2 (-60 ueq L'l).  Damage
   1.0
        Eastern   Central Wisconsin/    Eastern
      Minnesota  Western Michigan    Michigan
(N
 00.51
   o.o-
 ro
   0.5
  -1.01
      '94     92     90     88    86
               Longitude (degrees)
84
  Figure 3-12.  ANC/Ca+2 + Mg+2 ratio (an
  index of acidification)  in  water of low
  conductance lakes across a longitudinal
  gradient for the Upper Midwest.  Median
  values of the ratio are presented for low
  conductance systems (<30 uS cm**)-
estimates, therefore, cannot be calculated using the Henriksen approach. Florida lakes are discussed
in greater detail in Section 3.5.6.
      Data on western lake chemistry also fit the titration model well, particularly that for
undisturbed, dilute, clearwater systems, which comprised 54% of the western target population. For
this region, as for the Upper Midwest, the measured Ca*2? Mg+2, and 30^2 in the WLS were used;
i.e., they were not corrected for marine influence.  The  plot of AANC versus SO*"2 yielded an
estimated slope of 1.03 and an r2 of 0.8.  Compared to a current estimate for median sulfate of
19 ueq L'1 for all western lakes (Landers et al. 1987), the background sulfate estimated here using the
Henriksen model was 16 peq L"1. Of the western lakes, 97%  had an estimated AANC between -50
and +50 ueq L'l, with a median change of 1.5 ueq L"1, suggesting minimal acidification in a small
percentage of western lakes.
                                          3-22

-------
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                 3000
    -500
                                      1000
1500
2000
2500
                                                         S04*
  Figure 3-13. Estimated change in ANC versus nonmarine sulfate for Florida lakes. Two
  outliers were deleted from the data set of 148 lakes.

3.4.4 F Factor
      As presented in the previous section, in estimating change in ANC and pH attributed to acidic
deposition, the greatest uncertainty is the value selected for the F factor.  The Henriksen mode!
suggests that surface water sulfate of anthropogenic atmospheric origin (SCV2 net) causes a decrease
in ANC and/or an increase  in base cations [Ca*+Mg*].  The model does not, however, provide
information regarding the change in ANC relative to the change  in base cations, i.e., regarding F
(F=A[Ca* + Mg*]/ASO4*). The ability of watershed soils  and surface  water sediments to neutralize
SCV2 acidity by release of base cations  into solution greatly influences the degree to which SCV2
causes a loss of ANC in surface waters.  Henriksen (1982) estimated a range of F values of 0.0 to 0.4
using data from Norway, Sweden, Canada, and the  United States.  He based this estimate on
(1) comparison of historical and recent chemistry data that included Ca*2 + Mg*2 measurements and
(2) evaluation of ranges in Ca+24-Mg"1'2 concentrations for lakes in similar geologic settings over a
gradient of acidic  inputs.  Using values for F of 0.0 and  0.4 as the bounds for damage estimation
implies that 0 to 40% of SCV2 net leads to an increase in base cation concentrations.  The remaining
60 to 100% causes a loss of ANC.
      Pre-acidificaton ANC and pH distributions were constructed for  the Northeast Region and also
for Maine and the Adirondacks, assuming F = 0.0 to 0.4 (Table 3-3).  These distributions suggest that,
                                                       3-23

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
prior to acidification, few or no acidic lakes (ANC SO ueq L"1) or lakes with pH ^5.5 existed. These
distributions agree well with empirical observations from North American areas that receive low
levels of SOV2 deposition, i.e., the western United States, Labrador, and Northwest Ontario.
Regional surveys in these areas suggest that only 0-1% of lakes  are  presently acidic and 0-2%
presently have pH ^5.5. Furthermore, current water chemistry data from Maine and Northeastern
Minnesota, both of which experience moderate levels of SO*"2 deposition, agree reasonably well with
estimates of pre-acidiiication ANC and pH for  the Adirondacks.  Median lake SCV2  in Maine is
75 ueq L"1 and in Northeastern Minnesota is 62 ueq L'l. Both areas contain higher organic anion
concentrations than do the Adirondack lakes. One would not expect, therefore, pre-acidification ANC
and pH distributions constructed for the Adirondacks to suggest more acidic conditions than are now
observed in Maine and Northeastern Minnesota. There seems to be  no empirical justification,
therefore, for selecting an upper limit for the F factor any larger than that suggested by Henriksen
(F =0.4). As an illustration, in Table 3-4, estimates of low ANC/pH lakes in the Adirondacks are
presented for values of F ranging from 0 to F = 0.8.  The distributions based on F = 0.6 suggest that,
prior to acidic deposition, 3.6% of Adirondack lakes were acidic  and 5.9% had pH £5.5.  Based on
comparing these estimates with those in areas not affected  by  acidic  deposition, these estimates
appear too high.

      TABLE 3-4. ESTIMATES OF THE NUMBER OF LAKES IN THE ADIRONDACK
       SUBREGION AT OR BELOW CERTAIN ANC AND pH REFERENCE VALUES
                      UNDER DIFFERENT F-FACTOR SCENARIOS
Upper ANC/pH
Reference
ANC(ueqL'l)
0
50
100
pH
5.0
5.5
6.0
Estimated Number of Lakes** at or below Reference Value
F=0.0

0
37
229

0
0
0
F=0.2

0
91
328

0
0
19
F = 0.4

0
153
404

0
19
66
F=0.6

47
212
478

28
76
120
F = 0.8

103
317
538

85
120
191
    * Estimated total number of lakes = 1290.

      The extent of base cation release in response to SO*"2 deposition (F factor) is probably
watershed-specific.  It likely depends to a large degree on both soil/mineral characteristics and
hydrologic routing (proportion of runoff that actually passes through mineral soils prior to emerging
as surface water). Although the value of F is expected, therefore, to be quite variable, an estimated
range for F of 0.0 to 0.4 seems appropriate on a regional basis.
                                           3-24

-------
 I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
3.4.5 Estimation of Damage to Target Streams
      An empirical titration model was also used to assess the maximum chronic acidification {ApH,
AANC) of target streams that could be attributed to atmospheric sulfate deposition.  As discussed in
Section 3.4.3, an  important assumption of the Henriksen model is that present-day and pre-
acidification ANC is a function only of [Ca+2], [Mg"*"2]T and [804"].  This assumption precludes
application of the Henriksen model in regions where Na+, K*, NCV, CI", and organic anions are
important components of the ionic makeup of surface waters.  For this  reason, 1:1 relationships
between  AANC and SCV may not exist for surface waters in some regions.  This is one of the
fundamental deficiencies of the Henriksen model  as noted by Kramer and Tessier (1982), and an
application of the unmodified Henriksen approach to the NSS data was only moderately successful.
      In  response to the need for a simple, empirical approach applicable for assessment needs, an
alternative titration model was derived, which primarily eliminates  the need for the assumption
described above. This model is easily derived from first principles of aquatic chemistry and predicts
the pre-acidification ANC from current conditions; using additional assumptions, pre-acidification
pH can also be calculated. The model derivation begins with analogous expressions for present-day
and pre-acidification alkalinity:
where BC = base cations, A' = strong organic anions, and the subscript 1 refers to present-day
conditions.
Similarly:

                     ALKQ = X [BC]0 - [S04-2]0-[Cri0- [N03~]0- [A~]Q

where the subscript 0 refers to pre-acidification conditions.

      Assuming that
                                                 AI, =[A-]O,
                   that is, no change in the concentrations of these ions has occurred over time, then

                                    A ALK= ALK, - ALK.= A Y [BC] - A [SO ~2J.
                                                 1       U    ^-^             4
                                        A    [BC]
                            Defining F = - — and substituting in the above equation yields
                                        A [S04-2]
                                                       3-25

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      Assuming that (S0/2)o is equal to a background SO/2 in a region and (SO4~2)0 is small
      relative to (SO/2); (e.g., natural sources are negligible):
Using this equation, it is clear that predictions of the change in ANC attributable to sulfate
deposition can be calculated using present-day values for ALKi and [S04~2h and an estimate of the
F factor (see Section 5.5).  For waters in which the partial pressure of CO2 is known (or can be
assumed to be equal to some value or can be calculated from [H+] and [HCOal, the change in pH
attributable to sulfate deposition also can be calculated.
      While derived differently, the model can be shown to be identical to the Henriksen model for
systems that meet the assumptions.  The deviation is shown below:
      A ANC (Henriksen) = [Ca+2 + Mg+2] _ F [S04-2] - ANC
      If ANC = [Ca+2+Mg+2]_[SO4-2] then
      AANCtfenrikaen) = [Ca+2 + Mg+2] -F [S04:2]-[Ca+2]_[Mg+2] + [SO^l
      = (F-1)[S042]
The principal difference in the stream model is that it can be applied to regions where other ions
contribute to ANC, because it assumes only that the concentrations of these ions have not changed,
not that they are equal to zero. Thus, in regions where nitrate and organic anions contribute
measurably to strong acidity, the stream model can quantify chronic acidification due to sulfate,
while Henriksen's model cannot. The stream model, however, still requires an assumption about
background sulfate concentration, as well as a regional estimate of the F factor.
      The stream model was first applied to the data set for the Southern Blue Ridge Pilot Study,
where marine contributions of sulfate were determined to be negligible based on NADP ratios of CT to
SC*4"2. An F factor of 0.0 and a background SO4~2 of Q ueq i/l were used to provide an estimate of the
maximum possible acidification attributable to atmospheric sulfate deposition. Using this approach,
the median historical declines in stream pH and ANC potentially attributable to sulfate deposition
were estimated to be 0.09 and 23 ueq L"1, respectively; only 10% of the target reaches were estimated
to  have  experienced chronic pH declines greater than or equal to 0.20.  Given the worst-case
assumptions of the model, the results provide evidence that the extent of chronic damage to streams
in the Southern Blue Ridge is small, relative to the damage postulated for lakes in the Northeast.
                                            3-26

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      In contrast to the Southern Blue Ridge damage assessment, application of the model to other
 NSS subregions indicated that significant declines in pH and ANC were more widespread. Although
 data sets were screened to delete systems clearly dominated by acid mine drainage and stream sulfate
 concentrations were sea salt corrected, the results must be considered preliminary because natural
 sources of sulfate have not yet been quantified.
      Outputs from the stream model are shown in Figure  3-14. Streams in all subregions except
 Florida appear to have lost some ANC, particularly at the upstream reach ends.  Apparent ANC loss
 was greatest in the Mid-Atlantic Subregions. The Ouachita streams appear to have lost ANC at their
 lower ends predominantly from the > 200 ueq L'1 range.
      The results shown in Figure 3-14 should be used with extreme caution.  Data from the NSS
 have not been available long enough to assess the full implications of the simple model used here, and
 many assumptions  may be incorrect. The percentage estimates are almost certain to change with
 additional study.  Because terrestrial sulfate sources also  are  likely  to be present, the estimates
 probably overestimate ANC losses due to acidic deposition.
      The principal conclusion drawn from the modeling effort is that, for all subregions except 3C
 (Florida), virtually all the reaches currently acidic could have become so as a result of titration with
 acid equal in amount to that presently in the streamwater (Table 3-5). The same result was obtained
 from an analysis of NSS data for all reaches that have an index pH £ 5.5 (Table 3-5).  While the model
 predictions do not provide "cause and effect" evidence that  atmospheric deposition is the source of
 that sulfate and therefore is responsible for  the current extent of acidic streams, the results do'
 indicate that for all subregions except Florida, a worst-case titration model can  account for the
 observed extent of acidic streams.
      Several other results are consistent with this conclusion. First, the fact that the model was not
 able to explain the damage to streams in Florida is consistent with the observation that natural
 mimic substances (i.e., organic acids) dominate the  acid/base balance of streams in Florida.  Only
 about 13%  of the reaches currently acidic in Florida  could have become so  because of sulfate
 deposition.  Thus, the majority of currently acidic reaches should be considered "naturally acidic."
      Secondly, in  subregions other than Florida and  the  Chesapeake Area, the chemical data
 indicate that the sulfate concentrations of presently acidic reaches tend to be lower than the median
 subregional concentrations, once the systems affected by acid mine drainage are removed.  This
 analysis ignores the contribution of dry sulfate deposition, which may be equivalent to wet deposition
 in some subregions. In these regions, evaporative concentrations of sulfate in wet deposition alone
can plausibly account for the concentrations in most acidic stream reaches. While terrestrial sources
 may be significant in certain subregions, they do not  appear to be significant in most of the currently
acidic reaches.  Thus,  it is likely that chronic acidification has not been overestimated as a result of
 underestimating pre-acidification sulfate concentrations.
                                                        3-27

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT


FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY


DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                                       i
                                                                                       «j
                                                                                       "3
                                                                                       a
                                                                                       S
                                                                                       a
                                                                                       o
                                                                                       to

                                                                                       §
                                                                                       •fib
                                                                                       «

                                                                                       ,0
I
I
I
                                                                                  _   a-g
                                                                                       C CD

                                                                                       •F4 ««4

                                                                                                 i
                                                                                       o «
                                                                                       «-°
                                                                                       a o
                                                                                       u *•
                                                                                                 i
                                                                                       >^^>-»


                                                                                       «


                       uoiie|ndo«| uieajis l»6«i jo tuaiidd
                                                                                       3-B

                                                                                       WO

                                                                                       £ E
                                          3-28
i

-------
I
                                       DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                       FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
i
I
I
i
TABLE 3-5. NUMBER OF REACHES CURRENTLY ACIDIC* OR
 WITH pH <5.5 AND NUMBER THAT COULD HAVE BECOME
                   ACIDIC OR HAD pH £5.5
Subregions
ID (lower)
ID (upper)
2Bn (lower)
2Bn (upper)
2Cn (lower)
2Cn (upper)
2D (lower)
2D (upper)
2X (lower)
2X (upper)
3A (lower)
3A (upper)
3B (lower)
3B (upper)
3C (lower)
3C (upper)
Current
Condition
0.00
7.68
0.00
3.97
5.21
10.80
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.45
0.00
0.00
7.30
10.83
14.48
50.82
Pre-
Acidification
Condition*1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.05
12.43
44.30
Current
Condition
1.70
8.12
0.00
5.95
7.06
16.79
0.00
5.36
0.00
2.45
0.00
0.00
11.25
, 22.71
23.86
59.46
Pre-
acidiflcation
Condition^
(pH <5.5)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.78
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.05
12.44
44.30
                       •ANCsOueqL'i
                       Hfodel predictions using an F factor of 0 and sea salt corrected SO^"2 concentrations.
                  Finally, model runs designed to evaluate the choice of values for the F factor indicate that
            values for F as high as 0.4 do not significiantly alter the conclusion presented here regarding the role
            of sulfate deposition in stream acidification. The value of 0.4 was considered a best-case value in the
            application of the Henriksen model to lake survey data (Sections 3.4.3 and 3.4.4).  For most
            subregions, even the application of an F factor as high as 0.7 does not alter the conclusion. Values as
            high as 0.7 have not typically been use'd in application of the Henriksen model.  Additional analyses
            with more accurate estimates of background sulfate concentrations and site-specific F factors will
            improve the ability to assess the actual (as opposed to maximum) damage attributable to atmospheric
            sulfate deposition.
                                                       3-29

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
3.4.6 Summary
      In evaluating evidence for the relationship between acidic deposition and surface water

chemistry and the apparent loss in ANC and pH experienced by some aquatic systems, the following

points must be considered:

     (1)   There is a clear  pattern of increasing surface water sulfate concentrations with
          increasing sulfate deposition across broad depositional gradients from west to east.
          Southeastern surface waters deviate somewhat from this general trend, probably
          because of higher SCU'2 adsorption in southeastern soils.

     (2)   Acidic and low ANC lakes are dominated by sulfate in almost  all cases, although
          organics are important in a few areas.

     (3)   Northeastern lakes and a subset of upper mid western nonseepage lakes  fit the
          Henriksen titration model quite well, allowing estimation of pre-acidification ANC  .
          and pH.

     (4)   The median loss of ANC  for northeastern lakes that may be attributed to acidic
          deposition has been 53 to 87 ueq L'1.

     (5)   The median decrease in pH for northeastern lakes due to acidic deposition has been
          0.21 to 0.26 pH units. Those lakes that currently have pH s6.0  have experienced a
          greater change, 1.05 to 1.34 pH units.

     (6)   Eighty-five  to 98% of Northeastern lakes with current pH £ 6.0 would have pH > 6.0
          in the absence of anthropogenic atmospheric sources of sulfate.

     (7)   The greatest uncertainty in the estimation of damage caused by  acidic deposition is
          associated with the value of the F factor, which is the proportion of anthropogenic
          SCV2 that has caused an increase in  base cation concentrations,  rather  than a
          depletion of ANC. For this study's calculations, a range of F from 0.0 to 0.4 was used.
          This range  leads to constructions of distributions for pre-acidification ANC and pH
          for  northeastern lakes that agree  with observations from relatively  low SCV2
          deposition areas.

     (8)   Except for Florida, sulfate concentrations in all streams currently acidic are high
          enough to have caused acidification of those streams.

     (9)   The very low sulfate concentrations in acidic streams of Florida are not sufficient to
          have caused the observed acidity.

    (10)   Once acidic stream systems dominated by mineral suifide weathering are removed,
          sulfate concentrations in  presently acidic streams of all subregions other than the
          Chesapeake Area  are sufficiently low to be easily  explained by evaporative
          concentration of sulfur in wet deposition.

    (11)' The application of model F factors as high as 0.4 do not change the above conclusions
          regarding stream acidification.

    (12)   The greatest uncertainty in the estimation of damage caused by  acidic deposition of
          streams concerns the estimation  of background terrestrial and marine sulfate, and
          the choice of an appropriate F factor (as discussed for lakes).
                                            3-30

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
i
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 3.5  ALTERNATIVE MECHANISMS AND THEIR RELATIVE
     CONTRIBUTION TO ACIDIFICATION
 3.5.1 Introduction
      There appears to be general, though not unanimous, agreement in the scientific community
 that the principal factor contributing to the observed acidification of surface waters in parts of North
 America and Europe has been atmospheric deposition of sulfur compounds. There are, however,
 several other factors,  both natural  and anthropogenic  in origin,  that can contribute  to the
 acidification process? Principal among these are organic acids in solution, internal sources of sulfate
 from weathering of sulfur-rich minerals in the watersheds, sea salt deposition, and changes in land
 use. In many cases, attributing the current acid/base status of a particular body of water to a single
 factor is difficult.' It is possible, however, to evaluate the relative importance of these various
 processes to regional patterns  of surface water chemistry. In 'this section, best estimates of the
 relative importance of these alternative  mechanisms of acidification will be presented for those
 geographic areas where they are likely to be most significant, together with their quantitative impact
 on the population estimates for acidic lakes and streams presented in Section 2.
i
 3.5.2 Organic Acid Effects on Acidification
    /
      The role of naturally occurring organic acids in surface water acidification has been  widely
 debated in the literature. The controversy is largely due to an inability to characterize these complex
 constituents accurately. Because naturally occurring organics are a heterogeneous mixture of solutes
 including fulvic  acid, humic acid, carbohydrates, carboxylic acids, amino acids,  and hydrocarbons,
 there are no standard analytical procedures  available  for  their determination.  Typically,
 measurements of DOC are used to estimate the concentration of these materials. Unfortunately DOC
 measures a variety of organic carbon forms that greatly vary in their acid/base characteristics and is,
 therefore, only a crude measure of organic acidity in surface water.
      Evaluations of surface water acidification by organic acids have also been hampered by an
 inability to quantify the proton dissociation characteristics of these materials.  Naturally occurring
 organic solutes exhibit a wide range of proton dissociation constants and therefore differ markedly in
 the extent to which they can contribute acidity to surface waters.  Organic acids with elevated
 dissociation constants (e.g., pKa >5) can be considered weak acid systems arid therefore changes in
 their concentration will not alter  ANC.   However, strongly  acidic functional  groups (pKa <4)
 associated with organic acids will behave similarly to inorganic strong acids (e.g., H2SO4, HNOa) and
 depress ANC.
                                                        3-31

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                             I
      To assess accurately the contribution that organic acids may make to pH and ANC in various
surface waters, it is first necessary to couple a calibrated organic anion model with a detailed
chemical equilibrium model.  This has not  been achieved to date for NSWS data.  It is possible,
however, to evaluate qualitatively the importance of organic anions in surface waters based on the
regional surveys.  In many cases it is possible to rule out organic acids as a major influence on the
acid/base status of these waters.
      Figure 3-15 shows the frequency of occurrence of lakes with various DOC concentrations, by
region, for the  ELS data. In the Northeast (Region 1) there were comparatively few lakes with high
DOC. High DOC systems, with proportionately greater contribution of organic acidity, were much
more prevalent in the Upper Midwest and Florida.
                                                                             I
                                                                             I
                                                                                                   I
  22.5
                                                                Northeast (1)
                                                                Upper Midwest (2)
                                                         	Florida (3B)
                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                   I
             250
500     750    1000   1250    1500    1750   2000
     Dissolved Organic Carbon (pmol L*1)
  Figure 3-15. DOC frequency curves by region.
2250    2500
                                           3-32
                                                                              I

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Two independent approaches were used to estimate the contribution of organic anions to the
 charge balance of surface waters in the NSWS, the first based on the principle of electroneutrality
 and the second on an organic acid model developed by Oliver et al. (1983). The former technique
 involves the calculation of the equivalent sums of anions and cations in solution.  The assumption is
 that all significant ions can be measured or estimated except organic anions (A'', which are calculated
 by difference, 2 cations -2 anions=(A").  The major limitation of this approach is that it is based on
 approximately 15 individual measurements, and the associated analytical errors are additive.  The
 Oliver model estimates A' on the basis of DOC, pH, and several parameters that have been estimated
 by titration  of humic and fulvic acids precipitated from organic-rich surface waters.   Major
 deficiencies in this approach include  problems associated with the presence of aluminum and  iron
 during the titration procedure used to derive the constants, and the fact that ambient concentrations
 of humic and fulvic acids in most dilute waters cannot be titrated accurately enough to derive the
 necessary constants.  Most analyses using this approach thus have employed preconcentrated humic
 or fulvic acid fractions, and the constants derived from these titrations may not be representative of
 the organic component in most natural waters.  For the purposes of evaluating organic anion
 importance in various subregions of the United States, the Oliver method (Oliver et al. 1983)  and the
 constants they proposed were used. The estimates of A' are probably high, based on comparison with
 those generated according to the electroneutrality principle and also with more refined estimates
 similar to those of Oliver generated by a calibration of his method to the ELS data base (performed by
 Drs. C.T. Driscoll and R. Fuller).  The approach taken here, therefore, is conservative and probably
 overestimates the organic anion contribution in U.S. surface waters.
      An evaluation of the relative concentration of individual anions provides critical  information
 for assessing processes regulating the acid/base chemistry of surface  waters.  Anion distribution
 diagrams (Figure 3-16) are useful for illustrating the pH-dependent anion composition of lakewaters.
 In the Adirondack Subregion, SO4~2 was the dominant anion in waters with pH values less than 6.0,
 suggesting that SO4"2 inputs were largely  responsible for the acidification of these waters.  The
 contributions of NOs", Cl", and organic anions were considerably less significant than SO4~2 to the
 total anion concentrations.   At  pH values  above 6.0, HCOs' concentrations were  elevated
 corresponding to  the higher ANC values of  less sensitive waters. The decline in the relative
 contribution of SO4'2 to the total anion concentration does not imply that SO4'2 concentrations
 decreased in circumneutral waters relative to acidic waters.  Rather, S04"2 concentrations are quite
 uniform across the Adirondack Subregion.  The total concentration of anionic solutes, however,
 increased with higher pH due to carbonic acid weathering within catchments contributing alkalinity.
The importance of naturally occurring organic  acids  was particularly evident in  lakes in
Northeastern Minnesota.  In waters with pH  values below 6.5, organic anions were the dominant
anion. Again, in higher pH waters, HCOa" was dominant.
                                                        3-33

-------
   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT


   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY


   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                   I
8
                                             oo „ oo 0 oo 0
                                               o° o _ owo 0 o o,

                                               00 * 00 ?  00

                                                                  I
                                              .r«.
                                                                         » e

                                                                         S
                                                                         o

                                                                         'So*
                                                                  I
                                                                  .10'
                                                                         5 «

                                                                         15 =3
                                                                         Q C


                                                                         H'a?


                                                                         •S§
                                                                   I
                                                                         II
                        uoiuy
                                   o         o

                            uoiinqujsiQ uoiuy
                               CO
                                 Z.

                                 Q.
 ••*>•• v \f ^ *

&QZ*%
i I ** /*/ I/— *•

l>
-------
 I
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

               FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
              O         O

     uoi)nqu)s;a uoiuy
                              uoi)nqu)s;Q uoiuv
1

I
o
o
                                                                                           *£
                                                                         o         o
                                                                uojinquisiQ uoiuv
                                                  3-35

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      It is apparent from Figure 3-16 that organic anions are particularly important in Northeastern
Minnesota and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan.  They are also significant contributors to anionic
makeup in several other subregions.  However, the low" pH systems in most subregions are clearly
dominated by SCV2, rather than A". This is particularly true throughout the Northeast (Region 1),
although Cl" is dominant in southern New England and A" is significant in Maine. Figure 3-16 also
indicates the frequency distribution for lakes of these subregions by pH, indicating proportions of
lakes in the various pH categories described in this figure.  Except Florida, which represents an
unusual case and is discussed in Section 3.5.6, the majority of low pH lakes in all subregions are
associated strongly with SCV2 dominance and only weakly with A".
      A limitation in analyzing the anionic makeup of northeastern  lakes is that these lakes are
affected by a variety of anthropogenic and natural factors other than acidic deposition. For example,
coastal sites receive substantial contributions of SCV2 from sea spray. It is possible to subtract the
marine component of SO4"2 on the basis of chloride concentration, based on the ratio of SO4~2 to Cl" in
sea water, as was done for some regions in the application of the Henriksen model (Section 3.4.3).
However, Cl" contributions from anthropogenic sources are significant in many watersheds,  most
notably from road salting.  Therefore, lakes  that are expected to have significant anthropogenic
influence other than acidic deposition were deleted from the data base, principally by deleting lakes
with paved roads in their watersheds, assuming that the remaining lakes would be reasonably free of
nonmarine salt inputs as  well as other likely significant anthropogenic influences.  Nonmarine
sulfate concentrations (804*) were then estimated based on chloride as the reference ion for sea spray
input. Neglecting Cl" as of minor importance to the acid/base status (see Section 3.4.5), trilinear plots
are presented with respect  to relative 804*, organic anion, and  bicarbonate dominance for
undisturbed lakes in selected subregions of the East and West (Figure 3-17). A lake in which SO** is
the dominant anion will appear at the top of the triangle, a bicarbonate-dominated lake will appear in
the lower left corner, and an organic anion-dominated lake in  the lower right.  Acidic lakes
(ANC sOueqL,"1) are designated by circles, low ANC lakes (0-50 ueq I/1) by asterisks, and higher
ANC (>50 ueq I/1) lakes by squares. Despite the overestimated A" used in these calculations, there
are few undisturbed acidic or low ANC lakes dominated by organic anions in any subregion. The low
ANC systems tend to be SC>4* dominated, with only a small percentage  positioned toward the organic
anion corner of the figure.  The greatest A"  influence  in the  Northeast is evident in Maine, in
agreement with Figure 3-16, which included the entire data base rather than just undisturbed
systems. A significant number of undisturbed lakes in Florida are organic anion-dominated, whereas
western lakes are generally positioned in the bicarbonate corner of these figures.
                                            3-36

-------
 i
                                              DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                             FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                              DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
1
Adirondacks(IA)
Poconos/Catskills(1B)
                    Organic Anion
                                                  Organic Anion
Maine (1E)
NE Minnesota (2A)
                   Organic Anion
                                                 Organic Anion
              Figure 3-17. Trilinear plots of anion dominance expressed as percent of total for
              nonmarine sulfate, bicarbonate, and organic anions.  Organic anions were estimated
              using the Oliver method. Lakes with ANC SO ueq L"1 are coded as •, ANC 0-50 ueq L'1
              as *, and ANC > 50 ueq L'1 as Q. Plots are presented for selected subregions of the ELS
              and WLS and are based on "undisturbed" lakes only.
                                                  3-37

-------
 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Michigan (2B)
Florida (3B)
        Organic Anion

California (4A)
       Organic Anion

Southern Rockies (4E)
        Organic Anion
        Organic Anion
                               Figure 3-17. Continued.
                                       3-38

-------
I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
      A detailed comparison of lakes in the
Adirondacks (1A) and Northeastern Minnesota
(2A) was made because both subregions were
glaciated and the lakes generally drain acidic
Spodosols.  However, atmospheric inputs of
sulfur are considerably lower in Northeastern
Minnesota than in the Adirondacks.  In  both
subregions, most lakes have pH values between
6 and 7.5, but the Adirondacks have a
significant number of lakes with pH £5,
whereas there.are very few low pH lakes in
Northeastern Minnesota.  The  frequency
distributions of ANC and SO4'2 (Figure 3-18)
were consistent with these differences in pH
values between the two  subregions.  Acid
neutralizing capacity values were elevated, and
SC>4~2 concentrations  were  lower  in
Northeastern  Minnesota  relative to the
Adirondacks.   Although Adirondack waters
were considerably  more  acidic  than
Northeastern Minnesota waters, concentrations
of DOC and organic anions were considerably
lower in the Adirondacks.
      In summary, organic acids contribute
significantly to the anionic makeup of lakes in
several subregions of the eastern United States,
most notably Minnesota,  Florida, Michigan,
and Maine. Undoubtedly, organic acids also
contribute substantially to  the acid/base status
of many waters in these areas, although
quantification of the effects on pH and ANC has
not  been  accomplished to  date on a regional
basis. However, the vast majority of acidic and
low ANC systems are dominated  by sulfate,
rather than organic anions, in almost all cases.
This suggests that sulfate is the anion primarily
responsible for acidic  conditions  in these
subregions.
                 Sulfate Frequency
                       Curves
                    — Adirondacks
                    	 NE Minnesota
                                                                            160    240     320    400
                                                                         Suifate (peq L">)
                Organic Anions
               Frequency Curves
                                                                          ,-  •  .-. — Adirondacks
                                                                            \ / '-.	 NE Minnesota
-20    30     80    130   180   230    280
       Organic Anion (yeq L*1)
                                                                                 ANC Frequency
                                                                                      Curves
                                                                                    Adirondacks
                                                                                    NE Minnesota
                                     900
                                                         Figure 3-18. Frequency curves for sulfate,
                                                         organic anions, and ANC for lakes in two
                                                         glaciated  ELS Subregions  generally
                                                         draining acidic soils.
                                                     3-39

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
3.5.3 Acid Mine Drainage Effects on Acidification
3.5.3.1 Mining and the Exposure of Metal Sulfides
      A significant source of acidity in several regions of the NSS (particularly in the Northern
Appalachian Plateau) is sulfuric acid derived from weathering of sulfide-bearing minerals such as
pyrites. When pyritic minerals are exposed to the atmosphere under moist conditions, hydrogen and
sulfate ions are released to soil and surface waters through a series of bacterially mediated reactions
involving oxidation of sulfide and ferrous ion (Dugan 1972;  Manahan 1972; Stumm and  Morgan
1981).  The  subsequent hydrolysis of iron and precipitation  of ferric hydroxide ("yellowboy") in
streams further acidifies those streams by releasing additional hydrogen ions. In most undisturbed
watersheds,  the weathering rates of chemically reduced minerals such as metallic sulfides are limited
by the fact that  these reduced minerals are underground and are not exposed to oxygen.  Acidic
weathering products therefore "leach" into streamwaters at relatively low rates, compared with those
that occur when mining or other large-scale land disturbances expose reduced sulfur-containing
minerals to accelerated physical weathering and oxidation (Dugan 1985; Dick et al. 1986).
           \
3.5.3.2 Screening of NSS Sample Streams to Factor Out Acid Mine Drainage
      The NSS was designed to estimate populations of acidic stream systems that might be affected
by acidic deposition.   Therefore, an effort was made  to exclude from the estimates those  streams
greatly acidified by mine drainage. Other sites were also excluded; e.g., those streams for which field
pH measurements were < 3.5 or conductivity measurements were > 500 uS cm'1 during the first field
visit. Sample reaches also were excluded from the target population frequency distributions for ANC
and pH (Section 2.4.3.2) if their  temperature-compensated conductivities exceeded 500 uS cm'i upon
final analysis. The pH criterion of 3.5 was selected to avoid including streams unlikely to have been
affected by acidic deposition, because their hydrogen ion concentrations were already well below that
for wet deposition in  the Mid-Atlantic states (NADP/NTN 1986). The conductivity criterion was set
to exclude sites impacted by brine drainage from oil fields.  However, many of the sample reaches
associated with strip mines in western Pennsylvania and northeastern West Virginia exhibited both
high conductivity and low pH (though not always < 3.5); thus the conductivity criterion also served to
screen out some severe cases of acid mine drainage impact. Water samples  collected and analyzed
from streams whose field conductivities  were initially  below 500 uS cm'1, but which exceeded
500 uS cm"1 after temperature compensation, offered some insight into the chemical characteristics of
streamwaters with drainages impacted by strip mining.
      Ninety percent of the sites where strip mines (primarily coal mines) were identified by field
crews  were  located in the Northern Appalachian Plateau Subregion. While strip mines were
identified in association with sample streams throughout this subregion, only those in its northern
                                            3-40

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     -FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE"OR QUOTE
 half (western Pennsylvania and northeastern West Virginia) were associated with acidic stream
 conditions.  The streams affected by acid mine drainage formed a distinct class of sites with
 conductivities,  base cation concentrations, sulfate, total dissolved iron, and/or total dissolved
 manganese concentrations markedly higher than the remaining majority of acidic streams.  A
 number of sites where strip mining was not identified by field samplers could be grouped readily
 with the acid mine streams by multivariate analysis of chemical data. Sites affected by acid mine
 drainage typically had sulfate concentrations between 1000 and 7000 ueqL"1, total base cation
 concentrations between 2000 and 6000 ueq L"1, and dissolved iron and/or manganese '
 concentrations in excess of 100 ueq L'l. By contrast, acidic (ANC  SO ueq L"1) sites not likely to be
 have terrestrial acid sulfate as a dominant cause of acidification had suifate concentrations below
 500 ueq L'l  (typically below 200), total  base cation concentrations less than 300 ueq L'l and
 dissolved iron and/or manganese concentrations less than 20 ueq L'l.
      The NSS design allows a population estimate of the number of stream reaches and the length of
 stream resource that has acid mine drainage affecting at least one end of the reach.  Most of these
 reaches were classified in a non-interest category that was not included in the population estimates in
 Section 2.4.3.2.  Some, discussed in the  following paragraph, were not as severely affected and do
 appear in  the target population estimates. Effects of acid mine drainage were typically observed at
 the downstream end of reaches  or at both ends.  In the Northern Appalachian Plateau Subregion,
 780 reaches or 2100 kilometers of stream resource were  estimated to be acidic (ANC £0 ueq L'l) at
 one or two ends of the reach because of acid mine drainage.  Estimates  also were made for the
 Southern Appalachians (120 reaches or 1100 km), the Valley and Ridge (320 reaches or 860 km), and
 the Poconos/Catskills (7 reaches or 78 km).  Note  that the population estimates for acidic streams
presented in Section 2.4.3.2 include only portions of these totals.
      Figures 3-19 and 3-20 illustrate the portions of the population estimates for lower and upper
sampling nodes having ANC SO ueq L'l which are estimated to be attributable to acid mine drainage
or some similar concentrated source of terrestrial acid sulfate. After screening by the field pH and
conductivity criteria, only a small portion of the stream reaches that were acidic at the upper and
lower nodes in  the Northern Appalachian Plateau Subregion had strong evidence of acid mine
drainage.  However, up to half of the acidic upper nodes  in the population estimate for the  Southern
Appalachians (Subregion 2X) still had strong evidence of acid mine drainage (Figure 3-20).
                                                        3-41

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
     40"
c
o


-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                       FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 3.5.4 Sea Salt/Chloride Effect on Acidification
      Sea salt deposition has been proposed by some investigators as a significant factor in the
 acidification of coastal surface waters. The mechanism whereby sea salt may acidify surface waters is
 referred to as the neutral salt effect and involves ion exchange on soil surfaces.  For example, if a
 solution high in neutral salt (such as NaCl) passes through a column of acidic soil in the laboratory,
 Na* ions in solution are exchanged for H"1" ions bound to soil surfaces and the emerging leachate is
 enriched in H4", and is therefore more acidic.  The Cl" ions pass through the soil column generally
 without exchanging for other ions  in the soil.  Documentation of the neutral salt effect in the
 laboratory, coupled with observations that many areas experiencing acidification are coastal, has led
 to the suggestion that sea salt may be an important factor in surface water acidification.
      While episodic or short-term acidification can occur via the neutral salt effect, chronic neutral
 salt acidification by sea salt is not possible where soils are approximately at steady state with respect
 to NaCl deposition.  Only where the terrestrial system is rapidly changing or where salt deposition is
 changing will  long-term acidification occur. There is no evidence to indicate that this is the case in
 coastal  New England.  However, research in Norway and Acadia National Park in Maine has
 suggested that neutral salt acidification can be significant on an episodic basis.  Storms  that are
 unusually high in NaCl or are preceded by substantial dry deposition of NaCl may cause short-term
 decreases in pH and ANC, although this phenomenon has not been investigated to date in the NSWS.
 The possibility that episodic neutral salt acidification may have biological effects should not be ruled
 out, particularly when superimposed on the acidifying effects of sulfate deposition.
      It is possible to evaluate potential neutral salt acidification of surface waters during the NSWS
 index period by comparing the  Na:Cl ratio of wet deposition input with the Na:Cl ratio of surface
 waters.  If the effect is causing acidification, then sodium must have been retained in the soil (leading
 to H* enrichment), and the surface water NarCl ratio will  be lower than the input Na:Cl ratio.  This
 type of analysis is appropriate only in coastal areas where sea salt deposition is greatly in excess of
 other potential sources of CI" and where the Na:Cl ratio in precipitation is highly predictable.
      The Na:Cl ratio in precipitation at coastal monitoring stations (Figure 3-21) is very close to the
 ratio found in  seawater for stations within approximately 20 km of the coast.  The Na:Cl ratio was
also calculated for lakewater for all ELS lakes in the Northeast located within this 20-km coastal
strip.  If the  neutral salt effect was a significant regional phenomenon causing long-term
acidification, then one would expect to see (1) many coastal lakes exhibiting a Na:Cl ratio less  than
that of seawater (0.86) and (2) a significant positive relationship between ANC (or pH) and lakewater
Na:CI. Neither of these conditions was observed (see Figure 3-22).  Most coastal New England lakes
have Na:Cl ratios greater than that of seawater, indicating that sodium was contributed by these
                                                         3-43

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
watersheds rather than being retained during the period prior to collection of the index sample.
Furthermore, those few lakes that do exhibit Na:CI less than 0.86 do not have ratios less than what
would be expected on the basis of the normal variability encountered in precipitation measurements;
and they are not all acidic, but exhibit a wide range of ANC and pH values.  Only 2% of the 96 lakes
within 10 km of the coast had ANC ^ 0, and they exhibit a. wide range of Na:Cl ratios, indicating that
not all of them, if any, have been acidified by NaCl. Because NaCl deposition declines sharply 10 to
20 km inland, there is little support for the theory that the neutral salt effect is responsible for acidic
conditions in northeastern lakes observed during the NSWS.
     The ELS data set for Florida does
not lend itself to the kind of analyses
performed on New England lakes. Only
21 of the 150 lakes sampled were located
within 20 km of the coast,  and these
lakes exhibited a positive relationship
between sodium concentration and
distance to  seawater. This suggests a
substantial Na+ contribution from some
watersheds, probably  from shallow
groundwater aquifers, because many of
the acidic Florida  lakes are  seepage
lakes. Sodium and chloride are clearly
dominant in Florida lakes,  but the .
relationship between  NaCl  and the.
acid/base status of these  lakes is
unclear.  It seems unlikely, however,
that Florida lakes  have experienced
long-term NaCl  acidification, partic-
ularlv in view of the location of most of
many m view 01 tne location 01 most 01
these lakes (> 20 km from the coast).
                                         1.6-

                                         1.5-

                                        ' 1.4-

                                      5
                                      '**
                                      £ 12J
                                      U
                                      Q
                                         1-1-

                                                    20  30  40  50  60  80 90  100 110
                                                      Distance to Coast (km)
                                        Figure 3-21. Na:Cl ratio as a function of distance
                                        tQ*he s&& co&^  Dg^    from 2J NAjjp/NTN and
                                        MAP3S/PCN precipitation monitoring stations
                                        for the period  1979-1984.  The seawater ratio,
                                        Na:Cl = 0.86, is provided as a reference.
                                          3-44

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
i
i
i
                                                    2000

                                                    USD-
'S  1500-
m
a
IB
U  1250
Ol
    1000-
I
V
750-
                                                •n   500-
                                                     250-
      0-
                                                    -250-
                  Sea Salt Ratio
                                                   DRAPT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

                         7^°
 3.3.5 Land-use Changes                 2250
      Within the last century, there
 have been major changes in land use
 within the watersheds of lakes in the
 eastern  United States.   Some
 investigators  have proposed that
 acidification may be related to these
 land use  changes (Krug and Frink
 1983).  One  of the  most prominent
 hypotheses regarding land use and
 acidification is that conversion of
 forest  types from deciduous to
 coniferous or from agricultural to
 forest  promotes acidification of
 surface waters (Rosenqvist  1978).
 Conversion of land-use cover  in this
 direction presumably promotes
 acidification by either a reduction in
 the  export of base cations from the
 watershed  or  an increase in the
 export of organic acids.    Activities
 that promote land-use conversion
 include logging, fires, blowdown, and
 forest disease. The only quantitative
analysis of this issue showed that land-use changes from agriculture to forest in Southern Norway
were not associated with the changes attributed to acidic deposition (Drablos et al. 1980).
      Table 3-6 shows the median percent land use for watersheds sampled in the ELS. Comparing
the subregions containing a relatively high proportion of acidic lakes (e.g., 1A, 2B, 3B) with those
subregions containing no acidic lakes (2A, 2D, 3A) revealed no broad-scale patterns between land use
and acidic lakes (Table 3-6).  In fact, Florida,  which had the highest  combined percentage of
agriculture and urbanization, also had the highest proportion of acidic lakes.  The ELS results show
that  there is a negative association between forested land cover and ANC for the Northeast, little
association in the Upper Midwest, and positive association in Florida (Table 3-7). Although forested
land use is negatively correlated with ANC {except for Florida), its use in a predictive model of ANC
is only significant in 5 of 11  subregions in the East. In the Adirondacks, where the case for land-use
                        *:£-..
                                                       0.6    0.8
                    1.0    1.2    1.4    1.6
                       Na:CI (ratio)
                                        1.8    2.0
Figure 3-22.  Acid neutralizing capacity as a function
of the Na:Cl molar ratio in ELS Region 1  lakes
0 -10 km from the sea coast. One outlier was deleted
atNa:Cl = 7.
                                                      3-45

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

influence on acidification has been the most cited, forested land use is not a significant term in the
linear model for drainage lakes:
           ANC = 503.2 + 36.4 (%Rangeland) + 30.3 (%Agriculture) - 0.75 (Elevation)
                                       n = 142, r2 = 0.72
However, because land use covaries with other important variables such as soils and geology, it has
not been posssible to separate the effects of land use from other factors that contribute to lake acidity.
Results of the WLS (Section 2.4.3.1), however, clearly indicate that presence of coniferous forests does
not necessarily result in  acidic lakes.  Within the Upper Midwest, logging and forest fires resulted in
a complete removal of virgin white pine forest at the turn of the century. Subsequent regrowth of
mixed deciduous-coniferous forest has occurred across the entire northern portions of Minnesota,
Wisconsin, and Michigan.  Despite similar land-use conversion across the lake districts of the Upper
Midwest, there is a substantial difference in the proportion of acidic lakes from west to east.
      Application of the  Henriksen approach to lakes with developed and undeveloped watersheds in
the eastern United States shows that lake response to acidic deposition appears to be independent of
current land use (Section 3.5). The model estimates for the degree of acidification remain relatively
unchanged regardless of whether they are based on only undisturbed lakes or whether the entire set
of target population lakes are included.

             TABLE 3-6. MEDIAN PERCENT LAND USE FOR LAKES BASED
                           ON THE EASTERN LAKE SURVEY*
Median Percent Land Use
Subregion
Northeast
Adirondacks (1A)
Poconos/Catskills (IB)
Central New England (1C)
Southern New England (ID)
Maine (IE)
Upper Midwest
Northeastern Minnesota (2A)
Upper Pen. of Michigan (2B)
Northcentral Wisconsin (2C)
Upper Great Lakes (2D)
Southeast
Southern Blue Ridge (3A)
Florida (3B)
Forest

89.7
67.3
86.7
73.0
86.6

89.2
81.1
78.0
73.5

63.9
32.1
Agriculture

2.2
18.1
5.8
6.1
3.3
•
0.7
2.7
4.4
11.9

21.5
44.9
Wetland

3.7
0.3
1.5
1.1
6.1

5.9
13.7
13.5
11.8

0.02
6.3
Barren

0.08
0.3
0.2
2.6
0.2

0.5
0.2
0.2
0.1

3.0
4.7
Rangeland

0.4
0.03
0
2.0
0.6

0
0
0
0

0.07
2.4
Urban

1.2
13.1
4.0
13.2
1.3

0.1
0.7
0.4
0.6

11.0
8.1
  a Other standing water not represented here.
                                            3-46

-------
 I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                    DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
i
i
i
         TABLE 3-7. POPULATION-WEIGHTED CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS
            BETWEEN LAND USE AND ACID NEUTRALIZING CAPACITY IN
           NON-SEEPAGE LAKES SAMPLED DURING THE EASTERN LAKE
                                       SURVEY
Subregion
Northeast
Adirondacks (1A)
Poconos/Catskills (IB)
Central New England (1C)
Southern New England (ID)
Maine (IE)
Upper Midwest
Northeastern Minnesota (2A)
Upper Peninsula of Michigan
(2B)
Northcentral Wisconsin (2C)
Uppergreat Lakes Area (2D)
Southeast
Southern Blue Ridge (3A)
Florida (3B)

Forested

-0.57
-0.58
-0.45
-0.38
NS"

-0.37
NS
NS
NS

NS
0.55
Land Use
Urban

0.23
0.52
0.17
0.38
NS

0.52
NS
NS
NS

0.28
NS

Agriculture

0.74
0.24
0.50
0.24
0.36

0.23
0.28
NS
NS

NS '
NS
        a NS=Notsignificantatp<0.06.

      Another mechanism related to land use proposed for the acidification of lakes is that wetlands
have contributed increased organic acids (Krug et al.  1984).   In the Adirondacks, Boeguki and
Greundling (1982) observed a significant association between lake pH and beaver activity and
suggested that the beavers could promote acidification by inundating wetland soils, thus mobilizing
organic acids to the surface water. If this was an important process in acidic Adirondack lakes, the
acidic lakes would be expected to be highly organic systems rather than the clearwater, low-organic
acid lakes that were found in the ELS (Linthurst et al. 1986; Section 3.4). In the Upper Midwest,
beaver activity, although believed to be increasing, would have minimal impact because the acidic
lakes are seepage lakes that are  not impacted hydrologically by beaver activity.  The presence of
beavers in the West apparently has not caused lakes to become acidic.
      Although land-use changes have not been proposed to date as an important factor in  the
acidification of Florida lakes,  it is conceivable that land-use activities could have an acidifying
                                                      3-47

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

influence. Results of the ELS show that Florida has both the highest percentage of acidic lakes and
the highest degree of development within the watersheds. A recent analysis of Florida lakes suggests
that their chemistry is very sensitive to precipitation/evaporation and to groundwater input (Baker et
al., in prep.).  Activities that would decrease the inflow of groundwater (providing alkalinity) relative
to deposition  (providing acidity) could have a major acidifying influence. Florida's deep and shallow
aquifers are  experiencing substantial declines in the  water table that appear to be  related to
withdrawals for drinking water and agricultural purposes (Fernald and Patton 1984). If the general
patterns in groundwater level declines observed throughout much of the state are also occurring in
the local groundwater systems surrounding the lakes, it is possible that groundwater input to the
lakes has declined, resulting in a corresponding reduction in the lakes' ability to neutralize acid. This
mechanism is speculative and requires additional testing before one can  be confident about  the
dominant processes occurring in Florida lakes (Section 3.5.6).
      In summary, although a variety of mechanisms have been proposed whereby land-use changes
could cause widespread lake acidification, quantitative support for this hypothesis is not evident
except possibly for Florida.  On the contrary, a common land-use change occurring throughout the
East in this century involves increased construction of dwellings on lakeshores. A substantial body of
research exists that demonstrates cultural development of lakeshores promotes eutrophication rather
than acidification.

3.5.6 Status  of Florida Lakes
      Despite moderate sulfate deposition, a high proportion of acidic lakes and streams in Florida
are acidic.  Because of this observation and the unique characteristics of Florida lakes, the impacts of
acidic deposition in this subregion warrant a separate analysis. Reevaluation  of the ELS data for
Florida lakes is just beginning; these preliminary findings are summarized below.  Florida stream
data from the NSS have not been analyzed in sufficient detail to be included at this time.

3.5.6.1  Chemical Characteristics of Florida Lakes
      It has  been known since the late 1960s that Florida contains many acidic lakes.  Early lake
survey  results compiled by Shannon and Brezonik (1972) and subsequent studies by Brezonik et al.
(1983) and Canfield et al. (1983) documented the presence of a number of acidic, softwater lakes,
primarily in highlands regions of the state (Canfield et al. 1983; Pollman and Hendry 1983). Despite
these early indications of widespread lake acidity, few researchers anticipated the frequency at which
acidic lakes occur in Florida. Results from the ELS show that Florida contained the largest number of
acidic or low  pH of any region included in the Survey. Of an overall target population of 2098 lakes,
22% (463) of the lakes in Florida (including southern Georgia, had ANC 
-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
i
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

 had pH £5.0.  Sulfate concentrations in Florida typically exceed levels observed in other regions;
 over 40% (846) of the lakes had S
-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
activity in these lakes possibly can be attributed to sulfate, which characteristically was extremely

low relative to that in other lakes in the ELS Florida Subregion (median=4.7 ueq I/1).
                ANC
              (peqL'1)
           Symbol
              •
              *
              t
              O
Value
  <0
 0-50
50-200
 >200
                                    North Central
                                      Peninsula
                                        South Central
                                          Peninsula"


     Figure 3-23. Classes of ANC (peq L'l) in five selected subpopulations of lakes within
     Florida (3B), ELS - Phase I.


      The general surficial geology of the Panhandle, North Central Peninsula, and South Central

 Peninsula areas is quite similar and cannot account for differences in pH and ANC observed among

 the three groups of lakes (Table 3-8). All three groups generally lie in sand hill karst topography

 dotted with numerous solution  basins.  The surficial soils are highly weathered and acidic with

 variable amounts of kaolinitic clay present; cation exchange capacities (CEC) and base saturation are

 extremely low, with CEC values of less than  5 meq 100 g'1 and base saturation less than 10% is
                                           3-50

-------
 I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 i
 i
i
i
i
i
i
common (Carlisle et al. 1981). The differences in major ion chemistry among these three groups of
lakes appear to be driven largely by hydrologic factors. Comparison of median chloride concentration
and conductance shows that the Panhandle lakes are considerably more dilute  than the North
Central and South Central Peninsula lakes. Similar regional trends are observed for the other major
ions (e.g., median sulfate and calcium concentrations differ by over an order of magnitude across the
three areas) except for H+, which is highest in the Panhandle (median = 12.6 ueq L'l) and is lowest for
the South Central Peninsula lakes (median £ 1 ueq I/1).
        TABLE 3-8. MEDIAN VALUES FOR MAJOR IONS FOR VARIOUS AREAS
                      WITHIN THE ELS FLORIDA SUBREGIONS
Parameter
Population Estimate (N)
Lake Area (ha)
Watershed Area (ha)
Site Depth (m)
pH
Ca*^ (ueq L'l)
Mg*2 (ueq L'l)
NaMueqL'i)
K* (ueq L'l)
SO4~2(ueq L'l)
NOg" (ueq L'l)
Cl-(ueqL'l)
F'(ueqL'i)
ANC (ueq L'l)
DOC (mg L'l)
Conductance (uS cm"1)
Si02

Okefenokee
10
6.1
NA
NA
4.04
18
43
146
1
5
0
172
1
-127.2
35.7
59.4
1.63

Gulf Coast
581 -
14.6
106
2.0
6.2
463
157
145
16
54
0
190
4
414.2
9.9
106.3.
0.26
Subregions
Panhandle
260
10.2
. 126
1.8
4.87
18
28
55
3
32
1
64
0
-23.7
3.9
17.7
0.07

North
Central
Peninsula
963
13.5
76
3.6
6.37
225
223
241
63
191
2
299
3
80.7
9.0
102.9
0.37

South
Central
Peninsula
51
33.2
224
6.3
7.23
308
/ 390
314
102
455
3
396
3

3.8
142.0
0.83
                                                     3-51

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

3.5.6.2 Sources of Acidity
      Rainfall acidity in Florida is relatively modest compared to other regions of the eastern and
northeastern United States, with volume-weighted mean pH levels from October 1981 through
September 1984 ranging from 4.57 to 4.86 (Florida Electric Power Coordinating Group, Inc. [FCG1
1986). Hydrogen ion and SO^2 deposition in the  Panhandle and North Central Peninsula, which
receive both greater amounts of precipitation and more acidic rainfall than southern Florida, are
approximately 360 and 340eqha"1yr"1, respectively, compared to annual deposition rates in New
York of 600 to 800 eq ha'i for both rT and SO4'2 (Stensland et al. 1986). Given that wet deposition of
H+ and SC-4'2  in  Florida is relatively low, the question regarding  why Florida has such a
disproportionately high number and percentage of acidic lakes is problematic.
      Superimposed on the question of the presence of acidic lakes in Florida is the observed regional
gradient in acidity and major ion chemistry, with the most dilute and acidic systems located in the
Florida Panhandle contrasted with more concentrated, higher  ANC systems becoming more
prevalent further south in the  state. Clearly, explanatory mechanisms proposed to account for the
acidity in Florida lakes must also account for the regional gradient as well. A variety of mechanisms
may be important to the ANC regime of Florida lakes, including neutral salts, organic acids, acidic
deposition, and hydrologic factors.
      As discussed in the previous section (Section 3.5.6.1), geochemical factors are not believed to be
a major factor contributing to the regional pattern of acidity because of the general similarities in
surficial geology between the Panhandle, North Central Peninsula, and South Central Peninsula
within Florida.  In addition, Baker et al. (1987)  have  demonstrated that organic acids are not
particularly important in regulating ANC in low ANC lakes in Florida.  The remaining mechanisms
cited above are examined in the following sections. Several hypotheses can be extended and will be
considered here.

3.5.6.3 Neutral Salt Hypothesis
      As  reported in Section 3.5.4, Seip  (1980) proposed that lakes in coastal regions receiving
relatively large quantities of neutral marine aerosols or sea salt can undergo progressive lakewater
acidification due to sodium retention by the watershed soils (as a result of ion exchange with H+) and
subsequent transport of H* with the mobile Cl" through the soil profile to the lake.  Skartveit (1980),
for example, attributed seasonal variations in pH in runoff in catchments on the west coast of Norway
as largely a function of the amount of sea salt in precipitation. Comparison of lakewater Na:Cl with
NarCl in seawater does not support this hypothesis for ELS lakes within 20 km of the coast in New
England (Section 3.5.4); coastal New England lakes typically show enrichment of Na"  relative to
expected concentrations.  This hypothesis also can be tested directly  for Florida by using measured
wet and dry Na"1"  and Cl" deposition rates collected as part of the Florida Acid Deposition Study
                                            3-52

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
 (FADS; ESE 1985; FCG 1986).  Table 3-9 summarizes the annual average wet deposition rate for
 September 1981 to September 1984 for various areas in Florida.  The Na:Cl ratio in wet and total
 deposition is well below the marine ratio of 0.86, apparently because of the influence of HC1.  These
 regional deposition estimates have been compared to Na:Cl in a subset of 37 Florida ELS lakes which
 are low in ANC and uninfluenced by confounding anthropogenic activities within their watersheds.
 This comparison is shown Figure 3-24 for the calculated Na+ deficit (i.e., predicted concentration
 minus observed concentration) as a function of ANC.  Negative deficits indicate that Na*  is released
 from watershed soils; positive deficits indicate that Na* is retained relative to CI". Figure  3-24 shows
 that Na* is for the most part enriched rather than depleted in pristine, low ANC systems; conversely,
 some Na+ appears to be retained in higher ANC watersheds. Clearly, these results demonstrate that
 the acidity of softwater  lakes in Florida cannot be  ascribed to Na*" retention  and exchange  for
 adsorbed H+ on watershed soils.
 I
I
                  TABLE 3-9. SUMMARY OF SODIUM-TO-CHLORIDE RATIOS IN WET AND DRY
                         DEPOSITION (eq ha'i yr'i) FOR VARIOUS REGIONS IN FLORIDA
                                      (Source: Baker etal. 1987; ESE 1985,1986)
Deposition
Type
Wet
Dry
Wet + Dry
Western
Panhandle
Na*
179.3
48.3
227.6
cr
223
56.2
279.2
Ratio
0.804
0.859
0.815
Eastern
Panhandle
Na*
162
48.1
210.1
cr
212
56
268
Ratio
0.764
0.859
0.784
North Central
Peninsula
Na*
140.4
75.5"
215.9
cr
183
87.9
270.9
Ratio
0.767
0.859
0.797
South Central
Peninsula
Na*
170
82.5
252.5
cr
219
96.1
315.1
Ratio
0.776
0.858
0.801
I
I
I
      Reuss and Johnson (1985) have proposed a "salt-effect" mechanism whereby small changes in
soil solution pH due to an increase of the salt content (due to F^SOd) of infiltrating rainwater can
result in large changes in surface water pH. In soils with depleted base cations, the effect of increases
in the ionic strength of infiltrating rainwater on the soil ion exchange system can produce large pH
declines in surface waters as CO2-enriched groundwater discharges to a surface water and degasses.
However, limited groundwater chemistry from in situ irrigation studies in the McCloud Lake
watershed in the North Central Peninsula (ESE 1985; Roof 1985) indicate, that at least for McCloud
Lake, the coupled CO2-salt effect is not significant. Soil solution samples collected at depths of 75 cm
in plots exposed to simulated through/all of pH 3.6 and 4.6 uniformly had pH >6.0 and indicated that
both sulfate and aluminum were retained rather than mobilized.  Rather than serving as a net source
of acidity, shallow groundwater inputs in Florida are presently functioning as a net source of ANC.
                                                       3-53

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                                         I
     150-
     100-
      50-

  •o
  1-soH
  0
  ra
  Z-100
   -150
                    " JJkJ~UILiJ
                             liaL:i/"~l2"kj
                                                                          J
•58.7  -32.5   -23.9  -20.7   -14.7   -11.2
                                                       1.6
  I
21.1
60.8
162
                                     ANC(iieqL'i)
  Figure 3-24. Comparison of estimated NzuCI in total deposition with NazCl in undisturbed
  Florida ELS lakes. Data are presented in the magnitude of the apparent Na deficit
  (predicted - observed concentration in ueq L"1) as a function of ANC (ueq L"1).
3.5.6.4 Coupled Hydrologic/Deposition Effects
      An alternative approach to examining the question of sources of lake water acidity in low ANC
seepage  lakes in Florida is to view these systems as essentially being isolated from  their
(topographically defined) watersheds. For many seepage lakes in Florida, this approach appears to be
reasonable because  (1) the basins of many of these lakes lie in low relief with expectedly low
hydraulic gradients and (2) the sandy soils characteristic of many of these watersheds are excessively
well drained, resulting in virtually no surface runoff to these systems. Moreover, direct precipitation
inputs typically exceed evaporative losses; the net flow of water is from the lake to the shallow water
table  rather than inflow from the surrounding watershed.  Limited hydrologic studies on several
lakes suggest that groundwater inputs to  some seepage lakes are  marginal (Baker 1984; T. Lee,
personal communication) although some exceptions undoubtedly occur (Battoe, unpublished data).
      With this type of conceptual model, lakewater chemistry  will be the  integrated result of
deposition directly to the lake surface, internal processes occurring in both the water column and the
sediments, and the  net effect of precipitation and evaporation.  Table 3-10 compares the average
major ion chemistry for 11 pristine seepage lakes in the Panhandle sampled during the ELS with
                                           3-54

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
I
 expected concentrations based on (1) measured wet deposition between October 1981 and September
 1984 (ESE 1986), (2) dry deposition estimates derived from ambient air measurements of 862 and
 NOx and dry bucket measurements for other constituents (Baker et ai. 1987), and (3) long-term
 meteorological data for precipitation and pan evaporation. Pan evaporation was used to estimate
 lake evaporation by applying a pan coefficient of 0.70 (Linsley et al. 1975).

   TABLE 3-10. COMPARISON OF CONCENTRATIONS OF MAJOR IONS IN FLORIDA
         PANHANDLE LAKES WITH VOLUME-WEIGHTED CONCENTRATIONS
                      IN COMBINED WET AND DRY DEPOSITION*

Atmospheric Loadings
Parameter
H+
Ca*2
Mg+2
Na*
K+
NH4+
S042
N03-
cr
DOCc
(eq ha"*)
546
148
85
223
30
121
513
254
276
0
(ueq L'l)
36.7
10.0
5.7
15.0
2.0
8.1
34.6
17.1
18.6
0
Lakewater Concentrations
Predicted
128.4
34.9
19.9
52.4
7.0
28.5
120.8
59.7
65.0
0
Observed
9.7b
32.5
24.5
56.3
4.6
1.5
35.1
0.9
63.6
34.3
Difference
-118.7
-2.3
4.6
3.9
-2.4
-27.0
-85.7
-58.8
-1.3
+ 34.3
  * Predicted concentrations based on 30-year average precipitation and 20-year average pan evaporation adjusted by an
    average pan coefficient equal to 0.70.
  * pH = 5.01
  * Computed on the basis of the observed relationship between anion deficit and DOC.

      Predicted Ma* and Cl" concentrations agree quite well (within 7.4 and 2.2%) with average
values reported for the Panhandle seepage lakes, suggesting that this model is a reasonable hydraulic
representation of these systems. In the absence of watershed contributions and neglecting the effects
of internal processes such as SOi"2 reduction and NH4* assimilation on ANC, a lower limit of 3.9 is
calculated for lakewater pH. The difference between observed and H"1" concentrations predicted as a
function of evapoconcentration reflects almost exclusively the net effects of SO4'2 and NOa" uptake as
ANC-generating processes and NH4+ assimilation as an ANC-consuming process, with only minor
contributions from other processes such as primary weathering or ion exchange contributing to the
overall pH regime.  Similar results are obtained for lakes located along the Central Ridge in North
Central Florida.
                                                       3-55

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
           depletion is virtually complete in all lakes, and H* (and NH4*) associated with the NOg"
strong acid anion is essentially completely neutralized. Thus the difference between predicted inlake
H* concentrations dictated by H+ deposition and the hydrologic balance and actual H+ is controlled
by the lake's ability to consume S(V2 via sulfate reduction. Previous studies of the pH dynamics of
seepage lakes in North Central Florida indicate that short-term (monthly) variability  in pH is
controlled more by lake volume changes rather than antecedent H* loadings or seepage inputs (FCG
1986). Using this conceptual model, the effect of a 50% reduction in SO4~2 deposition has been
calculated for a typical Panhandle seepage lake (values shown previously in Table 3-10).  Changes in
H+ and ANC are determined by changes in the predicted concentrations of the other major ions
including DOC. Under this scenario, a 50% reduction of total SCU"2 loading from 586 eq ha"lyr"i to
293 eqha"1 yr"1 (coupled with an equivalent decrease in H*} can result in a change in lakewater pH
from 4.7 to about 5.6.  Over longer time scales (years), the pH  regime in low ANC seepage lakes in
Florida thus is in all likelihood controlled by (1) H+ and SO4~2 deposition, (2) the ability of inlake
processes to consume SO*"2, and (3) the long-term difference between precipitation and evaporation.
      This conceptual model obviously cannot account for differences  in ANC observed among lakes
within a particular region where precipitation, evaporation, and deposition are similar for all lakes.
The difference among lakes in a particular region  appears to be a combination of hydrologic and
geologic factors, with higher ANC lakes involved in greater  chemical exchange between  the
watershed and the lake. To illustrate how this occurs in Florida  lakes, Florida may be viewed on a
somewhat simplistic level as being covered by a thin layer of highly leached, acidic soils.  This soil
layer, which  considerably varies in thickness, overlies the limestones of the Floridan  aquifer.
Interactions between the surficial deposits  and the underlying  Floridan aquifer obviously are a
function of the thickness of the surficial soil layer. In addition, clay layers and associated calcite and
dolomite deposits often separate the Floridan aquifer from the surface deposits. Collectively known
as the Hawthorn formation, the proximity of this intermediate  layer to the surface  can  influence
lakewater ANC and other components of lake water chemistry  (Baker et al. 1987).  If the Hawthorn
formation lies particularly close to the  surface, vertical infiltration and drainage is  impeded, and
runoff and seepage inputs assume greater hydrologic importance.  The principal differences between
the low ANC systems and more moderate ANC lakes in Florida are thus really twofold.
      First, and probably most important, less weathered or more clastic deposits (i.e.,  fragmented
rocks) near the soil surface in some areas of Florida are an important source of groundwater ANC.
Although the magnitude of the seepage component to the hydraulic budget may still be quite small,
the ANC inputs may be  appreciable, resulting in moderate inlake ANC levels.  Second, localized
topographic features can affect the  ANC regime through effects on flow  paths and  a  shift in the
relative importance of direct precipitation on the lake hydraulic budget.
                                            3-56

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      A related mechanism that can contribute to recent declines of pH and ANC in some Florida
 lakes considers the effects of domestic, agricultural, and industrial use of the Floridan aquifer as a
 water source on groundwater contributions to seepage lake hydrology and ANC  (Hendry and
 Brezonick 1984; P.R. Sweets,  personal communication). Depending on regional circumstances, two
 mechanisms may operate.  In regions where the potentiometric surface of the Floridan aquifer
 periodically rises above local  lake elevations, upward discharge of high ANC groundwater through
 breaches in the confining bed can dominate the ANC regime of  a  lake. Small-scale, sustained
 reductions in the potentiometric surface can reverse the direction of flow between  the lake and
 Floridan aquifer, with the  lake becoming  a recharge area for the aquifer.  As long as the  lake
 elevation exceeds the potentiometric surface, upward flow from the Floridan aquifer is not possible.
      Most of the seepage lakes in Florida are located in higher elevation areas that historically have
 appeared to recharge the Floridan aquifer.  Drawdown of the Floridan aquifer will have no effect on
 the direction of groundwater flow between  the aquifer and these lakes. For these lakes, which are
 continually recharging the Floridan aquifer, a more subtle effect can occur.  Flow from the shallow
 water table has two components, vertical and lateral, both of which  are dependent on the respective
 hydraulic gradient and permeabilities. Imposing a reduction on the potentiometric surface results in
 a corresponding increase on the vertical hydraulic gradient.  A relatively small decline  in the
 potentiometric surface can translate to a relatively large increase in the vertical gradient.  For
 example, the average hydraulic gradient between lakes in the Trail Ridge district and the Floridan
 aquifer is about 3 to 6 m (Clark et al. 1964; Yobbi and Chappell 1979); a decline of 1 m equates to a 17
 to 33%  increase in the gradient.  Healy (1974) documented a 0.7- to  1.2-m net decline in the
 potentiometric surface of the  Floridan aquifer in the Trail Ridge between 1951 and  1970 and, as
 urbanization of this area continues, the rate of decline is expected to increase.
      Figure 3-25 shows the effects of reducing the potentiometric surface on groundwater influxes to
a hypothetical karst seepage lake.  Discharge through the lake bottom is minimal because of the low
permeability of the bottom sediments, and the effect of drawdown is assumed to affect the water table
aquifer directly.  Groundwater flow to the lake, which serves as a source of ANC, is reduced because of
the change in the localized gradient away from the lake. Although the actual effect on the hydrologic
budget of the lake may be minimal (less than 5%), this reduction of ANC influx may have profound
consequences on lakewater ANC.  Baker et al.  (1987) demonstrated  that acidic inputs to seepage
lakes are nearly balanced by internal ANC generation (principally SCV2 reduction and NOg' uptake
or denitrification); differences in ANC between softwater lakes in turn reflect hydrologic as well as
geochemical factors.  More specifically,  this balance between H"  loadings and ANC generation
implies  that even the reduction of a  small input of ANC derived  from  groundwater can dictate
whether a lake is acidic.
                                                        3-57

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      Obviously, hydrology  varies from
lake to lake, and the effects of drawdown
cannot  be universally characterized.
Scenarios can be  developed  where
drawdown may actually enhance the lateral
inflow of groundwater to a lake.  Such a
situation occurs when recharge through a
sink on the down-gradient (water table) side
of the lake increases the lateral gradient
across the lake; lateral inflow increases to
compensate this gradient.  Quantitative
regional  assessments of the  effect of
drawdown thus cannot be made without
additional data on  groundwater/lake
interactions.

3.5.6.5 Conclusions
      The Florida Subregion contains
several distinct subpopulations of lakes
with very different chemical characteristics.
Two groups, those  in the  Okefenokee
Swamp and in the Gulf Coast Area, are of
little interest  with respect to acidic
deposition. The North Central and South
Central Peninsula subpopulations both
contain acidic lakes, but a higher proportion
are found in the North Central Peninsula.
This difference is attributed primarily to
local-scale variation  in interaction of lakes
                     -ANC
                           Floridan Aquifer
Floridan Aquifer
 B
 Water. •
                     -ANC
                         Lake
      .             _
: Table ;..*. + ANC~ v#v^||PP£?f. -'ANC-.V;: V-V/"
T^^f^y? Potentiometric Surface ^r. y'TTTf'. ^rr
'TT^^T^: :'•'" •:'>Z]ff/fr/////ti////7ffi
               • ;> Recharge
                            Floridan Aquifer
 Floridan Aquifer
  Figure 3-25.  Effects of reduction of artesian
  aquifer potentiometric surface on seepage lake
  hydrology and ANC budget:  A, steady-state
  conditions prior to drawdown of aquifer; B,
  post drawdown effects on flow paths and ANC
  budget
 with the Floridan aquifer.  The source of very high sulfate concentrations in some South Central
 Peninsula lakes can be attributed with confidence to direct contribution from this deeper aquifer.
 Lakes in the Panhandle appear to be of greatest interest with respect to acidic deposition.  The
 chemistry  of these  lakes compares closely with deposition  chemistry, corrected for
 evapoconcentration.
                                          3-58

-------
 I
 I
 I
 1
 I
1
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      For seepage  lakes in Florida that receive minimal  ground water inputs, ANC is  most
satisfactorily represented as the net result of the combined effect of evapoconcentration and acidic
deposition as acidifying factors balanced by groundwater inflow and internal  ANC generation
associated with SCV2 reduction and NCV assimilation. The fact that some Florida lakes are acidic
largely reflects the inability of  Florida lakes to completely consume SCV2 inputs.  Cation
contributions from weathering are small but can dictate whether a lake has very low or moderate
ANC because of the close balance between internal ANC production and acid loadings. The effect of
evapoconcentration  is actually twofold and antagonistic.  The effect of concentrating an acidic
solution in an unreactive system is clearly to reduce ANC. Lakes with relatively large evaporative
losses, however, tend to receive a more substantial portion of their hydraulic income  from
groundwater inputs. This flux of ANC tends to counterbalance the concentrative effect, and for lakes
in the South Central Peninsula, appears to outweigh the concentrative effect.   Differences in ANC
between softwater systems can be  explained by localized differences in flow paths and geochemical
factors; consequently, the population of approximately 600 undisturbed, low ANC seepage lakes in
Florida is hypothesized to be quite susceptible to changes in acidic deposition or changes in hydrologic
flow paths induced by climatic conditions or cultural activity.
      Finally, it is important to understand that bulk rainfall historically must have had
ANC S 0 ueq L'l for the conceptual lake model to work. This is to account for (1) inferred pH levels in
some lakes of less than 5.6 since 1860 or earlier and (2) the fact that seepage inputs likely have some
ANC.  Preliminary results from another investigation in Florida suggests a  long-term trend of
gradual acidification is observed for a couple of lakes upon  which a recent trend of increasing
acidification must be imposed (P.R. Sweets, personal communication).  Another area of  great
uncertainty  is shallow groundwater chemistry.  Although Florida soils are strongly acidic,  the
empirical data from the McCloud Lake study suggest that even in an acidic soil with very low CEC
and low base saturation, relatively high soil solution pH levels are observed (pH  >6), and there is no
evidence of aluminum mobilization as a source of lakewater acidity.  Clearly, considerably more
research on  the watershed-basin interface for seepage lakes is necessary before the complexities of
the hydraulic and chemical fluxes and the associated effects on ANC in Florida lakes are understood
and confidently predicted.

3.5.6.6 Summary of Alternate Mechanisms
      By identifying and associating alternative sources of acid waters with each lake or stream, it is
possible to post-stratify the target populations into various subpopulations.  Population estimates
then can be made for each subpopulation. This approach has been employed in Table 3-11 to estimate
the number  of those lakes and streams that might be of the most interest with respect to acidic
deposition, i.e., acidic clearwater lakes with little or no evidence of sulfide mineral weathering.
                                           3-59

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
   CO

   Itf
   P5
l§2|
jwo2
<
   WQ-

   «1

   g
Category
I
e


o

§

1

a
             S\
              on
             en «


             »*
Acidic

Systemsb
Target

Population8
Sub
                   eo o e-; eo c^

                   i-i «3 O M C-
                   O) CO OO 00 CD
                   -<°eo-|
                              °? «> t
                              «5 TT 00
                              C*5 (^ (M
                                     Ifl
     2  •
                           1  1
                                 -   •
               £
               r-

               g
               10
                                 to
'  '  'S
                     '  •
                                       '^3 A.* • ^;,
                                       r! 01 eo
                                        • eo
                                       o «
                                         


 i * SS
  eo «
  o>
o

s  I  I
6
                                  2 P-
                            IN
                   eo oo
                   oo «-i
                   •* eo
              00



          !! I
              U3
              eo*
                                 o> t-
                                 00 r«

                                   00 if
                                     o
                                     

                                       6 w O.
                                       •>* ia 94
                                 o c-
au
P

P
                  Q,


                  I


                  "g  « s

                  Itli
                   •  e -st «
                  ^^05
                         3
and Ridge

ake Bay
                                       §
                                       .9


                                       I



                                       |


                                       «
                                       ***
                                       3
                                       O
                                       CO
Florida

Florida































pper Midwest
D
|
eo
c-
CTJ



I









N
o

*"""*







o
o^
f*
£
"a
Upper Michigan Peninsi

eo
o

in














IS









o
OO
1*


Northcentral Wisconsin





















01
E
cB
S
3
i
e
.«
oj
pstream re
earn and U|
5
umbers of lakes; numbers of downst
NC £0 ueq L'1.
5 j





























*
*k
cid mine drainage or sulfide weathe
<































issolved organic carbon >6 mg L'1.
Q




^
o
,
01
«
•o
1
'a
a
£r
e
_•_
: systems 4
Ifate acidic
a

-------
i
I
i
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The first two columns of Table 3-11 list the estimates of the numbers of target lakes and stream
reach ends, together with the numbers with ANC  iSOueqL"1 in the subregions  in which acidic
systems were found. Estimates are provided for both lower and upper stream ends.
      In the third column, the number of acidic streams for which chemical composition clearly
                                                     i
indicated mineral sulfide weathering is estimated. The inclusion criteria were conservative for this
subpopulation, such that some acidic streams excluded from this category might still  derive their
acidification, at least in part, from mineral weathering.  In the fourth column in Table 3-11, any
acidic lakes or  streams  with  DOC concentrations >6 mgl/1, regardless of their  sulfate
concentrations, are used to identify a subpopulation of colored waters. Such waters would likely be
acidic in the absence of acidic deposition, and in any case their high organic concentrations may
protect fish from the aluminum toxicity that is often associated with low pH waters. This is not to say
that this subpopulation is not affected by acidic deposition, however, but that it is of less immediate
concern.  The final column estimates the remaining numbers of clearwater acidic systems, and
expresses them as percentages of the population estimate totals.
      The Northeast contains approximately 301 acidic, clearwater lakes, representing 4.2% of the
total target population (1526 Maine lakes are not shown in Table 3-11). Small lakes are  excluded, as
noted in Section 2. There is no evidence that streams in the Pocono/Catskill Subregion are acidic at
their lower ends, but 7.7% (266 reaches) are estimated to be acidic at their upstream ends. In the Mid-
Atlantic, 667 (1.7%) clearwater streams are acidic at their lower ends, but 2122 (5.6%) are estimated
to be acidic at their upper ends. These estimates do not include streams impacted by mine drainage,
or those too small to appear on 1:250,000-scale topographic maps.  In  the Southeast, 121 reaches in
the Southern Appalachians appear to be acidic at their upper ends.  This subpopulation is based on a
single stream and it is very difficult to exclude the possibility of mineral weathering in  this small
sample.
      Florida is estimated to contain 375 acidic, clearwater lakes (17.9% of the target population). It
is also estimated to contain 32 upper and 139 lower acidic clearwater reach ends (2.1 and 6.5% of the
restricted target population).  These systems appear primarily in the Panhandle area, as noted in the
previous section.  The Upper Midwest is estimated to contain 118 clearwater, acidic lakes or 1.4% of
the total population.
      A total population estimate can be made for the target population of lakes and streams in the
United States represented by clearwater, acidic systems least likely to have resulted from mineral
sulfide weathering. There are 794 such lakes in the United States, virtually all of which  appear to be
in the eastern United  States, and almost half (375)  of which  are  in Florida.  Approximately
699 stream reaches are estimated to be acidic at their downstream ends.  But almost four times as
many (2648) appear to be acidic at their upstream ends.  Although not all of these systems are likely
to be acidic because of acidic deposition, the estimates would be higher if small lakes and streams
                                           3-61

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

were included.  The stream estimate would increase if other regions known to include acidic lakes
were surveyed.

3.6 CONCLUSIONS
      The estimation of chemical change, as presented in this section, suggests that the present
status of acidic  lakes in the United States can be attributed to SCV2 deposition.  This conclusion is
based on analysis of historical water quality data, analysis of diatom remains in lake sediments, and
applications of empirical models of acidification. The uncertainties in this conclusion include (1) an
inability to resolve completely suspected errors in historical water quality data, (2) some
inconsistencies  between paleolimnological results and empirical modeling, (3) potential violation of
assumptions inherent in the  empirical modeling approach, and (4) natural processses that also
contribute to acidification. Despite these limitations, evidence for regional acidification of lakes as a
direct consequence of atmospheric sulfate appears convincing.  Except for the Southern Blue Ridge
where an empirical model indicates little change in acid status, the analysis of the stream data is too
preliminary for an analysis comparable to that for lakes.
      Natural processes of acidification are important in some areas.  However, sulfate deposition
appears to be the dominant cause of acidification in areas such  as the Adirondacks where there are
high proportions of acidic lakes. Even in Florida, one of the regions of greatest uncertainty regarding
the relationship between sulfate deposition and acidification, the  data are consistent with the
principal empirical model of acidification and a mechanistic model incorporating internal lake
processes.
      The uncertainties in these analyses could be  minimized by directing additional research in
several  areas.  Uncertainties  in the historical water quality data, most likely, cannot be  totally
resolved, and additional research on this topic will probably not be productive. The uncertainties in
paleolimnological analyses are also difficult to satisfy completely, but a greater degree of confidence
in the present findings could be acheived by an extensive approach involving diatom analyses of a
larger number of lakes drawn as a probability sample. Confident application of empirical models for
evaluating changes in lakes require additional knowledge concerning the effect of mineral acidity on
base cation mineralization (F factor) and the relative magnitude of inlake processes such as sulfate
reduction.
      The unique characteristics of lakes and streams in areas such as Florida probably require
intensive research efforts to characterize watershed/surface water interactions. These more localized
research programs would likely require detailed investigations of hydrology and geochemistry at
representative sites.  The complex problems of lake and groundwater interactions  are also
                                            3-62

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


incompletely understood in the Upper Midwest. In the West, the principal area of needed research

concerns defining the sensitivity of these systems to sulfate and nitrogen deposition.


3.7 REFERENCES
Colquhoun, J., W. Kretser, and M. PfeifFer.  1984.  Acidity Status of Lakes and Streams in New
York State. Albany, NY: New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.

Baker,  L.A.  1984. Mineral and Nutrient Cycles and Their Effect  on the Proton Balance of a
Softwater, Acidic Lake. Ph.D. Dissertation. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida.

Baker, L.A., C.D. Pollman, and J.M. Eilers.  1987.  Mechanisms of acid neutralization in Florida
lakes. In Review.

Bogucki,  D.J. and G.K. Greundling. 1982. Wetland interpretation and mapping project for the
Adirondack. Final Report to Adirondack Park Agency, 29 pp. and 104 maps.  Raybrook, NY.

Brezonik, P.L., C.D. Hendry, E.S. Edgerton, R.L. Schultze, and T.L. Crisman. 1983. Acidity,
nutrients, and minerals in precipitation over Florida:  Deposition  patterns, mechanisms, and
ecological  effects.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of  Research and Development,
Corvallis  Environmental Research Laboratory.  EPA-600/3/83-004, NTIS  No. PB83-165837.
Corvallis,  OR.

Canfield,  D.E., H.L. Schramm, J.V. Shireman, and W.T. Haller.  1983.  Sensitivity of Florida
lakes to acidic precipitation. In: A.E.S. Green and W.H. Smith, eds.  Acid Deposition Causes and
Effects:  A  State Assessment Model, pp. 283-306. Government Institutes.

Carlisle, V.W., C.T. Hallmark, F. Sodek, R.E. Caldwell, L.C. Hammond, and V.E. Berkheiser.
1981.  Characterization data for selected Florida soils. Soil Science Research Report No.  81-1.
Gainesville, FL: University of Florida.

Clark, W.E., R.H. Musgrove, C.G. Menke, and J.H. Cagle, Jr. 1964. Water resources of Alachua,
Bradford, Clay, and Union Counties, Florida. Geological Survey Report of Investigation No. 35.

Dick, W.A., J.V. Bonta, and F. Haghirl 1986. Chemical quality of suspended sediment from
watersheds subjected to surface coal mining. J. Environ. Qual. 15(3):289-292.

Drablos, D., I. Sevaldrud, and J.A. Timberlid.  1980. Historical land-use changes related to fish
status development in different areas in southern  Norway.  Proceedings of the International
Conference on the Ecological Impact of Precipitation. Norway.

Dugan, P.R. 1972.  Biochemical Ecology of Water Pollution.  New York: Plenum Press.

Dugan, P.R. 1985. The relationship of biological  sulfur cycling and coal industries to atmospheric
acid and acid deposition. In: Y.A. Attia, ed. Processing and Utilization of'High Sulfur Coals, pp. 102-
112. Proceedings of the First International Conference on Processing and Utilization of High Sulfur
Coals. Columbus, OH.

Eilers, J.M., G.E. Glass, and A.K. Pollack. 1983. Water quality changes in northern Wisconsin
lakes, 1930-1980. RL-D Draft 539. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
                                          3-63

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


Environmental Science and Engineering, Inc. 1985. Florida Acid Deposition Study: Phase IV
Report. ESE No. 83-152-0602-0120. Gainesville, FL.

Florida Electric Power Coordinating Group, Inc.  1986.  Florida Acid Deposition Study:  Final
Report - A Synthesis of the Florida Acid Deposition Study. Tampa, FL.

Fernald, E.A. and O. J. Patton. 1984.  Water Resources Atlas of Florida. Tallahassee, FL: Florida
State University.

Healy, H.G. 1974.  Potentiometric surface and areas of artesian flow of the Floridan aquifer in
Florida. Florida Bureau of Geology Map Series No. 73. Tallahassee, FL.

Healy, H.G. 1974. Water levels in artesian and nonartesian aquifers of Florida, 1971-1972. Florida
Bureau of Geology Information Circular No. 85. Tallahassee, FL.

Heath, R.C. and  C.S. Conover.  1981. Hydrologic Almanac  of Florida. U.S. Geological Survey
Open File Report 81-1107.

Hendry, C.D., Jr., and P.L. Brezonik. 1984. Chemical composition of softwater Florida lakes and
their sensitivity to acid precipitation. Water Res. Bull. 14:75-86.

Henriksen,  A. 1979. A simple approach for identifying and measuring acidification of freshwater.
Nature 278:542-545.

Henriksen,  A. 1980.  Acidification of freshwaters - a large scale titration.  In:  D. Drablos and
A. Tollan, eds.  Proceedings of the International Conference on Ecological Impact of Acid Deposition,
pp. 68-74. Oslo, Norway.

Henriksen,  A. 1982.  Changes in base cation concentrations due to freshwater acidification.  Acid
Rain Research Report 1/1982.  NIVA, Oslo, Norway.

Kramer, J.R. and  A. Tessier.  1982. Acidification of aquatic systems:  a critique of chemical
approaches.  Env. Sci. Technol. 16:606A-615A.

Krug, E.C. and C.R. Frink. 1983. Acid rain on acid soil: a new perspective. Science 221:520-525.

Krug, E.C., P.J.  Isaacson,  and C.R. Frink. 1984.  Appraisal of Some  Current Hypotheses
Describing Acidification of Watersheds. Presented at the 77th Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution
Control Association, San Francisco, CA, June 24-29.

Landers, D.H., J.M. Eilers, D.F. Brakke, W.S. Overton, P.E. Kellar, M.E. Silverstein,
-R.D. Schonbrod, R.E. Crowe, R.A. Linthurst, J.M. Omernik, S.A.  Teague, and E.P. Meier.
1987. Characteristics  of lakes in the western United States. A Contribution to  the National Acid
Precipitation Assessment Program, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Linsley, R.K., Jr., M.A. Kohler, J.L.H. Paulhus. 1975. Hydrology for Engineers.  New York, NY:
McGraw Hill.

Linthurst, R.A., D.H. Landers, J.M. Eilers, D.F.  Brakke, W.S. Overton, E.P. Meier, and R.E.
Crowe.  1986.  Characteristics of  lakes in the eastern  United States, Volume  I.  Population
descriptions  and physico-chemical relationships. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA/600/4-
86/007a.  Washington, DC.
                                           3-64

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                                 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                  DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Manahan, S.A. 1972. Environmental Chemistry. Boston, MA: Willard Grant Press.

National Academy of Sciences.. 1984. Acid deposition:  processes of lake acidification. A report
prepared by the Panel of Processes of Lake Acidification, Environmental Studies Board, 11 pp.
Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Academy of Sciences. 1986. Acid Deposition: Long-term Trends. Washington, DC:
National Academy Press.

National Acid Deposition Program/National Trends Network. 1986. National Acid Deposition
Program/National Trends Network Annual Data Summary. Precipitation Chemistry in the United
States, 1984. National Resource Laboratory, Fort Collins, CO.

Pfeiffer, M.H. and P.J. Festa. 1980.  Acidity status of lakes in the Adirondack Region of New York
in relationship to fish resources. FW-P168.  Albany, NY:  New York State Department of Environ-
mental Conservation.

Pollman, C.D. and C.D. Hendry. 1983.  Florida acid deposition study - Phase II: distribution and
analysis of lake and soil buffering characteristics in Florida. In:  A.E.S. Green and W.H. Smith, eds.
Acid Deposition Causes and Effects: A State Assessment Model, pp.222-240. Government Institutes.

Reuss, J.O. and D.W. Johnson. 1985. Effects of soil processes on the acidification of water by acid
deposition. J. Environ. Qual. 14:26-31.

Roof, B.S.  1985.  Acid Precipitation and Ion Movement in a Forested Typic Quartzipsamment.
M.S. Thesis.  Gainesville, FL:  University of Florida.

Rosenqvist, I.  1978.  Acid precipitation and other possible sources for acidification of rivers and
lakes. Sci; Total. Environ. 10:271-272.

Seip, H.M.  1980.  Acidification of freshwater, sources and mechanisms.  In:  D. Drablos and A.
Tollan, eds.  Ecological Impact of Acid Precipitation, pp. 358-366. Proceedings of an International
Conference on Acid Precipitation, SNSF Project.  Sandefjord, Norway, March 11-14,1980.
    i
Shannon, E.E. and P.L. Brezonik. 1972. Limnological characteristics of north and central Florida
lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 17:97-110.

Skartveit, A.  1980. Observed relationships between ionic composition of precipitation and runoff.
In: D. Drablos and A. Tollan,  eds. Ecological Impact of Acid Precipitation, pp. 242-243. Proceedings
of an International Conference on Acid Precipitation,  SNSF Project.  Sandefjord,  Norway,
March 11-14,1980.
    \
Stensland, G.J., D.M. Whelpdale, and G. Oehert, 1986.  Chapter 5: Precipitation Chemistry. In:
Acid Deposition, Long Term Trends.  Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Stumm, W. and J.J. Morgan. 1981.  Aquatic Chemistry:  An Introduction Emphasizing Chemical
Equilibria in Natural Waters.  Second Edition. New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons.

Towne, R.E. 1983. Past and present  pH and alkalinity of New Hampshire lakes and ponds, 20 pp.
Concord, NH: New Hampshire Water Supply Control Commission. Unpublished manuscript.
                                                       3-65

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Yobbi, D.K. and G.C. Chappell.  1979.  Summary of the Hydrology of the Upper Etonia Creek
Basin. Technical Publication SJ79-5. Palatka, FL: St. Johns River Management District.

Wright, R.F.  1987.  Acidification of Lakes in Eastern United States and Southern Norway:  A
Comparison. Environ. Sci. Technol.  In review.
                                          3-66

-------
 I
 I
 t
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                        SECTION 4
         BIOLOGICAL RELEVANCE OF OBSERVED CHANGES IN CHEMISTRY
                         AS A RESULT OF ACIDIC DEPOSITION
4.1 SUMMARY
          Critical parameters influencing fish response to acidification are considered to be  pH,
calcium, and inorganic aluminum.  Based on three independent analyses, critical values for  fish
population survival in acidic waters are defined: for example, brook trout, pH about 4.7 to 5.2; lake
trout, pH 5.2 to 5.5. These values and empirical models are then applied to data collected during
Phase I of the NSWS to  estimate numbers of fish populations lost as a result of acidification.
Unfortunately, because information is lacking on the distribution of the fishery resource at risk, it is
necessary to assume that all lakes are potentially suitable for each fish species of interest. Thus, the
resulting estimates of damage to date undoubtedly overestimate (in many cases substantially) the
actual  number of fish' populations lost.  Estimates suggest approximately 5% of the lakes in the
Northeast (NSWS sampling frame) may have lost populations of brook trout because of acidification
(that is, they currently have acidity levels considered not  suitable for brook trout population
survival). Estimates for lake trout range between 6 and 8%; for white sucker, 4 to 17%.  Data are
insufficient for a quantitative assessment of damage to fish populations in lakes in other regions or in
streams.

4.2 INTRODUCTION
      Estimates of chemical change as a result of acidic deposition were presented in Section 3.  The
OF purpose of this section is to translate these estimates of chemical change into best estimates of
effects of surface water acidification on aquatic biological communities.
     For several reasons, discussions of potential biological impacts in this report focus exclusively
on fish and the fishery  resource.   General ecological processes and functions (e.g., primary
productivity, nutrient cycling, and decomposition) appear to  be relatively robust, with significant
ecosystem impacts only at acidity levels above those that affect major fish species (Altshuller  and
Linthurst 1984; Schindler et al. 1985). Effects of acidification on fish, for the most part, are direct
rather than mediated through changes in food availability or quality (Rosseland 1985; Baker 1986).
The number of studies directed at quantifying the dose  response, or "critical values," for effects of
acidification is substantially greater for fish than for other aquatic organisms. Finally, effects on fish
and declines in the fishery resource can more readily be expressed in terms directly relevant to public
interest and resource utilization.
                                                        .4-1

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      Numerous laboratory and field experiments have demonstrated that acidic conditions are toxic
to fish.  With increasing acidity and surface water acidification, therefore, fish mortality rates
increase; the anticipated response is decreased numbers of fish and decreased fishery yield, and
eventually, if conditions are severe, extinction of the fish population. In laboratory bioassays, fish
growth rates are consistently lower at lower pH levels.  In the field, on the other hand, fish frequently
grow better and faster in acidic waters, presumably because fewer fish are competing for a relatively
fixed food supply. As a result of this fairly complex response, it is not yet clear whether, or to what
degree, fish abundance and fishery yields decrease specifically as a function of increasing acidity.
While population extinction and absence in low pH waters are fairly easily measured, field surveys
and experiments have yet to demonstrate  measurable and consistent declines in fish abundance or
yield at pH levels above those that cause population extinction (see Figure 4-1).  While theory
suggests that such declines should occur, the influence of acidity and acidification cannot be discerned
relative to the large number of other factors that also influence fish production.
       1.0-
 ill
 **
 "c
  «*-.
  2-1
0.8-

0.7-


0.5-
 Is
  si04"1
  (0
  z
  "5
  w
  flB
  U
0.3-

0.2-

0.1'
               4.8   5.0   5.2   5.4   5.6   5.8   6.0    6.2   6.4   6.6   6.8   7.0   7.2
                                                 pH
  Figure 4-1. The relationship between catch per unit effort of native lake trout in Ontario
  lake trout lakes as a function of summer pH.
  Source:  Beggsetal. (1985)
                                            4-2

-------
 I
 I

I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      As a result of these data limitations, effects on fish in this report are presented simply in terms
 of population presence or absence, i.e., population extinction. These relatively crude expressions of
 effect may underestimate the total impact if it is true that substantial reductions  in  yield or
 abundance occur at steady state at higher pH levels. In addition, the best available data sets on fish
 are generally those for game species, particularly salmonid species such as brook trout and lake trout.
 Other fish species may be more sensitive to acidity (others are also more tolerant); therefore, impacts
 expressed only in  terms of selected fish  species may underestimate the impacts on the total  fish
 community} Some information is available, however, for most major game species in the regions of
 interest.             '•
      Most investigators have suggested that the primary mechanism by which acidification affects
 fish populations involves increased mortality of early life history stages (eggs, fry, and juveniles) and
 subsequent failure of the population to reproduce itself (Altshuller and Linthurst 1984; Baker 1986).
 In general, these sensitive life stages occur at fairly discrete times and places within lakes  and
 streams.  For example, brook trout and lake trout spawn in the fall between September  and
 November, depending on latitude.   Eggs are deposited into, and incubate within, the  interstitial
 spaces of the sediment. Eggs hatch between February and April, and fry swim up  (out of the
 spawning substrate into the water column) about one month later. Thus, spawning may  coincide
 with fall episodes, while hatching and fry swim-up may coincide with spring snowmelt.
      As a result, the response of the fish population  to acidification may be controlled by water
 chemistry at particular times of the year and at particular locales. These critical times and places
 undoubtedly vary, however, among fish species, and to a degree, among lakes and streams.
 Unfortunately, detailed field studies have not been  conducted  that confirm these  hypotheses
 (Gunn 1986) or identify  specific critical times and locales. Assessments of potential effects on  fish
populations in this report, therefore, are approached in a manner consistent with the overall AERP,
 and are based principally on the NSWS index chemistry sample. It is assumed that this "index" also
 reflects water chemistry at critical times and locales for biological effects, whenever and wherever
 they might be.  Results  presented in Section 2.5.3.4, i.e., the strong correlation between the index
sample and minimum  pH in nine Adirondack  lakes,  suggest that this assumption is  not
unreasonable.
     Three sections  follow:  (1) identification of key chemical  parameters that influence fish
population  response,  (2) quantification  of "critical values" or dose-response relationships for
population success, and  (3)  regional assessments of effects of acidification and acidic deposition to
date on  selected fish species. Not all chemical changes  are biologically significant.  For  example, a
loss of 100 ueq L"1 ANC  from 200 to 100 may be accompanied by a  fairly small change in pH (from
approximately 7.1 to 6.7; see Figure 3-8) and no measurable increase in fish mortality.  Interpretation
                                                         4-3

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

of the significance of the chemical data presented in Sections 2 and 3, therefore, requires some
understanding of the associated changes in biological communities of interest.  Unfortunately, the
availability of data for quantification of biological responses is somewhat limited. In general, more
data are available on fish population responses in lakes than in streams, and for fish populations in
the northeastern United States than in other regions.

4.3 CHEMICAL PARAMETERS THAT INFLUENCE FISH RESPONSE
      The chemical parameters identified as primary determinants of fish survival in acidic waters
are pH, inorganic aluminum (Al), and calcium (Ca). Evidence supporting this conclusion, based on
field and laboratory studies, was summarized in Altshuller and Linthurst (1984). The toxicity of low
pH levels (^ 5-6, depending on fish species), recognized for many years by fishery biologists, results in
most cases from impaired body salt regulation (McDonald 1983).  A change in ANC, by itself, has no
effect on fish, although changes in ANC are closely correlated with shifts in pH (Figure 3-8).
      Decreased pH (£5.5), in turn, results in increased mobilization and solubility of inorganic Al.
In many regions, concentrations of inorganic Al in surface waters are  highly correlated  with
lakewater pH (Figure 4-2).  Numerous studies have documented the toxicity of inorganic Al in acidic
waters (Baker and Schofield 1982; Brown 1983; Ingersoll 1986; Cleveland et al. 1986). In addition,
field correlations and bioassays in acidic waters (ANC £0 ueq I/1) suggest that Ai, more so than any
other metal, controls fish survival (Schofield and Trojnar 1980; Baker 1982).  Other metals  (e.g., zinc
and copper) may also play an important role in fish toxicity under certain conditions, particularly in
waters  with pH above 5.2-5.5 (i.e., without significant Al mobilization; Hutchinson and Sprague
1986).
      Aluminum toxicity is highly dependent on the chemical form (or species) of Al, pH, and fish life
history stage (Figure 4-3).  As a result, over the range of conditions anticipated with acidic deposition,
Al may have no effect, a severe detrimental effect,  or even a  beneficial effect on fish  survival.
Variations in inorganic Al toxicity with pH likely reflect both variations  in the concentration of
inorganic Al species and interactions between H+ and Al at biological surfaces, e.g., gills (Campbell
and Stokes 1985). Consistent patterns of inorganic Al  toxicity as a function of pH,  therefore, are
difficult to detect and summarize. Based on correlations between fish mortality in bioassays and
concentrations of the Al species, several researchers have concluded that the Al species A1(OH)"2
and/or Al(OH)"1"2 may control mortality (Leivestad et al. 1985). Such analyses, however, probably
oversimplify a highly complex set of interactions, and no single ion controls fish response.
                                             4-4

-------
 I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
I
   490
<«. 46°
5 430'
 O) 400
3 370-
 | 340.
•| 310
   280-
 , 250-
•1 220.
 Oi 190-
 O 160
— 130
1 loo-
's  70-
 v!  40-
3  10-
   -20
                                                                                       = 45
                                                                          * •     • •
                4.00
                4.50
5.00
6.50
7.00
                                   5.50        6.00
                                      LakepH
Figure 4-2. Inorganic aluminum levels as a function of pH in Adirondack lakes sampled
during Phase II of the NSWS.
7.50
I
I
  5.5
              S.O'
             4.2
         0.1    0.2   0.3   0.4
                                          0    °-1   °2    °-3    0.4    0    0.1    0.2   0.3   0.4    0.5
                                          Aluminum Added (mg 1*1)
             Figure 4-3.  Isopleths of percent survival of brook trout for three early life history stages
             as a function of pH and aluminum: (A) percent hatch of embryos, (B) percent survival of
             sac fry after 14 days, (C) percent survival of swim-up fry after 14 days.
             Source:  Baker and SchofiehH 1982)
                                                     4-5

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      Unfortunately, measurements of inorganic Al are relatively time-consuming, and frequently
in field studies only total Al or total monomeric Al levels are measured, i.e., the sum of the inorganic
and organic species. Complexation of Al with organic compounds markedly reduces or eliminates Al
toxicity (Driscoll et al. 1980; Karlsson-Norrgren et al. 1986).  Thus, waters with low pH  and high
levels of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) may be relatively nontoxic if much or all of the total Al is
complexed by organics. Measures of DOC may be useful, therefore, in assessing potential toxicity,
particularly in the absence of data for inorganic Al.
      Calcium, perhaps through its influence on membrane stability, mitigates pH and Al toxicity.
In laboratory bioassays, fish tolerate lower pH levels and higher Al concentrations in waters with
higher Ca concentrations (Brown 1983; Ingersoll 1986). Calcium concentrations in the  range of 0.5 to
2.0 mg L~i, in particular, have a marked influence on fish  survival in acidic waters. These bioassay
results are supported by strong correlations in field studies between fish population survival and Ca
at low pH levels (Wright and Snekvik 1978; Schofield and Trojnar 1980).  Chester (1984) analyzed
survey data for 750 Norwegian lakes and consistently found that lakes with a ratio of Ca to H+ <3
had lost populations of brown trout (Figure 4-4).
    40-
    30
  2 20
     10-
            •••::=-.:,.     *    -. v       x
            ' •  •'••  :             /.' '   X
         ._.••_..   •'•  v ...   ./*•    ^
                          50
100
150
200
      Figure 4-4. Fishery status for lakes in southern Norway in relation to calcium and
      hydrogen ion concentration. Lakes with fishes marked with an X.
      Source: Chester (1984)
                                            4-6

-------
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The potential for fish populations to survive during surface water acidification is analyzed,
therefore, principally as a function of pH, Al, Ca, and DOC, and of their interactive effects.  Because of
these interactions, simple, single-variable expressions of "critical values for effects" (e.g., pH £5.0)
may not be appropriate.

4.4 CRITICAL VALUES OR RANGES FOR EFFECTS ON FISH POPULATIONS
      The objective of this section is to provide the best possible predictions, based on  existing
information, of levels of acidity (and associated parameters) that cause significant damage to fish
populations.  As noted in Section 4.1, the primary response variable of interest is population
extinction, or measurable effects at the population level; chemical variables are to be expressed, to
the extent possible, in terms equivalent to the Phase I NSWS index sample.  Further details are
provided in a report by Baker et al. (1987).
      Two approaches to estimating  "critical values" or ranges for effects of acidification on fish
populations have been developed independently:
      (1) a qualitative review and integration of all available published literature - field
         surveys, field experiments, field bioassays, and laboratory bioassays; and
      (2) empirical models of fish population response based on field surveys and the
         observed correlation between fish population status and water chemistry.
Bach approach has advantages and disadvantages.  Thus,  comparison between approaches should
                                              a
greatly improve the reliability and accuracy of results and conclusions.

4.4.1 Qualitative Review and Integration of the Published Literature
      A fairly large body of data exists dealing with effects of acidity and acidification on fish and
fish populations.  Laboratory bioassays, field bioassays, field  experiments, and field surveys each
provide a different type of information useful in identifying critical values or ranges for adverse
effects on fish.  Several problems arise, however, that make quantitative integration of these data
bases difficult:
      •  The lack of consistency among studies, in terms of response variables measured,
         experimental or survey design, and the types and ranges of chemical parameters
         examined.
      •  The relatively small number of experiments or studies  that  have considered
         environmental conditions that are directly relevant to waters potentially impacted
         by acidic deposition.
                                                         4-7

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      •  The large  number of variables and parameters that influence fish response to
         acidification.
      •  The uncertainties and biases associated with extrapolating results from laboratory
         bioassays for prediction of population responses in the field, including
         (1) cumulative effects  through the  life cycle, (2) density-dependent mortality
         factors (compensatory mortality), and (3) temporal and spatial heterogeneity in
         water chemistry.
To take full advantage of the total body of relevant information generated, therefore, a fairly simple,
qualitative approach to combining a variety of studies has been adopted.  The procedure was first
used by Altshuller and Linthurst (1984).  The results presented here represent an update of that
report.
      All relevant literature and reports were reviewed.  Only data judged to be of high quality,
derived from studies examining fish responses to acidity in waters of low ionic strength, and with Al
levels comparable to those anticipated at low pH levels in the field (Figure 4-3) were considered
further.  For each study, the approximate threshold pH for significant adverse effects was identified
(Baker et al. 1987). Values for seven fish species common in eastern North America are presented in
Table 4-1.  Based on these data, an estimated "critical range" for adverse population effects was
defined for each species for which sufficient data exist (Figure 4-5); for example: brook trout (pH 4.7-
5.1), lake trout (pH 5.2-5.5), white sucker (pH 4.7-5.1), and blacknose dace (pH 5.6-6.2).
      Values  for the "critical range" were selected prior to completion of analyses involving
quantitative modeling (Sections 4.4.2 and 4.4.3).  Aluminum and Ca were not explicitly treated, but
in general  varied within  the ranges anticipated in surface waters potentially affected by  acidic
deposition.  For laboratory bioassays, pH thresholds identified represent experimental treatments
with both low pH and elevated Al.  Aluminum toxicity varies as a function of pH and among fish
species and life stages.  Significant adverse effects have been reported at levels as low as 28  ug L'l
(Sadler and Lynam 1986), and no adverse effects have been observed at Al levels as high or higher
than 500 pg L'l under certain conditions (Ingersoll 1986).
      Chemistry values for field surveys and field experiments frequently represent only one or a few
measurements taken during the summer or fall season.  Thresholds for effects in laboratory and field
bioassays,  on  the other hand, reflect  the sensitivity of specific life stages, often early  life history
stages (Table 4-1). Integration of these data sets requires recognition that pH values associated with
the timing of these early life history stages may be substantially lower (perhaps about 0.5 pH units,
Section 2.5.3) than values measured during the summer or fall, or than the NSWS index sample.
                                             4-8

-------
I
                                        DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
            TABLE 4-1. SUMMARY OF FIELD EXPERIMENTS,
           FIELD BIOASSAYS, AND LABORATORY BIOASSAYS
          RELATING CRITICAL pH VALUES TO FISH RESPONSE
(All reported pH values take into account anticipated calcium and aluminum levels
      in acidic soft-water systems potentially sensitive to acidic deposition.)

Field Survey
Population
Absence








Population
Loss






Recruitment
Failure



Stocking
Failure



Fish Kill

Field Experiment
Population Loss
Recruitment
Failure
Field Bioassay
Embryo Mortality



Brook
Trout

5.1"
<5.1>>
5.8'
4.6-4.7*
5.1 -5.3'
S.O*
5.0)
4.6-4.7'
<5.2k
<5.1-
5.0*
4.3-5.0°
4.7-5.0"
5.1-5.6r
4.6-5.6'

4.9-5.40



4.8-5.0*
<4.0»
4.5-4.8*
4.8-5.fly



4.8-5.0°>>


4.3-4.6°°
5.2-5.3"
4.4-5.088
4.5-4.6"
Lake
Trout

6.0*
4.4"







5.4a
5.2°
5.3-5.5"
5.2-5.31
5.2-5.6r
5.0-5.2*
5.2-5.8"
6.9'
5.51-
5.5-5.61
5.2-5.5"
5.0-5.21







5.6«

5.0 -5.3-"
5.2-5.6"
4.4-5.088

Rainbow Atlantic
Trout Salmon

4.0-5.0' 5.3d
4.7-5.7<>






,
5.0-5.1'
4.7-5.0°









4;4»
5.0-5.5*


5.2-5.5'
3.9-4.2»«




>5.4" 5.0-5.5"
4.7ff
<5.1hh .
4.4-4.9JJ
White
Sucker

4.8-4.9"
<5.1<>
4.2-4.3'
4.6-4.7d
5A[
5.4-5.5*



<5.1»
4.5-4.8"
4.9-5.1°
5.4-5.70
4.9-5.21
4.7-5.2*

4.8-4.9"
4.9-5.0*
4.9-5.5°
4.7 -5.2"








5.0«





Creek Blacknose
Chub Dace

5.2« 6.5a
6.0'
5.9?
5.68





5.48 6.2a
4.7-5.00 5.7 -6. IP











-







5,3-5.7*1 5.3-5.9dd



                                                                              (continued)
                                               •4-9

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                              TABLE 4-1. (Continued)
Brook
Trout
Field Bioassny(Cont)
Fry Mortality 5.9*
5.0*1
5.0-5.4M
4.8""
Fingerling/Young-of- 5.0-5.1bb
Year Mortality
4.4 -4.7""
Yearling/Adult 47-51*
Mortality
4.4-4.8dd
4.7-5.1"
4.8°°
4.6-4.8W
Laboratory Bioassay
Embryo Mortality 5.1 - 5.2
-------
I
I
I
                                4.0
                                                              DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                             FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                               DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Species
Mud Minnow        \	1	
Yellow Perch                    [-	-|	
Largemouth Bass                 |	)	
Brown Bullhead                   |	1	
Northern Pike                     j-	.j	
Golden Shiner                       (•	|
Brook Trout                         ^	j	
White Sucker                       |-	-|	
Atlantic Salmon                     |	1	
PumpkinseedSunfish                 |-	-\	
Rock Bass                           |-	-j	
Brown Trout                          |	1	
Creek Chub                             h	-1	:—
Rainbow Trout                          |-	1	
Arctic Char                               |	1	;	
RedbellyDace                             j.	
Fathead Minnow                             \-—	1	
Lake Trout                                    {•	J=	
Small mouth Bass                               \-	1	
Walleye                                       \	\	
Common Shiner                                     r	r	
Blacknose Dace                                      .  |	
Bluntnose Minnow                                   •     [	
Blacknose Shiner                                             [••
                                         5.0
6.0
                                                               pH
                      n
                       3
                      12
                       7
                      11
                       7
                     • 10
                      49
                      21
                      13
                       8
                       6
                      15
                      11
                      13
                       3
                       5
                       2
                      26
                      12
                       8
                       6
                       6
                       3
                       3
 I
7.0
            Figure 4-5.  Estimated "critical" pH values  for effects on fish populations, based on a
            qualitative literature review (Table 4-1; Baker et al. 1987).  Dashed lines reflect the range of
            uncertainty in the estimated "critical** pH. Number of observations (n) used to derive the
            estimated  critical" pH noted.   •            .                                      .
                                                     4-11

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
4.4.2 Empirical Models of Fish Response
      Empirical models offish population response to acidification used in this report were developed
based on procedures outlined by Reckhow et al. (Submitted); model assumptions and error analysis
are discussed in greater detail in Reckhow et al. (1985, 1987) and Baker et al. (1987). Maximum
likelihood logistic regression analysis was applied to  two major data sets: (1) 857 lakes in the
Adirondack Mountain region of New York, surveyed by the Adirondack Lake Survey Corporation
(ALSO in 1984 and 1985, and (2) 192 lakes in Ontario surveyed by the Ontario Ministry of Natural
Resources (OMNR; Beggs et al. 1985). These models, therefore, are specific to populations offish in
lakes and are calibrated based on data for fairly restricted regions of eastern North America. Several
smaller data sets, including data for lakes in Vermont and New Hampshire, were  used  for
preliminary model testing, but in general the broader utility of these models for other regions cannot
be assessed at this time. Sufficient data were not available for development of similar models for
streams.
      Analyses were restricted to those lakes that historically supported the fish species of interest,
based on results from prior fish surveys conducted before 1970. For Adirondack lakes, assessment of
historical presence was based on the Fish Information Network (FIN) data base (Baker and Harvey
1984). Fish survey data in FIN were reviewed, without reference to information on water quality.
Lakes that previously supported species, but for which obvious alternative explanations for the
population decline and  loss existed, were also eliminated from further analyses.  Alternative
explanations for population loss included major changes in stocking  practices and lake reclamation,
and for some species, introductions of competing species (e.g., yellow perch).  Historically, all
192 Ontario lakes had supported lake trout; none had experienced management changes or other
perturbations (other than perhaps acidification) that may have accounted for subsequent loss of lake
trout populations.
      Models are presented for three species offish:  brook trout, lake trout, and white sucker. Of the
six other species examined, none (except perhaps brown bullhead)  had sufficient ALSC or OMNR
data for model development. For brook trout, lake trout, and white  sucker, the current presence or
absence of the species was analyzed as a  function  of water chemistry parameters associated with
surface water acidification (i.e., pH, Al, Ca, DOC, and ANC).  Physical parameters, including lake
elevation, area, and depth, were also examined. Restricting the data set to lakes with confirmed prior
presence of the species, and no obvious alternative explanations for fish population loss, increased the
likelihood that  the current presence or absence of the species reflected the fish species tolerance to
acidity and associated parameters. Absence of a fish species can be interpreted as extinction of the
population from the lake.
                                            4-12

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                   Logistic regression analyses assumed the following functional relationship:
I
I
I
where Pr(P)i is the probability that lake i has the fish species present; Xu through Xn are values for
the independent variables (e.g., pH, AI, Ca, DOC, and ANC) for lake i; and BQ through Bk are
estimates of the regression coefficients. Based on the model, the probability offish presence in any
given lake (0 S Pr(P)i Si) can be predicted. For purposes of the assessment, however, the focus is not
on predictions for any single lake, but instead for the population of lakes as a whole. The sum of the
predicted probabilities of fish  presence across all lakes within  the population yields the predicted
number of lakes with the fish species present (AO:
                                                    N = JT
             Confidence intervals on this predicted number of lakes can then be calculated from the variance and
             covariance estimates for model coefficients (J.  Beauchamp, personal communication, Oak Ridge
             National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN; Baker et al. 1987).
                   Because the models offish response are to be used in association with the Phase I NSWS data
             (Section 4.5), expressions of water chemistry parameters were selected to be as similar as possible to
             the index sample collected for lakes in the eastern United States in the fall of 1984 (Section 2.4.2).
             Lakes in the Adirondacks  were sampled by the ALSC for  chemistry at two times: in the summer
             (June-August) and in either the spring (April-May) or fall (September-November). Fish models are
             based on mean values at 1.5 m (or < 1.5 m for shallow lakes) calculated for the spring/fall sampling
             period.  In Ontario, lakes  were only  sampled during the summer months; values used  in  model
             development represent the mean of all samples, as presented in Beggs et al. (1985).
                   For each of the three species, stepwise logistic regression analyses (both forward  and
             backward) were run using  pH,  log(total  Al), log(inorganic Al), log(Ca), log(DOC), log(ANC),
             log(elevation), log(area), log(depth), and selected interaction terms. Two-variable models, pH plus
             each of the other parameters, were also examined.  All variables (except pH) were log-transformed,
             because the log-transformed data provided a better approximation of the normal distribution than did
             the non-transformed data.  Both the ALSC and OMNR measured only total Al.  Estimates of
             inorganic Al were based on measured pH and total fluoride, using predictive models for inorganic Al
             derived from chemistry data collected during Phase II of the ELS (Baker et al. 1987).
                   Based on the above analyses, the best predictive model for each fish species was selected.  For
             brook trout (ALSC data set, n = 202), only pH and log(ANC) were identified as variables significantly
                                                        4-13

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
correlated with fish presence/absence. Given that pH and ANC are themselves highly correlated
(r = 0.897), and because ANC, per se, has no clear biological interpretation, the final model selected
included pH alone:
             PKP)..=
                                                                model c=0.822
                  »   l+exp (8.54-1.73pfl)
The ALSO brook trout data and modeling results (with 95% confidence interval) are plotted in
Figures 4-6 and 4-7, respectively.
      The utility of the brook trout model for prediction for other regions was tested using three
relatively small data sets: (1) 23 brook trout lakes in Ontario (Beggs and Gunn 1987), (2) 29 lakes in
Vermont (Langdon 1983, 1984), and (3) 20 lakes in New Hampshire (Singer and Boylen 1984).
Historical data were  not available for the Vermont and New Hampshire lakes to confirm prior
presence.  To minimize errors associated with non-brook trout lakes, only lakes with pH ^6.0 in
Vermont and New Hampshire were included in the test (n=18 and 9, respectively).  The observed
number of lakes with brook trout present was 33 (out of 50 total). The predicted number based on the
ALSC brook trout model was 33.2, with a 95% confidence interval of 29.1 to 37.3.
  16-
o
.0
u
."  8-
*E
O)
6
O)
_>  4'
O
I/I
       Absences (0)N = 18
       Presences(1)N =
                                                     11
                                 ',    .     .1".    ..
                                     t ' 1
                            0  o
                        1     1   1
                                ,4
                             01
                                    01

                                                   1    1
1   '11
   4.00       4.50
5.00       5.50      6.00       6.50       7.00
                  Lake pH
                                                                           7.50
                                     8.00
  Figure 4-6. Brook trout presence/absence in Adirondack lakes as a function of lake pH
  and DOC.
                                           4-14

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
1
I
I
I
                 0.0
                   4.00
                4.50
5.00
5.50       6.00       6.50
        LakepH
7.50
8.00
  Figure 4-7.  Probability of brook trout presence plotted as a function of lake pH (with
  95% confidence intervals).  Estimates derived from the Empirical ALSC  Brook Trout
  Model.

      Only 19 ALSC lakes had confirmed  presence of lake trout  in the past and no obvious
alternative explanations for lake trout loss. Thus, the lake trout model was based only on the Ontario
data set (n = 192), using the 19 ALSC lakes for initial model testing. As for brook trout, only pH and
log \NC) were significantly correlated with the presence/absence of lake trout.  Again, the two
parameters were highly correlated (r=0.705).  Thus, the final model selected  for application
inregional assessments included pH alone:
                          PKP).=	
                               1   1+exp (32.22 -6.1 BpH)
                                                                 model c=0.991
             Data for the 192 Ontario lake trout lakes and results from the predictive model for lake trout
             presence (including, a 95% confidence interval) are plotted in Figures 4-8 and 4-9, respectively. For
             the 19 ALSC lakes, the model predicted that  17.8 would have lake trout present (95% confidence
             interval, 17.3 to 18.2); 16 of the 19 lakes actually had lake trout present.
                                                       4-15

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
   16
 O)
I12
 O
•e
 ID
w
•1  •
 (P
 o>
I «
 M
 in
       Absences (0)N = 21
       Presences (1)N = 130
               0°** - 00
                                        1   i
                                                     v1  '*'   \;''
                                   '•^  1\   irtvM,"^',«,''  *
                                'I'1 ^.    ,''    i11!1;;   !'   <  \  '  ;.»
4.00
              4.50
5.00
                     7.00
7.50
                               5.50       6.00       6.50
                            	     LakepH
Figure 4-8. Lake trout presence/absence in Ontario lake trout lakes as a function of pH
and DOC.
8.00
      It is interesting that for both
 brook trout and lake trout models,
 neither Al nor Ca  were significantly
 associated with fish presence/absence
 after adjusting for effects due to pH. In
 bioassays, Al and Ca clearly influence
 fish survival.  Among lakes within a
 given region (the Adirondacks or
 Ontario), however,  both variables are
 themselves highly correlated with pH
 (pS0.0001). In these circumstances, Al
 and Ca may add  little additional
 information to aid in.prediction of fish
 presence/absence.
                                   .0
                                    m
                                   .a
                                    o
                                   •o
                                   I
                  1.0
                  0.9
                  0.8
                  .0.7
                  0.6
                  0.5
                  0.4
                  0.3
                  0.2
                  0.1
0.0
  4.00 4.50 5.00
                                  5.50 6.00 6.50
                                     LakepH
                                                                    7.00 7.50 8.00
                                   Figure 4-9.  Probability of lake trout presence
                                   plotted as  a function of lake pH (with 95%
                                   confidence intervals). Estimates derived from the
                                   Empirical Ontario Lake Trout Model.
                                          4-16

-------
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
1
I
      For white sucker, based on the ALSC data (n = 173), in two-variable models only log(ANC)
was significant after adjusting for differences related to lake pH at p^O.05. Stepwise forward logistic
regression included pH, log(ANC), and Iog(DOC). Stepwise backward regression, on the other hand,
included log(inorganic Al), log(DOC), and log(ANC), with a much higher model Chi-square.  Two
models for white sucker are presented, therefore, and used in Section 4.5:  one based on pH alone
(consistent with the brook trout and lake trout models), and one based on inorganic Al, DOC, and
ANC:
                         PKP).=
                                                                 . modelc=Q.7l
I

                                                                             modelc=Q.BQ4
            l + exp (27.8+ 8.Qlog(inorganicAt\-4.5 log[DOC] + 7.9 log[ANCfi
ALSC data for white sucker and results from the pH-alone white sucker model are plotted in Figures
4-10 and 4-11, respectively.  No suitable data sets were available for preliminary model testing.
               24'
             O)

             § !6'
            U
            .| 12-
            ta
            >
            s
            <*  4.
            15
                   Absences (0)N = 38
                   Presences (1)N= 164
                       1
                     o      1
                        i        i
                         n    0
                                                  ,'  1   «'
                                                           11 1
                                                           t i
                                                     11

                                            1    - '   ,  "  1   ,   t '
                4.00
              4.50       5.00
5.50       6.00       6.50       7.00       7.50       8.00
        Lake pH
             Figure 4-10. White sucker presence/absence in Adirondack lakes as a function of lake pH
             and DOC.
                                                      4-17

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
    1.0-
    0.9-
    0.8
 .a
 o
 £ 0.5-

 .5 0.4-

 ^ 0.3'

    0.2-

    O.V
    0.0
     4.00      4.50      5.00       5.50.     6.00      6.50
                                          Lake pH
7.00
7.50
8.00
  Figure 4-11.  Probability of white sucker presence plotted as a function of lake pH (with
  95% confidence intervals). Estimates derived from the Empirical ALSC White Sucker
  Model based on pH alone.
4.4.3 Summary: Critical Values for Effects on Fish Popluations
      Several approaches have been applied to predict "critical values" for water chemistry for effects
of acidification on fish populations.  The most  extensive data, and most reliable estimates, are
available for populations of fish in lakes, and for three species in particular: brook trout, lake trout,
and white sucker. For a given region, because of the close correlation between pH, inorganic Al, and
Ca, fish population response may  be reasonably predicted for regional assessments by  a single
parameter, pH.  Inclusion of all three water chemistry parameters, pH, inorganic Al,  and Ca,
however, may  yield better predictions for individual lakes or functional relationships between fish
response and water chemistry that are more directly transferable among different regions.
                                           4-18

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                       FOR INTERN AL USE ONLY
                                                                         DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Two estimates of the "critical value" for effects in terms of pH were derived for brook trout, lake
trout, and white sucker:

      Brook Trout
      (1)  pH 4.7 to 5.1, based on the qualitative review of available data in the literature
          (Figure 4-5).; and
      (2)  pH 4.7 to 5.2, based on the empirical ALSO brook trout model and for predicted
          probabilities offish presence ranging from 0.4 to 0.6 (Figure 4-7).

      Lake Trout
      (1)  pH 5.2 to 5.5, based on the qualitative review of available literature (Figure 4-5);
          and
      (2)  pH 5.2 to 5.3, based on the empirical Ontario lake trout model and on predicted
          probabilities offish presence ranging from 0.4 to 0.6 (Figure 4-9).

      White Sucker
      (1)  pH 4.7 to 5.1, based on the qualitative review of available literature (Figure 4-5);
          and
      (2)  pH 4.2 to 4.9, based on  the empirical ALSC  model and for a range of predicted
          probabilities offish presence from 0.4 to 0.6 (Figure 4-10).

4.5 ESTIMATE OF DAMAGE TO DATE
4.5.1 Introduction
      In this section, estimates of critical values and models for effects of acidification  on fish are
used in conjunction with results from Phase I  of the NSWS and analyses in Section 3 to provide
preliminary estimates of the extent of damage to fish populations to date from acidic deposition. As
discussed previously, "damage" is  defined as population extinction; potential effects on  decreasing
fishery yields (prior to population  extinction) cannot be assessed at this time.  Sufficient data are
available for "reasonable" estimates of effects for only a few fish species, principally game species.
Finally, models of fish population response and estimates of critical values for effects have been
derived primarily from data for lake populations.  Predictions of effects on stream populations are
highly uncertain.
      Several major uncertainties remain unresolved at this time that substantially limit the ability
to quantify the impacts of acidic deposition on fish. While some progress has been made  in defining
the relationship between acidity and population response (Section 4.4),  definitive  information is
lacking on the distribution of the fishery resource at risk. For example, there is no estimate of what
proportion of the lakes in the northeastern  United States support brook trout as a primary  game
species. Furthermore, brook trout are not randomly  distributed among lakes in the Northeast, but
occur most frequently in certain types of habitats.  In the case of brook trout, this habitat type (e.g.,
                                                          4-19

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
small, high elevation lakes) tends to be particularly susceptible to impacts from acidic deposition.
Thus, despite the fact that brook trout are fairly tolerant of acidity (relative to other fish species)
because of its distribution in "sensitive habitats," brook trout, more so than any other game species in
the United States, has been impacted by acidic deposition. Other game species, although less tolerant
of acidity (e.g., lake trout), may occur in larger lakes  at lower elevations that have experienced
relatively minor shifts in ANC or pH over time.
      Given this lack of information on the distribution of the resource at risk, studies proceeded
with several worst-case scenarios of impact. That is, the assumption has been made that all lakes can
support each species of fish, and that the only factors potentially limiting fish distribution relate to
surface water acidity. It should be clear that these assumptions are likely to severely overestimate
the number of fish populations lost due to acidification.  These  overestimates of damage may be
balanced, however, to an unknown degree by the underestimation of damage related to assessment of
only population extinction, rather than decreases in fishery yield.  Effects on other biota are also not
considered at this time (Section 4.2).
      Assuming that all fish species once occurred in all lakes (or streams), the estimates and
empirical models of critical values derived in Section 4.4 can be directly applied to the Phase I NSWS
data for regional estimates of damage to date. For example, the predicted probability of fish species
presence (or its inverse, population extinction) can be calculated for each lake sampled during Phase I
of the NSWS.  These predicted probabilities for lakes sampled  can then be extrapolated to the
population of lakes in the same manner that values for  water, chemistry were assessed in Section 2
and by Linthurst et al. (1986).  The output  may be expressed in terms of a cumulative frequency
distribution for probability of fish presence  (or extinction) for any given region, or the sum of the
predicted probabilities for all lakes in the region, i.e., the estimated number of lakes in the region
with fish (or the inverse, the estimated number of lakes in the region that have lost fish or that have
acidity levels not suitable for fish population survival).
      Two  major sources of uncertainty contribute to these analyses: (1) the error associated with
measuring water chemistry in only a sample of the total population of waters in a region (termed
sampling error), and (2) the error and uncertainty associated with the predicted probability of fish
presence based on the measured water chemistry (termed prediction error).  Procedures for
integrating these two sources of error into regional estimates of damage have not been developed.
Instead,  the relative magnitude of the error associated with each is examined separately.   For
estimates of critical values based on literature reviews only  (Section 4.4.1), uncertainties in
prediction were not quantified.  Estimates of numbers of fish populations lost, therefore, are simply
the NSWS estimates for numbers of lakes with pH below the specified critical range  for the fish
species of interest.
                                            4-20

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
I
      In Section 3.4.3, worst-case estimates for historical  ANC and pH values in lakes were
presented based on application of the Henriksen model of surface water acidification with F = 0.
Estimates of numbers of lakes with fish presence have also been calculated, therefore, for these
estimated historical pH distributions.  The comparison between  expected numbers of lakes that
supported fish in the past versus those that support fish in the present yields a further refinement of
estimates of damage to date, but still assumes that all lakes with suitable pH (and Ca and AI) could
support fish. In reality, many other factors also limit the distribution of particular species offish.

4.5.2 Lakes in the Northeastern United States (Region 1)
      Empirical models of fish population response for brook trout, lake trout, and white sucker are
applied only for lakes in the northeastern United States.  Suitable  models for other regions (or
species) or streams have not yet been developed. Discussions in other sections are limited to use of the
qualitative estimates of critical values based on literature reviews (Section 4.4.1).
      Estimates of damage, in terms of numbers of lakes in the Northeast (Region 1) that have lost
populations offish or that have acidity levels not suitable for fish population survival, are presented
for brook trout, lake trout, and white sucker in Table 4-2. Three cumulative frequency distributions
for lakes in the Northeast are plotted: the predicted probability of population loss for brook trout, lake
trout (Figure 4-12a and 4-12b), and white sucker (two models, Figures 4-13a and 4-13b) based on
empirical models (Section 4.4.2).

 TABLE 4-2. ESTIMATES OF NUMBERS OF LAKES IN THE REGION 1NSWS SAMPLING
     FRAME THAT HAVE LOST POPULATIONS OF FISH DUE TO ACIDIFICATION*
                                          Estimated Number (and Percent) of Lakes
                                                     that have Lost Fish
                                                    95% Upper Confidence Bound
                                                             Based On
                     Basis for Estimate
                                           N
                   Sampling Error   Prediction Error
 BROOKTROUT
    Qualitative Literature Review
    Empirical Model
      •  Current Chemistry
      •  Current Chemistry adjusted
         for Historical Chemistry
    LAP Model
 LAKE TROUT
    Qualitative Literature Review
    Empirical Model
      •  Current Chemistry
      •  Current Chemistry adjusted
         for Historical Chemistry
 WHITE SUCKER
    Qualitative Literature Review
    Empirical Model (pH)
      •  Current Chemistry
      •  Current Chemistry adjusted
         for Historical Chemistry
    Empirical ModeKAl, DOC, ANC)
	•  Current Chemistry	
123 - 327 (1.8 - 4.6)   174 - 420 (2.5 - 5.9)
     575(8.1)           834(11.7)
     375 (5.3)
 Not yet available   Not yet available
354 - 613 (5.0 - 8.6)  450 - 737 (6.3 -10.4)
     412(5.8)           685(9.6)
     404 (5.7)
125 - 327 (1.8 - 4.6)   174 - 420 (2.5 - 5.9)
     553(7.8)           810(11.4)
     280 (3.9)
   1243(17.5)	1486 (20.9)
   779(11.0)

Not yet available


    505(7.1)
                                                                                         792(11.2)
             a  Note: These numbers likely overestimate the actual impact; details are provided in the text. The total estimated number of
               lakes in Region 1 (NSWS sampling frame; area >4 ha and 22000 ha) is 7095.96.
                                                       4-21

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      These estimates suggest that
about 5% of the lakes in the
Northeast (NSWS sampling frame;
lakes >4 ha and £2000 ha) may
have lost populations  of brook trout .
due to acidification.  Similar esti- .
mates for lake trout range from about
6 to 8% of the lakes; for white sucker
from  4  to 17% of the lakes.
Coefficients of variation  for these
predictions are on the order  of 30-
40% for sampling error, and 20-40%
for prediction error (see Table 4-2);
thus, a damage estimate of 5% with a
40% coefficient of variation for
sampling error could  be as high as
7% (40% of 5%).
      Brook trout and lake trout are
probably the two most important
game species  in northeastern lakes
considered  to  be potentially
susceptible to acidic  deposition.
Smallmouth bass and  large mouth
bass  are also common,  although
generally  in larger  lakes or in
regions of the Northeast with fewer
numbers of acidic lakes (i.e., outside
the Adirondack region of New York,
Subregion  1A).  Neither, of these
species is distinctly more sensitive to
acidity than the lake trout or brook
trout (Figure 4-5).  However, the
numbers of populations lost with
respect to sensitive nongame species,
such as several of the minnow species
                                      1.0-
  0.8-

  0.4-
  0.2-
  b.o<
                                                                          Northeast
       B
Northeast
  -0.8.
gO.6-
U" 0.4-
  0.2-
  00'
     t.O       0.8       0.6       0.4       0.2       0.0
      Probability of Brook Trout/Lake Trout Loss
Figure 4-12.  Cumulative frequency distributions for
probability of loss of brook trout (A) and lake trout
(B) populations from lakes in Region 1:  Northeast,
NSWS.  Estimates considered worst case.  Derived
from (A) the Empirical Brok Trout Model (ALSO and
(B) the Empirical Lake Trout Model (Ontario).
             0.8      0.6      0.4      0.2
            Probability of White Sucker Loss
 Figure 4-13. Cumulative  frequency distributions for
 probability of loss of white sucker populations from
 lakes in  Region  1:  Northeast, NSWS.  Estimates
 considered worst case. Derived from the Empirical
 White Sucker Model:  based on (A) pH alone (ALSO
 and (B) inorganic Al, DOC, and ANC.
                                          4-22

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
(see Figure 4-5), may be substantially greater than the worst-case estimates for any of the three
species presented in Table 4-2.
      Similar estimates for brook trout, lake trout, and white sucker are  presented for the
Adirondack subregion (1A) in Table 4-3. The numbers of lakes (approximately 74 to 184) estimated to
have lost brook trout generally agree with previous estimates of damage (e.g., Pfeiffer and Festa
1980; Altshuller and Linthurst 1984; Baker and Harvey 1984). Estimates for lake trout (172 to 256
lakes) are undoubtedly too high (by perhaps 20-fold), because lake trout occur in only about 5% of the
Adirondack lakes (Pfeiffer 1979)  and lakes with lake trout in general are larger  and at lower
elevations, and thus have relatively higher pH levels.
     TABLE 4-3. ESTIMATES  OF THE NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES OF LAKES
          IN THE ADIRONDACK SUBREGION (1A: NSWS SAMPLING FRAME)
         THAT HAVE LOST POPULATIONS OF FISH DUE TO ACIDIFICATIONa
                   Species
                           Basis for Estimate
Number of Lakes  Percent of Lakes
 Brook Trout       Qualitative Literature Review
                   Empirical Model
                       (Current Chemistry)
                   LAF Model
 Lake Trout        Qualitative Literature Review
                   Empirical Model
                                                                        74-146
                      5.8-11.3
       184              14.2
 Not yet available   Not yet available
    172-256          13.4-19.9

White Sucker



(Current Chemistry)
Qualitative Literature Review
Empirical Model
(Current Chemistry)
• pH Model
• AI/DOC/ANC Model
186
74-146
184
157
254
14.4
5.8-11.3
14.2
12.1
19.7
              •  Note: These numbers likely overestimate the actual impact; details are provided in the text. The total estimated number of
                lakes in Subregion 1A (NSWS sampling frame; area >4 ha and £2000 ha) is 1290.11.

                   The NSWS sampling frame for the Northeast in general includes only lakes greater than about
             4 ha in size. In Section 2.5.1.1, it was estimated that, for the Adirondack Park area, for every two
             lakes >4 ha there is approximately one lake 1.2-4.0 ha in size.  Also, the frequency of small lakes
             with low pH (£5.0) is approximately double  the frequency of large lakes with low pH.  Many,
             although not all of these  small lakes (1.2-4.0 ha in size), are capable of supporting brook trout
             populations. Given these rough estimates, and assuming worst-case scenario conditions (i.e., that all
             small lakes once had brook trout), the estimated number of lakes that have lost  brook trout is
I
                                          4-23

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
approximately doubled, up to 140-360 lakes; on a percentage basis, estimates are increased by about
one-third, up to about 8-18%. Again, these numbers are likely overestimates of the actual damage.
4.5.3 Lakes in Other Regions .
      Two other regions of the United States had substantial numbers of acidic lakes and therefore
may have experienced fishery declines as a result of acidic deposition: Florida (Subregion 3B) and the
Upper Peninsula of Michigan (Subregion 2B).  Elsewhere {i.e., the western United States, the
Southern Blue Ridge, and northern Wisconsin and Minnesota), impacts to date on fish populations in
lakes are likely to have been minimal; these regions are not discussed further.
      Results from the NSWS indicated that Florida had more acidic lakes than any other region in
the United States (e.g., an estimated 12.4% of the lakes have pH :S5.0, Section 2.4.3.1). Yet, no effects
have been reported on the fishery resource (Haines and Baker 1987). Clearwater lakes with pH as
low as about 4.0 still have reproducing populations of largemouth bass, the primary game species in
lakes of interest in the region (Canfield et al. 1985).  Other widely distributed nongame species also
occur at similar low pH levels (Keller 1984). These  data suggest that acidic deposition has caused
little, if any, damage to the fishery resource to date in Florida lakes.  Few detailed studies have been
completed, however, and this conclusion should be considered  tentative.  Hypotheses proposed to
explain the apparent tolerance of the Florida fishery to acidification include (1) long-term adaptation
offish populations in the region to naturally acidic conditions,  (2) low levels of inorganic Al at low pH
levels in Florida lakes, and (3) relatively high acid tolerance of the primary game species, largemouth
bass, with an estimated critical value for effects of pH  4.5-5.2 (Figure 4-5).
      No studies of fish population status,  relative  to potential effects from acidic deposition are
available for the Upper Peninsula of Michigan (Wiener and Eilers 1987).  Important game species
include smallmouth bass, largemouth bass, northern pike, and muskellunge.  Estimated critical
values for these species (Figure 4-5) range between pH 4.5-5.2 for largemouth bass to pH 5.2-5.6 for
smallmouth bass. Results from the NSWS indicate that an estimated 143 lakes (13.6% of the lakes in
the Subregion) have pH £5.5, and thus, under a worst-case scenario, may have lost populations of
game species. Given the  lack of reported effects, however, these worst-case estimates  of damage
would seem to be suspect.

4.5.4 Streams
      The  high degree of temporal and spatial (among tributary streams)  variability in water
chemistry in streams makes it difficult to apply the simple estimates for critical values of pH outlined
in Figure 4-5 for estimation of acidic deposition effects on fish. Few studies have examined the long-
term response of fish populations in streams to acidification. In addition, no comprehensive surveys
or evaluations of the fishery resource at risk have been completed.
                                            4-24

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Results from the available surveys and studies on streams suggest that game fish, such as
brook trout, generally occur at pH levels as low as 4.8-5.2, where the pH is expressed either as a mean
over the whole year (monthly samples) or as a single measure taken in late spring, or as a seasonal
spring average (thus, perhaps roughly corresponding to the NSWS stream index sample) (Baker et al.
1987).  Several cyprinid species (minnows), on the other hand, appear quite sensitive to  low  pH,
disappearing at pH levels below 6.0-6.7.  Loss offish species in acidic streams has been reported for
the Adirondacks, Massachusetts, and Pennsylvania (Halliwell 1984; Sharpe et al., personal
communication; Schofield and Driscoll, In Press). In the Southern Appalachians, however, spring
baseflow pH levels generally remain above 6.0 (except in streams  impacted by terrestrial sources of
acidity), and no impacts on fish populations have been reported (Hudy et al. 1984; Haines and Baker
1987).
      Given these very rough statements regarding  critical values for streams, results from  the
NSWS presented in Section 2.4.3.2 can be examined, using the Phase  I index sample at  the
downstream node as an indicator of the potential status of streams likely to support a significant
fishery. ANC SO ueq I/1 (pH S5.0-5.5) is considered the approximate threshold for effects on stream
brook trout populations, and pH £6.0 as the threshold for effects on cyprinid and other nongame
species. Regional estimates are corrected for apparent influences from acid mine drainage  or other
terrestrial sources of sulfate.
      Only four subregions had significant stream length with ANC SO ueq L'l: Florida (3C), 20%;
the New Jersey Pine Barrens/Chesapeake Area (3B), 7%; Northern Appalachian Plateau (2Cn),  9%;
and Pocono/Catskill Subregion (ID), 6%. In Florida, 85% of the streams with ANC SO ueq L"i have
very high DOC.  In addition, despite large numbers of acidic lakes in Florida, no impacts on lake
populations offish have been demonstrated for the subregion. Thus, although the data are extremely
limited or nonexistent, it is anticipated that there has  been no extensive loss of the fishery resources
in Florida streams as a result of acidic deposition. Likewise, most  of the acidic streams in Subregion
3B occur within the New Jersey Pine Barrens, a region with substantial numbers of naturally acidic
waters.  If it is presumed that streams with ANC SO ueq L"1 in all regions except Florida may have
lost game species of fish, estimates of damage to date for streams are not out of line with similar
estimates for lake resources (i.e., about 5-8% of the defined resource in selected subregions).
      For nongame cyprinid species, or other species particularly  sensitive to acidity, obviously the
extent of impact is likely  to have been greater.  Estimates of the percentage of stream length
(excluding Florida) with pH S6.0 range from  < 1% for the Southern Blue Ridge (2As) to 46% in the
Chesapeake Area (3B); other subregions had pH S6.0 in 6% to 18%  of their stream lengths.
Acidification has been proposed as one of many hypotheses to explain the decline in anadromous
                                           4-25

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


fisheries in the Chesapeake Area.  However, a specific cause-and-effect relationship has yet to be

demonstrated.


4.6 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

4.6.1  Conclusions
      Existing data and information have been utilized to estimate the potential impacts of surface

water acidification on fish populations in the United States, with the following major conclusions:

      (1) The key chemical variables that influence fish response to acidification are pH,
         inorganic aluminum, and calcium.  Aluminum toxicity varies with pH and among
         fish species and life history stages. Consistent patterns, or specific thresholds for
         aluminum toxicity are therefore difficult to define.  Fish tolerate lower pH levels
         and higher aluminum levels in waters with higher calcium concentrations.

      (2) Within any given region, lake pH and levels of inorganic aluminum and calcium
         are often highly correlated.  For estimates of effects at a regional level, therefore,
         fish population response may  be reasonably predicted  by a single chemical
         parameter, pH.

      (3) Based on a qualitative integration of the available literature, including results
         from field surveys and  experiments and field and laboratory bioassays, critical pH
         values for adverse effects on brook trout populations are approximately pH 4.7 to
         5.1; for lake trout pH 5.2 to 5.5; and for white sucker pH 4.7 to 5.1.  Critical values
         for these three species  derived from empirical models of population response were
         similar: brook trout pH 4.7 to 5.2; lake trout pH 5.2 to 5.3; and white sucker pH 4.2
         to 4.9.

      (4) Effects of acidification on fish are expressed in terms of numbers of populations
         lost, or numbers  of surface waters with acidity levels considered not suitable for
         fish population survival. Potential effects on decreasing fishery yields cannot be
         assessed at this time. Prediction of effects on fish populations in streams or in lakes
         outside 'of the Northeast  are highly  uncertain because appropriate data  for
         evaluation offish response in such systems are limited.

      (5) Information is lacking on the regional distribution of the fisheries resource at risk.
         In general, fish species are not randomly distributed among waters within a region,
         but may prefer particular habitats that are less susceptible or more susceptible to
         effects from acidic deposition.  For the purposes of this assessment, a worst-case
         scenario was assumed in which all lakes potentially could support each fish species
         of interest. Thus, the only factor limiting fish species distribution is surface water
         acidification.  All estimates of damage, therefore, likely overestimate (often
         substantially) the actual number offish populations lost to date.

      (6) Estimates of damage in the Northeast are as follows: approximately 5% of the lakes
         (>4 ha and  £2000 ha) may  have lost brook trout, or have  acidity levels  not
         considered suitable for brook trout population survival; 6 to 8% may have lost lake
         trout; and 4 to 17% may have lost white sucker.

      (7) Similar estimates of damage for the Adirondack Subregion for lakes (>4 ha and
          £2000 ha) suggest that approximately 74 to 184 lakes (6 to 14%) have acidity
                                            4-26

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                  DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


     levels not suitable for brook trout, and thus may have lost brook trout populations;
     172 to 256 lakes (13 to 19%) for lake trout; 74 to 254 lakes (6 to 20%) for white
     sucker. Again, estimates of damage are likely too high, particularly for lake trout,
     since  many lakes never supported the species for reasons other than acidity.
     Estimates for brook trout, however,  are in general agreement with previously
     published estimates of numbers of populations lost.

 (8) When lakes £4 ha ar.e included with  the NSWS estimates, and it is assumed that
     all of these lakes can potentially support brook trout, damage estimates for brook
     trout in the Adirondacks approximately double in terms of numbers of lakes (up to
     140 to 360 lakes) and increase by approximately one-third on a percentage basis
     (up to 8 to 18%).

 (9) Florida had the highest percentage of lakes surveyed in the NSWS with pH ^5.0
     (12.4%).  The limited data available, however, suggest no damage or  very limited
     damage to the fishery resource in Florida has occurred to date because of acidic
     deposition,  perhaps because fish have adapted to natural  acidity, inorganic
     aluminum levels are low, or the primary game fish (largemouth bass) is relatively
     tolerant of high levels of acidity.

(10) In the Upper  Peninsula of Michigan, no studies of fish population effects from
     acidic deposition have been completed.  Assuming a worst-case scenario in which
     all lakes with pH £5.5 have lost game species, an estimated 143 lakes (13.6% of the
     lakes in the subregion) may have been affected.

(11) Critical values for effects are extremely difficult to estimate for streams because of
     the high degree of spatial and temporal chemical variability.  For preliminary
     estimates of damage, the threshold for  effects was assumed to be  approximately
     ANC <0 ueq L'1 (pH <5.0-5.5) for brook trout, or game species in general; pH < 6.0
     for nongame species such as minnows.

(12) Only four subregions sampled during the  NSWS had significant stream length
     with ANC SO ueq L*1:  Florida (14%), New Jersey Pine Barrens/Chesapeake Area
     (7%), Northern Appalachian Plateau (9%), and Pocohos/Catskills (6%).. In Florida,
     85% of the acidic streams have very  high  DOC,  and no extensive decline in the
     fishery resource that can be specifically attributed to acidic  deposition  is
     anticipated. Damage estimates for streams in other subregions are similar to those
     estimated for lakes; that is 5 to 7% of the defined resource in selected subregions.

(13) For nongame species, such as minnows, the extent of the impact is likely to have
     been greater.  Estimated percentages of streams with pH ^6.0, with the exception
     of Florida, range up to 46% in the Pine Barrens/Chesapeake Area.

(14) In other regions of the United States (i.e., the western United States, the Southern
     Appalachians, and Northern Wisconsin and Minnesota), impacts  to date  on fish
     populations are likely to have been minimal.
I
I
                                      4-27

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
4.6.2 Recommendations
      The following research activities are recommended if estimates of damage to the fishery

resource are to be improved:

      (1) Regional surveys of the current status of fish populations in lakes and streams
         considered susceptible to acidic deposition are neces.sary to  establish  the
         distribution of the fisheries resource at risk.

      (2) Preliminary models of fish population  response developed for lakes in selected
         regions of the Northeast need to be tested and evaluated for other regions,  and
         developed for other important fish species.

      (3) The relationship between fish response in laboratory or field bioassays and  fish
         population survival in lakes and streams is uncertain, in part because of the high
         degree of spatial and temporal variability in water chemistry.  Additional field
         studies are needed  to determine critical life/ stages, times, and locations for  fish
         population survival in acidic waters, and thus the importance of acidic episodes.

      (4) Field studies of fish population response to acidification in streams are relatively
         limited; thus critical  values or parameters could not be defined at this time.
         Additional field surveys and field experiments, and emphasis on quantitative
         integration of existing data on streams, are  needed for development of models
         suitable for regional assessments.
I
I
i
i
4.7 REFERENCES
Altehuller, A.P. and R.A. Linthurst, eds. 1984. The acidic deposition phenomenon and its effects:
Critical assessment review papers.  EPA-600/8-83-016BF, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC.

Baker, J. 1982. Effects on fish of metals associated with acidification, pp. 167-176. In:  R. Johnson,
ed. Acid Rain/Fisheries. Bethesda, MD: American Fisheries Society.

Baker, J. 1986.  Effects of acidification on fish:  State of the science.   Final Report to U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

Baker, J.P. and T.B. Harvey.  1984.  Critique of acid lakes and  fish population status in the
Adirondack region of New York State.  Final Report to U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency,
Corvallis, OR.

Baker, J.P. and C.L. Schofield.  1982. Aluminum toxicity to fish in acidic waters. Water, Air, and
SoilPollut. 18:289-309.

Baker, J., C.  Creager, S. Christensen, and K. Reckhow.  1987.  Critical values and  models for
effects of acidification on fish populations.  Final Report to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC.

Beamish, R.J. 1976. Acidification of lakes in Canada by acid precipitation and the resulting effects
on fishes.  Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 6:501-514.
I
I
I
I
                                            4-28
 I

-------
 I
 I
 i
i
i
i
i
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


 Beamish, R.J., W.L. Lockhart, J.C. Van Loon, and H.H. Harvey. 1975. Long-term acidification
 of a lake and resulting effects on fishes. Ambio 4:98-102.

 Beggs, G.L., J.M. Gunn, and C.H. Olver.  1985.  The sensitivity of Ontario lake trout (Salvelinus
 namaycush} and lake trout lakes to acidification. Ontario Fisheries Technical Report Series No. 17.
 Toronto, ON: Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources.

 Beggs, G.L., J.M. Gunn, B.J. Shuter, and P.E. Ihssen. In Press(a). The response of four Ontario
 sportfish species to surface water acidification. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut.

 Beggs, G.L., J.A. MacLean, T. Stewart, and F. Hicks. In Press(b). A review of the evidence.for
 effects of acidic deposition on Ontario Fisheries. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut.

 Brown, D. J.A. 1983. Effect of calcium and aluminum concentrations on the survival of Brown Trout
 (Safrnotrutta)atlowpH. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 30:582-587.

 Campbell, P.G. and P.M. Stokes.  1985. Acidification and toxicity of metals to aquatic biota. Can.
 J.FishAquat. Set. 42:2034-2049.   .

 Canfield, D.E., M.J. Maccina, F.G. Nordlie, and J.V. Shireman.  1985. Plasma osmotic and
 electrolyte concentrations of largemouth bass from some acidic Florida lakes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
 114:423-429.

 Chester, D.F.  1984. Chemical balance in fishless lakes. Proc. Royal Soc. B. 305:564-565.

 Cleveland, L., £. Little, S. Hamilton D. Buckler, and J. Hunn.  1986.  Interactive toxicity of
 aluminum and acidity to early life stages of brook trout. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 115:610-620.

 Colquhoun, J.R., J. Symula, J. Mellon, G. Aylesworth, and R.W. Karcher, Jr. 1983.  Results
 (1981-1982) of bioassays offish to determine sensitivity in acidified waters. Draft Analysis. Rome,
 NY: New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, Division of Fish and Wildlife,
 Field Toxicant Research Unit.

 Driscoll, C.T., J.P. Baker, J.J. Bisogni, and C.L. Schofield. 1980. Effect of aluminum speciation
 on fish in dilute acidified waters. Nature 284:161-164.

 Elwood, J.W., M.A. Bogle, H.L. Boston, C.W. Boylen, C.M. Brooks, R.B. Cook, C.C. CosentinL
 C.T. Driscoll, P.J. Mulholland, M.P. Osgood, A.V. Palumbo, A.D. Rosemond, C.L. Schofield,
 M.E. Smith, R.R. Turner, and B.J. Wyskowski.  1985. Ecological effects of acidification on low-
 order woodland streams, with particular emphasis on the chemistry and effects of aluminum  (ALSS).
 Annual progress report  to Electric Power Research Institute, Period September 1984 - August 1985.
 EPRI Project RP2326-1.  Oak Ridge, TN: Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

 Farmer, G.J., T.R. Goff, D. Ashfield, and  H.S. Samant. 1980. Some effects of the acidification of
 Atlantic salmon rivers in Nova Scotia. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish Aquat. Sci. No. 972.

 Grande, M., I.P.  Muniz, and S. Andersen.  1978. Relative tolerance of some salmonids to acid
 waters. Verh. Int.  Verein. Limnol. 20:2076-2084.

Gunn, J.M. 1986.  Behavior and ecology of salmonid fishes exposed to episodic pH depressions.
Environ. Biol. Fish. 12:241-252.
                                                       4-29

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


Gunn, J.M. and W. Keller. 1984.  In situ manipulation of water chemistry using crushed limestone
and observed effects on fish. Fisheries 9:19-24.

Haines, T.A. and J.P. Baker.  1987. Evidence of fish population responses to acidification in the
eastern United States.  Water, Air, Soil Pollut., in press.

Haines, T.A., S.J. Pauwels, and C.H. Jagoe.  1986.  Predicting and evaluating the effects of acidic
precipitation on water chemistry and endemic  fish populations in the northeastern United States.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Eastern Energy and Land Use Team. Biol. Rep. 80 (40.23).

Halliwell, D.B.  1984.  Changes in fish species occurrence  in tributaries to the Millers  River,
Massachusetts - coincident with acidification, 1953-1983. Personal communication.

Harriman, R. and B.R.S. Morrison. 1982. Ecology of streams draining forested and non-forested
catchments in an area of central Scotland subject to acid precipitation. Hydrpbiologia 88:251-263.

Harvey, H.H. 1979. The acid deposition problem and emerging research needs in the toxicology of
fishes. Proceedings Fifth Annual Aquatic Toxicity Workshop, Hamilton, Ontario, Nov. 7-9, 1978.
Fish Mar. Serv. Tech. Rep. 862.

Harvey, H. and C. Lee. 1982. Historical fisheries changes related to surface water pH changes in
Canada.  In: R.E. Johnson, ed. Acid Rain/Fisheries, pp. 45-55. Bethesda, MD: American Fisheries
Society.

Henriksen, A.,  O.K. Skogheim, and B.O.  Rosseland.   1984.  Episodic changes in pH and
aluminum-speciation kill fish in a Norwegian salmon river. Vatten 40:255-260.

Holtze, K.E. 1984. Effects of pH  and ionic strength on aluminum toxicity to early developmental
stages of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri Richardson).  Report of Ontario Ministry  of the
Environment Water Resources Branch, Rexdale, ON.

Hudy, M., M.J. Van Den Auyle, and D. Fowler. 1984.  Fish community structure and trace metal
concentrations in potentially  acid-sensitive streams of the Southern Blue Ridge province.  Final
Report.  U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

Hulsman, P.F., P.M. Powles, and J.M. Gunn. 1983. Mortality of walleye eggs and rainbow trout
yolk-sac larvae in  low-pH waters  of the LaCloche Mountain area, ON. Trans. Am. Fish.  Soc.
112:680-683.

Hutchinson, N.J.  and J.B. Sprague.  1986. Toxicity of trace metal mixtures to American Flagfish
(Jardenella floridae) in soft, acidic water and implications for cultural acidification.  Can. J. Fish.
Aquat.Sci. 43:647-655.

Hutchinson, N., J. Munro, K. Holtze, and T. Pawson. 1985. Biological Effects of Acidification.  X.
Utility of Laboratory Toxicity Testing for Describing In-Situ Responses of Salmonids to Acidification.
Presented at International Symposium on Acidic Precipitation, Muskoka, ON, September 1985.

Hutchinson, N.J., K.E. Holtze, J.R. Munro,  and T.W. Pawson. Submitted. Modifying effects of
life stage, ionic strength and post-exposure mortality on lethality of H+ and Al to lake trout and brook
trout. Aquatic Toxicology.

Ingersoll, C.G.  1986. The Effects of pH, Aluminum, and Calcium on Survival and Growth of Brook
Trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) Early Life Stages.  Ph.D. Thesis. Laramie.WY: University of Wyoming.
                                           4-30

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Jensen, K.W. and E. Snekvik.  1972.  Low pH levels wipe out salmon and trout populations in
southernmost Norway. Ambio  1:223-225.

Johnson, D.W., H.A. Simonin, J.R. Colquhoun, and F.M. Flack. In Press. In situ toxicity tests of
fishes in acid waters. Biogeochem.

Karlsson-Norrgren, L., I. Bjorklund, O. Ljungberg, and P. Runn.  1986.  Acid water and
aluminum exposure: Experimentally induced gill lesions in brown trout, Satmo trutta L. J. Fish Dis.
9:11-25.

Keller, A.E.  1984.   Fish Communities in Florida Lakes:  Relationship to Physic-Chemical
Parameters. M.S. Thesis, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL.

Kretser, W. and J. Colquhoun.  1984. Treatment of New York's Adirondack lakes by liming.
Fisheries 9:36-41.

Lacroix, G.L. 1985. Survival of eggs and alevins of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) in relation to the
chemistry of interstitial water in redds in some acidic streams of Atlantic Canada.  Can. J. Fish
Aquat. Sci. 42:292-299.

Langdon, R.W. 1983. Fisheries status in relation to acidity in selected Vermont lakes.. Montpelier,
VT: State of Vermont. Agency of Environmental Conservation.  Department of Water Resources and
Environmental Engineering.

Langdon, R.W.  1984. Fisheries status in relation to acidity in selected Vermont lakes.  1983.
Montpelier, VT: State of Vermont, Department of Water Resources and Environmental Engineering,
Water Quality Division.

Langdon, R.W.  1985.  Fisheries status in relation to acidity in selected Vermont streams.
Montpelier, VT: State of Vermont, Department of Water Resources and Environmental Engineering.

Leivestad, H., G. Hendrey, I.P. Muniz, and E. Snekvik. 1976.  Effects of acid precipitation on
freshwater organisms. In: F.H. Braekke, ed. Impact of Acid Precipitation on Forest and Freshwater
Ecosystems in Norway, pp. 87-111. SNSF Project, Norway, FR 6/76.

Leivestad, H., E. Jensen, and S. Fivelstad. 1985. Toxic effects of aluminum on eggs and larvae of
the Atlantic salmon (S. salar) . In:  Abstracts.  International Symposium  On Acidic Precipitation,
Muskoka, Ontario, p. 144.

Linthurst, R.A., D.H. Landers, J.M. Eilers, D.F. Brakke, W.S. Overton, E.P. Meier, and R.E.
Crowe. 1986.  Characterisics of lakes in the eastern  United States.    Volume 1.  Population
descriptions and physio-chemical relationships.  EPA-600/4-86/007a.  Washington, DC:  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.

McDonald, D.G. 1983. The effects of H+ upon the gills of freshwater fish. Can.J.Zool. 61:691-703.

Mills, K.H., S.M. Chalanchuk, L.C. Mohr, and I.J. Davies. 1987. Responses offish populations in
Lake 223 to eight years of experimental acidification. Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci., in press.

Neville, C.M.  1985. Physiological response of juvenile rainbow trout, Salmo gairdneri, to  acid and
aluminum - prediction of field responses from laboratory data. Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci.   42:2004-
2019.
                                                       4-31

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


Peterson, R.H., P.G. Daye, and J.L. Metcaife. 1980. Inhibition of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)
hatching at low pH. Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci. 37:770-774.

Pfeiffer, M.H. 1979. A comprehensive plan for fish resource management within the Adirondack
zone. FW-P142. Albany, NY: New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.

Pfeiffer, M.H. and  P.J. Festa. 1980.  Acidity Status of Lakes in the Adirondack Region of New
York in Relation to  Fish Resources.  SW-P168, New York State Department of Environment ???,
Albany, NY.

Reckhow, K.H., R.W. Black, T.B. Stockton, Jr., J.D. Vogt, and J.G. Wood.  1985.  Empirical
models of fish response to lake acidification.  Interim Report to the U.S. Environmental  Protection
Agency, Corvallis, OR.

Reckhow, K.H.,  R.W.  Black, T.B. Stockton, Jr., J.D. Vogt,  and J.G. Wood. Submitted.
Empirical models offish response to lake acidification. Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci.

Rosseland, B.O.  1985.  Ecological effects of acidification on tertiary consumers: Fish population
response.  In: Abstracts.  International Symposium on Acidic Precipitation, Muskoka, Ontario,
pp. 47-48.

Sadler, K. and S. Lynam.  1986.  Water chemistry measurements, including inorganic  aluminum
complexes in some Welsh and Pennine streams. TPRD/L/3015/R86. Central Electricity Generating
Board, Central Electricity Research Laboratories Surrey.

Schindler, D.W., K.H. Mills, D.F. Malley, D.L. Findlay, J.A. Shearer, I.J. Davies, M.A. Turner,
G.A. Linsey, and D.R. Cruikshank.  1985.  Long-term ecosystem stress:  The effects of years of
experimental acidification on a small lake. Science  228:1395-1401.

Schofield, C.L., Jr.  1965. Water quality in relation to survival of brook trout, Saluelinus fontinalis
(Mitchill). Trans. Am. Fish Soc. 94:227-235.

Schofield, C.L. 1976. Dynamics and management of Adirondack fish populations. Project Report.
April 1, 1975-March 31,  1976.  No. F-28-R-4.  Albany,  NY:  Department of Environmental
Conservation.

Schofield, C.L. and C.T. Driscoll. In  Press.  Fish species distribution in relation to water quality
gradients in the North Branch of the Moose River Basin. Biogeochem.

Schofield, C.L. and J.R. Trojnar.  1980.  Aluminum toxicity to fish in acidified waters.  In:
T.Y. Toribara, M.W. Miller, and P.E.  Morrow,  eds.  Polluted Rain, pp. 347-366. New York:  Plenum
Press.

Schofield, C.L., S.P. Gloss, and D. Josephson.  1986.  Extensive evaluation of lake liming,
restocking strategies, and fish population response in acidic lakes following neutralization by liming.
Interim Progress Report to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, DC.

Sharpe, W.E., W.G. Kimmel, E.S. Young, Jr., and D.R. DeWalle. 1983. In-situ bioassays offish
mortality in two Pennslyvania streams acidified by atmospheric deposition. Northeastern Environ.
Sci. 2:171-178.

Sharpe, W.E., V.G. Leibfried, W.G. Kimmel, and D.R. DeWalle. 1984.  Status of the headwater
Salmonid Fishery in an area of high hydrogen ion and sulfate deposition. Unpublished Manuscript.
                                           4-32

-------
 I
 I
 I
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


Siddens, L.K., W.K. Seim, L.R. Curtis, and G.A. Chapman. 1986. Comparison of continuous and
episodic exposure to acidic, aluminum-contaminated waters of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis).
Can. J, Fish Aquat. Sci. 43:2036-2040.

Singer, R. and C. W. Boylen.  1984. Biological field survey of northeastern acidified lakes. Final
Report to EPA/NCSU Acid Deposition Program, Raleigh, NC. Troy, NY: Freshwater Institute and
Department of Biology, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

Skogheim, O.K., B.O. Rosseland, and I.H. Sevaldrud.  1984.  Deaths of spawners of  Atlantic
salmon (Salmo salar L.) in River Ogna, SW Norway, caused by acidified aluminum-rich water.
Freshw. Res. Inst. Drottningholm. 61:16-27.

Smith, D.L., J.K. Undersood, and J.G. Ogden III.  1987. Fish species distribution and water
chemistry in Nova Scotia lakes,  Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. In Press.

Trojnar, J.R.  1977. Egg and larval survival of white suckers (Catostomus commersoni) at low pH.
J. Fish. Res. Board Canada 34:262-266.

van Coillie, R.,  C. Thellen, P.G.C. Campbell, and Y. Vigneault.  1983.  Effets toxiques  de
1'aluminium chez les salmonides en relation avec des conditions physico-chimiques acides.  Rapp.
tech. can. sci. halieut. aquat. No. 1237.

Wales, D.L. and G.L. Beggs.  In Press.  Fish species distribution in relation to lake acidity in
Ontario. Water, Air, Soil Pollut.

Watt, W.D., C.D. Scott, and W.J. White.  1983. Evidence of acidification of some Nova Scotian
rivers and its impact on Atlantic salmon, Salmo salar. Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci. 40:462-473.

Weiner, G.S., C.B. Schrek, and H.W. LL 1986. Effects of low pH on reproduction of rainbow trout.
Trans. Am. Fish.  Soc. 115:75-82.

Wiener, J.G. and J.M. Eilers. 1987.  Sensitivity and responses of aquatic resources in the Upper
Midwest to acid deposition. In-house Review Draft. September 1986.

Wright, R.F. and E. Snekvik.  1978.  Acid precipitation:  Chemistry and fish populations in 700
lakes in southernmost Norway. Verh. Int. Verein. Limnol. 20:765-775.
                                          4-33

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 i
 i
 i
 i
i
i
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                       SECTION 5
                      PREDICTION OF THE FUTURE EFFECTS OF
               ACIDIC DEPOSITION ON SURFACE WATER CHEMISTRY
5.1 SUMMARY
      With an estimate of the current status of surface water chemistry in the United States and
historical changes that have occurred in surface water chemistry as a result of acidic deposition, two
critical questions remain:
      1.  How many lakes or streams will  become acidic (i.e.,  average annual ANC
         <0 ueq L'l) due to the effects of acidic deposition?
      2.  Over what time frame will these systems, if any, become acidic?
      These questions are addressed quantitatively in this section using currently available data and
a number of analytical procedures. These procedures included an evaluation of sulfur steady state in
the Northeast (NE) and Southern Blue Ridge Province (SBRP); predictions of temporal changes in
dissolved sulfate using a  sulfate adsorption model; an evaluation of base cation steady-state and
predicted changes in lake ANC due to changes in percent base saturation using both equilibrium and
dynamic mass balance models; classification of system response as a function of sulfate adsorption
and base cation supply; and forecasts of surface water chemistry using dynamic  surface water
acidification models. The time frame for these analyses and forecasts is the next 50-100 years. Data
used for these analyses were obtained primarily from the Eastern Lake  Survey (ELS) and the
Direct/Delayed Response  Project (DDRP)  Soil Survey.  The ELS  data have been verified and
validated. Analyses for the DDRP Soil Survey are not yet complete and those data that exist have
received only a cursory review, so uncertainties in the precision and accuracy of the data have not
been resolved.
      The analysis of sulfate flux through watersheds indicated significant differences between
watersheds in the Northeast and the SBRP.  Net sulfur retention in NE watersheds was significantly
less than net retention in the SBRP.  Those NE watersheds showing net retention were expected to
reach steady state in roughly  50 years. Most watersheds in the SBRP were  retaining sulfate  at
current levels of deposition.  Watersheds in the SBRP were estimated to approach steady state  in
about 100 years.
                                           5-1

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Modeling estimates of soil cation exchange indicated that this process, by itself, was not
capable of supplying lake ANC greater than 100 ueq L'l.  Mineral weathering appeared to be the
source of lake  ANC greater than lOOueql/l.  The  source of lake ANC for  systems  with
ANC <100 ueq L"1 appeared to be a combination of cation exchange and mineral weathering with the
relative contribution from these two sources being site-specific. Under current levels of deposition,
depletion of base cations from the soil exchange complex was not predicted to be extensive within the
next 100 years.  In general, predicted changes in lake ANC over 100 years due to the effects of cation
depletion alone  at current levels of deposition appeared  to be on the order of less than  10 ueq L'1.
Cation exchange appeared to exert a strong buffering influence in soils and thus would act as a
compensatory mechanism neutralizing acidic deposition.
      System response under varying levels of deposition were projected for the Northeast (100% of
CLD, 80% of CLD, and 50% of CLD) using a steady-state  modeling approach.  For the Northeast
(Region 1 NSWS) at 100% of CLD, the  projected percentage of additional acidic drainage lakes and
reservoirs ranged from 1 to 4%, depending on the F factor. The expected uncertainty associated with
these projections ranged from 0.2 to 10% of the estimated resource (n=6349).  For 80% of CLD the
projected range was 0.2 to 1% with an uncertainty ranging from 0 to 4%.  For  50% of CLD the
projected range was 0 to 0.05% with an expected uncertainty ranging from 0 to 0.3%.  It is likely that
most systems in the Northeast would reach a new steady state with regard to sulfur retention within
approximately 50 years.
      For lake and stream systems in the SBRP, projections of steady-state ANC were made at  100%
of CLD and  120% of CLD.  At 100% of CLD the projected percentage of systems becoming acidic
ranged from 2 to 67% of these  systems, depending on  the F factor.  The expected uncertainty
associated with these projections ranged from 1 to 77% of the systems analyzed.  For 120% of CLD the
projected range was 3 to 77%, with an expected uncertainty ranging from 2 to 84% of the systems
analyzed. It is likely that most systems in the SBRP would reach a new steady state with regard to
sulfur retention within approximately 100 years.
      For systems in the Northeast, forecasts using the dynamic surface water acidification models
supported the previous estimates.  Under current levels of deposition,  the net change  in average
annual lake alkalinity was small, with weighted population estimates for average annual  ANC
decreases of 0.1  ueq L"1 yr"1 and an estimated average ANC loss of 5 ueq L"1 for the 50-yr period. This
supported the hypothesis that the rate of base cation supply might be similar to  the rate of acidic
inputs.
                                            5-2

-------
 I
 I
 I
 i
 i
i
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT Cm OR QUOTE

      Although the model forecasts indicated  the ANC loss rate was small,  lakes with ANC
concentrations less than 10 might become acidic within 50 years. Approximately 143 lakes (12%) in a
target population of 1248 northeastern lakes were forecast to become acidic within 50 years.  This
estimate might range as high as 861 (69%) lakes. Similarly, 143 lakes (12%) were forecast to  have
average annual hydrogen ion concentrations after 50 years that might be deleterious to aquatic biota
(i.e., pH <5.5). This estimate might range as high as 349 (28%) lakes.
      The watershed attributes associated with the lakes forecast by the dynamic models to become
acidic included
      •  relatively high acidic deposition inputs;
      •  small watershed areas;
      •  shallow watershed soils (i.e., aggregated depth < 2 m);
      •  soils with low sulfate adsorption capacity;
      •  low initial ANC concentrations;
      •  low soil base saturation; and
      •  shallow subsurface flow paths.
      It is the combination of all these attributes and not a specific watershed characteristic that
      contributes to forecasting an acidic lake.
      Estimates of the percent of lakes that might become acidic in the NE United  States were
consistent with Canadian estimates of the potential number and percent of acidic lakes for eastern
Canada.

5.2 INTRODUCTION
5.2.1  Objectives of this Analysis
      Section 2 of this report examined the present status of surface water chemistry in the United
States, and Section 3 discussed the process of quantifying chemical changes that have occurred to
date as a result of acidic deposition. The purpose  of this section is to discuss the process of predicting
the future effects of acidic deposition on surface water chemistry and to make preliminary predictions
of future conditions for selected regions.  This section thus corresponds to analyses currently under
way in the DDRP.
      Environmental systems  are complex,  composed of many interacting component parts or
subsystems (Figure 5-1). These systems receive inputs, internally process these inputs, and respond
with integrated outputs. A brief description is provided on the general ways in which environmental
                                                         5-3

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                Input
System
                                 Output
r*

Subsystem A
+
Subsystem B
+
Subsystem C

1
                                                                   I
systems can respond to inputs and the specific
ways in which watershed/lake/stream systems
might  respond to either constant  levels or
changes in inputs of acidic deposition.

5.2.1.1  Conceptual Framework
     The  integrated response  of a  lake/
watershed to inputs of acidic deposition is
illustrated in Figure 5-2.  The input represents
acidity of deposition with Ij  (Input-initial)
representing relatively "clean" deposition of
approximately 150 years ago and If (Input-final)
representing conditions today. The composition
of deposition did not change instantaneously but
this assumption simplifies the example  and
underlying principles.  Similarly,  0{ (Output-
initial) represents the ANC of water leaving the
system.  ANC is a measure of the integrated
watershed/lake system response to acidic inputs.
In most systems, especially in the Northeast, the
acid-base chemistry of lakewaters is determined
to a very high degree by the soils through which
the water flows (Figure 5-3).   Some  lakes get
most of their water  directly from  precipitation
(i.e., precipitation dominated seepage  lakes),
thus their acid-base chemistry is very dilute and
surrounding soils have little, if any, influence on
water chemistry.  Other lakes have very  long
retention times (i.e., the length of time the water
spends in the lake), and thus in-lake processes
have a higher proportional influence on the acid-
base chemistry. In general, the NE lake systems
are most  strongly influenced by  their
surrounding  soils (Shaffer et al., In Review;
Shaffer and Church, In Review).  For most of the
lake systems in the Northeast the retention  time
of the overall systems (watershed soils plus lake) is probably on the order of one year.  As dilute
precipitation reaches the soil and moves through the watershed to the lakes, it interacts with the soil
                                                                                                   I
                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                   I
                                                Figure 5-1.  Interacting components of
                                                complex environmental systems.
                                               3
                                               0.
                                               C
Q.
<*•>
o
                                                                                                   i
                                                                                  Of
                                   i
                                                                 Time
                                               Ij = Initial steady-state value - Input
                                               If = Final steady-state value - Input
                                               Oj = Initial steady-state value - Output
                                               Of = Final  steady-state value - Output
                                                Figure 5-2.   Lake/watershed integrated
                                                response to acidic deposition inputs.
                                   1
                                                                                                   I
                                           5-4
                                   I

-------
1
                                                 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                  DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
via a variety of physical and chemical processes with the net effect that the ANC of this water
increases with time until it enters the lake (Figure 5-3). In general, these soil processes responsible
for ANC generation continue year after year so that as water moves out of the lakes, water flowing
into the lake comes with continually renewed ANC.
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
              A Drainage Lake
              •>
              !:«TS£*;I£-D!^^
          Primary water path through soils
               B Precipitation-dominated Seepage  Lake
    Primary water path out from lake through soils

   C Seepage Lake with Long Retention Time
    .P.                                    P
             > Water v.<

                Water transfer slow

                                                      No Inlets
                                                      No Outlets
                                      Figure 5-3. Watershed/lake linkages.
                                                     5-5

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      With "clean" initial precipitation (Ij), this continual, year-after-year, watershed processing of
inputs produces a constant supply of ANC.  On an annual basis, the ANC supply can be affected by
amount of rainfall whereas over the long term (thousand of years), it can be affected by such things as
gradual, natural processes of soil evolution and major climatic events (e.g., glaciation). In general,
however, the year-to-year relation between inputs and outputs remains fairly balanced and constant.
This is the "steady state" indicated in Figure 5-2 between the input, I;, and output, Oj.
      With a change in inputs, If (Figure 5-2), through man-made emissions,  the system will reach a
new balance point or steady state. The questions now are - to what extent will these systems change
and over what period(s) of time will the change occur?
      This first question relates to the magnitude of change.  To answer this question  requires
estimates of the initial and final inputs - I; and  If, which are known reasonably well on a regional
basis - at least for wet deposition  and estimates of the initial  value(s) of lake ANC (O{).
Unfortunately, good historical data for ANC are lacking.  The ELS, however, has provided regional
estimates of current lake ANC values. In addition,  the following questions need to be addressed:
(1) What is the physical and chemical  nature of soils surrounding these lakes? (2) Do soils processes
chemically change inputs to produce  integrated
outputs? and  (3) Does the change  in inputs
actually affect the rate and capacity of soils to
continue to process these inputs?
      The first question has been addressed by
the Soil Survey of the DDRP, described later in
Section 5. The second and third questions were
the topic of a conference of selected scientists
held by the National Academy of Sciences at the
request of EPA (NAS 1984).  With regard to the
second question, the scientific experts concluded
that, in general, the key processes controlling
long-term (annual average)  surface water
acidification include the soil processes of sulfate
adsorption, cation exchange, and mineral
weathering (Figure 5-4). The scientists also
concluded that,  in general, the mechanisms by
which these processes operate are  reasonably     Figure 5-4.  Structure of key processes
            e         *                   J     controlling long-term  surface water
well  understood.   In  contrast, however,  the      acidification.
Watershed/
Stream/Lake
                                            5-6

-------
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

scientists disagreed strongly on.the question of whether changes in inputs actually affect the soils
themselves (e.g., by depleting pools of available base cations, see Section 5.2.2). One group held that
acidic deposition could substantially affect soils within the next 100 years, whereas the other group
disagreed strongly. The two groups were about equally divided in number regarding this question.
Therefore, the uncertainty in this factor leads to an increase in uncertainty in the second question;
that is, how does acidic deposition interact with soils to produce changes in surface water ANC?
      As stated previously, historical lake data are lacking so the initial ANC, 0;, is unknown
(Figure 5-2).  The ELS provided estimates of current lake ANC values but it is unknown whether
these values are near the initial steady state (Oj), near the final new steady state (Of), or somewhere
in between.
      Assume a lake has a current measured ANC of SOueq 1/1.  Although such a lake would not
have conditions toxic to brook trout (at least due to acidity), the lake also does not have a very high
level of ANC. Thus, it is important where this lake lies along the output response curve.  If this lake
is near the new final steady state (Of), then future changes should be minimal. If, however, the lake
is near the initial  steady state value (O[),  the lake ANC might decrease significantly as the new
steady state is approached. Thus, both the shape of the response curve and the position of the lake on
the response curve must be known to determine the time to steady-state and the changes, if any, in
ANC.
      For example, if a lake  with current ANC of 50 ueq I/1 is near the initial steady state but it will
take a thousand years to reach the final steady state, then there may be little cause for concern.  If the
lake is near the initial steady state but it will only take 30 years to reach a new acidic steady state,
then there may be cause for concern. It has recently been hypothesized that systems in the Northeast
might be close to a new steady state but that systems in the Southeast are just beginning to  move
away from the old steady state toward a new steady state (Galloway et al. 1983; NAS 1984). If this is
true, then low values of ANC in the Northeast are not necessarily cause for concern, whereas such
values could be cause for concern in systems of the Southeast.
      Section 5 of this report, which addresses the questions raised above, is organized as follows: the
remainder of Section 5.2 discusses watershed processes controlling surface water acidification;
Section 5.3 evaluates the  current status and future status with regard to flux of sulfur through
watersheds; Section 5.4 estimates the current status and future status of supply of base cations from
watersheds; Section 5.5 links the information provided in Sections 5.3 and 5.4 to evaluate the long
term or, (steady-state) integrated system response to sulfur inputs and attempts to put an outside
bound on the time of this response; and Section 5.6 uses the most widely accepted detailed watershed
                                                          5-7

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

models of acidification to predict more precisely the step-by-step responses that occur over time as
acidification progresses. Section 5.7 provides recommendations for future studies.

5.2.2  Approach
5.2.2.1 Processes Controlling Surface Water Acidification
      The  approach to predicting  future acidification is based principally on a set of hypotheses
presented by Galloway et al. (1983). This set of hypotheses seems to have been generally accepted by
leading scientists actively involved in the study of aquatic effects of acidic deposition  (NAS 1984;
Church and Turner 1986). The following paragraphs describe the apparent key processes.
      Mobile Anion Hypothesis - Although anion concentrations in soil solution are controlled by
independent processes in the soil, the cumulative results of those processes regulate resulting surface
water chemistry.  Individual anions either can be generated within the soil (e.g., rICOa", organic acid
anions) or exogenously supplied (SCV2, N0s~). In either case, if these anions are not retained by the
soil, they move through the soil ("mobile anions") to surface waters, and  act as "carriers" for an
equivalent quantity of base (e.g., Ca4"2, Mg+%, K+, Na+) or acid (H*, Al"1"3) cations.  Acidification of
surface water occurs when the flux  of mobile anions exceeds the ability of a watershed to provide base
cations. In such instances, the anions will be balanced by hydrogen, aluminum, or both.
      In forested watersheds,  nitrate  is usually retained by biological uptake, and its role in long-
term  surface water acidification is, in most locations, of minor importance.  It may, however, play a
major role in episodes, as discussed in Section 2.5.3.  Chloride leaches freely from watersheds (i.e., is
conservative or not retained) but does not seem to be an important factor in acidification of surface
waters on an annual basis.  Sulfate is  the dominant anion in acidic deposition in the eastern United
States and one of the primary anions in most surface waters; thus sulfate retention, principally by the
process of sulfate adsorption, is a critical process in the control of sulfate and overall mobile anion
leaching.
      Sulfate Adsorption - This is a process by which sulfate is chemically adsorbed onto the soil
matrix. Older more highly weathered  soils have a greater sulfate adsorption capacity. The amount of
sulfate  adsorbed  onto soils is proportional  to the concentration  of sulfate in the soil solution
(Figure 5-5).  For any particular geographic location, the concentration of sulfate in the soil solution
has an  upper limit defined by the effective concentration  of sulfate in wet plus dry deposition
multiplied by a concentrating factor  determined by the  evapotranspiration for that location.  For
example, if wet plus dry deposition has an effective sulfate concentration of 50 ueq L'l and one-half of
the incoming precipitation is lost due to evapotranspiration, then the effective steady state sulfate
concentration in soil solution and surface waters would be 100 ueq I/1. Once this steady-state sulfate
concentration is  reached, no  more sulfate  is retained on  a net basis by the process of sulfate
                                              5-8

-------
                                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 i
 i
 i
i
§
t
              adsorption.  The process of sulfate adsorption is at least partially reversible, so that if levels of
              deposition were reduced in an area that was already in steady state, then sulfate would be desorbed
              from soils and leached to surface waters.
                 Dissolved Sulfate
i
      Cation  Exchange - Soils  contain
 negatively charged "active" sites, called cation
 exchange sites, that adsorb or release acid (Al*3,
 H+) or base (Ca*2, Mg*2? Na% K+) cations with
 soil solutions.  The  composition of cations on
 these exchange sites is determined by the soil
 environment and can respond to changes in that
 environment on a short time scale.  Each of the
 cations is bound to exchange sites with different
 relative strengths.  Hydrogen and aluminum
 ions have a higher affinity for the exchange sites
 than do the base cations.  Therefore, when a
 solution containing H+ comes in  contact with an
 exchange site occupied by, for example, a calcium
 ion, the hydrogen ion can replace the calcium.
 This exchange reduces the acidity of the soil
 solution. The pH buffering ability of soils is, in
 part, a result of this exchange activity.  This
 process is effective as long as there  are base
 cation, available for exchange and there is
 sufficient  contact between  the soil and the
 percolating soil water.
     Two important measures of the ability of a soil to supply cations by exchange are (1) cation
exchange capacity and (2) base saturation. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) is the measure of the
maximum number of exchange sites that could be occupied by protons per mass of soil.  Usual units
are milli-equivalents per 100 g (meq 100 g'1).  Percentage base saturation is the percentage of these
exchange sites currently occupied by base cations.
     The pool of exchangeable base cations at any given time is finite. The exchange of protons for
base cations in the soil could eventually deplete the exchangeable base cation supply and cause the
soil to become ineffective in proton buffering. The key to base cation resupply is mineral weathering.
     Mineral Weathering - This is a process by which minerals in the soils or bedrock are physically
and chemically decomposed into  their constituent elements.  An example  of this  would be the
chemical dissolution of calcium or magnesium from an existing mineral.  Mineral weathering is a
'5-9

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

source of ANC to the percolating water, and can buffer against changes in pH that might result from
the addition of acids to a system. It is a mechanism for neutralization.
      Mineral weathering also serves as the primary source of base cations for the soil exchange
complex and, in many cases, for surface waters. It is a much slower process than cation exchange,
however, and thus serves as a rate limiting process.
      Hydrologic Flow Path - For any of the above processes to operate, the active soil site(s) must be
contacted by water percolating through the soil system. Thus, the hydrologic flow path  of water is
important.  The flow path can vary from watershed to watershed depending on the depth  of the soils
and their permeability.  Thus, in some watersheds, only the upper portion of the  soils might be
contacted by water moving through the system, whereas in other watersheds water might percolate
to great depths before flowing out  of the system to streams or lakes.  The deeper the hydrologic
routing within a system and the longer the contact time, the greater the possibility for neutralization
ofacidity.                                                                 >
      Galloway et al.  (1983)  hypothesized that sulfate adsorption, cation exchange,  mineral
weathering, and hydrologic flow path interact to determine  the influence of incoming sulfur (from
acidic deposition) on the chemistry of soils and surface waters. Only sulfur deposition is dealt with in
these analyses because it appears  that sulfate (rather than, for  example,  nitrate)  is the primary
driving force of long-term acidification (NAS1984). As noted above, the process of sulfate adsorption
is exhaustible.  As more sulfate is added to the system, more is adsorbed until the steady-state
condition (amount of sulfate input equals amount of sulfate output) is reached.  As this process occurs
in the soil systems the amount of sulfate leaving the system continually increases (up to  the steady-
state point).
      As the concentration of sulfate leaving the  system increases, sulfate  acts as  a "carrier ion"
taking with it increasing amounts of positively charged ions. These ions can be either base cations
(e.g., Ca*2 or Mg+2) or they can be acid cations (H+, Al*3). Which positive ions are carried with the
sulfate is a function of the processes of mineral weathering and cation  exchange.   If mineral
weathering rates are high and large amounts of minerals are available, it is principally the
weathered base cations that are leached from the soil systems to the surface  waters and the result is
that surface waters do not become acidified (i.e., lose alkalinity). If overall mineral weathering rates
are low (e.g., due to the nature of the minerals available, lack of weatherable minerals or hydrologic
flow path), however, then cation exchange can become an important process. As more and more
sulfate is carried through the system, the base cations can be leached from the exchange complex
leading to an eventual depletion of the  mass of base cations located there. As the mass of these base
                                            5-10

-------
»                                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
 ^ >                                                                                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

              cations decreases over time, more acid cations (H+, Al+3) are transported from soils to surface waters,
 Jft;           thus causing lakes and streams to become acidified.
 v \)                Hydrologic routing is important in this overall process because the greater the amount of soil
              materials contacted by the water as it moves through the system, the  greater the likelihood of
              neutralization and the longer it will be to the time when  sulfate adsorption capacity or cation
•              exchange capacity are depleted.
                   Although other processes occurring within  soils could potentially play important roles  in
              controlling the acidification of surface waters, the processes outlined above seem  to be currently
              accepted as the most important (NAS 1984; Church and Turner 1986). Simulation models based on
I              these basic principles yield results that tend to support the sequence of events of  acidification  as
              outlined qualitatively above (Church and Turner 1986).   Much, however, is yet to be learned
              regarding all of the processes involved and determination of which processes predominate on specific
              watersheds is extremely difficult.
I
I
i
i
5.2.2.2 Time Frame of Concern
      As discussed above, these analyses deal with the effects of sulfur deposition on the average
annual ANC of lakes and streams.  The overall time frame, of concern that will be treated in Section 5
ranges from current conditions to 50-100 years in the future.  This time frame has been set based
upon considerations of possible scenarios of emission controls that have been deemed appropriate by
the Office of Air and Radiation.

5.2.2.3 Regions of Investigation
      The regions of concern in this analysis are the northeastern United States and the
southwestern portion of the Blue Ridge Province commonly called the Southern Blue Ridge Province
(Figure 5-6). In defining the regions of concern,  the intent was to focus on regions with watersheds
potentially sensitive to acidic deposition, but exhibiting a wide contrast both in soil and watershed
characteristics and in levels of deposition. Certain regions of the United States contain an abundance
of low ANC waters and, therefore, are potentially sensitive to acidic deposition. Analyses of recent
trends indicate that the rate of sulfur deposition  is either unchanging or slowly declining in the NE
United States, but is slowly increasing in the SE  United States (NAS 1986). These two regions also
differ considerably in soil and watershed characteristics.

5.2.2.4 Data Sets Used
      The analyses presented in the following sections use a number of data sets. These.data sets
include surface water chemistry for lakes and streams as determined by the NSWS (Linthurst et al.
1986; Messer et al.  1986, respectively) and watershed and soil data collected in the DDRP.  The
                                                        5-11

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
atmospheric deposition data required in  these analyses have been provided from the EPA's
Atmospheric Sciences Research Laboratory  (ASRL/RTP) and Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratory
(PNL). These data are specifically described in the sections of this report where they are used.
                                                                Northeast
                                                                Region
                                                        Southern Blue Ridge
                                                        Province
                                               
-------
 I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                       FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Detailed soil surveys were conducted in each of the watersheds to assess characteristics
including soil type, extent, and depth.  The type and extent of land use, vegetation, and watershed
disturbances also were assessed on the watersheds.  These data  then were combined to select
representative soils for sampling for physical and chemical analysis.  At the time of this report,
chemical analyses were mostly complete for samples from the Northeast (these data, however, have
not yet undergone complete verification and validation).  Analyses of soils from the SBRP are just
beginning and only portions of this data set are currently available for use. In all cases, the soils data
presented in this report are not completely verified or validated.
I
I
 K
I
5.3 EVALUATION OF SULFUR STEADY STATE (NE AND SBRP)
      A principal hypothesis concerning sulfate adsorption is that there are broad regional patterns
in sulfur retention in the eastern United States due to regional distributions of soils with different
sulfate adsorption capacities. Galloway et al. (1983) hypothesized that areas north of the limit of the
last glaciation (Late Wisconsinan) are at, or near, zero net sulfur retention and areas south of the
limit glaciation are  still retaining large amounts of incoming sulfur.   Knowledge of the current
spatial trends in sulfur retention of soils is useful in helping to classify systems and regions with
regard to future responses (including acidification) of watersheds to sulfur deposition.

5.3.1  Intensively Studied Sites
      Rochelle et al. (In Press; In Review) examined regional  patterns of sulfur retention by
reviewing and summarizing information on sulfur input-output budgets for 47  intensively studied
sites in the United States and Canada. In general, these sites were watersheds of less than 500 ha.
Sulfur inputs for most of the studies were estimated using bulk precipitation chemistry and outputs
were estimated from (1) stream samples for the watershed studies and (2)  soil leachate for soil plot
studies.
      Rochelle et al. (In Press) also found that most  of the sites located above the  limit of the last
glaciation were near zero percent sulfur retention and that most of the systems south of the limit were
still retaining greater than 20% of incoming sulfur (Figure 5-7). These findings lend support to the
hypothesis that broad spatial patterns exist for sulfur retention in the eastern United States.
      Additionally, Rochelle et al. (In Press) found an apparent relationship between soil order and
sulfur retention for the intensively studied  sites they reviewed. Soils tend to have different sulfur
retention relative to the limit of the last glaciation, with young, less developed soils generally found
north of the limit of glaciation and older more highly weathered soils  found south of the  limit.
Watersheds dominated by the younger, less developed  soils {i.e., Spodosols) were generally associated
with near zero net sulfur retention, whereas watersheds dominated by more highly developed soils
(i.e., highly weathered Ultisols and Alflsols)  were retaining large portions of incoming sulfur.
                                                         5-13

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                                   &
                                                                                   '3
                                                                                   •o
                                                                                   .2
                                                                                   •o
                                                                                   j>»
                                                                                   >
                                                                                   '3
                                                                                   I
                                                                                   s
                                                                                   *-i
                                                                                   ^o



                                                                                   I
                                                                                   I
                                                                                   CO
                                          5-14

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      An important factor to consider in the interpretation of the sulfur retention estimates
determined from intensively studied sites is the lack of an accurate estimate of the dry component of
sulfur deposition.  Most of the studies estimated sulfur input from bulk precipitation and this
probably underestimates total sulfur deposition.  In the southern areas where percent sulfur
retention is high, underestimation of the total sulfur input is not critical to the sulfur retention
estimates for systems already known to be retaining large amounts of sulfur.  The addition of an
accurate dry sulfur estimate  to the total sulfur deposition will only increase the percent sulfur
retention estimate for systems already known to be retaining sulfur. In the northern areas, however,
the dry sulfur inputs are more important to the sulfur retention estimates because most of the
systems appear to be at zero retention or negative retention based on the available input-output data.
An accurate estimate (were such available from any source) of the dry sulfur input would be
important in determining those systems that are truly at steady state with respect to sulfur retention.
The sulfur retention estimates calculated using data from the NSWS reported in the next section
(5.3.2) attempt to account for possible ranges of dry sulfur deposition.

5.3.2  Calculated Sulfur Input-Output Budgets
      The findings reported by Rochelle et al. (In Press) support the hypothesis that there are broad
regional  patterns in sulfur  retention in the eastern United States.  Additionally, sulfur retention
estimates by Rochelle et al. (In Review) and Rochelle and Church (In Review) using long-term runoff
and precipitation data support the presence of broad regional patterns in sulfur retention.  To further
investigate the apparent trends, sulfur retention  was estimated by calculating sulfur input-output
budgets for four distinct sets  of surface water systems using runoff, precipitation, and deposition
associated with the year of surface water sampling.  These include (1) NSWS Eastern Lake Survey-
Region 1 [ELS-1] 780 lakes and reservoirs, (2) NSWS Eastern Lake Survey - Region 3a [ELS-3aj 108
lakes and reservoirs, (3) 61  NSWS Pilot Stream Survey streams, and (4) 56 streams located in the
Shenandoah National Park (SNP) (Lynch and Dise 1984).
      Total sulfur input estimates for these regions  were  made from measured wet sulfate and
estimates of dry sulfur deposition. Wet deposition was estimated by PNL using National Trends
Network (NTN) data. Accurate measurements of dry deposition generally were not available for the
study areas but past work indicates that dry deposition could range between 30 to 70% of total sulfur
deposition (Kelly 1984; Galloway et al. 1983; NAS  1986). For the systems considered in these input-
output calculations, dry deposition was assumed to  be 50% and 100% of wet deposition.
      Sulfur outputs are calculated based on surface water sulfate concentration and estimated
runoff.  Sulfate concentrations for the NSWS ELS Regions 1 and 3a lakes and reservoirs were
determined from water samples collected during the period of complete mixing in fall 1984. Sulfate
                                                        5-15

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

concentrations for the NSWS Pilot Stream Survey sites were determined from multiple sampling at
base flow (three spring samples and one summer sample at each site) in 1985.  Values of surface water
sulfate concentrations for the SNP streams were calculated from six bimonthly samples collected on
each stream during Water Year 1982.  Runoff for the NSWS sites was estimated from USGS runoff
contour maps (Graczyk et al., In Press) and runoff for the SNP was determined from USGS gaging
stations in the SNP region.

5.3.2.1 Streams versus Lakes
      Rochelle et al. (In Review) assessed variations in percent sulfur retention between streams and
lakes in the Blue Ridge Province (BRP). (The BRP includes both SBRP and SNP.)  This analysis was
done using chemistry data from the NSWS ELS-3a lakes and reservoirs, the NSS Pilot Stream survey
streams, and 56 streams in SNP.  In general, watersheds in all three systems were retaining
significant amounts of incoming sulfur  (Figure 5-3), and there  were no significant differences in
sulfur retention for the three systems.  Based on these findings, the SBRP and SNP lake and stream
sulfur retention estimates were combined into a single BRP data set to use in comparisons with other
regions.
      For seepage lakes dominated by direct precipitation inputs and for drainage lakes with long
(e.g.,  greater than one year) retention times, intake processes, e.g., sulfate reduction in the lake, can
act as a sink for sulfur inputs. For drainage lake systems with short hydrologic retention times (i.e.,
less than 1 year), however, (such as the case in the ELS Regions 1 and  3a) in-lake processes do not
significantly affect watershed sulfur budgets (Kelly et al., In Press; Shaffer et al., In Review; Shaffer
and Church, In Review).

5.3.2.2 Northeast versus Blue Ridge Province
      As with the review of intensively studied sites and with  the findings of Rochelle  et al. (In
Review) this analysis indicates that sulfur retention differed between the NE and the BRP (Table 5-1)
with  NE sites having much less net sulfur retention than the BRP sites, which  are still  retaining
significant amounts of incoming sulfur (Figure 5-9).  These trends held for sulfur retention calculated
using wet deposition only and for the two region-wide dry deposition scenarios (dry =  50% and 100%
of wet deposition).  Similar patterns also exist if subregional estimates of dry deposition are used
(Rochelle and Church, In Review).  The results of an analysis of variance  indicate that these
differences in average percent sulfur retention between the NE and BRP are statistically significant
(P(f)  < 0.001). First-order error analysis (Beers 1962; Shoemaker and Garland 1967), using estimated
uncertainties for the quantities used to calculate inputs and outputs, indicates that these budgets are
not overly sensitive to these uncertainties.  That is, the apparent  regional differences still exist after
allowances for possible uncertainties and combinations of uncertainties in the analysis.
                                            5-16

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                           DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

                                                         FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
              30'
              20-
              10
 C
 o
"^
 flj
              3Q-
3,20
.Q
O
s-
o
-*
0
I
            
-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT


FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY


DO NOT CITE ORiJUOTE
                                                                                 I

                                                                                 2
                                                                                 cu-
                                                                                 «
                                                                                 so
                                                                                 •o
                                                                                 en



                                                                                 1
                                                                                 tn
                                                                                 os
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 o
                                                                                 2
                                                                                 s
                                                                                 CO

                                                                                 CD
                                                                                 10


                                                                                 I


                                                                                 s
                          suo|ieAJ3sqo ^o jaquinN
                                        5-18

-------
I
 I
 I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The conclusion from these results is that regional-scale differences in sulfur retention exist
unmistakably.  Sulfur retention is low in the Northeast (i.e., near steady state relative to current
deposition) but high in the BRP (i.e., not near steady state relative to current deposition). The time
required for systems to reach steady state is discussed in Section 5.3.4.

5.3.3 Comparison of Equilibrium Soil Solution and Surface Water Sulfate Concentrations
      In the preceding discussion of sulfate input-output budgets and  in other comparable
discussions of sulfate budgets and controls on dissolved sulfate, an underlying assumption is that
surface water sulfate concentrations  are  controlled by sulfate  adsorption in soils.  If such an
assumption is correct, then surface water sulfate concentrations in a particular watershed should be
equal to an average of soil sulfate solution concentrations in that watershed.  Thus, a finding of equal
soil  solution and surface water sulfate concentrations has important implications for sulfate
dynamics. Such a finding supports the assumption that surface water sulfate dynamics are controlled
in the soil (by adsorption), which in turn supports use of adsorption models to predict the time course
of changes in surface water sulfate concentration in response to changes in deposition.  The following
section compares soil solution and surface water sulfate concentrations for watersheds in the NE and
SBRP.
      Data used for this section were generated from soil samples collected in the DDRP Soil Survey
outlined in Section 5.2.2.4.  During these surveys, the study watersheds first were mapped with
regard to  soils. Then, based on the mapped characteristics,  the soils were  grouped into sampling
classes. The sampling classes  were based on perceived similarity in soil  chemical and physical
properties; 38 soil sampling classes were identified in the NE and 12 in the SBRP.  Soil samples were
collected from approximately eight randomly selected sites for each sampling class, with sampling of
all significant soil  horizons at each site.  Approximately 1900 samples were  collected from 300 soil
pedons in the NE, and approximately 1000 samples from 100 pedons in  the SBRP.   For each
individual soil sample, the amount of adsorbed sulfate was measured, and each soil was equilibrated
with six different sulfate solutions to define an  adsorption isotherm, or partitioning function, to
characterize equilibrium of sulfate between  adsorbed and solution phases.  From these data, the
equilibrium sulfate concentration (the dissolved sulfate concentration in equilibrium with a soil at its
current adsorbed sulfate level, at which the soil neither adsorbs nor desorbs sulfate) was determined
using linear interpolations (NE and SBRP) and non-linear regression of the  isotherm (SBRP only).
Data 'for individual horizons were aggregated to provide weighted averages  for each soil sampling
class, then sampling class values were aggregated to provide  an area-weighted equilibrium sulfate
concentration for the soil solution of each watershed.
                                                         5-19

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Due to the original design of the sampling and aggregation schemes (designed to generate
regional-scale data), and because many of the soil sampling classes occurred in three or more of the
ELS subregions, the original aggregated watershed soil solution sulfate data were not sensitive to
intraregional differences in sulfur deposition and soil/lake sulfate concentration.  Other factors being
equal, soil solution and surface water sulfate concentrations should be proportional to deposition. To
account for such regional deposition gradients, deposition factors were computed from the soils data
for five deposition classes in the NE, and aggregated watershed soil solution sulfate concentrations
were adjusted accordingly.
      The adjusted watershed soil solution concentrations were compared on a site-by-site  basis to
surface  water sulfate concentrations measured during the NSWS (Linthurst et al. 1986; Kanciruk
et al. 1986; Messer et al. 1986) and to estimated steady-state sulfate concentrations. Steady-state
sulfate concentrations were estimated using deposition estimates for a 12-month period preceeding
NSWS lake/stream sampling and using dry deposition estimates of dry deposition = 50%  (NE) or
100% (SBRP) of wet deposition (Section 5.3.2). It should be noted that the area-weighting procedure
assigns equal importance to all  soils; it does not  consider changes in soil solution as water flows
laterally from one soil to another, nor does it assume additional control by soils in the riparian zone.
For the NE, results are presented on regional and subregional scales. Because of data limitations
(i.e., not all soils have been analyzed for the SBRP), results for the SBRP at the subregional  level
cannot be presented.  Comparisons can be made, however, between the NE and SBRP on regional
scales.
      It should be noted  that analyses for this section are based on a complete, but unverified soil
chemistry data set for the NE, and on only a partial, unverified data set for the SBRP. Analyses to
date should be considered as preliminary and subject to change.

5.3.3.1 Results - Northeast
      Weighted average equilibrium soil solution (ESS) sulfate concentrations for soils in the
northeastern  DDRP  watersheds are compared  to measured  lake sulfate concentrations in
Figure 5-10a, and to estimated steady-state concentrations in Figure 5-10b. Lakes are identified in
Figure 5-10 by the ELS Subregion in which they are located. In general, the agreement between ESS
sulfate and lake sulfate is good for systems in ELS Subregions  1A, 1C, and IE.  By contrast,  the ESS
sulfate concentrations for Subregions IB and ID are substantially higher than measured lake sulfate
concentrations.  Similar results are obtained when the ESS sulfate data are compared to steady-state
sulfate  concentrations.  Data for Subregions 1A,  1C,  and IE indicate that although the status of
individual watersheds indicates moderate net retention or release in some cases, overall, ESS sulfate
concentration  is the same as the steady-state  sulfate concentration.  This is consistent  with
conclusions from input-output budgets discussed in Section 5.3.2. ESS sulfate levels for most lakes in
Subregions IB and ID, however, are substantially above the steady-state concentrations.
                                            5-20

-------
                                                                DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                               FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 i
i
i
i
i
      The ESS results provide mixed
signals regarding the utility of the
sulfate adsorption hypotheses stated
earlier (Section 5.2.2.1).  If the data
are correct,  they imply that soil
solution and lake sulfate concentra-
tions are identical  in some  geo-
graphic areas (Subregions 1A, 1C,
and  IE)  and support the working
hypotheses that (1) lake sulfate
concentrations are  controlled by
processes occurring in the soil, and
(2) watershed systems regulated by
those processes are at steady state for
sulfur. In other areas (Subregions IB
and  ID), however, the data imply
that  soils are releasing substantial
amounts of sulfate  that are  sub-
sequently retained by some other
process in the watershed.  Regard-
less, the  data indicate that soils in
most watersheds of the Northeast
will  not  retain additional sulfate
inputs by adsorption.
      An alternative explanation for
data from Subregions IB and ID is
that the calculated ESS sulfate
values are too high, and do not
accurately represent soil solutions
for those watersheds. This is a strong
possibility, that  might result from
use of unverified data or might be an
artifact of the data manipulation and
aggregation procedures used. It
might also be a result of inappro-
priateness of the area-weighting
procedure itself. It is also considered
   300-^
 O"
 0)
3 200-
                                                01
                                                (0
                                                5 100-
                                                01
                                                ^300-
 O"
 0)
         A: Measured
                                          A-ELS-1A
                                          B-ELS-1B
                                          C-ELS-1C
                                          D-ELS-1D
                                          E- ELS-IE
        B:  Estimated Steady State
               100        200       300        400
            Soil Solution Sulfate (peq L'1)
                                                Figure 5-10. Comparison of equilibrium soil solution
                                                sulfate concentrations with measured lake sulfate
                                                concentrations, A,  and with steady-state sulfate
                                                concentrations, B, for DDRP drainage lake water-
                                                sheds in the NE United  States.   Steady-state
                                                computations are based on  dry equals 50% of wet
                                                deposition.
                                                      5-21

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
unlikely that the soil analysis and data
manipulation procedures are invalid,
given their successful application in
Subregions 1A, 1C, and IE and in the
SBRP (Section 5.3.3.2).  It is unlikely
that a process other than adsorption is
controlling soil solution (and ultimately
lakewater) sulfate concentrations. With
more extensive analysis of a verified NE
data set, soils data for  the entire region
are anticipated to be consistent with lake
sulfate data and  with computed steady-
state sulfate concentrations.  This, in
turn, would provide stronger support for
the hypotheses that lake sulfate
concentrations are regulated by
processes occurring in the soil (i.e.,
adsorption), and that most soils and lake
systems of the region are at steady state
with current sulfate inputs.

5.3.3.2  Results - Southern Blue Ridge
        Province
      Sulfate data for watersheds in the
SBRP are presented in Figure 5-1 la and
5-lib. The data are  similar to those
presented for the  NE  and compare
watershed ESS sulfate concentrations to
measured stream concentrations and to
computed steady-state concentrations.
Due to the limited amount  of data
presently  available (SBRP soils are still
being analyzed),  results were computed
and are shown for only 12 watersheds (of
35 DDRP sites in SBRP) in the region. In
   120.
Li 100-
er
A
*£ SQ-\
0)

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                       FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

 evaluating the results for the SBRP, it is important to recognize that the watersheds discussed were
 included in- this analysis solely on the basis of data availability, and that even for these sites
 incomplete data sets and unverified data were used. Although these results are considered accurate,
 they are subject to modification based on detailed analysis of the complete, verified data set. Further,
 although the 12 watersheds discussed here probably are not atypical of the full set of streams in the
 region, their representativeness is not known, and results will not be extrapolated from the 12
 watersheds to the region.
      For the SBRP watersheds,  soil solution concentrations are similar to measured stream
 concentrations (Figure 5-1 la).  Although  the ESS sulfate concentrations tend to be greater than
 measured stream sulfate concentrations at low measured concentrations, the differences are small.
 In all cases, the ESS sulfate concentrations are substantially below estimated steady-state
 concentrations (Figure 5-llb), indicating  that soils of these watersheds are still retaining  sulfur
 inputs on a net basis. Assessments of watershed sulfate budgets based on ESS sulfate are consistent
 with analyses based on input-output budgets (Section 5.3.2).  Using both the watershed budget and
 ESS sulfate methods, the data indicate substantial net sulfate retention in watersheds of the SBRP.
 This, for the time being, minimizes the role of sulfate as a mobile anion and limits the current effects
 of acidic deposition on cation leaching and surface water acidification in the region.

 5.3.3.3 Northeast versus Southern Blue Ridge Province
      Section 5.3.2.2 discussed comparison of sulfate retention in the NE and SBRP, based on sulfate
 input-output budgets. The conclusion of.that discussion was that, despite site-specific variability and
 uncertainties in the data, there were regional patterns in sulfate retention. Lake-watershed systems
 in the NE are roughly at steady state, whereas watersheds in the SBRP retain a significant fraction
 (usually a majority) of sulfur inputs. Analysis of the ESS sulfate data support the conclusion that NE
 systems are at (or exceed) steady-state concentrations, whereas the 12 SBRP sites considered all
 retain a substantial fraction  of sulfur input (Figure 5-12).  Although  the exact budget status is
 dependent on the estimates of dry deposition that are used (as discussed in Section 5.3.2), the contrast
 between the regions is unequivocal.
      Although the  ESS data support the sulfate input-output budget assessments discussed in
 Section 5.3.2, it is equally important that ESS sulfate concentrations are comparable to surface water
 sulfate concentrations. Such agreement is consistent with the hypothesis that soil sulfate adsorption
 controls watershed sulfate concentrations, and supports the use of adsorption-based  models to predict
 the time to sulfate steady state.   The support for the  hypothesis that sulfate concentration is
controlled by adsorption is important not only for use in  this report, but in a general sense as well.
This is because the acid precipitation literature has, for the  most part, assumed adsorption as the
critical process regulating sulfate mobility  and because most models and ongoing assessment efforts
                                                         5-23

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

(including DDRP) are predicated on adsorption being the dominant mechanism controlling surface
water sulfate concentrations.
     25

     20-

     15-

     10-
     25
     20
     -s
     10-
     25

     20

     15

     10-

      5
Wet Deposition Only
 D Northeast
 • SBRP
                      n..
                                          1
                                      LfLJ.
 Dry = 50% wet deposition
                                     ... • n n
                                                       35
            Dry= 100% wet deposition
                                                                 38
              -400
-300         -200       -100
      Percent Sulfur Retention
                                                                100
  Figure 5-12. Percent sulfur retention in DDRP lakes (NG) and streams (SBRP). Data are
  shown for three deposition scenarios and are based on equilibrium soil solution sulfate
  concentrations.
                                       5-24

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
5.3.4 Predictions of Temporal Changes in Dissolved Sulfate
      Results in the preceding section demonstrated similar soil solution and surface water sulfate
concentrations for some regions, and supported the use of soil mediated sorption models to describe
sulfate dynamics.  Existing watershed models have used adsorption isotherms described by various
linear and non-linear functions to describe the partitioning of sulfate between adsorbed and dissolved
phases, and to predict temporal changes in dissolved sulfate. The shape of an adsorption isotherm can
be determined experimentally and the current status of a soil can be defined by measuring the
adsorbed sulfate and the equilibrium sulfate concentrations. Those data, then, can be used to predict
the rate and extent of change in adsorbed and dissolved sulfate for any desired deposition scenario.
For this section, an existing sulfate adsorption model, a subroutine of the MAGIC model (Cosby et al.
1985,1986; Hornberger et al. 1986) was used to estimate changes in sulfate for lakes in the NE and
for streams in the SBRP. Four deposition scenarios were considered - no change from current levels
of deposition (CLD), a 20% increase above present levels (120% CLD), a 20% decline (80% CLD), and a
50% decline (50% CLD).
      The sulfate subroutine of MAGIC is a mass balance model and assumes that adsorption is the
only process affecting sulfate concentrations. The soil can be described using one or more horizons,
with initial soil properties and adsorption characteristics of each defined by the user. Soil horizons
are treated as a series of continuously stirred tank reactors with equilibrated soil solutions routed
sequentially through soil horizons.  Equilibrium between dissolved and adsorbed sulfate phases is
assumed for each horizon.  For this report, the model was used with one-year time steps, using long-
term average data and for hydrologic inputs and outputs and historic deposition based on data from
Gschwandteretal. (1985).
      As  in Section 5.3.3, data for  the soils from the survey discussed  in 5.2.2.4 were used.
Equilibrium sulfate concentrations, adsorbed sulfate concentrations, and adsorption isotherms were
determined for each soil using a nonlinear regression fit of data from the  six soil/sulfate solution
mixtures.  Data were aggregated by soil horizon and sampling class, with sampling class data  then
area-weighted to derive watershed values of adsorbed and equilibrium sulfate and of adsorption
isotherms. Time  predictions were made using the sulfate sub-model of MAGIC  using watershed-
aggregated soil sulfate data and with long-term average deposition and runoff data provided by PNL.
Dry deposition was estimated as 50% (NE) or 100% (SBRP) of wet deposition.  Although the model
allows several kinds of time predictions to be made (e.g., change in concentration in N years, years to
reach steady-state sulfate budgets), only the years to reach steady state are discussed below. Because
sulfate concentrations in model predictions approach steady state asymptotically, time is actually
computed  to reach 95% of steady-state concentration.   Given the uncertainties in sulfate  and
hydrologic measurements  and the annual variability in sulfate fluxes, concentrations at 95%  of
                                                        5-25

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

steady state will not be significantly different (in a statistical sense) from concentrations at steady
state.
      Consideration of future changes in surface water chemistry in the NE United States has
focused largely on cation processes, based on the assumption that sulfate budgets are in steady state.
As a general rule, that assumption is valid.  A number of individual watersheds, however, presently
retain sulfur inputs on a net basis. The number of such systems and extent of retention is dependent
on assumptions about dry deposition, but in some cases as much as 50% of sulfur inputs appear to be
retained. As a means of assessing the role of sulfate adsorption on watershed chemistry, in the region,
the time to steady state was estimated for several "worst-case" watersheds; i.e., those farthest from
steady state in terms of percent sulfur retention.  Five watersheds were selected for this effort
representing three ELS Subregions {1A, C and E) and a range of deposition regimes. - For all lakes,
the equilibrium soil solution and lake sulfate concentrations were nearly equal and were well below
steady state concentrations,  indicating significant sulfate retention.  This selection criterion
minimized the probability that the computed retention was an artifact based  on uncertainty in the
data, and also minimized the probability that retention occured by a non-soil mediated process (e.g.,
in-Iake sulfate reduction).
      For the SBRP, time predictions were made for the  12 stream  systems discussed in
Section 5.3.3.2.   All 12 watersheds were characterized by net sulfur retention, and were probably
typical of the total population of streams in the region in terms of sulfate concentration and ANC. As
noted earlier, however, these systems were selected on the basis of data availability, so  their
representativeness of the region in terms of response time is uncertain.

5.3.4.1 Results - Northeast
      At current deposition, the longest predicted time from present conditions to steady state for the
five  "worst-case" watersheds under consideration was 58 years. For the remaining four watersheds
times ranged from 30-39 years. At increased deposition (120% CLD), time to steady state ranged from
48-72 years, whereas at reduced inputs (80% CLD), times to steady state were reduced to 9-38 years.
If deposition were halved (50% CLD), sulfate concentrations at four sites would already exceed their
steady-state concentrations and the fifth would come to steady state in about 10 years.  Thus, even for
those systems in the NE currently farthest from steady state, the time to attain sulfate steady state is
fairly brief.

5.3.4.2 Results- Southern Blue Ridge Province
      Time to  reach  sulfate steady state (i.e., input = output) was calculated for the 12 SBRP
watersheds discussed in Section 5.3.3.2. Results are summarized in Figure 5-13 for four scenarios of
sulfur deposition (i.e., CLD, 120% CLD, 80% CLD and 50% CLD; dry deposition was assumed to equal
                                            5-26

-------
 I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY-
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
i
1
wet in all cases). Under each of the four scenarios the number of systems at steady state increased
with time in roughly a linear fashion.  At current deposition levels, the first watershed {of the 12
analyzed) reached steady state in about 20 years from the present and the last in 95 years.  The
greater the deposition rate, the longer it takes to reach steady state. This occurs because the steady-
state sulfate concentration is proportional to deposition inputs. Thus, for instance, although steady
state was reached most quickly at 50% CLD, the corresponding steady-state sulfate concentration
would be only 50% of the steady-state concentration at current levels of deposition.  For any specific
watershed, the sulfate concentration after N years will always be greater (to some degree) at greater
deposition levels (Figure 5-14)..
       1.0-
                 at
              Ste 0.75H
              § £ 0.50-
             . c >»
              o-o
              *3 ro
              S3 025-
                      OH
                                                               80%  m 100%
                                   20
                                  40           60           80
                                      Years from Present
100
120
               Figure 5-13.  Cumulative frequency distribution of time to steady state for sulfate in
               soils of 12 watersheds in the Southern Blue Ridge Province. Data are displayed for four
               deposition scenarios, scaled to current deposition, and changed as a step function in
               1986. Calculations are based on dry deposition equal to wet deposition.

                   At current deposition levels, all the SBRP watersheds were retaining substantial amounts of
             sulfate, thereby  delaying the potential  adverse effects of acidic  deposition.   These results were
             consistent with hypotheses discussed earlier in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 and with results presented in
             Sections 5.3.1, 5.3.2 and 5.3.3. These results were also consistent with observed rates of change in
             sulfate concentrations in streams of the region (Table 5-2).  Potential changes in stream ANC as a
             result of increased leaching of sulfate are discussed in Section 5.5.3.
                                                        5-27

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                             I
   200-

   180-

-. 160
 O 120;

~ 100-
 S
 §  80.
U

|  60-
 a
*  40^
    20
Steady state
Measured/predicted stream
                                                                         120%
                                                           100%
                                                                          80%
                                                                          50%
                                       1986
     1850
   1900
                              1950
   2000
Year
2050
2100
 Figure 5*14. MAGIC output for a watershed.  Predicted sulfate concentrations in a
 Southern Blue Eidge watershed, based on results from the sulfate submodel of MAGIC.
 Predictions are shown for four levels of deposition, scaled to current inputs, and changed
 as a step function in 1986. The broken line(s) represent steady-state sulfate in equilibrium
 with deposition. The deposition pattern for 1850-1986 is based on data for EPA Region 4,
 from Gschwandter et al.( 1985).
                                                  I
                                                                             I
                                                                             I
                                                                             I
   TABLE 5-2. RATES OF CHANGE OF DISSOLVED SULFATE IN STREAMS OF THE
   SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BASED ON MODELING AND FIELD STUDIES
Location
12 watersheds,
Southern Blue
SO4, Rate of Change
(ueq L'l yr'i)
median 1.1
range 0.3-6.4
Data Source
modeling
Reference
this report
     Ridge Province

  6 non-coastal streams
     SE United States

  Coweeta, NC
     WS2
     WS36
             median 1.0
            range -0.7-2.9


                0.67
                0.80
                                           field monitoring,
                                              8-18 years

                                           field monitoring,
                                              1971-1983
                                                                            i
                   Smith and Alexander 1983
                   Swank and Waide, In Press
                                                  I
                                       5-28
                                                                             I

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
5.3.4.3 Comparison - Northeast versus Southern Blue Ridge Province
      As has been noted previously, there were striking regional contrasts for sulfur dynamics in the
NE and SBRP.  Mean sulfur retention in the NE was low and those systems not at steady state were
relatively close to steady state in terms of both time and sulfate concentration.   Sulfate
"breakthrough" was under way (breakthrough being the period when sulfate concentrations in soil
leachate increase rapidly as the soils approach their steady state concentration) for those systems not
yet at steady state. At current deposition, the longest projected times to steady state were only 30 to
50 years from the present.
      By contrast, none of the 12 watersheds in the SBRP were at steady state; most retained greater
than 50% of sulfur inputs, and many retained at  least 75% of inputs.  In many of the watersheds,
breakthrough of sulfate has barely begun. At current deposition, the median time to steady state was
almost 60 years from present, with a minimum of 20 years and a maximum of almost 100 years.

5.3.5 Conclusions
      (1) With regard  to sulfur retention,  watersheds in the NE differed significantly  from
         those in the SBRP.
      (2) With regard to sulfur retention at current levels of deposition, most watersheds in
         the NE were near steady state (i.e., were not retaining sulfur inputs on a net basis).
      (3) With regard  to sulfur retention at current  levels of deposition, most watersheds in the
         SBRP were not at steady state {i.e., were retaining sulfur inputs on a net basis).
      (4) At current levels of deposition, sulfur budgets for most watersheds in the NE should
         be very near steady state within 50 years.
      (5) At current levels of deposition, sulfur budgets for most watersheds in the SBRP
         should be very near steady state in 100 years.

5.4 EVALUATION OF BASE CATION STEADY STATE
      As described in Section 5.2, exchangeable base cations serve as important potential reservoirs
for acid neutralization capacity within soils. This hypothesis was tested with the data collected in the
DDRP Soil Surveys. The soils data were used to model those processes that allow determination of
the time frames of response of watershed/surface water systems to acidic deposition.
      A number of different types of soil chemical models have been developed over the last several
years that allow investigation of the relationships among the base saturation  and cation loading
levels in soils and the pH and alkalinity of associated surface  waters.  No single model provides a
complete description of soil processes. Each type of model, however, can provide certain insights into
the chemical processes perceived to be important to  surface water acidification.  For this reason, a
number of different models can be employed to help understand current soil chemical properties and
                                                        5-29

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

surface water compositions and to predict future changes in surface water compositions as soil
properties evolve at current or modified loadings of acidity.

5.4.1  Application of an Equilibrium-based, Mass Balance Soil Chemical Model (the Reuss-
      Johnson Model)
      One approach that exists to model soil solution chemistry is the application of equilibrium-
based mass balance models.  These models use certain inputs to  the soils (usually the mass and
composition of precipitation) plus certain assumptions concerning the dominant exchange reactions
within the soils to compute an equilibrium composition,  pH and  alkalinity of soil solutions.  To
simulate the effects on resultant surface water chemistry, the equilibrated soil water is "drained"
from the soil, then allowed to re-equilibrate with atmospheric levels of CO^. Different inputs of acid
anions or base cations generate different predicted equilibrium surface water chemistry.  Similarly,
different inputs affect the predicted rates of changes in surface water compositions over time.

5.4.1.1 Theoretical Basis and Underlying Assumptions
      For this report, the equilibrium-based mass balance model employed was developed by Reuss
and Johnson (1985; and J.O. Reuss, personal communication 1986).  The model is based on a number
of premises. First, dissolved aluminum concentrations are assumed to be controlled by an aluminum
trihydroxide-like phase of user-defined solubility. All other reactions involving aluminum rely on
the value calculated from this relationship. Second, total dissolved  strong acid anion (e.g., Cl', NCV,
and SCV2) concentrations plus the partial pressure of carbon dioxide primarily determine the pH and
composition of  soil waters.  Finally, sulfate adsorption  and mineral weathering reactions (see
Sections 5.2 and 5.3) are not incorporated into the model.
      Several limitations to the model arise  primarily  out of the treatment of the aluminum
chemistry. The model does not include provisions to consider organo-cation (acidic or base cations)
interactions.  Such interactions might dominate exchange processes in the O through B horizons of
many soils in the Northeast, so this potentially limits the utility of the model in this region. For
deeper soils, however, outputs from the model should provide reasonable estimates of surface water
chemistry. The model also lacks provisions for alternate mineralogical controls on the aluminum
solubility. In soils with pH values in the range of 4.0 to  5.5, recent studies indicate aluminum
distributions are regulated by HIV, a clay mineral with somewhat  different reaction characteristics
from microcrystalline gibbsite. With the information available, it was difficult to assess the effect of
this model characteristic on the ability of the model to make accurate predictions.
      The advantages of using the model in a predictive  application center around its equilibrium
approach. Other models generally employ empirical methods for determining relationships between
base saturation and soil pH, thereby limiting the usefulness of the results to those soils from which
                                            5-30

-------
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

input data were selected.  The thermodynamically based chemistry in the model  makes it more
generally applicable.  In addition, the model was the only model currently available that allows
investigation of the effects of the varying strong acid anion concentrations. The model yields results
that are consistent with, for example, observed changes in measured soil pH values in different
extractive media. This feature is not available in other models. Finally, the model, by its design,
allows an investigation of the effects of exchange processes on soil and surface water chemistry. Most
other models incorporate numerous other processes  and chemical interactions, thus making it
difficult to differentiate between those effects arising from exchange processes and those arising from
other soil/water interactions.   Inasmuch as  the  purpose of the analysis in this  section was to
determine the effects of exchange processes alone on the resultant composition of surface waters, this
became a considerable advantage.

5.4.1.2 Data Requirements
      Three types of input.data were required to run the Reuss-Johnson model and the other models
used in this study (see Section 5.4.2, below).  The models required precipitation amounts and
compositions and selected physical and chemical data  for the soils in the watersheds being studied.
Other supporting information  was required to compute selected constants and parameters in  the
models. Sources for the data used in this study are outlined below, along with a brief description of
data manipulations that were required.

Precipitation Data
      Deposition data for the NE region were taken from data obtained from the National Trends
Network (NTN) system. Ten stations from the Northeast, two from each subregion, were selected
based on their proximity to watersheds selected for special analyses (see Section 5.6). The data from
the NTN were compiled by PNL.  Average weekly precipitation amounts and compositions were
computed.  Using these data as the foundation, quantities and volume-weighted annual average
compositions were computed for each subregion in the Northeast. All watersheds within a subregion
were assumed to receive precipitation of a quantity and quality approximated by the computed
averages. •

Soils Data
      Soils data for this study  were obtained from the NE DDRP Soil Survey.  The soil analytical
data were unverified and unvalidated. The working data base employed was about 75% complete.
The data were employed as received, except for those cases in which missing data significantly
impeded the data aggregation routines. In these cases, data were generated using existing data and
correlations among appropriate variables.
                                                        5-31

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Eastern Lake Survey Data
      Eastern Lake Survey (ELS) data served two functions in the soils study. First, the data were
the "ground-truth" against which model predictions of current conditions were tested.  Second, in
several instances, the ELS data were required to compute aggregate soil parameters; for example, the
cation exchange coefficient for Ca with Mg. The data were not available from other sources, but were
necessary for model execution.  Although this approach used measured parameters to construct
constants that were used to predict those measured parameters, the effect on the major model outputs,
namely, pH, alkalinity and total base cation leaching, was probably  minor.  These factors were
influenced much more strongly by other features in the model.

Aggregation of Soils Data
      A soil pedon consists of one to many  layers of soil, called horizons, that are approximately
parallel to the soil surface.  In the  NE DDRP Soil Survey approximately 300 soil pedons were
excavated resulting in about 2000 horizon samples being collected and analyzed.  The objective of
systematically aggregating this physical and chemical soils information from the individual horizon
to the watershed level was to reduce the amount of data used as model inputs without losing
explanatory power while at the same time improving representativeness.
      All of the soil components mapped in the NE  DDRP Soil Survey were grouped into 38 soil
sampling classes (see Definition of Soil Sampling Classes and Selection of Sampling Sites for the
Northeast, ERL-C 1986) based upon  physical and chemical characteristics  of the  map components.
Approximately eight randomly selected pedons per soil sampling class were excavated and sampled.
The areal extent of soil sampling classes on each watershed from the mapping and the chemistry (by
horizon)  of approximately eight pedons per  soil  sampling class was used to  derive representative
physical and chemical soils data for each watershed. Statistically rigorous  methods were developed
for aggregating the soil chemical data beginning with individual horizon data and ending up with one
value for each watershed for entry into the  models.  This was accomplished  by (1) aggregation by
horizon within soil pedon, followed by (2) aggregation by pedon within soil sampling class, and finally
(3) aggregation by soil sampling class within  watershed. The following sections describe each of these
steps in more detail.
      Aggregation by Horizon within Soil Pedon. There  were several possible methods by which
individual soil horizon chemical and physical data could be aggregated to the soil pedon level.  The
method selected employed weighting by soil thickness.  The importance of a chemical  or physical
variable  measured on a particular horizon was assumed to be proportional to the thickness of the
horizon.  Thickness-weighting weights a variable by multiplying its value for a particular horizon by
the thickness of the horizon and summing the values of the weighted variables for each soil pedon.
                                            5-32

-------
 I
f
1
I
I
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

This sum was then divided by the sum of the horizon thicknesses.  The result was a  thickness
weighted value of a variable for each soil pedon.
      Aggregation by Soil Pedon within Soil Sampling Class. Following the aggregation to the pedon
level, the next aggregation step was to again weight by thickness and aggregate but this time by
pedon within soil sampling class.  This exercise was similar to that described for aggregating soil
horizon data to the pedon level above. In this aggregation step, however, the newly aggregated pedon
level value of a particular variable was multiplied by the pedon thickness. These were summed for all
the pedons within a soil sampling class and divided by the sum of the pedon thicknesses for the soil
sampling class. The result was a thickness-weighted parameter for each sampling class.
      Aggregation by Soil Sampling Class within Watershed.  The final aggregation step was the
area-weighting and aggregation of the soils information from the Soil Sampling Class level up to the
watershed level.
      The areal extent of soil sampling classes on each watershed was known from the soil mapping
exercise.  The percentage of each  sampling class on each watershed was calculated.  These
percentages were the area weights that were  multiplied by the respective sampling class variable.
These products were summed for each watershed.  The net result was thickness and area weighted
chemical and physical variables representative for each watershed.

5.4.1.3 Results: Predicted versus Observed Surface Water ANC
      The Reuss-Johnson model was run, using the aggregated data  described  above,  for the
122 drainage lakes in the NE DDRP study.  The model was run using the current best estimate for the
long-term sulfate loading rate in each watershed based on the deposition and runoff data discussed
previously. In addition to these estimates for current levels of deposition (OLD), model runs using
both 50% and 120% of OLD were executed.  These calculations were performed to determine which of
the watersheds in the NE sample would be most sensitive to changes in  acidic loading rates. The
variables calculated by the model represented predictions based on exchange - equilibria dominated
reactions and species, and included soil pH,  the exchange fractions of the four base cations, and
surface water values for pH^ alkalinity {ANC),  and cation concentrations.
     Before presenting the predicted response of soils to current acid loading regimes, it is
important to evaluate the validity of the model, including the strengths and limitations inherent in
the model  predictions.  Soil pH values are useful indicators of this model's performance. Values for
this model output variable are not entered into the model but rather are calculated from the base
saturation, exchange coefficients and charge balance considerations by the model.
                                                        5-33

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      Figure 5-15 illustrates the correlation between the calculated soil pH and the aggregated
0.01 M CaClg "measured" soil pH. The model provided reasonably good estimates of the differences in
soil pH values between different watersheds. The model, however, consistently predicted soil pH
values that were too high by 0.9 to 1.2 pH units. Several factors arise from these results.
   o
6.0
5.9 -|
5.8
5.7
5.6

5.4
5.34
5.2
5.1
5.0
4.9
4.8
   w»  4.61
   «  4.5<
   *  4.4-1
      4.3-
      4.2-
      4.1-
      4.0,
                                                            Slope = 1
                                                            Intercept X + 1.00
                                                                    1:1 line.
                                                                    Intercept =0
                                                                    Perfect prediction
        3.0
              i
            3.4
3.8       4.2       4.6
      Measured Soil pH
5.0
5.4
5.8
  Figure 5-15. Model predicted versus observed soil pH values.  Plot of the aggregated
  0.01 M CaCla soil pH values versus the Reuss-Johnson model predicted values for the
  122 drainage lakes in the NE region. The lower diagonal line illustrates the loci of points
  representing "perfect" predictions by the model.  The upper diagonal line has the same
  slope as the lower line.

      First, because ANC and cations were computed using the same procedures as those used for soil
pH, the observations suggest that relative changes in  ANC and cation concentrations should be
reasonably predicted if the concentrations of those species are controlled by exchange processes.
Note, however, that if other processes such as mineral weathering are responsible for the observed
changes, they will not be reflected in the model output.
      Second, because the model predicted soil pH values were high by about one unit, the model
predictions for ANC and cations will be systematically biased as well.  The relationship between pH
and ANC is non-linear, so we would not expect to have a one-to-one  adjustment for the predicted
values of ANC. In general, however, an adjustment of-30 to -50 ueq L"1 would bring predicted values
                                           5-34

-------
 I
 I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
of ANC more in line with the values that should be observed if cation exchange were the dominant
soil process controlling surface water pH values.  With these points providing  the necessary
perspective, the results for the ANC predictions can be presented.  Figure 5-16 shows the predicted
surface water ANC values in relation to the observed values. The diagonal line on the graph is the
one-to-one,perfect prediction line.  Observed  ANC values ranged from about -25 ueq L"1 to about
350 ueq L"1 and had a mean value of about 98 ueq L"1.  The predicted values ranged from a low of
-25 ueq L'l to a high of 80 ueq L'1 with a mean value of about 27 ueq L"i. The salient features of these
results are as follows.  First, the model indicated that cation exchange by itself would not generate
high ANC values for any of the watersheds included in the DDRP study sample. That is, the model
indicated that, as a result of cation exchange alone, lakes in the NE region would have  ANC values
that cluster in the range of 10 to 50 ueq L"1.  (When adjusted for the systematically high soil pH
predictions, these values would be even lower potentially in the range of -20 to 20  ueq L"1 with a
mean just slightly less than 0 ueq L'1).  This result suggests that the exchange complexes in soils are
strong buffers for soil  hydrogen ion activity and for the  generation of alkalinity, but that  the
maximum buffering occurs in the pH vicinity that corresponds to an ANC of about zero.
                  200
                  -60
                    -100
                                     100
                                     Measured ANC
               Figure 3-16.  Model predicted versus ELS measured lake ANC values.  Plot of the
               ELS-measured lake ANC versus the Reuss-model predicted values for surface water
               ANC values. The diagonal line represents the "perfect predicted" line.
                                                       5-35

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Second, model results indicated that exchange processes display strong buffering activity. For
this reason, the discrepancies between observed and predicted surface water ANC values suggest that
exchange reactions were not the primary reservoirs of ANC within the soil environment.  Although
cation exchange processes might play a role in determining surface water pH values and alkalinities
in the most sensitive systems, that is, in those that currently display ANC values of less than about
50 ueqL'l, the current model results indicated that soil processes other than cation exchange were
primarily responsible for the generation of ANC and for surface water pH  values that were observed
in the majority of lakes in the NE  region.   At this point, mineral weathering is the  most likely
candidate for this process.
      In addition to the comparisons with observed lake properties, the model provided an avenue
through which soils or watersheds that are most sensitive to  changes  in acidic deposition loading
rates can  be identified.  Acid anion  concentrations had a major role in the context of the model in
determining the  pH, ANC and major cation concentrations in solutions that contacted the soils.  By
changing the input acid anion concentrations, parallel changes will occur for these other  variables.
The extent of the change, however, will depend upon how strongly the soil  is acting as a buffer in the
system. If the soil is a strong buffer, large changes in the acid anion concentrations will  have only
minor effects on the values of the other variables. If the cation ion exchange pool in the soil has been
depleted, or is small to begin with, however, moderate changes in the acid anion loading rates will
result in moderate to large changes in the resulting equilibrium ANC and soil cation concentrations.
      To obtain  estimates of the most  sensitive watersheds in the study sample, soil  and surface
water properties were computed using sulfate loading rates that were 50%  and 120% of the CLD. The
change  in ANC  per unit change in sulfate loading rate was  computed for each  watershed.   The
watersheds that are most sensitive to change in the sulfate (and hence,  acid) loading rates should
exhibit larger negative values for this ratio.  This ratio, AANC/ASCV2, will be  used as an index of
sensitivity.
      Results from the  calculations yielded  numerical values for the sensitivity index that range
from a low of about -0.3 to a high of  about -0.07. Although a complete study of the relation between
the sensitivity index and  other soil or  surface water variables was  beyond the scope of this
assessment, a number of correlations were investigated to ascertain the  factors that determine, in
general, the sensitivity of watersheds. Correlations between the index and (a) CEC, (b) percent base
saturation, (c) concentration of exchangeable base  cations,  (d) lake ANC, and (e) lake sulfate
concentrations were computed. No  attempts were made to subdivide the analysis by subregion or
alkalinity class.
                                            5-36

-------
 I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
1
I
I
I
      Results from these analyses suggested'that of the five factors investigated, only current lake
sulfate concentrations exhibited a statistically significant relationship with the sensitivity index. As
illustrated in Figure 5-17, lakes with low current sulfate concentrations tend to be more sensitive to
future changes in the levels of acidic deposition than lakes with higher sulfate concentrations.  This
result has important implications for lake/watershed systems currently undersaturated with regard
to sulfur retention (see Section 5.5.2).
                 280
    260-
    240
    220
    200-
              S 160i
    120
    100-
     80-
     60-
     40-
                  20-
                   -6.3
               -0.26      -0.22    -0.18     -0.14
                                     A.ANC/AS04
-0.1
-0.06
-0.02
  Figure 5-17. ELS lake sulfate concentrations versus the Reuss-Johnson sensitivity index.
  Plot of the ELS-measured  lake sulfate concentrations  (in  ueq  L'l)  versus  the
  Reuss-Johnson model projected sensitivity index (AANC/ASO4, see text for explanation)
  for 122 drainage lakes in the NE region.
             5.4.2  Application of a Dynamic Mass Balance Model to Predict Future Changes in Soil pH
                   and Status of Base Cations
                  As discussed in the previous section, analyses with the Reuss-Johnson model indicated that, for
             watersheds having lakes with ANC greater than 100 ueq L'l, cation exchange did not seem to be an
             important mechanism for supply of base cations.  It  is likely that in these watersheds mineral
             weathering is of primary importance and, inasmuch as weathering rates would be expected to change
             little in the future, such systems would seem to be protected against critical reductions in ANC over
             the long-term.  For watersheds having ANC less than 100 ueq L'l,  the relative importance  of
                                                      5-37

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

contributions by cation exchange or contributions by mineral weathering cannot be discriminated.
This is likely to vary significantly from watershed to watershed. In the event, however, that cation
exchange does play an important role in supply to these low ANC lakes, it is important to investigate
the question of whether base cation supply from this process alone might decrease in the future, even
under current levels of deposition, due to the depletion of bases  from watershed soils.  As was
discussed in Section 5.2, this was a question that was a point of major contention in the NAS report
(NAS1984).
      This question was investigated using the Reuss-Johnson model and another model, the Bloom-
Grigal soil response model (Bloom and Grigal 1985) to simulate potential changes in base cation
supply from the process of cation exchange.

5.4.2.1 Theoretical Basis and Underlying Assumptions
      The Bloom-Gngal model estimates the depletion of exchangeable bases (decrease in percent
base saturation) by calculating the difference between input acidity and the concentration of acidic
cations in the percolating soil water and equating this with the amount of base cations removed. The
cation resupply rate is equal to the weathering rate.  The model assumes that sulfate is not adsorbed
by the soil and that the measured soil chemical input parameters are currently at steady state. The
effective acidity of precipitation is assumed to be  equal to the sum of protons and ammonium ions
(H* + NH4+) minus the concentration of nitrate (NOs') in the precipitation and that all of this acidity
exchanges for base cations in the soil.  The volume of water passing through the soil is equal to
precipitation minus evapotranspiration calculated on an average annual basis.
      The empirically derived relationships used in the model, which were principally derived for
representative soils of the North Central United States, were assumed to be applicable to the soils in
this analysis. There are three empirical relationships in the model  that describe, respectively (1) the
stoichiometry and chemistry of soil  cation exchange relationships, (2) the relationship between the
activity of Al*3 in the soil solution and soil solution pH, and (3) the relationship between soil solution
pH and percent base saturation.
      For this analysis, the rate of mineral weathering was set equal to zero.  As described above,
mineral  weathering moderates, or buffers, decreases in  percent base saturation and soil pH by
supplying base cations to the soil system. Therefore, the reported results reflect the worst expected
case for changes in percent base saturation and soil pH.  If the predicted changes in these two soil
properties are  large, then model runs that include realistic mineral weathering rates will be
necessary.
                                            5-38

-------
 I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 5.4.2.2 Data Requirements
      The Bloom-Grigal model used for this analysis required as input data the physical and
 chemical information both on the soils of concern and the precipitation incident on those soils. The
 specific external data requirements of the model were described in the following sections.

 Precipitation Data
      A general description of the source of the precipitation data was given in Section 5.4.1.2.  In
 addition to volume-weighted annual average precipitation amounts and compositions (H+, NH4+, and
 NCV) for each watershed, evapotranspiration (ET) was also required. The ET values were calculated
 by subtracting  net runoff (Rochelle et al., In Review) from precipitation {all on volume-weighted
 annual averages).  For the purpose of this analysis, water storage and deep seepage  in  these
 watersheds was assumed equal to zero. Dry deposition was set to 50% of wet depositor! for these
 calculations.
      In addition to applying the Bloom-Grigal model at current levels of deposition (OLD), three
 other deposition scenarios were examined to predict long term effect of altered levels of deposition.
 The three additional scenarios were (1) 120% CLD, (2) 80% CLD, and (3) 50% CLD.

 Soils Data
      The subsection on soils data in Section 5.4.1.2 described the source of the soil chemical data
 used in this analysis.  Specific soils information required  by the model included (1) soil pH (0.01M
 CaC^), (2) soil cation exchange capacity (unbuffered), and (3) percent base saturation (unbuffered).
 An average soil bulk density of 1.30 g cm"3 and a soil air CC>2 of 1% were assumed.  Soil thickness was
 area-weighted by watershed.

Predicted Changes in Percent Base Saturation and Soil pH
      The Bloom-Grigal model was run using aggregated soil  and precipitation data for 122 NE
 DORP watersheds.  The model predicted the change in percent base saturation and soil  pH as a
function of time. For this analysis, the model calculated the change between now and 100 years from
now. These results are summarized in the following sections.
      Summary Statistics for Predicted Changes in Percent Base Saturation and Soil pH:   Bloom-
Grigal Model. The summary statistics for the predicted changes in percent base saturation and soil
pH are shown in Figures 5-18 and 5-19, respectively. Each figure gives the minimum, Ql, median,
Q3, and maximum predicted change values, where Ql and Q3 are the twenty-fifth and seventy-fifth
percentiles, respectively.
                                                        5-39

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      At CLD, the maximum predicted decrease in percent base  saturation was 6.5, which

represented a 21% decrease for that particular watershed. The median predicted decrease at CLD,

however, was 1.5. The greatest predicted decrease in percent base saturation was 7.2 (a 23% decrease

for that particular watershed) for the 120% CLD scenario.

      At CLD the maximum decrease in soil pH was -0.081, representing a 1.8% decrease in soil pH

for that watershed.  The median predicted change in soil pH at CLD was -0.021.  The greatest

predicted change in soil pH was-0.090 (2% decrease) for the 120% CLD scenario.
                                                          	CLD*
                                                                120% CLD
                                                                80% CLD
                        -5.0                0                5.0
                          Change in Percent Base Saturation
         Summary of Quantile Statistics for Predicted Changes in Percent Base Saturation
                                  (Bloom-Grigal Model)
10.0
iOUD|rtf Quantile
Deposition Min. Q1@ Med.
CLD* -6.5 -1.9 -1.5
120% CLD -7.2 -2.2 -1.7
80% CLD -5.7 -1.6 -1.3
50% CLD -4.5 -1.2 -0.9
N = 122
@Q1 and Q3 represent the first and third quartiles, respectively
*CLD = Current level of deposition
Figure 5-18. Cumulative distribution of predicted change in
levels of deposition (Bloom-Grigal Model).
Q3@
-1.0
-1.2
-0.9
-0.8
percent base
Max.
+ 5.2
+ 7.3
+ 3.0
-0.3
saturation at four
                                          5-40

-------
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                                CLD*
                                                                                120%CLD
                                                                          	 80% CLD
                                                                          	50% CLD
            -0.
10    -0.08    -0.06    -0.04    -0.02       0
                      Change in Soil pH
 Summary of Quantile Statistics for Predicted Changes in Soil pH
                    (Bloom-Grigal Model)
0.02     0.04
Level of
Deposition
CLD*
120% CLD
80% CLD
50% CLD

Min.
-0.081
-0.090
-0.071
-0.055

Q1@
-0.031
-0.035
-0.016
-0.019
Quantile
Med.
-0.021
-0.024
-0.013
-0.013

Q3@
-0.013
-0.015
-0.009
-0.009

Max.
+ 0.028
+ 0.035
•«• 0.030
-0.003
N = 122
@Q1 and Q3 represent the first and third quartiles, respectively
*CLD = Current level of deposition  .
Figure 5*19.  Cumulative distribution of predicted change in soil pH at four levels of
deposition (Bloom-Grigal Model).

      Mean Results for Predicted Changes in Percent Base Saturation and Soil pH:  Bloom-Grigal
Model-  The predicted results for changes in both percent base saturation and soil  pH were very
symmetric and, except for slight kurtosis, were normally distributed.  Therefore, a discussion of the
properties of the means is useful to understanding the predicted changes in these variables for the
sample of 122 NE DDRP watersheds.
      The predicted mean change in percent base saturation and soil pH after 100 years of deposition
for the four deposition scenarios are shown in Table 5-3. Also included in Table 5-3  is a calculation of
the percent change in percent base saturation and soil pH as a function of the mean  initial percent
base saturation and soil pH values. At CLD the Bloom-Grigal model predicted  that the mean percent
base saturation would decrease by about  1.5  and the mean soil pH would decrease by about 0.023.
The mean initial percent base saturation was  25.9 so that the decrease of 1.5 represented an average
                                                       5-41

-------

DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

decrease in percent base saturation of 5.8%.  The mean initial soil pH was 4.292 so that the mean
decrease in soil pH of 0.023 reflects an average decrease in soil pH of about 0.54%.  The largest value
of predicted mean changes in percent base saturation and soil pH were found for the 120% CLD
scenario and the smallest in the 50% CLD scenario.

   TABLE 5-3. MEAN CHANGE IN AND PERCENT DECREASE IN MEAN PREDICTED
     VALUES FROM MEAN INITIAL VALUES AND MEAN PREDICTED VALUES IN
          PERCENT BASE SATURATION (BS) AND SOIL pH AT FOUR LEVELS
             OF DEPOSITION OVER 100 YEARS (BLOOM-GRIGAL MODEL)
Mean Change In
Level of Deposition
CLDa
120% CLD
80% CLD
50% CLD
%BS
-1.5
-1.7
-1.3
-1.1
pH
, -0.023
-0.026
-0.020
-0.015
Percent Decrease In Mean
%BS
5.8
6.6
5.0
4.3
pH
0.54
0.61
0.47
0.35
 a  CLD=Current level of deposition
   N = 122
      Whereas all of the mean changes in percent base saturation and soil pH were statistically
different from zero, the actual mean predicted changes were relatively small.  Inasmuch as these
predictions did not incorporate mineral weathering, which buffers against changes in percent base
saturation and soil pH, the actual changes in soils should be lower than predicted by this analysis.

5.4.3   Comparison of the Predicted Changes in Percent Base Saturation and Soil pH Using
       Two Different Modeling Approaches: Mass Balance versus Equilibrium
      In this section, a subset of the results discussed in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 are compared. The
primary objective of this analysis is to  determine the level of agreement between predictions of
changes in percent base saturation and soil  pH made by two fundamentally different models, the
 Reuss-Johnson and Bloom-Grigal Models.

 5.4.3.1 Fundamental Difference of the Reuss-Johnson and Bloom-Grigal Models
      The Reuss-Johnson Model, as described in Section 5.4.1, is an equilibrium-based mass balance
 model.  This means, in this particular instance, that input precipitation, of known volume and
composition, is conceptually brought to  equilibrium in the soil.  Equilibrium soil chemistries are
calculated and are then used to complete the mass balance computations in the model. The Bloom-
 Grigal Model (described in Section 5.4.2) is fundamentally different in that it also considers input
 precipitation volume and composition, but bases its mass balance computations on precipitation
 chemistry and empirical relationships between soils and soil solutions.  Although both approaches
 are valid, it is important to compare their outputs as a check on the reliability of the predictions.
                                          5-42

-------
                                                               DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                               FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
5.4.3.2 Comparison of the Results
      Figures 5-20 and 5-21 summarize the predicted changes in percent base saturation and soil pH
for the Reuss-Johnson Model. These figures are analogous to Figures 5-18 and 5-19 that presented
results for the Bloom-Grigal Model.
                1.0
                0.8
              §-0.6

             I
              v

                0.4
VJ
   0.2-
	CLD* ..
	 120%CID
	 80% CLD
	50% CLD
    -25.0       -20.0      -15.0      -10.0      -5*0'        6
                           Change in Percent Base Saturation
                                                                                     5.0
                   100
                     Summary of Quantile Statistics for Predicted Changes in Percent Base Saturation
                                              (Reuss-Johnson Model)
Level of
Deposition
CLD*
120% CLD
80% CLD
50% CLD

Min.
-22.5
-23.8
-20.1
-18.6

Q1@
-4.7
-5.2
-4.3
-3.6
Quantile
Med.
-4.1
-4.4
-3.6
-3.0

Q3@
-3.4
-3.8
-3.0
-2.5

Max.
+ 5.2
+ 5.2
+ 5.2
+ 5.2
N=122
@Q1 and Q3 represent the first and third quart!les, respectively
*CLD = Current level of deposition

Figure 5-20. Cumulative distribution of predicted change in percent base saturation at four
levels of deposition (Reuss-Johnson Model) over 100 years.
                                                      5-43

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      1.0'
      0.8
   c
   V
      0.6'
   J2 0-4
   3
   u
      0.2
	CLD*
	— 120% CLD
	 80% CLD
	50% CLD
              -0.70     -0.60     -0.50    -0.40      -0.30     -0.20    -0.10        0
                                          Change in Soil pH
                Summary of Quantile Statistics for Predicted Changes in Soil pH
                                  (Reuss-Johnson Model)
Level of
Deposition
CLD*
120% CLD
80% CLD
50% CLD

Min.
-0.739
-0.742
-0.731
-0.708

Q1@
-0.088
-0.095
-0.077
-0.063
Quantile
Med.
-0.065
-0.072
-0.058
-0.048

Q3@
-0.047
-0.050
-0.042
-0.035

Max.
-0.014
-0.018
-0.010
-0.003
 N = 122
 @Q1 and Q3 represent the first and third quartiles, respectively
 *CLD = Current level of deposition
  Figure 5-21.  Cumulative distribution of predicted change in soil pH at four levels of
  deposition (Reuss-Johnson Model) over 100 years.

 Predicted Changes in Percent Base Saturation
      Comparison of the median predicted values for changes in percent base saturation of the two
 models (Figures 5-18 and 5-20) shows that for each deposition scenario (CLD,  120% CLD, 80% CLD,
 and 50% CLD) the Reuss-Johnson Model predicted, on average, that the median change in percent
 base saturation would be approximately 3.2 times greater than that predicted by the Bloom-Grigal
 Model. Figure 5-22 clearly demonstrates this result at CLD. The Bloom-Grigal predicted changes in
 percent base saturation are on the vertical axis and Reuss-Johnson predicted changes are on the
                                          5-44

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
i
i
i
i
horizontal axis. All but one of the plotted values lie above the 1:1 line. This result shows that the
equilibrium-based mass balance model approach resulted in larger predicted changes in percent base
saturation than the strict mass balance model approach.  The significance of the magnitude of the
predicted changes using both modeling approaches and the significance of the differences in predicted
changes between the modeling approaches are discussed in a subsection of Section 5.4.3.2.
                   1-
             .-£   O1
               o
 1-2H
 o.
 "5  -3H
  en
 2.  -6-
 s  ~:
 
-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
     0.06-
     0.04-
     0.02-
 ~*     0'
 .2 -0.02-
 .5 -0.04-
 2! -0.06-
 15 -0.08-
 £-0.10-
 1 -0.12-
 O -0.14-
 o
 5 -0.16-
 3C -0.18-
 £-0.20-
    -0.22-
    -0.24-
    -0.26.
       -0.26    -0.22
                        I
-0.18    -0.14     -0.1     -0.06     -0.02
     A pH (Reuss-Johnson Prediction)
0.02
0.06
  Figure 5-23. Comparison of change in soil pH predicted by the Bloom-Grigal and Reuss-
  Johnson Models after 100 years at OLD.
5.4.3.4 Significance of the Magnitude of Predicted Future Changes in Percent Base
       Saturation and Soil pH as Predicted by the Reuss-Johnson and Bloom-Grigal Models
      Tables 5-3 and 5-4 summarize the mean predicted change in percent base saturation and soil
pH for the Bloom-Grigal and Reuss-Johnson Models, respectively.  These changes are also
represented in these tables by the percent decrease in mean predicted percent base saturation and soil
pH from the mean initial values for these variables. The Reuss-Johnson Model predicted, on average,
a mean decrease in the percent base saturation of 4.0, which represented a decrease of 15.6%. The
Bloom-Grigal Model, however, predicted, on the average, only a decrease in percent base saturation of
1.4, representing a decrease of only 5.4%.

5.4.4 Predicted Changes in Lake ANC as a Function of Changes in Percent/Base Saturation
      As noted above, it is important to evaluate the possibility that in those cases  where cation
exchange might be the principal mechanism of supply of base cations from watersheds to  surface
waters, this supply could be affected over time by a depletion of available bases in the soils. This was
examined using the  Reuss-Johnson model  and projecting forward  in  time for 100 years.  The
equilibrium lake ANC values at 100 years were compared with the currently predicted lake
                                          5-46

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                    DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

equilibrium ANC values from the model. This predicted change in ANC was then compared to
current levels of observed lake ANC.

   TABLE 5-4. MEAN CHANGE IN AND PERCENT DECREASE IN MEAN PREDICTED
     VALUES FROM MEAN INITIAL VALUES AND MEAN PREDICTED VALUES IN
          PERCENT BASE SATURATION (BS) AND SOIL pH AT FOUR LEVELS
            OF DEPOSITION OVER 100 YEARS (REUSS-JOHNSON MODEL)
Mean Change In
Level of Deposition
CLD»
120% CLD
80% CLD
50% CLD
%BS
-4.3
-4.6
-3.9
-3.3
PH
-0.090
-0.094
-0.081
-0.069
Percent Decrease In Mean
%BS
16.6
17.8
15.1
12.7
pH
2.10
2.19
1.89
1.61
 a  CLD = Current level of deposition
   N=122
      Results of this analysis are illustrated in Figure 5-24 for four levels of deposition.  The
distribution of values of predicted change in ANC was highly skewed and had high kurtosis, with a
few systems predicted as having large changes. The reason for these large predicted changes are
currently being examined.  The median value for predicted change in ANC, however, was
approximately 7ueqL"1, which is small.  An examination of the data indicated that there was no
relationship between predicted change in ANC and currently observed lake ANC.  Thus lakes
currently having low values of ANC do not appear to be associated with watersheds having soils that
would lead to a predicted large changes in ANC due to depletion of bases from those soils.  For the
purpose of this analysis, it appears that some depletion of bases could occur from soils, even at current
levels of deposition, but that currently available models do not indicate this change to be appreciably
large.

5.4.5 Conclusions
      (1) Models of soil cation exchange indicated that this process by itself was not capable of
         supplying lake ANC greater than 100 ueq L"1.
      (2) Mineral weathering appeared to be the source  of lake  ANC   greater than
         100 ueq L-l.
      (3) Some  combinations of cation exchange and mineral weathering appeared to be
         responsible for values of lake ANC less than 100 ueq L"1 but relative importance of
         these contributions probably varied on an individual watershed basis.
      (4) Cation exchange appeared to exert a strong buffering influence in soils and thus
         would act as a compensatory mechanism neutralizing of acidic deposition inputs.
                                                      5-47

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      (5) Under current levels of deposition, depletion of base cations from the soil exchange
         complex was not predicted to be extensive within the next 100 years.

      (6) Predicted changes in lake ANC over 100 years at current levels of deposition
         appeared, in general, to be on the order of less than 10 ueqL"1.  Some greater
         changes, however, might be possible.
   01
   3
   o-
   V
   0»
  '•p
  JO
   a
                     120% CUD
                	100% CLD
                      80% CLD
              	   50% CLD
      0.4
      0.2-
      0  •
            -100   -90  -80   -70   -60   -50  -40   -30   -20   -10    0
                                     A ANC in 100 Year
10
  Figure 5-24. Cumulative distribution of predicted changes in lake ANC over 100 years at
  four levels of deposition (Reuss-Johnson Model).
                                         5-48

-------
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
5.5  CLASSIFICATION OF SYSTEM RESPONSE (TO ZERO ANC) AS A FUNCTION OF
     SULFATE ADSORPTION AND BASE CATION SUPPLY
      The purpose of this section  is to draw  upon the results and discussions in previous
Sections (5.2-5.4) to predict, using a  steady-state approach, the number of systems in the NE and
SBRP that might eventually become acidic at current levels of deposition (CLD).

5.5.1 Approach
      The general approach used in this assessment of potential acidification was to examine a
logical series of conditions and sequence of events regarding systems in the NE and SBRP.  This
approach was best illustrated by the logic diagram or ("decision tree") shown in Figure 5-25. The first
step in the analysis was to remove currently acidic systems from the sample of interest (i.e., only
currently non-acidic systems). This information was provided by the NSWS. The second step was to
divide the systems as to whether or not they were at steady state with regard to sulfur inputs.  This
was done using the kinds of analyses presented in Sections 5.3.2 and  5.3.3.   For those systems
currently at sulfur steady state there still existed a possibility that ANC might be lost due to
depletion of the exchange pool of base cations.  From the analyses presented in Section 5.4 however, it
appeared that the likelihood of further drawdown  of base cations (and thus depletion of ANC) was not
likely to be a major factor, especially if surface water ANC is currently above 100 ueq L'l.  Therefore,
this cutoff was used as an approximate boundary above which the  systems were assumed to be
protected inasmuch as base supply was then assumed to be due-almost entirely to mineral weathering
(a non-depletable resource).  For those systems currently at sulfur steady state but with ANC values
less than 100 ueq I/1 it is still possible that further depletion of base cations could occur but it is
highly unlikely that this would be of major importance within the next 50-100 years.
      For those systems not currently at steady state with regard to sulfur inputs, analyses can be
made of the time to steady state, as described in  Section 5.3.4. As sulfate flux through the systems
increases, over time, there is a concurrent depletion of base cations and loss of surface water ANC. In
this steady state analysis, this is described using the F factor previously described and discussed in
Section 3.4.4. Again, this F factor is the change in concentration of base cations divided by the change
in concentration of sulfate in surface waters. The limits for F are zero (no neutralization; system
becomes acidic as soon as the increase in acid exceeds present ANC) and 1.0 (complete neutralization;
no loss of alkalinity). At intermediate values of F there is partial neutralization of acid. For example,
at F = 0.5, and a change in acid inputs (with sulfate as the carrier anion in this case) of 100 ueq L'i the
result is a decrease of ANC of 50 ueq L"1.
                                                       5r49

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                     Systems in Region
                                         #     %
                                                      YES
                               YES
                  #
        YES
                       Currently at Sulfur
                          Steady State
    NO
 Currently at
 Base Cation
 Steady State
i.e., ANC > 100
                                                  NO
                           #   % ,
                         Continued ANC
                          Loss Possible,
                           but Unlikely
   System Will
 Become Acidic at
Sulfur Steady State
                         YES
   #fl/  	
   YD  -^


#  %  —
#  %  —
                                             F = 0.0
                                             F = 0.2
                                             F = 0.4
                                             F = 0.7
                                               Continued ANC
                                                Loss Likely, but
                                                  Unlikely to
                                                Become Acidic
            —  #  %
            —  #  %
            —  #  %
            —  #  %

             Likely to
             Become
              Acidic
            Figure 5-25. Future surface water acidification, steady-state analysis.


      Selection of values of F for individual watersheds or groups of watersheds in the NE and SBRP
is highly problematic.  Analyses  made with the MAGIC model (as described in Section 5.6) yielded
values of F with a mean in the range of 0.5-0.6. Projections made with the Reuss-Johnson model on

eight NE watersheds yielded a mean value above 0.7. Previous simulations with the 1LWAS model

on Adirondack watersheds generally yield  values in the range  of 0.7  (S. Gherini,  personal
communication).  These analyses, however, might not take hydrologic routing through near-surface
organic horizons during extremely wet periods into account in an adequate fashion and thus probably

overestimate F values.  A previous analysis in Section 3 indicated that values above 0.4 in the NE
yielded reconstructed pH distributions more acidic than those of "pristine" regions.  That analysis,

however, applied one value of F uniformly across the region. In fact,  F probably varies widely across

the region.  It is possible that F might have a distribution of values such that the lower values

correspond to lakes of lowest alkalinity. Thus, only a few systems  would need to have values of F
below 0.4 to yield a reconstructed "historical"  pH distribution similar to those encountered in

"pristine" regions.
                                            5-50

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Further work is required to determine the nature and distribution of F values of the NE and
SBRP. Current uncertainties preclude a strict quantitative selection at this time. To allow for this, a
range of F values (0,0.2,0.4,0.7) is used in the following analyses.

5.5.2 Northeast
5.5.2.1 Application
      The NE application was made to the statistical sample of drainage  lakes and reservoirs in
Region 1, NSWS. Seepage lakes and closed lakes were not considered in this analysis because of the
difficulty  in determining their  hydrologic retention  times and ultimate steady-state sulfate
concentrations. Special interest lakes were not considered because of the desire to extrapolate from
the statistical sample to the estimated regional population (drainage  lakes and reservoirs greater
than 4 ha; n = 6349). Through use of the MAGIC model and NE soils data, it was estimated that
under current levels of deposition (100% of CLO) sulfate steady state should be reached for  most
systems in the Northeast in roughly 50 years.
      A great deal of care was taken in the selection of the deposition data sets used. This is because
these data sets determine the ultimate steady-state concentrations of sulfate in the lakes and, thus,
(1) whether or not the lakes are at steady state, and (2) if they are not, how far away they are. These
analyses were very sensitive to these factors.
      Estimates of the long-term water budget were made in  the following manner.  Long-term
runoff was estimated from a l:l,000,000-scale annual runoff map produced by Knox and Nordenson
(1957).  Rochelle et al. (In Review) produced a site location map of the lake sites, overlaid the map
onto the runoff map, and estimated runoff for each site based on the nearest contour to a site.
Estimates of long-term precipitation for each site that were consistent with the estimates of long-
term runoff were very difficult to  locate. Therefore, these values were  synthesized using runoff and
evapotranspiration (ET).  Reliable and mutually consistent information on precipitation and runoff
for  the region was available for  Water Year 1984 (WY 84, October  1983-September  1984)  from
A. Olsen at PNL (personal communication) and Graczyk et al. (In Press), respectively.  These data
were combined to estimate ET at each of the sites, and the ET values were then added to the estimates
of runoff at each site to produce an estimate of precipitation at each site.  This approach is viable
because ET  remains nearly constant from year to year in the  Northeast independent of levels of
runoff and precipitation (Likens  et al. 1977).  This  combination of data sets yielded estimates of
absolute amounts of precipitation, runoff,  ET,  and runoff/precipitation ratio that were the most
consistent (by comparison to regional topography and climate) for the region.
      Sulfate concentration in wet deposition at each of the sites was provided by A. Olsen of PNL for
WY 84.  Estimates of dry deposition of sulfur were provided by R. Dennis of the Atmospheric Science
Research Laboratory, Research Triangle Park (personal communication), from a modeling analysis
                                                        5-51

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
for the same period of interest.  These estimates of dry deposition were probably underestimates for
those sites located near significant sources of emissions and were probably overestimates for sites
located relatively distant from emissions sources (R. Dennis, personal communication).  These data
sets on runoff, precipitation amount, concentration of sulfate, and precipitation and dry deposition of
sulfur were combined to estimate the long-term steady-state concentation of sulfate based on these
estimates of long-term hydrologic conditions and current deposition chemistry.
      For each of the subregions (1A-1E) of the
NE, the means (and medians) of observed lake
sulfate concentration were plotted against the
means of the long-term sulfate  steady-state
values (Figure 5-26). A nearly linear relation-
ship resulted with an apparent bias of over-
estimation of sulfate steady-state  values.  It is
difficult to reconcile such a result with anything
other than a scenario that, on the average,
systems in the NE are at steady state with
regard to  sulfur but that original estimates of
sulfate steady state were too high. Adjustment of
runoff and/or precipitation to alleviate this bias
results in unrealistic values  and  inter-
relationships of those variables.  Thus, deposition
must be  overestimated.   If dry deposition
estimates  are retained for Subregion IB (near to
high emissions) but are decreased by 40% in
other subregions, a nearly perfect 1:1 line results
(Figure 5-27). This analysis determined the final
data set  selected for use in the NE.  This
adjustment was within the bias/uncertainty
estimates  of the dry deposition data provided (R.
Dennis, personal  communication).  These  dry
deposition data thus varied from those used in
previous  parts  of Section 5 but  does  not
invalidate those prior analyses.
      Although the focus of predicted changes in
lake chemistry is on changes in sulfate and ANC
 C200
 •2 180-
 |l60j
 §140
 §120
 2 80
 1 60
 £ 40-
 .3 20
                          1:1 line
         20 •   60    100   140    180
     Steady-State Sulfate Concentration
Figure 5-26. Lake sulfate versus steady-state
sulfate concentration (includes original dry
deposition data).
 c
 o
 c
 OJ

-------
 I
I
I
i
i
i
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

at sulfate steady state, it was also considered useful to estimate changes at an interim time, 25 years.
In estimating interim changes, however, it is important to recognize that (1) sulfate concentrations in
n years (25 in this case), expressed as concentration or as percent of steady-state concentration, can
vary widely among sites, and that (2) site-specific time predictions are available for only a few sites.
To overcome these limitations and develop regional population predictions,  relationships between
current sulfate and projected levels at 25 years were evaluated for the modeling sites discussed in
section 5.3.4. Based on those data, sulfate concentrations in 25 years were estimated as:
where So, 83$, and SS represent sulfate concentration (or percent steady state) at 0, 25 years, and
steady state; respectively.  Using this equation with current and steady-state sulfate concentrations,
concentrations were estimated at 25 years from present for all NE lakes not already at steady state.
      A number of analyses of projected steady-state concentrations of ANC were made based upon
the above data sets and various scenarios of percentage reduction in deposition. These analyses
include (1) three levels of deposition (100%, 80%, and 50% of CLD), (2) four values of F (0, 0.2, 0.4, and
0.7), and (3) two times periods (25 years from present and steady state - about 50 years).  Analyses
were performed for each of the NE subregions,  and estimates were projected up to the population
scale. Estimates were made of the projected additional acidic systems as well as for the expected
changes in ANC at final steady state.
      This projected steady-state analysis was subject to a large degree of unavoidable uncertainty.
Uncertainty is  associated  with the estimates of runoff, precipitation, chemistry of precipitation,
amount of dry deposition, lake sulfate concentration, and lake ANC. Approximations can be made to
the individual uncertainties associated with each of the components of the calculations,  and these
approximations can be combined to yield an estimate of uncertainty  associated with the final
computations.  For amount of precipitation, amount of runoff,  and chemistry of precipitation, the
uncertainties were approximated by the standard deviation of the estimates of values for all sites
within Region  1.  For dry deposition, an  uncertainty was provided by R. Dennis (personal
communication). This approximation of uncertainty was, in fact, more nearly an estimate of biases of
the model predictions of dry deposition (R. Dennis,  personal communication).  Lake sulfate
concentrations appear to remain relatively consistent over  the course of the year, and an
approximation of the uncertainty in this component was made as the standard deviation of biweekly
values of sulfate concentration observed in Woods Lake and Panther Lake as part of the ILWAS.
These individual estimates of uncertainty were combined in a first-order error analysis to yield an
estimation of the uncertainty associated with the final calculations.  Approximately two-thirds of this
estimated uncertainty is due to uncertainties in the estimates of wet and dry deposition. Additional
                                                        •5-53

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

uncertainty regarding year-to-year variation of lake ANC as a function of relative amounts of
precipitation during the year were not taken into account in this analysis.

5.5.2.2 Results
      Tables 5-5 and 5-6 show the results of the analyses for the projected (population estimate)
additional acidic systems. Projections of recovery of currently acidic systems  are described in
Section?.  It is important to point out that these estimates include estimates of acidification of all
systems having sulfate concentrations below expected steady state.  Thus the analysis includes a
number of lakes that, although they have sulfate concentrations below steady state, might actually
currently be at steady state (due to the uncertainty associated with determining the true steady-state
concentration). Therefore, at least for this factor in the analysis, these projections are overestimates.

 TABLE 5-5. POPULATION ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED ADDITIONAL ACIDIC LAKES -
                25 YEARS:  DRAINAGE LAKES AND RESERVIORS ONLY
                      (ESTIMATED POPULATION NUMBER = 6349)
Deposition (% of current levels)
F

Factor Region
1A

IB

n 1C
n
V
ID

IE

Total

1A

IB

no 1C
0.2
ID

IE

Total


#
%
#
%
#

%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%


Base
26
2
56
4
52

4
66
6
0
0
200
3
26
2
21
1
52
4
66
6
0
0
165
3

100%
Lowa
8
1
13
0.9
0

0
59
5
0
0
SO
1
0
0
13
0.9
0
0
52
5
0
0
65
1


Highb
65
6
111
8
115

9
105
10
16
1
412
6
48
4
110
8
115
9
98
9
0
0
371
6


Base
8
0.7
13
0.9
0

0
33
3
0
0
54
0.9
8
0.7
13 .
0.9
0
0
14
1
0
0
35
0.6

80%
Low
0
0
6
0.4
0

0
14
1
0
0
20
0.3
0
0
3
0.2
0
0
14
1
0
0
17
0.3

50%
High
26
2
62
4
52

4
59
5
0
0
199
3
26
2
53
4
11
0.9
52
5
0
0
142
2

Base
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Low High
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
6
0.4
0

0
0
0
0
0
6
0.1
0
.0
6
0.4
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0.1
(continued)
                                           5-54

-------
 I
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                         TABLE 5-5. (Continued)
I
I
i
i
i
I
I
Deposition (% of current levels)
F
Factor





0.4




.Total






0.7




Total



Region
1A

IB

1C

ID

IE



1A

IB

1C

ID

1C



#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#.
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%

Base
26
2
13
0.9
11
1
66
6
0
0
116
2
8
1
3
0.2
0
0
7
0.6
0
0
18
0.2
100%
Low8
0
0
6
0.4
0
0
33
3
0
0
39
1
0
0
3
0.2
0
0
7
0.6
0
0
10
0.2

Highb
41
4
70
5
81
6
92
9
0
0
284
4
17
2
21
1
8
1
33
3
0
0
79
1

Base
0
0
6
0.4
0
0
7
0.6
0
0
13
0.2
0
0
3
0.2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0.1
80%
Low
0 .
0
3
0.2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0.05
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

High
26
2
24
2
0
0
33
3
0
0
83
1
8
0.7
6
0.4
0
0
7
0.6
0
0
21
0.3

Base
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50%
Low
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

High
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
            a "Low"=low range uncertainty estimate.
            b "High"=high range uncertainty estimate.


            TABLE 5-6. POPULATION ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED ADDITIONAL ACIDIC LAKES-
                          50 YEARS: DRAINAGE LAKES AND RESERVIORS ONLY
                               (ESTIMATED POPULATION NUMBER = 6349)
Deposition (% of current levels)
F
Factor Region
1A #
%
IB #
%
n 1C #
Q

ID #
%
IE #
%
Total #
%


Base
26
2
65
4
63

5
72
7
8
0.7
234
4

100%
Low*
8
0.7
13
0.9
0

0
52
5
0
0
73
1


Highb
160
15
125
9
168

13
131
12
24
2
608
10


Base
18
2
13
0.9
0

0
52
5
0
0
83
1

80%
Low.
0
0
13
0.9
0

0
14
1
0
0
27
0.4

50%
High
35
3
65
4
52

4
66
6
8
0.7
226
4

Base
0
0
3
0.2
0

0
0
0
0
0
3
0.05

Low High
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
.0
0
0

8
0.7
6
0.4
0

0
7
0.6
0
0
21
0.3
(continued)
                                                 5-55

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                  TABLE 5-6. (Continued)
Deposition (% of current levels)
F

Factor Region




0.2




Total





0.4




Total





0.7




Total

1A

IB

1C
ID

IE



1A

IB

1C
ID

IE



1A

IB

1C
ID

IE



#
%
#
%
#
#
%
#
%
#
%
*
%
#
%
#
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
#
%
#
%
#
%

Base
26
2
59
4
52
4
66
6
0
0
203
3
26
2
21
1
52
4
66
6
0
0
165
3
8
1
10
0.7
0
0
26
2
0
0
44
1
100%
Low*
0
0
13
0.9
0
0
52
5
0
0
65
1
0
0
13
0.9
0
0
33
3
0
0
46
6.7
0
0
3
0.2
0
0
7
0.6
0
0
10
0.2

High*
128
12
111
8
134
10
125
12
24
2
522
8
92
8
110
8
115
9
105
10
16
1
438
7
41
4 •
29
2
40
3
72
7
0
0
182
3

Base
8
0.7
13
0.9
0
0
33
3
0
0
54
0.9
8
0.7
13
0.9
0
0
14
1
0
0
35
0.6
0
0
3
0.2
0
0
7
0.6
0
0
10
0.2
80%
Low
0
0
6
0.4
0
0
14
1
0
0
20
0.3
0
0
3
0.2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0.05
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

High
26
2
62
4
52
4
66
6
0
0
206
3
26
2
53
4
52
4
66
6
0
0
197
3
8
0.7
13
0.9
0
0
26
2
0
0
47
0.7

Base
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50%
Low
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

High
8
0.7
6
0.4
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
0.2
0
0
6
0.4
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0.1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
a "Low" = low range uncertainty estimate.
b "High" = high range uncertainty estimate.
     , Table 5-7 shows the results of the analyses of projected changes in ANC.  Some of the projected
changes are positive for a reason analogous to that stated above. That is, included in this analysis are
lakes having sulfate concentrations above, but within the uncertainty limit of, steady-state sulfate
concentration.  Lakes with sulfate concentrations above the 95% confidence interval for sulfate
steady-state concentration were excluded from the analysis inasmuch as they very likely have great
sources of internal sulfur supply that would remain unaffected by decreases in deposition.
                                            5-56

-------
 I
                                                          DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

                                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                                                                                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
i
Ed
i
                    u-
                    aas
i
                      o
                    S*
                    HO
i
EsJ
z
i
i
         ^o

         TS
         o
         a
                                   a
                                   Q
                                             CO
                                             O)
                                                         00
                                                                     en
                                                                                  en
                 cocn  i--i  OTfrt^-.  eooOrH^.^>   10
                 —  —    ~"  — —   • •—  N T-4  |  O)  »H ^~.  I —^
                                CM   I
*? «? c-" "
  -   - in CM   '.  '. TjT • '„   '„  •_ O
encoi-ii-i  lococncn  <^^c-
i^CM  |i^  ^HI^  I  00  rni-t  |
                                                      •I ?
                                                       '. Leo1
                                                      co t-  i
                                                             .en
                                                      CM co c-
                                                       I  CM to
                 co eo eo     en co co     >—• ^-* ^
                 C4CM  \  -^  1-11-1  | ^-  TT -^  1  ^^
                  I  I  . CO   I   I   '. CM  ,-< -H  . W
                  •  . 1O   .   •*  . CO   .   I   I  t*   •*
                 CM co •** co  o o eo >-i   .  . CM eo
                 i-i i—  1  co  i-ti-i  ico  t- eo  I  CM
                                        TV.
                *~* .—x CM

                it Js
                i-T i-T oo «o"
                  i   i  i  >o
                                                   w •* o co  eoeococM  CM  c- c-     -I1 TJ- co
                   I  —•  CM CM  I •—-  ^ «•*  I  ••—»
                   '. CO   |   |   '- «0   I   t   '. CO
                                                   CO CO  I



                                                   i"** CD C£9 ^J*  O
                                                    I   I   I  Tl*   I
                                 co  o
                                 CO   I
                                              co
                                       CO CO CO  CO
                                       CM OJ O  CO
                                        I   I  I"H
,-* ^-K CM
Oi ^ O)
^l1  '.
                                                   CO 00 CO  ~
                   CM.
         90
         CO
CO Cft f* **—'   C^ ^ IO
CM ^4  I  CN   1M 1M  I  ^—h  y«^ «—V  1
 I  I   - r-<    I  I  - OS  Ol C-  - ^r
 '.  -CO  .   .  .10   -   I   I  CM   .
00 CM CO fO   CO CO (M O   .  . —  O

CSJ-»tS   CiCJ^Ci  55S*L£J
                 CO CM » O
                  1    tO -f
            09 CM CO CM
             I    up co
                                             CO
                                             en
               •H O "*  i-t  «H O CM
                  •* IN   I    CM -H
                                                                     O>
                 eo •*•  t  i-«
                 to >o  « eo
                 T  I  t-   -
                  . . i—i CM
                 00 C- •* *•*
                 »-< N  I  •-»
                  00
            <-*• <-». 10     ^—v ^— >-<           en
            epeort^-»  oocMi-*^  ^ — ua
               ^*  i  xo  eo eo  i en  en co  I
                1  f ^   I   |  _, 1-t  »-4 1-1
 f  1   .

rn CM  °\ CO  S <^

                                                                            If
                                                                                     eo
CO -^ 00 i-t
M i-H W C-
 1   1  •-<
                                       eo CM   Lfn

                                        -  - CO   -
                                       *"4 iO C4- ^^
                                       *^* ^   i en
r* tN CM  W  i-t  I  Cn
 I   I  FN      |      |
                                 CM
                             W3 O3  ^^ ^~"  CO t*" CD •*"• ^^* -^^
                             CM CM   I U^  ^^ ^  |  ^ O) OO  ,  r  -
                              I   |   '. -M   |   |   . ^H   ||  .CO


                             co ^o  g^ co  wi ^^ ^* 1*0 CM co CM ^^
                             COCO   It-  CMMliO — -^  ICM
                                       US 00 •
                                             ^H JO

                                             7
 c  c e e
 g.S 3 3
S "S S S


      as
                                                         — rj<  coioencoeMeo-*co
                                                         en ^       to eo        eo ^H
                             cegg   cccc  c  c  c  g
                             2«33   g . 2  33  g.233
                                ST  P  6  ^^SS  ^"^PS
                                ojCC  JS 0  ^ c  ^j  jp  c  s
                                ^S  ^  ^     ^  tf ^    ^S  ^  M
                                2  c   •     * .5 S    * .5  S
                                  ss
                                                        csi
                                                        d
                                              rr
                                              o
                                     -c  .
                                      Sfl^>

                                     '? *

                                     •M
                                     "0-13
                                     •a^
                                      II
                                     tl
                                     3 £
                                     ti »


                                     II
                                                                                        I
                                                                                         «s
                                                                                         c2
                                     •a 2
                                      « $
                                     .S e


                                     IJ
                                      01 3
                                      §§"
                                     •a 5-
                                      > s
                                                                   35
                                                                   S.i
                                     J I

                                      > J
                                     ^ a;
                                      u >

                                     Ed j~

                                     a
I
                                               5-57

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
5.5.3 Southern Blue Ridge Province
5.5.3.1 Application
      Analogous population projections were made for the SBRP.  Levels of deposition were set at
100% of OLD and 120% of CLD. Estimates of wet deposition were provided by A. Olsen and estimates
of dry deposition were provided by R. Dennis.
      As was the case in the NE, projections of future surface water chemistry in the SBRP focused
on steady-state conditions, but interim projections at 25 and 50 years have also been developed.  As in
the NE, relationships between current sulfate and projected levels at 25 and 50 years were evaluated
for the 12 watersheds modeled in Section 5.3.4, with the best relationship based on the ratio of ASCV2
from 0-25 years to ASO*"2 from 0 years-steady state. Data from the 12 SBRP watersheds were  fitted
using iinear regression, resulting in the equation
(r=0.88),
                            —	=0.043 + 1.37
                            SS-SQ              (SS)
where So, 825, and SS are sulfate concentrations (or percent steady state) at 0-25 years and steady
state. The same equation is used for predictions at 50 years, with S§Q and 825 substituted for 825 and
Sg, respectively. This equation was rearranged to solve for 825,
                             S25=2.327S0+0.043SS-1.37     .

and was used with current and steady-state sulfate data to estimate changes in SC>4~2 and ANC at 25
and 50 years for NSWS lakes and Pilot Survey Streams in the SBRP.  Two systems were excluded
from the analysis due to the obvious presence of very great internal sources of sulfur.

5.5.3.2 Results
      Results of the projections of acidic systems are given in Tables 5-8 through 5-10. Results of the
projections of changes in ANC are given in  Tables 5-11 through  5-16.  Numerous systems are
projected to lose ANC or become acidic.

5.5.4 Conclusions
      (1) Predicted steady-state ANC in the Northeast - base case (100% of CLD); depending
         on the F factor, an additional 0.2 to  3% of drainage lakes and reservoirs in Region 1
         NSWS (estimated n = 6349) were projected to become acidic.
      (2) Predicted steady-state  ANC in the Northeast - expected uncertainty of base case
         (100% of CLD); depending on the F factor and due to uncertainties in components of
         the calculations, the uncertainty associated  with the projections in (1) ranges from
         0.2 to 6% of the systems projected as likely to become acidic.
                                           5-58

-------
 I
                                              DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
(3)  Projected steady-state ANC in the Northeast - 20% decrease in deposition (80% of
    CLD); depending on the F factor, an additional 0.1 to 0.9% of drainage lakes and
    reservoirs in Region 1NSWS (estimated n=6349) were projected to become acidic.

(4)  Projected steady-state ANC in the Northeast - 50% decrease in deposition (50% of
    CLD); no drainage lakes or reservoirs in Region 1 NSWS (estimated n = 6349) were
    projected to become acidic.

(5)  Projected steady-state ANC in the Southern Blue Ridge Province - base case (100%
    of CLD); depending on the F factor, 2 to 67% of systems were projected to become
    acidic.

(6)  Projected steady-state ANC in the Southern Blue Ridge  Province - expected
    uncertainty of base case (100% of CLD);  depending on the F factor and due to
    uncertainties in the components of the calculations, the uncertainty associated with
    the projections in (5) ranges from 1 to 77% of the systems projected as likely to
    become acidic; nearly all remaining systems could lose ANC.

(7)  Projected steady-state ANC in the Southern Blue Ridge Province - 20%  increase in
    deposition (120% of CLD); depending on the F factor, 1 to 77% of systems (drainage
    lakes, reservoirs, and streams, n=169) were projected to become acidic; nearly all
    remaining systems could lose ANC.

(8)  Projected steady-state ANC  in the Southern Blue Ridge  Province - expected
    uncertainty of 20% increase in deposition (120% of CLD); depending on the F factor
    and due  to uncertainties in the components of the calculations, the uncertainty
    associated with the projections in (7) ranges from 2 to 84% of the systems projected as
    likely to become acidic; nearly all remaining systems could lose ANC.

      TABLE 5-8.  SBRP - ADDITIONAL ACIDIC SYSTEMS (25 YEARS)
100% CLD
F Factor
0
Lakes
Streams
Total
0.2
Lakes
Streams
Total
0.4
Lakes
Streams
Total
0.7
Lakes
Streams
Total
Number

2
115
117

1
27
28

0
27
27

0
0
0

(0-2)a
(27-115)
(27-117)

(0-2)
(27-115)
(27-115)

(0-1)
(27-27)
(27-28)

(0-0)
(0-0)
(0-0)
Percent

1
4
4

0.4
1
1

0
1
1

0
0
0

(0-1)
(1-4)
(1-4)

(0-1)
(1-4)
(1-4)

(0-0.4)
(1-1)
(1-1)

(0-0)
(0-0)
(0-0)
120% CLD
Number

2
115
117

1
27
28

0
27
27

0
0
0

(0-2)
(27-115)
(27-117)

(0-2)
(27-115)
(27-117)

(0-1)
(27-27)
(27-28)

"(0-0)
(0-0)
(0-0)
Percent

1
4
4

0.4
1
1

0
1
1

0
0
0

(0-1)
(1-4)
(1-4)

(0-1)
(1-4)
(1-4)

(0-0.4)
(1-1)
(1-1)

(0-0)
(0-0)
(0-0)
                         a Base case (low range uncertainty estimate - high range uncertainty estimate).
                                                        5-59

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
           TABLE 5-9. SBRP - ADDITIONAL ACIDIC SYSTEMS (50 YEARS)
100% CLD
F Factor Number Percent
0
Lakes 21 (10-41)* 8 (4-16)
Streams 675 (616-1,185) 24 (22-43)
Total 696 (626-1,226) 23 (21-41)
0.2
Lakes 10 (7-22) 4 (3-8)
Streams 552 (485-644) 20 (18-23)
Total 562 (492-666) 19 (16-22)
0.4
Lakes 7 (1-10) 3 (0.4-4)
Streams 115 (115-481) 4 (4-17)
Total 122 (116-491) 4 (4-16)
0.7
Lakes 1 (0-1) 0.4 (0-0.4)
Streams 27 (27-27) 1 (1-1)
Total 28 (27-28) 1 (1-1)
120% CLD
Number Percent
27 (16-56) 10 (6-21)
1,173 (634-1,479) 42 (23-54)
1,200 (650-1,535) 40 (21-51)
12 (10-28) 5 (4-11)
634 (496-980) 23 (18-35)
646 (506-1,008) 21 (17-33)
10 (7-10) 4 (3-4)
382 (115-552) 14 (4-20)
392 (122-562) 13 (4-19)
1 (0-1) 0.4 (0-0.4)
27 (27-39) 1 (1-1)
28 (27-40) 1 (1-1)
1
1
1
1
a Base case (low range uncertainty estimate - high range uncertainty estimate).
TABLE 5-10. SBRP - ADDITIONAL ACIDIC SYSTEMS (100 YEARS)
100% CLD
F Factor Number Percent
0
Lakes 97 .(20-451)* 37 (7-51)
Streams 1,930 (1,415-2,179) 70 (51-79)
Total 2,027 (1,435-2,330) 67 (47-77)
0.2
Lakes 56 (13-114) 21 (5-43)
Streams 1,423 (1,099-1,930) 52 (40-70)
Total 1,479 (1,112-2,044) 49 (37-68)
0.4
Lakes 18 (10-71) 7 (4-27)
Streams 1,099 (484-1,393) 40 (18-50)
Total 1,117 (494-1,464) 37 (16-48)
0.7
Lakes 1 (0-10) 0.4 (0-4)
Streams 64 (27-92) 2 (1-3)
Total 65 (27-102) 2 (1-3)
120% CLD
Number Percent
143 (51-72) 55 (19-65)
2,179 (1,545-2,359) 79 (56-85)
2,322 (1,596-2,531) 77 (53-84)
92 (20-151) 35 (8-58)
1,930 (1,415-2,179) 70 (51-79)
2,022 (1,435-2,330) 67 (47-77)
39 (13-91) 15 (5-34)
1,393 (672-1,486) 50 (24-54) •
1,432 (685-1,577) 47 (23-52)
6 (0-15) 2 (0-6)
92 (64-560) 3 (2-20)
98 (64-575) 3 (2-19)
1
1
1
1
a Base case (low range uncertainty estimate - high range uncertainty estimate).
5-60 I

-------
 I
 I
                                             DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                               DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


       TABLE 5-11. PREDICTED CHANGE IN ANC IN STREAMS
                     (SRBP REGION 3A) (25 YEARS)


                                     Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)»
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F

o



0 2
\J, £*


0 4
V.**


0 7
V. 1


Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum

-36
-36
-77
-12
-28
-28
-62
-9
-21
-21
-46
-7
-11
-11
-23
-4
100%
(-24,^7)
(_24, -47)
(-66, -88)
(-1.-23)
(-20, -37)
(-19, -37)
(-53, -71)
t-0,-18)
(-15, -28)
(-15, -28)
(-39, -53)
(-0.-14)
(-7, -14)
(-7, -14)
(-20, -26)
(-0.-7)

-39
-39
-93
-24
-32
-31
-75
-19
-24
-24
-56
-14
-12
-12
-28
-7
120%
(-28, -51)
(-27, -51)
(-81, -106)
(-12, -35)
(-22, -41)
(-22, -41)
(-65, -84)
(-9, -28)
(-17, -31)
(-16, -31)
(-49, -63)
(-7, -21)
(-8, -15)
(-8, -15)
(-24, -32)
(-4, -11)
Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
uncertainty. The mean is computed using population weights; the median, minimum, and maximum are
computed using sample data only.
                              TABLE 5-12. PREDICTED CHANGE IN ANC IN STREAMS
                                            (SBRP REGION 3A) (50 YEARS)
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)a
F

n
- \J


0.2



0 4
V*TC


0.7



Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum

-86
-89
-140
-8
-68
-71
-112
-6
-51
-54
-84
-5
-26
-27
-42
-2
100%
(-72, -99)
(-76, -103)
(-127, -154)
(6, -21)
(-57, -79)
(-81, -82)
(-101, -123)
(5, -17)
(.43, _60)
(-45, -62)
(-76, -92)
(4, -13)
(-22, -30)
(-23, -31)
(-38, -46)
(2, -6)

-98
-99
-172
-38
-78
-79
-138
-31
-59
-60
-103
-23
-29
-30
-52
-12
120%
(-82, -114)
(-83, -115)
(-156, -188)
(-22, -54)
(-65, -91)
(-67, -92)
(-125,-151)
(-18, -44)
(-49, -68)
(-50, -69)
(-94, -113)
(-13, -33)
(-25, -34)
(-25, -35)
(-41, _57)
(-7, -16)
Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
uncertainty. The mean is computed using population weights; the median, minimum, and maximum are
computed using sample data only.
                                                          5-61

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                             I
                TABLE 5-13. PREDICTED CHANGE IN ANC IN STREAMS
                            (SBRP REGION 3A) (100 YEARS)

                                            Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)a
                                                  100%
120%

o



02
\Jt£t


0 4
w»^


07
W« I

Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
-129
-129
-180
-9
-103
-103
-144
-7
-78
-77
-108
-5
-39
-39
-54
-3
(-99, -160)
(-98, -160)
(-149, -210)
{22, -39)
(-79, -128)
(-79, -128)
(-119, -168)
(17, -32)
(-59, -96)
(-59, -96)
(-89, -126)
(13, -24)
(-30, -48)
(-29, -48)
(-45, -63)
(7, -12)
-162
-160
-221
-41
-129
-128
-177
-32
-97
-96
-133
-24
-48
-48
-66
-12
(-125, -198)
(_123, -196)
(-185, -258)
(-4, -77)
(-100, -158)
(-98, -157)
(-148, -206)
(_3p _62)
(-75, -119)
(-74, -118)
(-111, -155)
(-2, -46)
(-38, -59)
(-37, -59)
(-55, -77)
(-1.-23)
        a  Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
          uncertainty. The mean is computed using population weights; the median, minimum, and maximum are
          computed using sample data only.
                             I
                                                                                                    I
                                                                                                     I
                             I
                  TABLE 5-14. PREDICTED CHANGE IN ANC IN LAKES
                              (SBRP REGION 3A) (25 YEARS)

                                             Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)»
F
Mean
n Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 2 ' Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 4 Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
n „ Median
Minimum
Maximum

-45
^0
-96
17
-36
-32
-77
13
-27
-24
-58
10
-13
-12
-29
5
100%
(-32, -58)
(_27,-53)
(-83, -109)
(30,4)
(-25, -46)
(-22, -43)
(_66, -87)
(24, 3)
(-19, -35)
(-16, -32)
(-50, -65)
(18, 2)
(_10,-17)
(-8, -16)
(-25, -33)
(9,1)

-52
-44
-113
-21
-42
-35
-90
-17
-31
-26
-68
-13
-16
-13
-34
-6
120%
(-32, -58)
(-27, -54)
(-82, -109)
(30,3)
(-25, -47)
(-22, -43)
(-66, -87)
(24,3)
(-19, -35)
(-16, -32)
(.49, -66)
(18, 2)
(-9, -17)
(-8, -16)
(-25, -33)
(9,1)
          Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
          uncertainty. The mean is computed using population weights; the median, minimum, and maximum are
          computed using sample data only.
                             I
                                                                                                    I
                                                                                                    I
                             I
                                            5-62
                             I

-------
 I
                                             DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
                                TABLE 5-IS. PREDICTED CHANGE IN ANC IN LAKES
                                            (SBRP REGION 3A) (50 YEARS)
s
I
i
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)a
F
Mean
_ Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 2 Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 4 Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 7 Median
Minimum
Maximum

-109
-100
-178
9
-87
-80
-142
7
-65
-60
-107
6
-33
-30
-53
3
100%
(-86, -132)
(-77, -123)
(-155, -201)
(32, -14)
(_69, -105)
(-61, -98)
(-124, -161)
(26, -11)
(-51, -79)
(-4B, -74)
(-93, -121)
(19, -8)
(_26, -40)
(-23, -37)
(_47,-60)
(10, -4)

-126
-113
-214
-38
-101
-90
-171
-30
-76
-68
-128
-23
-38
-34
-64
-11
120%
(-103, -150)
(-89, -136)
(-190, -237)
(-15, -62}
(-82, -120)
(-71, -109)
(-152, -190)
(-12, -49)
(-62, -90)
(-54, -82)
(-114, -142)
(-9, -37)
(-31, -45)
(-27, -41)
(-57, -71)
(-4, -18)
Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
uncertainty. The mean is computed using population weights;, the median, minimum, and maximum
are computed using sample data only.
                               TABLE 5-16. PREDICTED CHANGE IN ANC IN LAKES
                                           (SBRP REGION 3A) (100 YEARS)
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)a
F
0
0.2
0.4
0.7

Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum

-184
-154
-361
11
-147
-123
-288
9
-111
-92
-216
7
-55
-46
-108
3
100%
(-112, -257)
(-81, -227)
(-288,^133)
(84, -61)
(-89, -206)
(-65, -181)
(-230, -347)
(67, -49)
{-67, -154)
(-49, -136)
(-713, -260)
(50, -37)
(-33, -77)
(-24, -68)
(-86, -130)
(25, -18)

-231
-190
-437
^13
-185
-152
-349
-34
-139
-114
-262
-26
-69
-57
-131
-13
120%
(-144, -318)
(-103, -277)
(-349, -524)
(45, -130)
(-115, -255)
(-82, -221)
(-280, -419)
(36, -104)
(-86, -191)
(-62, -166)
(-210, -314)
(37, -78)
M3.-96)
(-31, -83)
(-105, -157)
(13, -39)
                        Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
                        uncertainty. The mean is computed using population weights;, the median, minimum, and maximum
                        are computed using sample data only.
                                                          5-63

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
5.6  CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSE OF NORTHEAST SYSTEMS USING DYNAMIC
     WATERSHED MODELS
      Previous sections (5.2 - 5.5) have dealt with (1) the principal theories and basic processes of
acidification, (2) the current and predicted status of watersheds regarding sulfate flux, (3) the current
predicted status of supply of base cations from the soil exchange complex to surface waters, and (4) the
application of a steady-state modeling approach to predict ultimate acidification of lake systems in
the NE and stream systems in the SBRP. The purpose of this section is to use  integrated, dynamic
watershed models to examine changes in surface water chemistry over the next 50 years.  Ten
watersheds in the northeastern United States having lakes of relatively low ANC were examined in
this analysis, using two dynamic watersheds models.  Because of the current limited availability of
soils data in the SBRP, this analysis was not applied to this subregion.

5.6.1 Approach
      The application of dynamic watershed models is more involved than the steady-state approach
used in Section 5.5 and requires a more thorough description of the individual models and analyses
used. The following description includes
      •  the dynamic watershed models used,
      •  forecast assumptions and limitations,
      •  the watershed selection,
      •  the watershed-lake data,
      *  model calibration,
      •  model sensitivity,
      •  model forecasts,
      •  forecast uncertainty, and
      •  implications for regional changes in  surface water chemistry in a  region with
         stable, deposition sulfate concentrations.

5.6.1.1 Dynamic Watershed Models
      Processes that influence the acid-base chemistry of surface water, and that were considered by
the NAS Panel (NAS 1984), are shown schematically in Figure 5-28. Although  these processes may
be individually identified, discussed, and empirically represented, they do not occur in isolation and
are not independent.  These watershed and lake  processes are highly interactive.  The observed lake
or stream response to acidic deposition represents the integrated response of numerous watershed
and lake processes controlling surface water chemistry.  To predict the future response of a lake or
                                           5-64

-------
 I
                                                DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                               FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
stream to acidic deposition, therefore, requires dynamic watershed models that incorporate and
integrate the important processes controlling the acid-base chemistry of surface water.
 1
I
I
I
I
                                 Watershed  Ecosystem Dynamics
 CHEMICAL BUDGET

WIT
   W»\VNV$V
   v^v V\W
           OUt DIPOSITfOM
                                                                        WATER BUDGET
                              BIOT1C STRUCTURE
                                                    PflEClCTATtOH
Miff M It
IPOTRAMSPISAl
 JHJUL"
                                                                 EVAPO
'(RATION
                                                                     =m
                                                                     9—^*^
   Figure 5-28. Watershed processes thought to be important for modeling surface water
   chemistry.
   Source: Johnson and Thornton 1986, personal communication.

     Both dynamic and steady-state models can be used to forecast changes in surface water
chemistry as a function of changes in acidic deposition.  A dynamic watershed model, however,
simulates the time trend of various lake, stream, and watershed constituents, such as ANC, sulfate,
calcium, magnesium, soil base saturation, and sulfate adsorption. A steady-state model can project
conditions at only one time in the future, the time at which steady state is achieved, and does not
                                                   5-65

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


provide any indication of the changes that occurred between the initial conditions and steady state. It

is the computation of concentations and processes as a function of time that distinguishes dynamic

models from steady-state models.

      Two dynamic watershed models were used to forecast the surface water chemistry for the next

50 years both at current and alternative levels of acidic deposition in the Northeast. These watershed

models follow:

      •   Integrated Lake-Watershed Acidification Study (ILWAS) (Chen et al. 1983); and

      •   Model of Acidification of Groundwater in Catchments (MAGIC) (Cosby et al. 1984).

A third model, Enhanced Trickle-Down (ETD), will be used in the DDRP but could not be applied in

the current analysis because it was being expanded based on an earlier version of Trickle-Down

(Schnoor et al. 1986).

      These two models were developed by interdisciplinary  scientific teams, and each modeling

team had a representative on the NAS Panel (i.e., Gherini - ILWAS; Galloway -MAGIC). Although

each model incorporates the processes considered to control the  acid-base chemistry of surface water,

process resolution and detail vary significantly between them.  Some of the processes included in the
two models and their spatial/temporal resolution are compared in Table 5-17.  The use of multiple

models is important for the following reasons:

      •   the level of detail with which each process or mechanism is represented varies
          between models, reflecting the relative importance of each process in the systems
          for which the model was first developed and the philosophy of the scientific team;

      •   identification of similar key watershed parameters  and processes in each model
          and their relation to measured watershed characteristics provide greater
          confidence in the assumptions of which factors influence the acid-base chemistry of
          surface water;

      •   long-term data sets do not exist for model evaluation, so model accuracy  and
          precision for long-term forecasts is presently unknown; and

      •   similar predictions of watershed responses by each model, therefore, provide
          greater confidence in the conclusions.

      ILWAS and MAGIC  were used to forecast changes in surface water chemistry over the next
50 years for 10 low ANC lake-watershed  systems in  the Northeast.  These models  are  briefly

discussed below.
                                            5-66

-------
 I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
 I
I
I
I
I
             TABLE 5-17. COMPARISON OF PROCESSES AND RESOLUTION
                          IN THE MAGIC AND ILWAS MODELS
                                                                  Modelsa
                                                                     MAGIC
 Atmospheric input
 Hydrology
 Weathering
 Anion retention
     SO4~2 adsorption
     Nitrification
     Denitrification
 Base cation buffering
     Percent base saturation
     Al"1"3 kinetics
 Biological
     Uptake
     Excretion, decomposition
     Transformation
     Respiration
     SCV2 reduction/sediment interactions
 Spatial resolution
 Temporal resolution
                                                                      A,LT
                                                                      A,LT
                                                                       LT
                                                                        V
                                                                        M
                                                                             ILWAS
 E,A
 E,A
A,LT
V,H
  D
*+ = Process is included in model structure
  - = Process is not included in model structure
  S = Episodic time scale
  A = Annual time scale
LT = Long-term time scale (i.e., > 10 yr)
PT = Point
  V = Vertical
  H = Horizontal
  M = Month
  D = Day

5.6.1.2 ILWAS
      The ILWAS model was developed to predict both short-term and long-term changes in surface
water chemistry due to acidic deposition. It is the most comprehensive model presently available and
incorporates most of the processes shown in Figure 5-28. The ILWAS model incorporates (1) a canopy
module to simulate forest canopy interactions with both wet and dry deposition; (2) a hydrology and
watershed soil module to route precipitation through the soil  horizons and simulate soil-water
physico-chemical processes and biotic transformations; and (3)  a lake module to simulate aquatic
biochemical reactions. Surface water constituents predicted by ILWAS are shown in Table 5-18. The
resolution and complexity in model output, however, is tempered by the extensive data requirements
                                                        5-67

-------
                                           Chemical
                                         Constituents
                                                                      Model
                     MAGIC
ILWAS
                                         ANC
                                         pH
                                         Ca+2
                                         Mg+2
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

for model calibration and aonlication  The   TABLE 5-18. COMPARISON OF PARAMETERS
tor model calibration and application, l he   PREmCTED BY MAGIC AND ILWAS MODELS
model  has been  applied  to  about                            _
25 watersheds in the Adirondack region, as
well as several  other watersheds  in
Wisconsin, Minnesota, North Carolina,
Wyoming, and California.   Regional
assessments are being conducted as part of
the Regional Integrated Lake-Watershed
Acidification Study (RILWAS)  of the
Electric Power Research Institute  (EPRI)
program and through other independent
applications.
5.6.1.3 MAGIC
      MAGIC  is  an  intermediate-
complexity,  lumped-parameter  model
originally developed to predict the long-
term effects (e.g.,  decades to centuries) of
acidic deposition on  surface  water
chemistry.  MAGIC assumes that there is a
minimum number of critical processes in a
watershed  that influence  the long-term
response to acidic deposition.   The
watershed  model  simulates soil solution
chemistry and surface water chemistry and
                                         Total Al+3
ci-
Organic Acid
TIC
Si
Algae
Zooplankton
CO2
predicts a number of water constituents (Table 5-18). Hydrologic flow of water through the soil layers
to the receiving system is simulated using a separate hydrologic model, TOPMOD (Hornberger et al.
1986).  The daily flows predicted by the hydrologic model are aggregated to obtain average annual
values, which are used as input for MAGIC.  MAGIC does not explicitly incorporate biotic
transformations in either the watershed or lake.  The model has been applied to southeastern
streams, Adirondack lakes, and watersheds in England, Scotland, Norway, and Sweden.

5.6.1.4  Model Comparisons
     ILWAS emphasizes watershed complexity in its formulations, and MAGIC is a lumped-
parameter model that incorporates a minimum number of processes required to simulate long-term
surface water acidification.  Both modeling approaches have advantages and limitations and both
                                         5-68

-------
 I
 I
 I
 i
 i
i
i
i
                                                      DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

modeling approaches have been used extensively and appropriately on a variety of engineering and
scientific problems. Differences in forecasts made by MAGIC and ILWAS reflect the uncertainty in
understanding the processes controlling the acid-base chemistry  of surface water.  Differences
between model forecasts have been used to provide estimates of the uncertainty in the conclusions
and subsequent implications for future surface water acidification.

5.6.1.5 Assumptions and Limitations
      The following are primary assumptions that underly the analyses reported in this section:
      •  long-term acidification is defined in terms of decades (i.e., 10 to 50 years);
      •  sulfate is the principal acid anion controlling long-term acidification of surface
         waters;
      •  the major soil processes controlling surface  water acidification  are sulfate
         adsorption and base cation supply (ion exchange and mineral weathering);
      •  the major processes influencing long-term acidification are sufficiently known and
         incorporated in the dynamic models to permit realistic predictions of the long-term
         surface water chemical response to acidic deposition; and
      •  the 10 watershed-lake systems selected are typical  of the class of northeastern
         lakes considered most susceptible to acidic deposition.
      These assumptions and their implications are discussed briefly below  but are referenced
throughout this section, particularly when discussing and interpreting model forecasts. Each of the
models have their own inherent set of assumptions, which have been identified and documented in
reports or other  literature. These assumptions, however, either are subsumed by the  assumptions
above or are ancillary to the main purpose of this report and are  not discussed unless a specific  model
assumption affects output interpretation.

5.6.1.6 Long-term Acidification
      Long-term acidification was defined as  the change in the average annual lake alkalinity
concentration over .the next 50 years.  Considerations of acidic episodes (i.e., hours to days) was
"outside" the scope of these analyses and were not included in this section.

5.6.1.7 Sulfur
      The NAS Panel and the DDRP assumed sulfate was the principal acid anion controlling long-
term acidification of surface waters.  The corollary to this assumption is that nitrate, chloride, and
organic  acids were assumed  to have negligible effects on long-term acidification.  Based on the
discussion in Sections 3.5.2 and 3.5.4, organic  acid and chloride contributions can be  neglected.  If
nitrate becomes a principal acid anion in the watershed, forecasts of no additional acidic lakes  under
                                                         5-69

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
current or alternative deposition scenarios, however, may be in error.  Nitrate breakthrough, or
nitrate saturation, has  been  postulated for the Adirondack region  (Driscoll,  personal
commmunication, 1986).  Forecasts based on sulfate only  could  underestimate  the number of
potentially acidic systems.  MAGIC does not explicitly consider the nitrogen cycle, and the 1LWAS
nitrogen formulations have not been verified because data are not available.

5.6,1.8 Major Soil Processes
      As discussed in Section 5.2, there was general agreement among the NAS Panel members that
sulfate adsorption and base cation supply were the major soil processes controlling surface water
acidification. Water and constituents must come into contact and chemically react with the exchange
sites in the soils, however, for these processes to neutralize acidic inputs. The ILWAS model uses a
classical Darcian approach for simulating vertical and horizontal  flow through the soil horizons,
while MAGIC uses  a saturation-deficit, variable-contributing-area approach for simulating
subsurface flow, including macropore flow. Both models predict similar stream discharge given the
same precipitation inputs, but might simulate very different flow paths through the soil horizons to
predict stream discharge. There currently is no coherent theory for subsurface flow through forested
watersheds.   The flow paths of water through the watershed soils represents one of the greatest
sources of uncertainty in the model forecasts. Alternative flow paths might result  in significantly
different forecasts of the acid-base chemistry of surface water.
      Lake or stream chemistry decreases some of this uncertainty, however, by  integrating the
history of water movement through the watershed. Constituent concentrations in the water entering
the stream or lake reflect the flow path through the watershed and the interaction of the acidic inputs
with soil processes. Different soil horizons have different constituent concentrations so different flow
paths will integrate different proportions of those constituents and result in different stream and lake
constituent concentrations.  Similar forecasts of surface water chemistry from ILWAS and MAGIC
would indicate similar interactions of soil processes with acidic inputs and provide greater confidence
in conclusions derived from the forecasts.

5.6.1.9 Surface Water Acidification Models
      The specific formulations of the processes controlling acid-base chemistry vary between
models. Regardless of the complexity in the formulations, both models are simplified representations
of the processes and interactions that are thought to occur in the watershed. Some processes  may be
implicitly represented without dynamic formulations, such as the nitrogen cycle in  MAGIC.  Other
processes that are considered important, but for which data are lacking or sparse, might be explicitly
incorporated in the model (e.g., such  as  the interaction between acidic deposition and tree leaf
exudation in ILWAS). The models reflect the current understanding of the processes controlling the
                                            5-70

-------
 I
 I
 I
i
t
i
i
i
i
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

acid-base chemistry of surface water  and, therefore,  also reflect the uncertainty  in  this
understanding.

5.6.2 Watershed Selection
      Ten watershed-lake systems were selected out of the  145 DDRP lakes in  the northeastern
United States for these analyses.  To provide information for policy decisions related to future effects
of surface water acidification, the sample population of 145 NE DDRP watersheds was partitioned
into a subset of watersheds that had associated lake ANC concentrations between 0 and 100 ueq L'l.
Lakes with ANC less than OueqL"1 are, by definition, already acidic, whereas  lakes with ANC
greater than 100 ueq L"1 have a high ANC to protect them from becoming acidic in 50 years at current
levels of deposition (Sections 5.4 and 5.5). Lakes with ANC  less than 0 or ANC greater than
100 ueq L"1, therefore, were of lower interest and not included in these analyses. Seepage lakes also
were excluded from these analyses because of minimal inputs of soil water and the high level of detail
required to determine groundwater interactions with the  lake.  Out of the 145 NE DDRP lakes,
66 non-seepage lakes had fall overturn ANC concentrations between 0 and 100 ueq L"1, as measured
by ELS (Linthurst et al. 1986). These 66 lakes are estimated to represent about  1443 lakes in the
restricted target population, or about 33% of the estimated 4302 watersheds in the original NE DDRP
target population.
      Statistical cluster analyses were performed on these  66 watersheds to identify groups  of
watersheds with similar characteristics. Cluster variables included
      •  areal percentage of five major soil categories in each watershed including Entisols,
         Histosols, Inceptisols, Spodosols, and a category that had impervious surfaces (i;e.,
         bedrock outcrops, paved areas) representative of watershed soil characteristics;
      •  silica concentration in the surface water, a possible  indicator of weathering and
         base cation supply;
      •  percent sulfate retention in the watershed, estimated from input/output budgets,
         based on wet deposition, an indicator of sulfate steady-state or sulfate as a mobile
         anion; and
      •  ANC as the integrator variable for lake chemistry indicating the present acid-base
         status of surface water.
      Ten clusters of lakes were identified that had similar characteristics. Some of these clusters,
however, contained only one or two lakes that had a unique combination of watershed characteristics.
Six clusters out of ten contained more than two lakes and the ten watersheds were selected from these
six clusters.   General characteristics of lakes and watersheds in these six clusters are listed  in
Table 5-19. Because lakes in the 0-50 ueq L"1 ANC category were expected to have a higher likelihood
of becoming acidic in the next 50 years than lakes with greater ANC, seven lakes were selected from
                                                         5-71

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

this ANC category and three lakes were selected in the 51 to 100 ANC category.  Individual lake-
watershed systems were selected from a cluster if the system was near the centroid or cluster mean
for seven variables:
      •   watershed area;
      •   lake area;
      • * water shed: lake area ratio;
      •   silicon concentration;
      •   percent sulfur retention (based on wet deposition only);
      •   ANC; and
      •   percent soil categories on the watershed (i.e., Entisols).

        TABLE 5-19. CLUSTER CHARACTERISTICS FOR WATERSHED GROUPS
Cluster
No.
l
• 4
6
7
8
9
No.
Lakes
9
11
17
6
7
8
ANC Mean ANC Silicon
Range ueq L*1 Soil Categories3 Concentration!)
Low
Low
High
Low
Low
Low
29.5
28.3
74.5
30.5
20.5
24.3
Spodosols High
Impervious -
-
Entisols/Inceptisols Low
Histosols -
Inceptisols
Percent
Sulfur
Retention0
_
-
High
_
-
-
  *  Indicates relatively high fraction of watershed in this soil category, although other soil orders also were present,
  b  Indicates the mean silicon concentration for this cluster was quite different from the mean concentration.
  e  Indicates the mean percent Sulfur retention for this cluster was quite different from the mean concentration.
      If two lakes were equally likely candidates for  selection, the least disturbed watershed (as
indicated by the number of cabins in the watershed)  or the watershed  with  soil depth data also
determined by seismic soundings was selected. Seismic soil depth estimates were made on about 10%
of the NE DDRP watersheds.
      The 10 watersheds, selected for these analyses as being typical of watershed types found in the
Northeast with low ANC, represent a target population of 1246 lakes or about 30% of the watersheds
in the original NE DDRP target population.  The watershed identification, general characteristics,
ANC ranges, and general location are listed in Tables 5-20 and 5-21.  The  location of these
10 watersheds is shown in Figure 5-29.
                                             5-72

-------
 I
                                                 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
              TABLE 5-20. SPECIFIC WATERSHED CHARACTERISTICS
                           FOR SELECTED WATERSHEDS
 I
I
I
I
I
i
i
ELS
Cluster ID No. State
1
1
4
4
6
6
6
7
8
9
1A3-048
1A2-042
1A2-002
1E2-063
1C1-084
1E1-062
1E2-056
1D2-027
1A2-052
1B3-025
NY
NY
NY
ME
NH
ME
ME
MA
NY
NY
WA
(ha)
228
176
148
171
212
111
1518
88
54
122
LA
(ha)
5.1
7.2
12.9
35.6
50.8
105.5
287.2
6.2
6.9
19.4.
WALA
Ratio (
44.7
24.4
11.5
4.8
4.2
7.4
5.3
14.2
7.8
6.3
Silicon
7.04
4.1
1.1
0.4
1.8
1.75
1.4
2.2
3.3
0(?)
Percent*
S-Ret
-99
-91
-124
-67
26
-18
23
-83
-104
5
Available
ANC No. Cabins/ Seismic
(ueq L'l) Watershed Data
14.6
13.6
6.2
38.1
50.7
91.6
67.4
3.7
8.6
35.4
0
0
1
7
10
-
-
6
0
0
No
No
No •
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
             * Estimates are based on wet deposition only and, therefore, are a minimum estimate of retention.
5.6.3 Watershed-Lake Data Used
     Model  calibrations and
simulations required data for each
watershed-lake system in  the
following categories:
                             r
     •   hydroraeteorology;
     •   morphometry; and
     *   soil and water chemistry.

5.6.3.1 Hydrometeorology
     Hydrometeorological data
included precipitation amount,
other meteorological variables such
as air  temperature,  barometric
pressure, wind speed,  cloud cover,
wet and dry deposition chemistry,
and lake/stream discharge. None of
the 10 watersheds were instru-
mented for hydrometeorological
measurements, so all the hydro-
TABLE 5-21. SUMMARY OF ANC RANGE AND
GENERAL LOCATION OF SPECIAL ANALYSIS
               WATERSHEDS
A.
ANC Ranges from 3.7 - 91.6 as:
Number of Lakes ANC Range
3
2
0
2
0
1
1
1
B.
0-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
60-70
70-100
General Watershed Location
         Four in the Adirondacks
         Three in Northeast Maine
         One in New Hampshire
         One in Pocono/Catskill area
         One in Massachusetts Cape area
                                                    5-73

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE



meteorological data were extrapolated from stations in surrounding watersheds.  The lake site and

nearest instrument site, generally  within 25 km and always  less than 100 km, for the

hydrometeorological data are listed in Table 5-22.
                     1A2-042
                        '1A3-048   1A2-002
                               • 1A2-052
                                                              -027
   Figure 5-29. General location of the 10 watersheds selected for applications of surface
   water acidification models.


     TABLE 5-22. SITE FOR HYDROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA USED TO ESTIMATE
                  CONDITIONS FOR THE 10 STUDY WATERSHEDS
Lake ID
No.
1A2-002

1A2-042
1A2-052
1A3-048
1B3-025
1C1-084
1D2-027
1E1-062
1E2-056
1E2-063
State
NY

NY
NY
NY
NY
NH
MA
ME
ME
ME
Rep. •
Year
1981

1982
1982
1982
1984
1984
1984
1983
1981
1983

Precipitation
Riverbank

Stamford
Stamford
Stamford
Slide Mt.
North Conway
Plymouth
Jonesboro
North Conway
Gardiner
Station
Meteorological
Syracuse

Syracuse
Syracuse
Syracuse
Binghamton
Concord
Boston
Old Town
Portland, ME
Portland
Name
Deposit Chem.
Huntington

Big Moose
Big Moose
Big Moose
Biscuit Brook
Hubbard Brook
251-NACL
Winterport
Bridgeton
Winterport

Discharge
Northwest Bay
Brook
Mine Kill
Mine Kill
Mine Kill
Biscuit Brook
Lucy Branch
Jones River
Pleasant River
Lucy Branch
Togus Stream
                                      5-74

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    .  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Compared with  precipitation amount monitoring, the density of deposition chemistry
monitoring stations (NADP, NTN, or other stations) was sparse with a limited period of record at
each station. The availability of deposition chemistry, therefore, was used in the selection of an
average or representative year for the 50-year forecasts.  This  representative year is listed in
Table 5-22.  Precipitation quantity data were obtained from nearby National Weather Service
stations. The precipitation stations were identified based on similar latitude, longitude and elevation
to the watershed-lake site.  Further evaluation of the precipitation quantity data indicated that the
representative year selected based on the relatively short period of record at the deposition chemistry
stations was not near the norm based on a 30-yr period of record for most oif the precipitation stations.
The precipitation data, therefore, were normalized based  on the 30-yr period of record so that an
average year could be used for the 50-yr forecasts.  The normalized precipitation data were used to
volume-weight atmospheric chemistry concentrations for use in the models.
      Updated estimates of dry deposition were not received from EPA-Research Triangle Park on
time to include in  the analyses. Thus, these deposition data vary from those  used  in proceeding
sections. Constituent concentrations for dry deposition were based on dry bucket deposition collectors
and canopy enhancement factors  estimated  for the Adirondack region (Gherini, personal
communication, 1986).  Dry deposition was expressed as a ratio of wet deposition.  Although these
ratios probably vary across the Northeast, data were not available to verify these relations for other
northeastern subregions.  The ratios of dry:wet deposition chemistry computed for the Adirondacks,
therefore, also were used at the other sites.
      Meteorological data for air temperature, barometric pressure, wind speed,and cloud cover were
obtained from the stations indicated in Table 5-22.  Long-term records (i.e., 30 years) at each station
permitted the development of a normal monthly record for  each of the variables by selecting the
month corresponding to the norm and merging these months to obtain an average annual record for
the variables.  The data  at the beginning and end of each month were smoothed to avoid abrupt
transitions from month to month. Because air temperature played an important role in controlling
snowmelt periods, air temperatures from the monitoring station were adjusted, if necessary, to better
represent air temperatures at each specific lake site.
      Discharge records  were obtained from nearby USGS  gaging stations.  Gage locations were
determined based on comparable longitude and latitude to  the study site.  Watershed size and
elevation were emphasized in selecting representative systems for model calibration.  Rather than
normalizing the discharge record and indexing the discharge to the study sites, the hydrologic models
were calibrated  on  the gaged watersheds and the calibrated hydrologic model was transferred to the
                                                         5-75

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

study watershed. This procedure eliminated an additional source of error that would be introduced by
indexing the discharge records to the study site and then calibrating the model on the study site.

5.6.3.2 Morphometry
      Basin morphometry such as watershed area, slope, number of stream reaches, kilometers of
streams, lake area, and other basin parameters were measured on photo-enhanced Soil Conservation
Survey (SCS) watershed survey maps.  An example of one these maps is shown in Figure 5-30.
Estimated depth to bedrock was obtained from SCS estimates made during the NE DDRP watershed
survey.
      Lake volume and area versus volume relationships for the study lakes were obtained from
regression relationships of area versus volume determined for about 50 Adirondack lakes.  Stage-
discharge relationships for the study lakes were obtained from regression analyses of stage-discharge
relationships for 15 RILWAS lakes in the Northeast (Gherini, personal communication 1986).

5.6.3.3 Chemistry
      Soil chemistry data for each of the 10 study watersheds were collected and analyzed as part of
the DDRP Soil Survey in the Northeast (Section 5.2). The physical and chemical variables measured
in each soil sample are listed in Table 5-23. These data received a cursory QA/QC check but are, as
yet, unverified and unvalidated. Preliminary results indicate minor problems were associated with
the sulfate data, with apparent major problems associated with cation  exchange capacity and
exchangeable cation fractions and aluminum. Further analyses are required to evaluate the severity
of these problems on the data sets and the model results.
      The lake chemistry data were collected and analyzed as part of the 1984 ELS (Linthurst et al.
1986).  The physical-chemical variables measured on each lake sample were discussed previously in
Section 2.  The ELS data received a thorough QA/QC analysis.
      These two data sources provided the chemistry data used in the model calibration and in the
50-yr forecasts.

5.6.3.4 Other Data
      Bedrock geology and vegetative cover also were available for each watershed.  The SCS
mapped the watershed vegetation during the NE DDRP watershed survey.  An example of one of
these maps is shown in Figure 5-31. Bedrock geology for each watershed was obtained from regional
geology maps (scale, 1:250,000) and was provided by the SCS, as part of the Soil Survey.
                                           -5-76

-------
 I
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
              85/19

                    SCAU 1.2*000
                                                                   HUNOMM&
                                     MB   a* mi
                                                                  tana,
                                                                                     «en «•> » '•"
                Figure 5-30. Example of topographic map used in the DDRP Soil Survey and model
                calibration.
                                                     5-77

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                     TABLE 5-23. SOIL PARAMETERS MEASURED
                        IN THE NE DDRP WATERSHED SURVEY
                              Parameter Description (Units)
        Watershed ID
        Soil permeability (cm hr'l)
        Watershed slope (%)
        Depth to bedrock (m)
        Watershed elevation (m)
        Lake residence time (yr)
        Lake area (acres)
        Watershed area (acres)
        Moisture, air dried (%)
        Horizon thickness (cm)
        Acidity, BaCl2 (meq 100 g'*)
        Acidity, KC1 (meq 100 g 1)
        Aluminum, CaCl2 (meq 100 g"1)
        Aluminum, KC1 (meq 100 g'1)
        Aluminum potential
        Base Saturation, NH4C1 (fraction)
        Bulk density (g cc"1)
        Calcium, NH4C1 (meq 100 g'l)
Calcium, CaCl2 (meq 100 g'i)
Cation exchange capacity, NH4C1 (meq 100 g"1)
Clay(%)
Coarse fragments (%)
Potassium, NH4C1 (meq 100 g'l)
Lime potential
Selectivity coefficient, corrected
Selectivity coefficient, uncorrected
Magnesium, NH4CI (meq 100 g'l)
Sodium, NH4C1 (meq 100 g 1)
pH, H2O
pH, 0.002 M CaCl2
pH, 0.01 M CaCl2
Sand(%)
Sulfate,H2O(mgkg-i)
Sulfate,PO4(mgkgi)
5.6.4 Model Calibration
      The ILWAS and MAGIC models have different formulations and subroutines and, therefore,
required different calibration procedures.  The general approaches for calibrating  both models,
however, were similar. First, the hydrologic model or subroutine was calibrated to predict observed
stream and lake discharge.  Next, the models were calibrated to  predict the observed lake
concentrations of a conservative substance such as chloride.  This provided confirmation of mass
balance  in the model and also confirmed the hydrologic calibration.  If evapotranspiration,
interception, overland flow, or  other components of the hydrologic budget  were  not properly
calibrated, it might be possible to achieve a flow balance, but it would be unlikely for the model to
match the observed conservative constituent concentrations.  The final step in calibration  was to
correctly predict the observed lake concentrations of other constituents. Calibration of the models to
predict the  observed concentrations of multiple  constituents provided relatively restrictive
constraints on calibration parameters. Measured variables or variables that could be calculated from
measured soil or lake attributes were incorporated directly into  the model without modification.
                                           5-78

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
These variables included constituents such as soil CEC, exchangeable fractions of the base cations,
base saturation, porosity, and hydraulic residence time in the lake.  Although there is sampling and
measurement error in these variables, it was assumed that these variables were known and were not
varied during the calibration activities. Calibration error was incorporated entirely in those
parameters that were difficult to measure such as leaf exudation rates or mineral weathering rates.

                                Vegetative Cover Map
                                1A2-052 + Chub Lake
':
Symbol
OW
5
22
23
25






Hamilton Co., NY
Legend
Map Unit Acreage Percent
Open Wetland 30.0 20.7
Balsam Fir 16.0 11.0
White Pine-Hemlock 11.0 7.6
Eastern Hemlock 9.0 6.2
Sugar Maple-Beech-Yellow Birch 79.0 54.5
Total Land Area inWS 145,0 100.0
Lake Surface Area 1 6.0
•m
^X
^5 I
V— -\
Chub'
Lake

J 	
^ 25 S\&
^ .^^ JL
5w7 ^^T"22
^Vxxs,7^ Sherman Mt. Quad
7.5 min.
1:24,000

^9





43°15'
          74°
                                                                                  74°30'
                Figure 5-31. Example of a watershed vegetation map developed during the NE DDRP
                survey.
5.6.4.1 ILWAS Calibration
      In the ILWAS model, the watershed was partitioned into a series of subcatchments to represent
the horizontal variation in the watershed (Figure 5-32) and vertical layers to represent various soil
horizons (Figure 5-33). Although the ILWAS model incorporates considerable spatial resolution of a
watershed, watershed attributes were aggregated or averaged to obtain representative physical and
chemical parameters for model calibration and simulation. This aggregation or averaging of data
reduced the variance in the  parameter values because only the average or weighted  average
parameter values were used in the model.
                                                       5-79

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                   Woods Lake
1000     0
  i  . . i i t
                             1000    2000    3000 Feet
                     0           0.5           1 Kilometer
                           ^B^^^^^^A^^^^^
                                                      Approximate mean
                                                       declination 1979
       Figure 5-32. Horizontal segmentation of Woods Lake Basin in ILWAS Model.
       Source: Chen etal. (1983)
                                       5-80

-------
 I
                                 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
                           Prototype
                        Ocm
                             Upper
                              till
                              (C)
Lower
 till
 (C)
                       15 cm
                                                    25cm
                                                    75cm
Model
                                                                          Layer 1
                                                                          Layer 2
                                                                          Layer 3
                                             Layer 4
                                                                          Layer 5
                Figure 5-33. Representation of vertical layers of Woods Lake Basin in ILWAS Model.
                Source: Chen et al. 1983
                                                    5-81

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The ILWAS  model, which represents many of the processes shown in Figure 5-28, requires
specification of over 200 parameters, coefficients, and initial conditions for model calibration. These
values can be classified into three groups: constants, measured values, and calibration parameters.
Constant values included thermodynamic constants or other factors that did not vary from watershed
to watershed. Measured values included watershed area, base saturation, lake volume, and other
attributes that were measured or calculated from measured data at a specific site but were not varied
during model calibration.  The third set of values were calibration parameters such as mineral
weathering rates, hydraulic  conductivity, nitrification rates, and other parameters that were not
well-known and  were modified during calibration to match the observed watershed and lake
constituent concentrations.
      The number of subcatchments, soil layers, and parameters used in the ILWAS model required
between 2 and 4 weeks of time to calibrate the model for each of the 10 watersheds.  Although there
were a significant number of parameters, and, therefore, significant degrees of freedom in selecting
parameter values, only certain combinations of parameter values resulted in predicted  constituent
concentrations that matched observed concentrations. The interactions among parameters and
parameter combinations placed limitations on the number of feasible parameter combinations. The
calibration exercise involved identifying the set of parameters that  minimized the differences
between the set of predicted versus observed constituent concentrations. The 21 constituents listed in
Table 5-18 were compared with observed lake concentrations during model calibration. A comparison
between predicted and observed ANC concentrations for ILWAS is shown in Table 5-27.  ILWAS
predicted average daily constituent concentrations.

5.6.4.2 MAGIC Calibration
      The MAGIC model represented the horizontal dimension of the watershed as a homogeneous
unit with no subcatchments or horizontal delineation (Figure 5-34) and the vertical dimension into
two soil layers (Figure 5-35).  Watershed  data for MAGIC were lumped or aggregated to provide
average or weighted average values for soil layer 1 and soil layer 2. For the 10 study watersheds, soil
layer 1 represented aggregated sample data from the A + B soil horizons and soil layer 2 represented
aggregated sample data from the C soil horizons.
                                            5-82

-------
 I
                                DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                 Woods Lake
 I
 I
I
I
I

I
1000     0
  I I I I  . I
1000    2000    3000 Feet
  I       L       I
       9 ,  ,  .  . °,5 .  .   .   .  J Kilometer
                                                                   Approximate mean
                                                                     declination 1979
             Figure 5-34. Representation of horizontal segmentation of Woods Lake, NY, watershed in
             MAGIC Model.
             Source: Chen et al. (1983)
                                                   5-83

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                 B2hir
                 Upper
                   till
                   (C)
                 Lower
                  till
                  (O
                                                               Model
                                                               Layer 1
                                                               Layer 2
       Figure 5-35. Representation of vertical layers of Woods Lake, NY, watershed
       in the MAGIC Model.
                                         5-84

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      The MAGIC model includes formulations representing the major soil processes controlling soil
solution and stream chemistry. Because MAGIC does not include above-ground terrestrial processes,
there are fewer than 100 parameters, coefficients, and initial conditions that must be specified.
MAGIC required hydrologic input from a separate hydrologic model, TOPMOD (Hornberger et al.
1986). The hydrologic model, TOPMOD, calculated the fraction of runoff that moved through the
watershed as overland flow, macropore flow, shallow, or deep subsurface flow, and calculated the
average storage deficit in the upper soil horizon. TOPMOD used daily meteorological data to predict
daily average stream discharge. This hydrologic information was aggregated to average annual
values and used as input to MAGIC. TOPMOD required about 3 to  4 hr to calibrate on each
watershed. MAGIC required from 2 to 4 hr to calibrate per watershed once the daily hydrologic data
available from TOPMOD was aggregated to average annual values. MAGIC was calibrated first by
forcing the model output to match the observed values of acid anions in the lake. The next step was to
increase or decrease mineral weathering to match the observed lake concentrations of base cations.
Predicted average annual concentrations of and comparison between predicted and observed ANC
concentrations using MAGIC is shown in Table 5-26.

5.6.5 Sensitivity Analysis
      One approach used to evaluate the effect of parameter uncertainty on model output  is
sensitivity analysis. Sensitivity analysis involves fixing all coefficients and parameters at their
calibrated value, then varying one parameter by some nominal value such as ± 10%, and comparing
the perturbed or altered output with the original calibrated output.  A large change in the output
corresponding with a small change in parameter value indicates the model is sensitive to the value of
this particular  parameter.  Lower confidence in the model output or forecasts might result if the
model were sensitive to parameters that are difficult to measure or that have no physical or chemical
counterparts in the watershed.  Sensitivity analysis typically has been conducted on models used for
engineering applications such as wasteload allocation or eutrophication studies.
      The sensitivity analyses of MAGIC and ILWAS focused on four major processes:  hydrology,
sulfate adsorption, ion exchange, and mineral weathering.  Parameters required for calibration  of
these major processes were selected for analyses. The purpose of the  sensitivity analyses was  to
provide an  indication of the effect  of parameter variation on model  output and  not an extensive
evaluation of model sensitivity.  Not all  parameters, therefore, were studied.  Parameters were
selected based on previous experience with model simulations and expected effects.  In the ILWAS
model, for example, hydraulic conductivity has a greater effect on watershed hydrology and a broader
parameter range than porosity so hydraulic  conductivity was selected  for study. In MAGIC, the
maximum sulfate adsorption parameter, EMAX, is known to have a greater influence on  model
                                                        5-85

-------

DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

output than the sulfate half-saturation coefficient so the maximum sulfate adsorption coefficient was
selected for study.
      Sensitivity analyses were conducted on selected parameters in the ILWAS and MAGIC models
under two scenarios:  parameter variation without recalibration, and parameter variation with
recalibration.  Recalibration following parameter variation represents an important distinction
between  sensitivity analyses conducted on surface water acidification  models and on other
engineering models. Surface water acidification models must maintain charge balance for accurate
predictions of surface water chemistry. Arbitrarily varying a parameter by some nominal percentage
can result in other parameter values exceeding realistic ranges with respect to the fixed combination
of parameter values and subsequent charge imbalance in the forecasts.  Unfortunately, the range of
feasible parameter values cannot be determined a priori.  Without recalibration, parameter values
were varied by about 10 percent.  This might be a reasonable range for most  parameters but
additional analyses of model behavior are required before this can be determined.
      Sensitivity analyses are typically evaluated for steady-state models for which  time is  not a
variable or for models for which the time frame of interest is a few months or years. The time frame
for surface water acidification models, however, is decades. Small changes in mineral weathering
rates might not become apparent in model output for 10-20 years. Because of time constraints.long-
term model sensitivity was restricted to a limited number of parameters and analyses.

5.6.5.1 MAGIC
      Sensitivity analyses of the MAGIC model were evaluated over a 200-yr period, beginning in
1841 and ending in  2031.  Selected parameters were varied individually by ±10% with the  other
parameters remaining at their nominal calibrated values.  MAGIC was run for a 200-yr period to
assess the long-term effects of
these perturbations on model
output.  Five  parameters or
groups  of parameters were
selected for study. Brief descrip-
tions of  these parameters are
listed in Table 5-24.  The para-
meters selected for sensitivity
analyses, range of variation, and
percent change in model output
are shown in Table 5-25! MAGIC
was sensitive  to changes in all  WEATH (I)
  TABLE 5-24. SENSITIVITY PARAMETERS STUDIED
               FOR THE MAGIC MODEL
Parameter
              Description
PMAC
D, depth
EMAX

SALCA, SALMG
SALNA, SALK
Proportion of deposition that moves as
macropore flow from the atmosphere to the
lower soil layer without contacting the upper
soil layer
Soil depth of both layers
Maximum sulfate adsorption capacity of
both soil layers
Logarithmic values of selectivity coefficients
for each base cation in both soil layers
five parameters  or  groups of
                 Weathering fluxes of the base cations (I) -
                 Ca, Mg, Na, K - in both soil layers
                                           5-86

-------
 I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
parameters. The greatest sensitivity was to mineral weathering estimates, followed by soil depth,
maximum sulfate adsorption capacity, and hydrologic routing (i.e., macropore flow), with least
sensitivity to selectivity coefficients.
            TABLE 5-25. SELECTED PARAMETER SENSITIVITY RESULTS
                                FOR THE MAGIC MODEL*
Lake
Constituent
1981
Woods Lake
ANC
H+
Panther Lake
ANC
H+
Clear Pond
ANC
FT
2031
Woods Lake
ANC
H+
Panther Lake
ANC
H+
Clear Pond
ANC
H+
Initial
Values
(ueqL-i)

-15.4
16.0

116.1
0.1

108.8
0.1

-19.2
19.0

120.6
0.1

102.5
0.1
PMAC Depth
-10% +10% -10%

-1.3 * 1.3
1.2 * -1.2

* * 1.6
* * *

* * *
* * *

* * 3.1
* * -3.1

* * 1.7
* * *

* * *
* * *
+ 10%

-2.6
2.5

-2.0
*

*
*

-4.7
4.7

-2.0
*

*
*
E max
-10% +10%

2.0 -3.2
-1.9 3.1

1.8 -2.0
* *

* *
* *

4.2 -4.2
-4.2 4.2

1.7 -1.8
* . *

* *
* • *
Select Weath
> -10% +10% -10%

* -1.3 3.2
* 1.3 -3.2

* * 12.6
* * *

* * . 13.4
* * *

* * 3.6
* * -3.6

* * 14.0
* * *

* * 13.7.
* * *
+ 10%

-3.2
3.2

-13.1
*

-13.9
*

-3.1
3.1

-14.6
-

-13.8
-
 a  Percent change in ANC and hydrogen ion concentrations following a 10% change in five selected model parameters.
   Simulations were initiated in 1841, calibrated on 1981 data, and forecast to 2031.
 *  No change or > 1.0 percent change.

5.6.5.2 ILWAS
      The ILWAS model represents a greater number of watershed processes, including biotic
processes, than the MAGIC model.  ILWAS, therefore, has a  greater number of parameters and
coefficients than MAGIC.  There was insufficient time to perform a formal sensitivity analysis on the
ILWAS model.  A qualitative analysis was performed, however, on selected parameters associated
with processes controlling surface water acidification such as hydrology, sulfate adsorption, and base
cation  supply.   Because the  ILWAS model simulates both short- and long-term surface water
chemistry charges, the time scale over which parameter variations are evaluated is important.
                                                        5-87

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                               I
      For short time frames of 1-2 years, the most sensitive parameters were those related to
watershed hydrology such as permeability and soil  depth and ion exchange.  The model  was
insensitive to mineral weathering in short-term simulations because ion exchange was sufficient to
provide base cations for neutralization of mobile acid anions. Model output was moderately sensitive
to sulfate adsorption in the short-term simulations.  An example of short-term sensitivity to soil
depth is illustrated in Figure 5-36.  The soil or  till depth  was reduced to the minimum estimated
depth to  bedrock from the measured depth in Panther Lake, resulting in a lake with positive
alkalinity predicted to become acidic.
                                               I
                                               I
                                                           Panther Til I at SCS
                                                        D  Base Case
            -25
            -50
                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                  I
                                               I
                                                                         j ft
                                               I
                                        Date
1980
                                                                    1981
   Figure 5-36. Sensitivity of ILWAS Model to soil depth.  The lower curve illustrates the
   change in ANC predicted when the minimum estimated soil depth was used versus the
   measured depth.
                                               I
                                           5-88
                                               I

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Long-term forecasts are sensitive primarily to watershed hydrology, mineral weathering, and
 sulfate adsorption. Mineral weathering is the source of exchangable base cations so over longer time
 frames, the rate at which these base cations are supplied to the exchange sites through mineral
 weathering determines the capacity of the watershed to neutralize acid anions.

 5.6.5.3 Considerations
      The two models have different formulations and different underlying assumptions so a direct
 comparison of parameters and parameter sensitivity is not appropriate. Both models, however, were
 generally sensitive to parameters that affected major processes considered to control surface water
 acidification over longer time scales of decades.  These parameters were related to subsurface flow or
 the movement of water through the watershed, sulfate adsorption capacity, and mineral weathering.
 If these are the primary processes controlling long-term surface water acidification, perturbing
 parameters affecting these processes would be  expected to change the model output.  This general
 sensitivity was demonstrated for both models.

 5.6.6 Model Forecasts
      Model forecasts of changes in surface water chemistry over the next 50 years as a function of
 acidic deposition were conducted on the 10 northeastern watersheds with MAGIC and on one of these
 watersheds with ILWAS. The annual hydrometeorological sequence for the normal or typical year
 was repeated each year for 50 years during the 50-yr forecasts.  .
      Three deposition scenarios were used in these forecasts: constant acidic deposition at current
 levels (100% CLD); 25% increase in  acidic deposition (125% CLD); and a 50% reduction in acidic
 deposition (50% CLD). The deposition gradient across the Northeast from Maine to the Adirondacks
 was preserved by using current  deposition occurring at each of the  10 watersheds.  Deposition
 included both wet deposition chemistry and estimates of dry deposition chemistry.  The 25% increase
 and 50% reduction in deposition represented an increase or reduction in total deposition (i.e., wet and
 dry deposition estimates), respectively.  Generation of power in  the Northeast is presently below
 maximum capacity. The increased deposition reflects the increase in emissions that might result if
power production were increased to maximum capacity.
      Deposition was increased 25% or reduced 50% within the first five years of the 50-yr forecast.
This increase/reduction sequence was established solely to  maintain model stability and not to
represent any expected or projected increases or reductions in emissions.
                                                        5-89

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

5.6.6.1 MAGIC Forecasts
      When interpreting the MAGIC forecasts, it is important to remember the forecast values or
constituent concentrations represent average annual estimates and reflect increases or decreases in
average annual estimates.

Constant Deposition (100% of C1D)
      MAGIC forecasts for ANC,  pH,
and sulfate were  made assuming
constant deposition for the next 50 years.
The forecasts are graphically shown in
Figures 5-37 through 5-39 (ANC, pH, and
sulfate, respectively)  with constituent
values listed at  10-yr  increments in
Table 5-26.
      Chub Lake (1A2-052), was forecast
to become acidic (i.e., ANC <0 ueq I/1) in
about 30  years at  current levels of
deposition,  losing a  total of about
16 ueq L"1  ANC  over the 50-yr period or
about 0.3 ueq L"1 yr'i ANC on an annual
average basis. The average loss of ANC
over the 50-yr period for all 10 lakes was
about 5 ueq L'l or about 0.1 ueq L'l yr'l.
Five lakes, however, lost more than
5 ueq L'l ANC  over the 50-yr period
(Chub Lake, North  Branch Lake 1A2-
042, Grass Pond  1A3-048, Upper Beech
Pond 1C1-084, and Long Pond 1E1-062), averaging about 8 ueq L'l of ANC for the 50-yr period.
      Two lakes, Chub Lake (1A2-052) and North Branch Lake (1A2-042), that had pH values at or
above 6.0 in 1984, were forecast to have pH values decline below 6.0 by year 2034. The pH in Chub
Lake was forecast to decline from about 6.0 in 1984 to 5.4 in 2034.  North Branch Lake had a pH
decline from 6.1  to 5.8 during the 50-yr period.  Two lakes, St. John Lake (1A2-002) and Sandy Pond
(1D2-027), had initial pH values around 5.7 and 5.8, respectively, and were forecast to have less than
a 0.05 pH unit decline over 50 years. The other six lakes were forecast to maintain pH values greater
than 6.0.
-10
   1984    1994
2004    2014
   Year
2024    2034
Figure 5-37.  Fifty-year ANC forecasts with the
MAGIC Model for 10 NE watersheds for the
100% CLD.
                                          5-90

-------
 I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
             200
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                             4.75
              1984
         1994
                                                                                 1I2-4SI
                                                                    1CI-U4
                                                                                            ItZ-CU
                                                                                            UJ-4M
2004    2014
   Year
2024
20 4   1984    1994
2004    2014
   Year
2024
                                                                      2034
   Figure 5-38. Fifty-year pH forecasts
   with the MAGIC Model for 10 NE water-
   sheds for the 100% OLD.
                                Figure 5-39. Fifty-year sulfate forecasts
                                with the MAGIC Model for 10 NE water-
                                sheds for the 100% CLD.
      Those lakes that had the greatest ANC decreases over the 50-yr period generally also had the
greatest increases in lake sulfate concentration. Those lakes that lost more than 5 ueq L'l ANC over
the 50-yr period had an average increase in lake sulfate concentration of 22 ueq I/1 over 50 yr, and
lakes that lost less than 5 ueq L'l ANC in 50 years had an average increase in  lake sulfate
concentration of 10.5 ueq L'l. For example, Chub Lake (1A2-052), the lake that became acidic had the
greatest increase in lake sulfate concentration (i.e., approximately 33 ueq L'l).  The average increase
in lake sulfate concentrations for all 10 lakes was about 14 ueq L" 1.
      There was a direct relationship  between ANC loss and  sulfate concentration increase
(AANC = 4.02-0.54.ASO4'2; r2  = 0.90).  There was a loss of about 5.4 ueq L'l lake ANC for each
10 ueq L'l increase in lake sulfate over the 50-yr period. This is consistent with the theory presented
in Section 5.2 and the steady-state analyses presented in Section 5.5. The relationship corresponds to
an average F-factor for the 10 watersheds, calculated from A (Ca+2 + Mg*2)/AS
-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
         TABLE 5-26. 50-YEAR FORECASTS USING MAGIC WITH 100% CLD
ELS
Lake and Constituent
Constituent Value
1A2- 002 St. John Lake
ANC(p.eqL-l)
pH

6.2
5.5
133.9
Forecast Year
1984

6.09
5.80
133.26
1994

' 5.62
5.78
131.95
2004

5.62
5.78
131.37
2014

5.62
5.78
131.10
2024

6.09
5.80
130.95
2034

6.56
5.82
130.87
1A2-042 North Branch Lake
ANC(yeqL-i)
PH
1A2- 052 Chub Lake
ANC (jieq L"1)
pH
1 A3- 048 Grass Pond
ANC(iieqL-l)
pH
S042
1B3-025 Trout Lake
ANC(p.eqL'l)
pH
13.6
5.7
116.6

8.6
5.4
112.9

14.6
5.5
126.0

35.4
6.6
93.7
f Cf -084 upper Beech Pond
ANC(jieqL-l) 50.7
pH 6.8
S04'2 (peq L-l) 79.4
W2- 027 Sandy Pond
pH
1E1-062 Long Pond
ANC(neqI/l)
pH
1E2-056 Peabody Pond
ANC(peqL'i)
pH
1E2-063 Kalers Pond
ANC(peqL'l)
pH
3.7
5.1
121.6
91.6
. 7.2
64.3
67.4
7.0
70.9

38.1
6.6
71.4
13.65
6.10
116.60

8.64
5.95
112.88

14.61
6.10
126.04

35.47
6.44
93.69
50.98
6.61
79.41
3.64
5.71
121.52
91.48
6.86
64.25
67.64
6.74
70.92

38.07
6.49
71.42
11.69
6.05
122.79

5.27
5.83
120.62

13.11
6.07
130.30

33.85
6.42
99.06
49.83
6.60
83.62
2.76
5.67
116.60
90.46
6.86
67.55
67.65
6.74
72.24

36.33
6.47
75.09
10.08
6.00
128.46

1.68
5.70
127.94

12.31
6.05
134.36

32.30
6.40
103.46
48.71
6.59
87.56
2.29
5.65
114.56
89.44
6.85
70.72
67.66
6.74
73.80

36.34
6.47
78.46
8.46
5.94
133.55

-1.42
5.58
134.71

11.15
6.02
138.12

32.31
6.40
106.99
47.60
6.58
91.24
2.29
5.65
113.69
87.42
6.84
73.79
67.67
6.74
75.51

34.68
6.45
81.52
6.77
5.88
137.99

^4.43
5.48
140.80

10.01
5.99
141.49

30.82
6.38
109.75
46.52
6.57
94.60
2.29
5.65
113.32
87.44
6.84
76.74
66.13
6.73
77.30

34.69
6.45
84.29
5.70
5.84
141.77

-6.94
5.40
146.13

9.27
5.97
144.44

30.82
6.38
111.88
45.45
6.56
97.64
2.29
5.65
113.17
85.46
6.83
79.54
66.15
6.73
79.13

34.70
6.45
86.75
                                    5-92

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 5.6.6.2 ILWAS Forecasts
      ILWAS forecasts for St. John Lake (1A2-002) assuming 100% CLD are listed in Table 5-27.
 Time did not permit forecasts for the other nine systems.
      St. John Lake was forecast to decrease from an initial ANC of 6.2 ueq L"l to 4.7 ueq L"1 over the
 next 40 years.  This represents a  decrease of about 1.5 ueq L*1 over 40 years, but the lake was
 estimated to lose this ANC over the next 10 years and then approach steady state.
      The pH was forecast to decrease from an initial pH of about 5.5 to 5.25 over the next  10 years
 and then gradually increase to about 5.4 after 40 years.
      St. John Lake was forecast to be in approximate steady state with sulfate, decreasing from an
 initial lake sulfate concentration of about 134 ueq L'1 to 126 ueq L"1 after 40 years.
           TABLE 5-27. 50-YEAR FORECASTS USING ILWAS WITH 100% CLD
ELS
Lake and Constituent
Constituent Value
1A2-002 St. John Lake
ANC(ueqL'i)
pH
S04-2(ueqL-i)

6.2
5.5
133.9
Forecast Year
1984

6.2
5.54
134.0
1994

3.78
5.25
136.0
2004

3.84
5.33
130.9
2014

4.28
5.37
127.9
2024

4.73
5.42
126.0
2034

-
5.6.6.3 Forecast Comparisons
      Although the forecast for only one lake can be compared, the forecast for St. John Lake from
both models were similar. Both models forecast minimal changes in ANC and decreased lake sulfate
concentrations. The ILWAS model forecast a greater initial decrease in pH with a gradual increase
over the 40-yr period.  Both models forecast an initial, relatively rapid change  in lake chemistry
during the next 10 years, with the lake gradually approaching steady state during the next 30 to
40 years.  Model forecasts for St. John Lake using the ILWAS and MAGIC models were considered
comparable.

5.6.7 Regional Estimates
      Both the NSWS and DDRP have  underlying statistical frames that permit estimates of the
proportion of northeastern lakes in the target population that might become acidic within the next
50 years based on model forecasts.  Statistical algorithms were developed to extrapolate from the
10 watersheds  in these analyses and provide weighted  estimates of the proportion of lakes in the
restricted  target population (i.e., lakes with ANC from 0-100 ueq L'l) of 1248 lakes (30%) expected to
show similar changes in surface  chemistry over the next 50 years.  The cluster number,  lake
                                                        5-93

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

identifier, and number and proportion of lakes in the target population represented by this lake,
listed in Table 5-28 for each of the 10 watersheds.
                 TABLE 5-28. NUMBER AND PROPORTION OF LAKES
              REPRESENTED BY EACH OF THE 10 STUDY WATERSHEDS
Cluster No.
1

4

6


.7
8
9

Lake ID
1A2-042
1A3-048
1A2-002
1E2-063
1C1-084
IE 1-062
1E2-056
1D2-027
1A2-052
1B3-025

Number of
Representative Lakes in
Target Population
91
' 91
97
97
149
149
149
103
143
179
1,248
Proportion of Target
Population Lakes
0.07
0.07
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.08
0.12
0.14
1.00
      Uncertainty or confidence limits on the 50-yr cumulative frequency distributions for ANC, pH,
and sulfate values were obtained using a binomial estimate of variance.  Although the binomial
formula used assumes simple random samples, the weights for each lake were reasonably unform so
the uncertainty estimation procedure was appropriate. Broad uncertainty estimates reflect the small
sample size used for regional extrapolation.

5.6.7.1 Constant Level of Deposition (100% CLD)
      Approximately 143  lakes  (12%)  of all lakes in the  target population  having ANC
concentrations between 0 and 100 ueq L"1 were forecast to become acidic (i.e., ANC <0) within the
next 50 years (Figure 5-40a).  Uncertainty estimates about the ANC cumulative  frequency
distribution  after 50 years indicate the number of acidic lakes might range as high as 861 (69%)
(Figure 5-40a). An additional 182 (14%) lakes  or a total of about 525 lakes (42%) were estimated to
have annual average ANC concentrations below-10 ueq L"1 after 50 years. The median loss of ANC
was estimated to be about 5 ueq L'l over 50 years.
      About 143 lakes (12%) also were forecast  to have pH values decrease to less than 5.5 in 50 years
(Figure 5-40b). Uncertainty estimates for the pH cumulative frequency distribution indicate as many
as 349 lakes  (28%) might have pH values less than 5.5.  The median change in equivalent pH units is
about 0.1 units over 50 years.
      Although none of the lakes were estimated to have sulfate concentrations greater  than
150 ueq L'l within 50 years, about 711 lakes (57%) were estimated to have sulfate concentrations in
excess of 100 ueq L*1 after 50 years (Figure 5-40c). The number of lakes with sulfate concentrations
                                          5-94

-------
 I
                                                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 > 100 ueq L"i also was estimated to be as low as 387 lakes (31%) (Figure 5-40c). The median increase
in sulfate concentration was estimated to be about 15 ueq L'1 over 50 years.
5.6.8 Watershed Attributes

5.6.8.1  Low (0-50 ueq L'l) ANC
        Watersheds
      Two clusters had watersheds that
were forecast to become acidic within 50
years assuming either 100% or 125% of
CLD.  These watersheds were North
Branch Lake  (1A2-042), Chub  Lake
(1A2-052), and Grass Pond (1A3-048).
These three watersheds had several
common attributes.  First, the  three
watersheds were  located  in the
Adirondacks, a region currently
receiving some of the highest acidic
deposition loading in the Northeast.
Second, the three watersheds were small,
with Chub Lake (1A2-052) having the
smallest area (approximate 60 ha) of any
of the  10 watersheds.  Third, the  three
watersheds had shallow estimated soil
depths to  bedrock,  ranging  from
aggregated  depths of 1.7  to 2.2 m.
Fourth, these three watersheds had lakes
with low current ANC concentrations.
Fifth, the  three watersheds  had
relatively low base saturations in the A,
B, and C soil  horizons.  The shallow
watershed depths, in combination with
low base saturation, result in a relatively
small watershed capacity to neutralize
acidic inputs.  Sixth, these watersheds
and  their respective clusters  had
relatively high  percentages of soils with
                                                      1.00
Si 0.80
§
-g 0.60H
C
- 0.40-
                                                   2
 3
 3
u
0.20

0

1.00.

080>

0.60'

0.40-

0.20
                           — CDF
                           —• Uncertainty Limit
                                                                      0            50
                                                                       ANCfceqL'1)
                                             100
                                                                             6
                                                                            pH
             50
                          100
                                                                                      150
200
                                                    Figure 5-40.  Cumulative frequency distribu-
                                                    tion to 50-yr ANC at 100% CLD (A), 50-yr pH at
                                                    100%  CLD (B), and 50-yr sulfate at 100% CLD
                                                    (C).
                                                     5-95

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

low sulfate adsorption capacity (i.e., Hiatosols and Spodosols). These watersheds were near steady
state with respect to sulfate inputs based on annual input/output sulfate budgets. Finally, based on
simulated watershed hydrology using TOPMOD, all three lakes had relatively high' proportions of
subsurface flow moving through the upper soil layer directly into the lake. This upper soil layer had
lower sulfate adsorption capacity, substantially lower base saturation, and lower mineral weathering
rates than the deeper soil layer and, therefore, lower capacity to neutralize acidic inputs.

5.6.8.2 High (0-50 ueq L i) ANC Watersheds
      The cluster containing watersheds with high ANC lakes represents the antithesis of the  low
ANC  watershed clusters.  The three watersheds in this cluster were Upper Beech Lake (1C1-084),
Long Pond (1E1-062), and Peabody Pond  (1E2-056).  First, these watersheds currently  receive
relatively low acidic deposition loading.  Second, these were three of the largest watersheds (i.e.,
average area approximately 675 ha) of the 10  study systems.  Third, all  three watersheds had
estimated soil depths to bedrock  that were at least 1 m deeper (i.e., >3 m) than the three low ANC
watersheds.  Fourth, these watersheds had lakes with the highest current ANC  concentrations.
Fifth, these watersheds generally had higher base saturations in all three soil horizons, A, B, and C.
Sixth, based on the sulfate input/output budgets, watersheds in this cluster are currently retaining
sulfate. Finally, based on simulated watershed hydrology, all three watersheds had a high proportion
of subsurface flow moving through both the upper and lower soil horizons before entering the lake
and, therefore, had a greater capacity to neutralize acidic inputs.

5.6.9  Model Forecast Uncertainty
      There are uncertainties associated with any modeling study,  but consideration of  these
uncertainties becomes particularly relevant when deterministic models are used in forecasting future
effects.  A deterministic model,  such as MAGIC or ILWAS, provides  a single output trajectory
through time with no estimate of error or uncertainty about the predicted concentrations of ANC, pH,
or sulfate. Sampling error, measurement error, and other estimates  of uncertainty  are standard
QA/QC components of field and  laboratory studies, the data used to  calibrate these models and
provide the inputs all  have inherent error or uncertainty that should be propagated through  the
models and associated with the  forecasts.  Unfortunately, deterministic models do not have  the
capability to propagate this uncertainty.  Therefore, error or uncertainty estimates must be
implicitly, subjectively, or qualitatively associated with the output. The following section presents
some of the major sources of uncertainty associated with the model forecasts and regional estimates.
This presentation is not intended to reduce the usefulness of the model forecasts but rather to place
these forecasts in proper  perspective.  Some sources  of uncertainty include  meteorological and
                                            5-96

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

deposition inputs, initial conditions, watershed and lake data, model processes and parameters, and
regional estimation procedures.

3.6.9.1 Meteorological and Deposition Input Uncertainty
      Input uncertainty in these areas is associated with two factors:  (1) a constant meteorological
record of one year and (2) dry deposition estimates. One year of normalized meteorological data was
repeated 50 times to generate the 50-yr period of record for model forecasts.  Climatic weather
patterns with wet and dry periods, however, are known to  influence patterns in surface  water
chemistry.   ANC concentrations,  for example, are typically  lower in wet years  with higher wet
deposition loading and higher during dry years with lower wet deposition loading.  These long-term
climatic patterns were eliminated by repeating the same deposition record for 50  years. The long-
term meteorological patterns associated with the 10 watershed sites are unknown but might affect
whether the watershed becomes acidic in 50 years. If the next 50 years were wetter than normal,
more lakes might become acidic than were forecast by the models.
      Dry deposition enhancement factors were based on dry bucket estimates for  the Adirondacks.
The NADP network discontinued the dry bucket collection system because of the low reliability and
uncertainty of the dry deposition estimates.  Dry sulfate deposition estimates have received the most
attention, ranging from 20-100% of wet sulfate deposition measurements, but dry  cation deposition
estimates are virtually unknown!  Dry deposition also is expected to have a spatial gradient across
the Northeast similar to wet deposition gradients. The lack of adequate data resulted in the use of a
constant set of dry deposition enhancement factors for all 10 watershed forecasts.  Limited analyses
indicated that the 140-yr hindcast was not sensitive to minor changes in the historical dry deposition
factors, but the effects on the 50-yr forecast are unknown. Spatial gradients for dry deposition also
were incorporated strictly as a function of the wet deposition spatial patterns.

5.6.9.2 Initial Conditions for the Forecasts
      Although the rate of ANC decrease over the 50-yr forecast varied among sites, the rate of ANC
decrease at each site was linear through time.  The  ANC concentration in  1984, therefore,
determined, in part, whether the lake became acidic in 50 years. For example, North Branch Lake
and Grass Pond, lakes typical  of cluster 1, had an average annual ANC decrease of 0.13 ueq L"1 yr'i.
With initial ANC concentrations of 13.6 and 14.6 ueq L"1, respectively, these two systems were not
forecast to become acidic for over 100 years.  Another lake in this cluster, however, had an  ANC
concentration of 2.9 ueq L'1. If the average annual ANC depletion rate for this cluster was applicable
for this lake, it would become acidic in about 20 years and the estimated proportion of acidic lakes in
the target population would increase.  Estimates of the uncertainty in the 1984 ANC concentrations
for  the cluster were calculated using the ANC mean and one standard  deviation, assuming the
                                                        5-97

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

average annual ANC decrease per year was applicable.  Forecasts of the uncertainty in years to
0 ANC for each cluster are listed in Table 5-29.

            TABLE 5-29. UNCERTAINTY IN FORECASTED YEARS TO 0 ANC
                           FOR EACH WATERSHED CLUSTER
Forecast Years to 0 ANC
Cluster Avg. Cluster Std.
No. ANC (ueq L'l) Dev.
1 29.5
4 28.3
6 74.5
7 30.4
8 20.5
9 24.3
20.2
26.0
20.7
35.3
12.5
18.2
Constant Deposition
-1 S.D.
70
80
618
Qa
26
66
Mean
222
976
856
1128
66
262
+ 1S.D
374
1871
1094
2434
106
457
25% Deposition Increase
-1 S.D.
25
22
219
Q*
15
23
Mean
81
270
304
470
38
90
+ 1 S.D.
136
518
388
1014
61
158
 a  Standard deviation was greater than the mean so the cluster was acidic initially.
5.6.9.3 Watershed and Lake Data
      Uncertainty in the watershed and lake data will be illustrated using two examples:  estimated
depth to bedrock in the watershed and cation/anion ratios for the lake chemistry.
      The maximum depth to which watershed soil  pits were excavated for sampling in any
watershed was the standard sample depth of 1.5 m.  If bedrock was not encountered before this 1.5m
depth, the depth to bedrock was estimated by SCS. The range in depth classes below 1.5 m, however,
was quite large, i.e., 2-5 m, 5-30 m, and >30 m. This range in depth classes is proportional to the
uncertainty  in the soil depth estimate. Sandy Pond (1D2-027), for example, had an aggregated
watershed estimate for soil depth of 17.5 m, which represents the average of the depth class, 5-30 m.
While the soil depth at Sandy Pond is represented in the model as 17.5 m, the actual soil depth might
be as shallow as 5 m or as deep as 30 m and could affect model forecasts. The primary difference .
between Woods Lake being acidic and Panther Lake being alkaline in the Adirondacks was the depth
of the till or estimated soil depth to bedrock (Gherini et al.  1985).  Woods Lake had an aggregated
watershed soil depth of 2 m while Panther had an aggregated watershed soil depth of 24 m. Basins
with deep soils are expected to have more exchangeable base cations and  weatherable minerals for
neutralization of acidic inputs as the water percolates through the soil (Gherini et al.  1985).
      Low  ionic strength, dilute concentration water samples,  typically collected from  lakes
potentially susceptible to acidic deposition, are difficult to measure analytically because constituent
concentrations are  generally  at, or near, detection or decision  limits for the  analytical  test.
                                           5-98

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

Cation/anion balances of ± 15% are within acceptable QA/QC criteria for samples reflecting this
imprecision in analytical methods. Two of the lakes, Sandy Pond (1D2-027) and St. John Lake (1A2-
002), had cation deficits of 3% and 12%, respectively, that were within QA/QC criteria and low, but
positive, ANC concentrations (3.7 and 6.2 ueq I/1, respectively).  Because MAGIC and ILWAS models
require charge balance, the models included additional hydrogen ions to complete the charge balance,
which results in the calculation of negative ANC concentrations (i.e., ANC = Sum of Base Cations -
Sum of Acid Anions). To compensate for the charge imbalance, chloride was removed from the system
and, if necessary, sodium was added to the system to generate the observed ANC. The effect of these
procedures on the 50-yr forecast is unknown.

5.6.9.4 Model Processes and Parameters
      Model calibration and parameterization, obviously, are influenced by the process formulation.
Uncertainty in hydrologic processes has been discussed previously (Section 5.6.3.3).   Mineral
weathering rates (i.e., base cation  supply)  represent both a major source of uncertainty  and
parameters to which the models are sensitive. An example of a 10% change in weathering rates is
shown  in Figure 5-41, indicating that both the hindcast and forecast MAGIC simulation results are
sensitive to mineral weathering rates.  The influence of hydrogen ion concentrations on weathering
rates, the formation and dissolution rates of primary and secondary minerals, the mineralogy of the
watershed, and applicable mineral weathering rates all contribute to the uncertainty in specifying
model weathering parameters. Mineral weathering rates, therefore, were treated  as a calibration
parameter within the models. Measured data and parameters calculated from measured data were
used directly in the model. Weathering  rates were then selected to achieve a match between observed
watershed and lake constituent concentrations.  The  hindcast calibration procedure in MAGIC
incorporated the slow weathering rates by simulating the past 100 years so subtle changes in model
outputs dependent on weathering or base cation resupply could be observed. Calibration procedures
for ILWAS used cation/anion ratios, silica concentrations, and other constituent concentrations  to
compute mineral weathering rates.  Reasonable  estimates of mineral weathering were used in the
models, constrained by observed water chemistry data, and the range of currently accepted rates, but
weathering estimates remain one of the  primary sources of uncertainty in model applications.

5.6.9.5 Regionaiization Estimates
     Ten watersheds represent a small sample size  for the current analyses and extrapolation
approach.  Theoretical confidence  intervals about the forecast ANC, pH, and sulfate values
(Figures 5-40a,b, and c) reflect this uncertainty. Each sample watershed in these analyses represents
about 100 lakes in the target population.  Uncertainty in results from the sample watersheds,
therefore,  is magnified about 100 times in estimating results  for the target population. Future
                                           5-99

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
estimates for the northeast population will be improved significantly in the DDRP because" the
sample size will be 15 times larger.
    60
     1844
1884
     1924
Time (years)
2004
    Figure 5-41. MAGIC forecasts of ANC resulting from sensitivity to a 10% change in
    weathering rates.
5.6.10 Regional Implications
     The primary area of disagreement in the NAS Panel report was with respect to the rate of
acidification in regions where sulfate concentrations were at or near steady state. One hypothesis
was that acidic inputs would continue to titrate bases from soils, and lakes would continue to become
acidic.   Another hypothesis was that base cation supply was approximately equivalent to acidic
inputs, and little change in lake alkalinity would occur in the future.
     Model forecasts of the effects of acidic deposition  on surface water chemistry over the next
50 years under current deposition levels (100% CLD) follow:
     •   The net  change in average annual lake  alkalinity  is small, with  weighted
         population estimates for average annual ANC decreases of 0.1 ueq L'l yr~* and an
         estimated average ANC loss of 5 ueq L"i for the  50-yr period.  This supports the
                                          5-100

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
1
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

          hypothesis that the rate of base cation supply might be similar to the rate of acidic
          inputs.
      *   Although the model forecasts indicate the ANC loss rate is small, lakes with ANC
          concentrations less than 10 ueq L"1 might become acidic within 50 years because of
          ± 10 ueq L'l uncertainty in ANC measurements.
      •   Approximately 143 lakes (12%) in a target population of 1248 northeastern  lakes
          with ANC between 0 to 100 ueq L"1 were forecast to become acidic within 50 years.
          This estimate might range as high as 861 (69%) lakes.
      •   The watershed attributes associated with the lakes forecast to become acidic
          include
          - relatively high acidic deposition inputs;
          - small watershed areas;
          - shallow watershed soils (i.e., aggregated depth <2m);
          - soils with low sulfate adsorption capacity;
          - low initial ANC concentrations;
          - low soil base saturation; and
          - shallow subsurface flow paths.
          It is  the combination of all these attributes and  not  a specific watershed
          characteristic that  contributes to an acidic lake forecast.
      •   Approximately 143 lakes (12%) were forecast to have average annual hydrogen ion
          concentrations after 50 years that might be  deleterious  to aquatic biota (i.e.,
          pH < 5.5). This estimate might range as high as 349 (28%) lakes.

5.6.11 Canadian Assessment
      The future effects of acidic deposition on surface water chemistry in Canada was assessed using
a regional empirical model. The purpose of the Canadian assessment was to estimate  the potential
regional impacts of acidic deposition on surface waters in eastern Canada in the  future without
respect to the time frame of these impacts. The Canadian estimates of future effects, therefore, were
based on a steady-state model developed by Jones et al. (1984).
      The Jones model consists of both  a single-lake, site model and multiple-lake regional model
(Figure 5-42).  The site model consists of a set of equations to predict the eventual  steady-state
chemical  status of a single lake (ANC, pH, cations,  and sulfate), based on the  watershed's
morphometry and runoff, current chemistry of the lakewater, observed or assumed levels of sulfate
deposition, and assumed values of three other parameters including an F factor.  This  site model is
embedded  in the regional model.  The regional model contains frequency distributions for most model
parameters and estimates of the number of lakes within each of 36 secondary watersheds east of the
I
                                          5-101

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Ontario border and south of 52°N.  Model output includes regional frequency distributions of the

estimated original and eventual lake ANC, pH, cations, and sulfate values.
                                                                               ^ ,

                                    Regional Model
                         Regional frequency distributions of model inputs
                                                        Regional frequency
                                                        distribution of
                                                        future condition
                                          pHoo
  Figure 5-42. General structure of the overall regional model. The regional model selects
  combinations of site characteristics and runs the site model for each combination.
  Variables defined in test. Only three of six input frequency distributions are shown. A
  frequency distribution of model outputs is generated.
  Source: Marmorek et al. (in preparation)


      Results of the model application to lakes in three Canadian regions are listed in Table 5-30.

The model results are expressed as the estimated number and percentage of lakes projected to have an

eventual steady-state  pH of <5.0 for two assumed values of FW (0 and 0.5), under current levels of

deposition. A pH value less than 5.0 was selected because few Ash species are found in lakes with pH

values less than 5.0.

      Under CLD, a total of about 36,000 lakes (6%) were predicted to have pH values less than 5.0.

assuming F = 0, and about 10,000 lakes (1.6%) with pH < 5.0, assuming F=0.5.
                                          5-102

-------
 I
 I
i
I
a
i
i
                                                    DRAFT PREUMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                   TABLE 5-30. PREDICTED AND OBSERVED (ESTIMATED FROM SURVEYS)
                     NUMBER (%) OF LAKES WITH pH <5, BY REGION, FOR TWO ASSUMED
                                         VALUES OF Fw AND 100% CLD
Number (%) of Lakes
Region
Ontario

Quebec

Mari times

Total

Total
number
of lakes
137,415

229,458

243,245

610,108

WithpH<5
estimated from
surveys*
1,649

3,691

7,165

12,505

(1.2)

(1.6)

(3.0)

(2.1)

Assumed parameter _
values
A
0.67
0.67
0.91
0.91
0.91
0.91


P
100
100
20
20
20
20


F
0
0.5
0
0.5
0
0.5
0
0.5
lumber of L
Steady-Stat
at 100%
15,417
5,629
11,103
915
9,464
3,463
35,984
10,007
akes with
«pH<5
CLD
(11)
(4.1)
(4.8)
(0.4)
(3.9)
(1.4)
(5.9)
(1.6)
a Based on survey data summarized in Jeffries (1986) and scaled up using Counts and Measures information.
 Source: Jones et al. 1984, Jones and Cunningham 1985.
      Regional forecasts of the percentage of lakes in Eastern Canada were similar in magnitude to
regional estimates of acidic lakes in the Northeast, although the time frame in which lake pH would
decrease to less than 5.0 is unknown for the Canadian lakes.  This was expected based on similarities
in deposition, geology, and watershed characteristics between northeast United States and eastern
Canada.

5.7  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
      The range in the estimated number of lakes that might became acidic in the next 50 years is
relatively large, from 97 (1.5%) to 2105 (33%) systems in the Northeast and 2 (1%) to 108 (64%) in the
Southern Blue Ridge Province.  This range  reflects  the uncertainty both in the data and processes
underlying the forecasts and uncertainty in the  models.  Deposition estimates, particularly dry
deposition, are highly uncertain, for both the acid anions such as sulfate and for the base cations.
Improved deposition estimates would permit better  watershed budgets for the input and export of
sulfate, nitrate, and base cations and improved estimates of the number of systems susceptible to
acidic deposition. Estimates of the number of systems in the Northeast that are at sulfur and base
cation steady state ranged from 454 (7%) to 2449 (39%) and 445 (7%) to 1932 (30%), respectively.
      Soil  cation exchange estimates indicated this  process, by itself, was  not capable of supplying
lake ANC  greater than  lOOueqL"1.  Mineral weathering appeared to be the ANC source for lakes
with ANC  > 100 ueq L"i. Lakes with ANC less than 100 ueq L"i appeared to have combined sources
from cation exchange and mineral weathering.   The relative  contributions  from each source is
generally unknown because  mineral weathering  rates are highly uncertain.  Long-term model
1
                                         5-103

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
forecasts (i.e., >5-10 yr), however, are sensitive to the weathering rate estimates, whether it is an
estimate from 0-0.7 for an F factor in steady-state models or an  estimate of weathering for the
dynamic models.  Because mineral weathering represents the long-term source of base cations to
neutralize acidic inputs, better estimates of weathering rates for watersheds would provide better
estimates of the number of lakes expected to become acidic.
      Forecasts using the dynamic surface water acidification models corroborated  the estimates
obtained using single-factor approaches.  The dynamic model forecasts also had a broad range from
143 (12%) to 861 (69%) lakes that might become acidic in the next 50 years. However, much of this
uncertainty is associated with the small number of watersheds that were modeled for this report.
These dynamic watershed models  integrate the processes assumed to control surface  water
acidification and provide estimates not only of which systems  might become acidic, based  on  the
interaction among these processes, but also estimates of the time to reach an  acidic state.  A major
portion of the model uncertainty occurs because these process interactions are poorly understood at
the watershed level. Surface water acidification reflects an integrated system  response  to. acidic
inputs.  To  understand and forecast these responses requires integrated watershed-lake studies that
focus on processes and process interactions. The flow paths or  water movement through the
watershed  illustrates the importance of these interactions.  Shallow subsurface flow that  moves
through the organic horizons can increase acidic inputs to receiving systems by leaching organic acids
from the soils, while deep subsurface flow might contact highly weathered minerals that neutralize
acidic constituents before entering the receiving system.  Knowing the soil characteristics  and flow
path through the watershed permits better estimates of which systems  might become acidic and
which systems probably were acidic historically. Improved understanding of process interactions at
the watershed level  will permit the development and modification of watershed models for more
reliable forecasts of surface water chemistry.
      Five recommendations for future studies, therefore, are
      (1) improved deposition estimates;
      (2) watershed estimates of mineral weathering and base cation supply;
      (3) improved understanding of hydrology flow paths with the watershed;
      (4) improved estimates of sulfate fluxes and steady state; and
      (5) evaluation of model validity for both steady-state and dynamic acid-base surface
         water chemistry models.
                                           5-104

-------
 I
I
I
 I
I
I
I
1
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
5.8 REFERENCES
Beers, Y.  1962. Introduction to the theory of error. Second Edition  Reading, MA:  Addison-Wesley
Publishing Company, Inc.

Bloom, P.R. and D.F. Grigal.  1985. Modeling soil response to acidic deposition in nonsulfate
adsorbing soils. J. Environ. Qual. 14:489*495.

Chen, C.W., S.A. Gherini, R.J.M. Hudson, and J.D. Dean. 1983. The Integrated Lake-Watershed
Acidification Study, Vol. 1: Model Principles and Application Procedures. Electric Power Research
Institute, Palo Alto, CA. EPRIEA-3221.

Church, M.R. and  R.S. Turner.  1986.  Factors Affecting the Long-Term Response of Surface
Waters to Acidic Deposition:  State-of-the-Science.  EPA 600/3-86-025.  U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency, Corvallis, OR. NTISPB86-178-118AS.

Cosby, B.J., G.M. Hornberger, R.F. Wright, and J.N. Galloway.  1986.  Modeling the effects of
acid deposition:  Control of long-term sulfate dynamics by soil sulfate adsorption. Water Resources
Research 22(8): 1283-1291.

Cosby, B.J., G.M. Hornberger, R.F. Wright, and J.N. Galloway.  1985.  Modeling the effects of
acid deposition:  assessment of a lumped-parameter model of soil water and streamwater chemistry.
Water Resources Research 21(l):51-63.

Cosby, B.J., R.F. Wright, G.M. Hornberger, and J.M. Galloway. 1984. Model of Acidification in
Groundwater in Catchments.   University of Virginia.  Final  Report.  Submitted  to EPA
Environmental Research Laboratory-Corvallis.

Galloway, J.N, S.A. Norton, and M.R. Church. 1983. Freshwater acidification from'atmospheric
deposition of sulfuric acid: a conceptual model. Environ. Sci. Technol. 17: 541a-545a.

Gherini, S.A., L. Mok, R.J.M. Hudson, G.F. Davis, C.W. Chen, and R.A. Goldstein. 1985. The
ILWAS Model: Formulation and Application. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 26:425-459.

Graczyk, D.J.,  U.A. Gebert, W.R. Krug, and G.J. Allord.  In Press.  Runoff for selected time
periods during 1983-85 in the Northeastern Region and Southern Blue Ridge Province of the United
States. U.S. Geological Survey Open File Report.

Gschwandter, G., K.C. Gschwandter, and K. Eldridge. 1985. Historic emissions of sulfur and
nitrogen oxide in the United  States from 1900  to 1980.   Vol. I Results.   EPA Report
EPA-600/7-85-009a.

Hornberger, G.M., K.J. Beven, B.J. Cosby, and D.E. Sappington. 1985.  Shenandoah watershed
study:  calibration of a topography-based, variable contributing area hydrological model to a small
forested catchment. Water Resources Research 21:1841-1850.

Hornberger, G.M.,  B.J. Cosby, Jr., and J.N. Galloway.  1986. Modeling the effects of acid
deposition:  uncertainty and spatial variability in estimation of long-term sulfate dynamics in a
region. Water Resources Research 22(8):1293-1302.

Jeffries, D.S. 1986. Evaluation of the regional acidification of lakes in eastern Canada using ion
ratios.  Proceedings for the ECE Workshop on Acidification of Rivers and Lakes.  National Water
Research Institute, Contribution Series #86-79. Burlington, Ontario.
                                                      5-105

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


Jones, M.J., D.R. Marmorek, and G. Cunningham.  1984.  Predicting the extent of damage to
fisheries in inland lakes of eastern Canada due to acidic precipitation. Department of Fisheries and
Oceans Canada.

Jones, M.J. and G.L. Cunningham.  1985. Summary of analyses performed as a follow-up to the
regional acidification impact modelling project. Department of Fisheries and Oceans Canada.

Kanciruk, P., J.M. Eilers, R.A. McCord, D.H. Landers, D.F. Brakke, and R.A. Linthurst. 1986.
Characteristics of Lakes in the Eastern United States.  Volume III.  Data Compendium of  Site
Characteristics and Chemical Variables, 439 pp. EPA/600-4-86/077c. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, DC.

Kelly, J.M.  1984.  Sulfur input,  output and distribution in two oak forests.  In: E.L. Stone, ed.
Proceedings of the Sixth North American Forest Soils Conference, pp. 265-284. Knoxville, TN.

Kelly, C.A., J.W.M.  Rudd, R.H. Hesslein, D.W. Schindler, P.J. Dillon, C.T.  Driscoll, S.A.
Gherini, and R.E. Hecky. In Press.  Prediction of biological acid neutralization in acid-sensitive
lakes. Biogeochemistry.

Knox, C.E. and T.J. Nordenson.  1957. U.S. Geological Survey HA-7.

Likens,  G.E., F.H. Bormann,  R.S. Pierce,  J.S.  Eaton,  and N.M.  Johnson.  1977.
Biogeochemistry of a forested ecosystem. New York: Springer- Ver lag.

Linthurst, R.A., D.H. Landers, J.M. Eilers, D.F. Brakke, W.S. Overton, E.P. Meier, and R.E.
Crowe.  1986.  Characteristics of lakes in the eastern United States.  Volume I:  Population
descriptions  and physio-chemical relationships,  132 pp.  EPA/600/4-86/007a.  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, DC.                                                 \

Lynch, D.S. and N.B. Disc. 1984.  Sensitivity of stream basins in Shenandoah National Park to acid
deposition. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Resources Investigations Report, 61 pp. No. 85-4115.

Messer,  J.J., C.W. Ariss, J.R. Baker, S.K. Crouse,  K.N. Eshleman, P.R. Kaufmann, R.A.
Linthurst, J.M.  Omernik, W.S. Overton, M.J. Sale,  R.D. Schonbrod, S.M.  Stambaugh,  and
J.R. Tuschall. 1986. National Surface Water Survey: National Stream Survey Phase I - Pilot
Survey EPA-600/4-86-026. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

National Academy  of Sciences.  1984.  Acid  Deposition: Processes of Lake Acidification.
Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Academy of Sciences.  1986.  Acid Deposition Long-Term Trends.  Washington,  DC:
National Academy Press.

Reuss, J.O. and D.W. Johnson.  1985. Effect of soil processes on the acidification of water by acid
deposition. J. Environ. Qual. 14:26-31.

Rochelle, B.P., M.R. Church, and M.B. David. In Press. Sulfur retention at intensively studied
sites in the U.S. and Canada. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut.

Rochelle, B.P, M.R. Church, D.H. Landers,  J.M. Eilers, and J.J. Messer. In Review. Sulfur
retention in watersheds: relationship to effects of acidic deposition on surface water chemistry. In
Proceedings North American Lake Management Society Symposium, Portland, OR.
                                         5-106

-------
 I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                    DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
i
Schnoor, J.L., N.P. Nikolaidis, and G.E. Glass. 1986.  Lake resources at risk to acidic deposition
in the upper midwest. J. Wat. Pollut. Cont. Fed. 58:139-148.

Shoemaker, D.P. and C.W. Garland. 1967. Experiments in physical chemistry.  Second Edition.
New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company.

Smith, R.A. and R.B. Alexander. 1983. Evidence for Acid-Precipitation-Induced Trends in Stream
Chemistry at Hydrologic Bench-Mark Stations, 12 pp. U.S. Geological Survey, Circular 910.

Swank, W.T. and J.B. Waide. In Press. Characterization of baseline precipitation Land stream
chemistry, and nutrient budgets for control watersheds. In: W.T. Swank and D.A. Crossby, Jr., eds.
Forest Hydrology and Ecology at Coweeta. Springer-Verlag.

U.S. Congress Office of Technology Assessment.  1984. Acid rain and transported air pollutants:
implications for public policy. Assessment Report OTA-0-204, Washington, DC.
i
i
i
i
                                                      5-107

-------
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                  •   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
                                       SECTION 6
 EFFECTS OF CHANGING SULFATE DEPOSITION ON SURFACE WATER CHEMISTRY
I
I
6.1 SUMMARY
      Previously proposed estimates of the S04"2 deposition rates to minimize acidification of low
ANC systems generally fall within the range of 10 to 20 kg SO4~2 ha"1 yr"i.  These estimates have
been based on estimated biological thresholds or predicted changes in surface water chemistry.
      A steady-state model and a dynamic model, MAGIC, were used to estimate the change  in
surface water chemistry for Northeast watersheds with SO4"2 deposition rates of 80% CLD and 50%
CLD.  The models indicated between 55 (0.9%) and 83 (1%) lakes were estimated to become acidic in
the next 25 to 50 years, respectively, at 80% CLD. No (0) lakes were estimated to become acidic in the
next 50 years at 50% CLD.
      Steady-state  models also were used to estimate the change in surface water chemistry for
SBRP lakes and streams at 125% CLD. In the Southeast, at 125% CLD, about 115 lakes and streams
(4%) were estimated to become acidic after 25 years; 1200 lakes and streams (40%) were estimated to
become acidic after 50 years; and 2300 lakes and streams (75%) were estimated to become acidic after
100 years.
      Both the steady-state and MAGIC models indicated some currently acidic lakes would recover
(i.e., ANC 3:0 ueq L"*) with an 80% CLD or 50% CLD rate. The relative recovery was greater at the
50% CLD rate.
      Steady-state modeling of eastern Canadian lakes indicated a total loading of 18 kg S(V2 ha"1
yr"1 would result in 4000-16,000 acidic lakes (0.6-2.6%), whereas a loading of 13.5 kg SO4"2 ha"* yr'l
would result in about 2400-5900 acidic lakes (0.4-1.0%).

6.2 INTRODUCTION
      The term "target loading" has been identified as the SO4"2 deposition rate required to protect
all but the most sensitive systems (MITAP 1983). A similar term, "critical load," has also been used
and represents the greatest SO4~2 deposition rate that will not cause long-term deleterious effects on
the most sensitive ecosystems (Nilsson 1986).  Both of these loading concepts, however, assume the
most sensitive systems and deleterious effects can be delineated, which has been extremely difficult.
I
I
                                           6-1

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      In this section, the term target loading will be used in the conventional dose-response sense,
i.e., for a given loading (dose) a corresponding ecosystem effect (response) is elicited.  In using these
terms, it is important to be aware of two conditions:
      (1) Dose - The chemical species must be specified. In this case, it is necessary to state
          whether deposition is expressed as sulfur or sulfate and whether total, wet only,
          wet plus dry, etc., components are taken into account.
      (2)  Response - Not all aquatic systems elicit the same response to a given dose, and the
          response may be quite variable even for lakes within the same geographical region.

6.3 METHODS OF ESTIMATING CRITICAL/TARGET LOADINGS
      There are three steps required to establish target loadings:
      (1)  definition of one or more thresholds that provide acceptable levels of protection for
          aquatic systems (e.g., mean surface water pH, mean ANC, rate of acid deposition
          less than estimated weathering rate);
      (2)  estimation of the rate of acidic deposition (or concentration of acid in precipitation)
          that would cause a lake or stream of a given sensitivity to reach the threshold
          condition; and
      (3)  extention of Steps 2 and 3 to the population of lakes and streams, to evaluate the
          extent of damage associated with particular rates of deposition.
      For the first step, most researchers have used threshold criteria of surface water chemistry,
such as pH levels of 5.3 or 5.8 (MOI1983, Henriksen et al. 1986). Another approach is to calculate the
level of acid anion inputs that would not exceed  the base cation supply generally computed  from
runoff, lake concentrations of base cations, and an assumed level of cation exchange (described in
Henriksen et al. 1986). A third strategy is to simply use "lack of evidence of biological effects" as the
threshold criterion (Newcombe 1985).
      Estimating the level of deposition associated with a given condition of surface water chemistry
(Step 2) is difficult. A considerable number of factors control the effects of acidic deposition on surface
water quality, including soil/sediment contact, weathering replacement, anion retention, base cation
buffering, and instream/inlake processes. Furthermore, the role  each of these factors plays in
controlling the acid-base chemistry of surface waters is variable within regions.  Much of the current
research  on aquatic  effects of acidic precipitation is  concerned  with the  development and
improvement of models to  simulate these processes (either explicitly or implicitly) and predict
stream- and lakewater  chemistry for given  levels of deposition.  These models, which  have  been
discussed in Section 5, can be roughly categorized into two groups:
      (1)  relatively simple statistical or empirical simulation  models that treat the
          watershed as a "black box," and make predictions on basin or regional scales; and
      (2)  process-oriented simulation models representing important physical, chemical, and
          biological processes for a single basin.
                                             6-2

-------
I
1
 I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                        DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

These models represent two ends of a spectrum rather than mutually exclusive categories.  Detailed
process models rely, at some level, on empirical relationships, while statistical models are usually
structured to represent basic processes.
      Although empirical steady-state models require less data on individual watersheds and are
easier to apply than process models, they have no temporal resolution.  Empirical models make
predictions concerning only the eventual steady-state condition associated with a given level  of
deposition, and not the rate at which the aquatic system will move toward that condition.  Most, but
not all, empirical models assume that surface water chemistry is  currently in  equilibrium with
atmospheric deposition, whereas process models explicitly simulate dynamic interactions and
produce the time trend of lake- and streamwater pH, ANC, and other ions.  The following sections
describe loadings estimated from biological thresholds and surface water chemistry.

6.3.1  Loadings Estimated from Biological Thresholds
      Newcombe  (1985) synthesized  the results of various intensive studies into a hierarchy  of
harmful biological effects at different levels of wet and total sulfate deposition (Figure 6-1).  This
figure provides a useful overview of the range of observed responses to sulfate deposition within
relatively sensitive  aquatic systems.  Newcombe concluded that a limit of between 10 and 20 kg of
   i'2 ha'1 yr'l was required for the protection of aquatic systems.
      The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) has recently prepared a comprehensive
review of information relevant to the establishment of target loadings (Table 6-1).  Included in their
review was a summary of empirical observations adapted from Brydges and Neary (1984; Table 6-2).
This review indicated an increase in damage to aquatic habitat or fisheries for wet deposition above
20 kg of SCV2 ha"1 yr"1.  The regions shown in Table 6-2 vary considerably in the level of annual
precipitation received, which affects the estimated target loading.
      There are several difficulties associated with directly comparing deposition and biological
responses in different regions. First, an accurate description of biological response within a region
requires response measurements on a large number of systems, so that the regional variability in
aquatic systems is quantified. Measurements of most biotic response variables (with the exception of
presence/absence) require costly intensive studies, which can only realistically be performed on a few
systems. The trade-off, therefore, is between reasonably crude indicators (such as presence/absence)
for a large number of systems versus more sensitive indicators of biological response for a few systems
that may not be regionally representative. Empirical comparisons of deposition and water. chemistry
do not have this problem because it is relatively easy to measure surface water chemistry for a large
number of systems.
                                                          6-3

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY


DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                   .2  o  ^  0.2

                                   •S  5  § t:^
                                         O  3
                O D
                                                                        Vi
                                                                        09
                                                                        ca
                                              O (C


                                                fM

                                                '<±

                                                O
                                                                   c
                                                                   O

                                                                O "
                                                                •po '«
                                                                   O
                                                                   a.
                                                                        e
                                                                        .22
                                                                        O *

                                                                        g-ts
                                                     c a
                                                     .233
                                                       !
                                             -o O

                                                o>
                                                                        «
                                                                        •oS
                                                                        « e

                                                                        3 §
                                                                        I-
           o
       UJ  c
       —  o

       £  C

        £  -o

        J5  2
       I  Q.
           D
           *->

           flj

C

'en
V
-O


si
'
                   13 
                   o ai
                   i- -^
                   O. nj
                  ii
                  U. in
                           
              c

                        1}

                       1

                        E
                        o
                                                                          -
o
vn
*J
w


»*-
0>

"5
<*-

E


.c

o
                                                                           _
                                                                        « JSC
. « V

                                                                       -og
                                       6-4

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
  TABLE 6-1. SUMMARY TABLE OF RECOMMENDED PRECIPITATIONjpH LEVELS
    AND/OR SULFATE TARGET LOADINGS TO PREVENT LAKE ACIDIFICATION
                   (Source: Minnesota Pollution Control Agency 1985)
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
                       Source
                          Sulfate Target
                           Loading or
                          pH Standard
                                   Comments
Aimer etal. 1978
Henriksen 1980
               Brydges and Neary 1984
Wright 1983


Oppenheimer 1984
Regalia and Brezonik
1985

Schnoor et al. 1986


MPCA1985
15-17 kg/ha/yr   Lakes with alkalinities between 100-200 ueq L'1
(total)          would lose alkalinity and decline in pH. Very
                sensitive lakes would be expected to acidify.
                                        9-12 kg/ha/yr
                                        (total)
20 kg/ha/yr
(wet)
                          10-12 kg/ha/yr
                          (wet)

                          20 kg/ha/yr
                          (wet)

                          < 15 kg/ha/yr
                          (wet)
                                        pH4.7
                                        18 kg/ha/yr
                                        (wet)

                                        < 18 kg/ha/yr
                                        (wet)
pH 4.58-4.78


pH4.6


pH 4.3-4.4
(14-15
kg/ha/yr) (wet)

pH4.7
(11 kg/ha/yr)
(wet)
Very sensitive lakes would be protected from
acidifying; no degradation (loss of alkalinity or pH) in
lakes with aikalinities between 100-200 ueq L"1.

Majority of sensitive lakes would not acidify; this
loading is associated with a precipitation pH of 4.5.
Highly sensitive lakes would most likely acidify.

Highly sensitive lakes with alkalinities less than
50 ueq L'1 would be protected from acidification.

The majority of sensitive lakes will not acidify. Lakes
with alkalinities less than 50 ueq L'1 may acidify.

Protect very sensitive lakes from acidifying. The
majority of sensitive lakes would not show any
significant effects from acid deposition.

Protects lakes with (Ca + Mg) concentrations greater
than 40 ueq L'1 from acidifying.

The majority of sensitive lakes will be protected from
acidifying. Very sensitive lakes may acidify.

Very sensitive lakes will be protected from acidifying.
The majority of sensitive lakes will probably not show
any major effects from acid deposition.

Protects lakes with alkalinities greater than
45 ueq L"1 from acidifying.

Protects the  most sensitive lakes (seepage lakes) from
acidifying.

Protects sensitive lakes with alkalinities greater than
60 ueq L"1 from acidifying. Lakes with alkalinities
less than 60 ueq L'1 will most likely acidify.

Protects the  very sensitive lakes, alkalinities between
40-60 ueq L"1, from acidifying.  Prevents loss of
alkalinity and pH in lakes with alkalinities between
60-100 ueq L'l.
I
                                           6-5

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE ORQUOTE
    TABLE 6-2. SUMMARY OF EMPIRICAL OBSERVATIONS OF AQUATIC REGIME
         RESPONSE TO SULFATE DEPOSITION IN SPECIFIC STUDY AREAS
                         (Adapted from Brydges and Neary 1984;
                    Cited in Minnesota Pollution Control Agency 1985)
                                                    Summary
        Location
    Deposition
 (kg sulfate/ha/yr)
                 Effects
 Northern Saskatchewan
 Kenora, Ontario
 Minnesota
 Northern Wisconsin
 Algoma, Ontario

 Nova Scotia
5 wet (1980)
9-11 bulk (1972)
10-15 wet (1980)
16-17 wet (1981)
24.7 wet (1981)

22 wet(1977-81)
 Laurentide Park, Quebec   22-40 wet (1977-80)
 Adirondacks, NY
 Maine
 Hubbard Brook, NH
 Muskoka-Haliburton,
 Ontario
32-48 wet (1978)
29 wet (1980)
17-28 wet
36 wet (1981)
22 wet (1980)
23-29 wet (1976-78)
31-42 bulk
No chemical effects.
No chemical effects.
No chemical effects.
Some acidification (Nichols and Verry 1985).
pH depression of 2.1 units; elevated excess
sulfate relative to region not receiving acidic
deposition; more lakes of low pH than expected.
Loss of Atlantic salmon species; historic record
of decreased pH in rivers.
Indication of decreased pH in some lakes;
indication of decline in angling success in lower
pH lakes; lower pH in lakes in spring than in
summer.
Evidence of pH declines and loss offish
populations over time.
Evidence of slight pH decrease in lakes (historic
records); no effects on Atlantic salmon; no
evidence of effects on fish in inland lakes.
Spring pH depressions; no long-term change in
stream or lake pH.
pH depressions; fish kill associated with pH
depression in one lake; algal composition in
lakes related to pH.
      The second problem with comparisons of deposition and biological response is their lack of
transferability.  Intensive studies of biological changes over time, together with extensive studies of
fish presence/absence, have been  performed in the La Cloche Mountain and Sudbury regions of
Ontario, the Adirondack region of New York State, Nova Scotia, and southern Norway and Sweden
(reviewed in Harvey et al. 1981 and Baker 1984).  These areas provide some of the strongest evidence
for the potential effects of acidic deposition.  The difficulty lies in transferring these results to other
regions, with different deposition levels, deposition composition, climates, geology, soils, and aquatic
biota.  Simple empirical comparisons of deposition and water chemistry also are difficult to transfer
                                           6-6

-------
I
I
I
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

from one region to another:  These comparisons lack the structure provided by quantitative models
that can be developed in one region and formally tested in another.

6.3.2 Loadings Estimated from Predicted Lake Chemistry
      Two general categories of models have been used to estimate surface water chemistry based on
various levels of acidic deposition. These general categories are steady-state and dynamic models.

6.3.2.1 Steady-State Models
      Empirical steady-state models, such as those of Aimer et al. (1978), Henriksen (1980),
Thompson (1982), Wright (1983), Henriksen et al. (1986), and Jones et al. (1984) have been commonly
used to estimate the level of acidic deposition associated with critical water quality thresholds.  Three
of these models are briefly discussed in this section.
The Aimer et al. Model
      Aimer et al. (1978) graphed
lake pH versus excess sulfur (S) in
lakewater for lakes in surroundings
of different sensitivity. As Church
(1984) pointed out, the quantity
"excess S in lake water" is not the
same  as  "total  excess  S  in.
deposition." This limitation can be
partially overcome  using measured
S  deposition  instead of lake S
concentrations on the x-axis. Figure
6-2 shows lake pH graphed against
S deposition for sets of Swedish
lakes with  different ranges of lake
concentrations of Ca^ + Mg*2 and
implied differences in weathering
rates (Dickson 1986).  The total
SO,*'2  deposition rate that was
estimated to maintain lake pH >5.0
in Sweden was 12 kg SO4 2 ha'l yr'l
for the most sensitive lakes with
Ca+2 + Mg'"2 concentrations of 20 to
90 ueq L'1.  It should be stressed
that the total deposition estimates
in   Figure   6-2  have   high
uncertainties (Dickson 1986).
                                                      7.0
                                                      5.0
                                                     4.0
Lakes with
Ca + Mg(nonmarine)
320-370 p.eq L"i
                                                             Increasing Damage
                                                         03     9     15             30
                                                      Wet Sulfate Deposition (kg SCV2 ha'i yr).
                                                         iii                 i
                                                         0    9     15               60
                                                      Total Sulfate Deposition (kg $04*2 ha"> yr)
                                               Figure 6-2.   The  pH values of lakes of different
                                               Ca*"2 + Mg*2 (nonmarine) levels plotted against sulfur
                                               wet deposition and calculated total deposition.
                                               Circled numbers refer to subregions of Sweden.
                                               Source: Dickson (1986), cited in Nilsson (1986)
                                                      6-7

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                                                  \
The Henriksen et al. (7986; Model
      A method similar to that of Aimer et
al. (1978) was used by Henriksen et al.
(1986) for estimating critical loadings to
streams. The approach is to graph the pH
ranges observed in a set of streams against
stream concentrations of nonmarine
sulfate,  noting with  each data point
(median pH) the median value for the sum
of nonmarine Ca*2 + Mg+2 (Figure 6-3).
This  method addresses  the seasonal
variation in stream pH in setting a critical
loading.  The "critical  concentration" of
sulfate in precipitation  is back-calculated
from  the critical  stream  concentration
  7.0
  6.5-


 "5.5
  5.0
  4.5
                                 Legend
        10  20  30  40  50 60  70  80  90 100110
            Nonmarine Suifate (peq L'i)
Figure 6-3.  Distribution of pH values of 15 rivers
in southernmost and western Norway,  plotted
with increasing concentrations of nonmarine
sulfate. 5.50 and 95% percentages are given.
Source: Henriksen etal. (1986)
(that which maintains stream pH above 5.3).  This last step is, however, subject to numerous
uncertainties, as outlined by Church (1984).
      In the more recent models (i.e., Henriksen et al. 1986), the original ANC is estimated from
current base cation concentrations and an "F  factor," which accounts for the change in cation
concentrations associated with a given change in sulfate  concentrations (presumably as a result of
cation exchange or mineral weathering processes).  An  F value of 0 implies no change in cation
concentrations (no neutralization except by lake ANC titration), whereas F = 1 implies that all acidic
deposition is neutralized. The models then predict the steady-state ANC of the system under a given
level of acid loading. Steady-state models do not predict how long it will take the system to reach the
predicted condition. This approach avoids the problem of deciding how F  changes with time, but does
not resolve the question of how to estimate F values (see  Henriksen [1984] and Church [1984] for a
discussion of this problem).
      Assuming F = 0.2, Henriksen et al. (1986) determined a 50% reduction in current levels of
deposition in Norway would reduce  the number of Norwegian lakes with ANC <0 from 50% to 30%.

The Jones et al. (1984) Model
      Jones et al. (1984) developed a steady-state model that is a solution to a simple dynamic mass
balance model for ANC, base cations,  and sulfate.  The basic principals of the model are similar to
those of Henriksen (1982) and Wright (1983), with base cation supply affected by sulfate loadings.
According to Wright, the ANC of a watershed is  estimated from current surface water cation and
                                           6-8

-------
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
suifate concentrations, but these values are not assumed to be in steady state.  Sulfate loading is
estimated directly from deposition data, rather than from surface water suifate concentrations.
      The Jones et al. (1984) model consists of both a single-lake and a multiple-lake regional model
(described in Section 5) for use in eastern regions of Canada. The output of the model includes
regional frequency distributions of the estimated original and eventual pH for lakes in eastern
Canada.
      Table 6-3 summarizes some of the simplifying assumptions made by the site model and the
consequences for model predictions. Although suifate retention and reduction are not included in the
model, this should not affect the accuracy of steady-state predictions of lake chemistry. Once  soils
reach equilibrium with acidic deposition, surface waters will as well.  The absence of any suifate
retention then could be responsible for the predicted steady-state pH being lower than that currently
observed at a given site.
                      TABLE 6-3.  MAJOR ASSUMPTIONS IN THE
                 JONES ETAL. MODEL AND THEIR CONSEQUENCES
                Model Assumptions that Might Cause an
               Underestimate of the Extent or Magnitude
               of Damage to Surface Waters and Fisheries
                                                Model Assumptions that Might Cause an
                                              Overestimate of the Extent or Magnitude of
                                                Damage to Surface Waters and Fisheries
              •  The original acid neutralizing capacity of
                 watersheds (eq ANC m"2) is not reduced by
                 acidic deposition
                        s
              •  Episodic pH depressions, which may have
                 serious consequences for fisheries, are not
                 simulated
              •  Model output of the number of lakes pH <5
                 does not reflect acidification from pH 6 to 5,
                 where aquatic effects do occur
                                              • ANC generation within the lake is not
                                                included, although the Jones et al. model is
                                                currently being revised to include the model
                                                of ANC generation of Kelly et al. (In Press)
                                              • All suifate in wet deposition is assumed to be
                                                associated with H+
            6.3.2.2 Dynamic Models
                  Dynamic models provide predictions both of the final steady-state lake or stream values at a
            given level of deposition and the time necessary to reach this steady-state value. Whether the time to
            reach steady state is 40 years or 400 years has  important policy implications.  A dynamic model,
            MAGIC, was used to forecast lake response under three deposition scenarios for northeastern lakes
            over the next 50 years. (MAGIC was previously discussed in Section 5.6.)

            6.3.3 Previously Proposed Target Loadings
                  Previous target loading applications generally have employed dose-response information from
            laboratory and field experiments to estimate target loadings. Predictive models also can be used to
            project the response of an aquatic system to a specified dose.  Key references dealing with target
                                                        6-9

-------
 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

.loadings are only summarized here; the full references should be consulted for a more complete
 explanation of how the target loadings were estimated.
      It is important to note that a decrease in emissions may not necessarily result in a linear
 decrease in deposition (NAS 1983). Furthermore, the relationship between emissions and deposition
 is not well known and continues to be an active research topic.
         ,-
 6.3.3.1 Nordic Council of Ministers
      At a recent workshop on critical loadings convened by the Nordic Council of Ministers, Nilsson
 (1986) and Henriksen et al. (1986) suggested that a concentration limit (either pH or sulfate) may be
 preferable to a deposition limit.  Their reasons follow: (a) aquatic effects appear to be more strongly
 related to concentration than to loading, and (b) a concentration limit has wider application than a
 deposition limit because precipitation levels (and therefore total loadings) can be extremely variable
 within some regions.  The issue of whether to use concentration limits or total loading limits to
 protect ecosystems is still unresolved.
      The critical loadings recommended by scientists attending the workshop were derived using a
 steady-state model  (Henriksen 1980) and a dynamic simulation model (Kamari 1986).  The
 recommended levels are summarized in Table 6-4. Note that the estimated critical loading increases
 with both precipitation and lake concentrations of Ca+2+Mg+2 (an index of weathering).

 6.3.3.2 Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
       The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA 1985) used a number of different methods to
 estimate target loadings for aquatic systems in Minnesota. The methods included simulation models,
 empirical models, and empirical comparisons across regions receiving different levels of deposition.
 Table 6-1 summarizes the results of the Minnesota study.  After a minimally acceptable pH for
 precipitation of 4.7 was determined, MPCA then used a nonlinear  regression equation to relate
 sulfate and hydrogen  ion concentrations in Minnesota precipitation (MPCA 1985).  This method
 indicated a wet deposition limit of 11 kg SCV2 ha"1 yr'i should be applied to regions containing
 sensitive aquatic resources. The  important  relationship between sulfate  and hydrogen ion
 concentration in precipitation, however, varies from region to region (Church and Galloway 1984), so
 data specific to the region must be used to determine the sulfate loading that corresponds to the
 assumed threshold concentration.  The model results determined for Minnesota, therefore, are
 transferable only to regions with similar climate, geology, soils, and deposition.
                                            6-10

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 i
 i
 t
i
        TABLE 6-4. CRITICAL SULFUR DEPOSITION LOADS SUGGESTED FOR
               SENSITIVE AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS IN SPECIFIC AREAS
                               (Adapted from Nilsson 1986)

                                           WetSO4'2        Total SO4'2     Concentration
                                          Deposition        Deposition     of Excess SO^"2
                                         keq km "2 yr"1      keq km"2 yr"1     Rainwater1*
 	Refo (kg SOY* ha'* yr-*) (kg SO^ ha-* yr'i)   (peg L'l)

  Empirical data, Sweden
     Shallow soils, low ionic strength
     waters of 20 to 40 ueq L-1
     Ca+Mgc

     Glacial till, medium |ieq L-1
     Ca+Mg ionic strength 50 to 160

  Empirical data, Norway
  low ionic strength

     Precipitation — 2000 mm

     Precipitation —1000 mm

  Empirical data, North
  Eastern North America*1
     Precipitation of 1000 mm
              IIASA-model, Sweden6

                  The most sensitive lake area in
                  Sweden, 50-year simulation
                                                         10 (4.8)
                                                        30 (14.4)
 15 (7.2)
40(19.2)b
                                                        40 (19.2)

                                                         20 (9.6)
                                                         34-77
                                                        (16.3-37)
                                                              20(9.6)
10
30
                    20

                    20




                  34.77
 • References: 1 - Dickson (1986), 2 - Henriksen et al. (1986), 3 - Henriksen (1980), 4 - Kamfiri (1986).
 b 1000-mtn precipitation.
 c NonmarineCa+Mg.
 d Region 1A of the National Surface Water Survey (Linthurst et al. 1986). Lower value sufficient to protect all lakes in
   sample; higher value sufficient to protect 80% of surveyed lakes.
 •  Hultberg (1985) for Lake Gardsjoen. Dry deposition at this site estimated to be i of the total. Dry deposition is also
   important in continental E urope.
I
6.4 MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE EFFECTS OF LOADING CHANGES

      The effect of changing S(V2 loading on aquatic chemistry has been simulated by three models:

steady-state models discussed in Section 5 for watersheds in the Northeast and SBRP; the MAGIC

model discussed in Section 5 for DDRP watersheds in the northeastern United States; and the Jones

et al. (1984) model for Canada.  The model simulation results are presented in this section.  All of

these models allow estimates to be made of changes in aquatic chemistry on a regional basis.
                                                       6-11

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
6.4.1 Steady-State Forecasts
      The steady-state model and general approach used to forecast the number of acidic lakes at
specific times were described in Section 5.5.  The steady-state forecasts were made using F factors
ranging from 0.0 to 0.7. The number and percent of Northeast lakes that might become acidic in 25 or
50 years were estimated at two deposition rates: 80% CLD and 50% CLD. The number and percent of
Southeast lakes and streams that might become acidic at 25, 50, and 100 years were estimated for a
deposition rate of 120% CLD. The time estimates (i.e., 25-100 years) were based on the projected time
to steady state as described in Section 5.5.  The estimated change in ANC for systems in each of these
regions also was calculated for each of the deposition rates.  Estimates at 100% CLD are included in
the Tables 6-5 through 6-15 for reference.

6.4.1.1 Northeast
      The number (percent) of northeastern lakes estimated to become acidic at different deposition
rates, F factors, and times are shown in Tables 6-5 and 6-6. The estimated change in ANC at these
different rates and levels is shown in Table 6-7 .•
      The number (percent) of lakes estimated to become acidic in 25 years at 80% CLD, assuming an
F = 0, ranged from 0 (0%) in Central New England (1C) and Maine (IE) to 33 lakes (3%) in Southern
New England (ID) (Table 6-5).   A total of 54 acidic lakes (0.9%)  was estimated for  the Northeast
(Table 6-5). Uncertainty estimates indicated an upper range of 50-60 acidic lakes (4-5%) in the
Pocono/Catskill (IB), Central (1C) and Southern New England (ID) Subregions. Assuming F = 0.7
reduced these estimates to 3 acidic lakes (0.2%) hi the Pocono/Catskill (IB) Subregion. Uncertainty
estimates indicated an upper range of 6 to 8 lakes (0.4-0.7%) might become acidic in 25 years in the
Adirondack (1A), Pocono/Catskill (IB), and Southern New England (ID) Subregions at F = 0.7.
      The number of lakes estimated to  become acidic in 50 years at 80% CLD, assuming F = 0,
ranged from 0 (0%) in Central New England (1C) and Maine (IE) to 52 lakes (5%) in the Southern
New England (ID) Subregion (Table 6-6).  A total of 83 acidic lakes (1%) was estimated in the
Northeast (Table 6-6). Uncertainty estimates indicated an upper range of acidic lakes of about 50 to
60 lakes (4-6%) in the Pocono/Catskill (IB), Central (1C), and Southern New England (ID)
Subregions. Assuming F = 0.7, the number of acidic lakes was estimated to be 3 lakes (0.2%) in the
Poconos/Catskills (IB) and 7 lakes (0.6%) in Southern New England (ID) or a total of 10 lakes (0.2%)
in the Northeast.
                                           6-12.

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                       DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
TABLE 8-5. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES FOR NORTHEASTERN LAKES
                  THAT BECOME ACIDIC AT 25 YEARS
100% CLD
F Factor
0
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region ID
Region IE
Total
0.2
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region 10
Region IE
Total
0.4
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region ID
Region IE
Total
0.7
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region ID
Region IE
Total
Number

26
56
52
66
0
200

26
21
52
66
0
165

26
13
11
66
0
116

8
3
0
7
0
18

(8, 65)a
(13,111)
(0, 115)
(59, 105)
(0, 16)
(80,412)

(0,48)
(13, 110)
(0, 115)
(52, 98)
(0,0)
(65,371)

(0,41)
(6,70)
(0,81)
(32, 92)
(0,0)
(38,284)

(0,17)
(3, 21)
(0,8)
(7,33)
(0,0)
(10,79)
Percent

2
4
4
6
0
3

2
1
4
6
0
3

2
0.9
1
6
0
2

1
0.2
0
0.6
0
0.2

(1,6)
(0.9, 8)
(0,9)
(5, 10)
(0,1)
(1,6)

(0,4)
(0.9, 8)
(0,9)
(5,9)
(0,0)
(1,6)

(0,4)
(0.4,5)
(0,6)
(3,9)
(Q,0)
(1,4)

(0,2)
(0.2, 1)
(0,1)
(0.6,3)
(0, 0)
(0.2, 1)
80% CLD
Number

8
13
0
33
0
54

8
13
0
14
0
35

0
6
0
7
0
13

0
3
0
0
0
3

(0, 26)
(6, 62)
(0, 52)
(14, 59)
(0,0)
(20, 199)

(0, 26)
(3,53)
(0, 11)
(14, 52)
(0,0)
(17, 142)

(0, 26)
(3, 24)
(0,0)
(0, 33)
(0,0)
(3,83)

(0,8)
(0, 6)
(0,0)
(0,7)
(0, 0)
(0,21)
Percent

0.7 (0, 2)
0.9 (0.4, 4)
0 (0,4)
3 (1, 5)
0 (0, 0)
0.9 (0.3, 3)

0.7 (0, 2)
0.9(0.2,4)
0 (0, 0.9)
1 (1, 5)
0 (0, 0)
0.6(0.3,2)

0 . (0, 2)
0.4 (0.2, 2)
0 (0, 0)
0.6 (0, 3)
0 (0,0)
0.2 (0.05, 1)

0 (0, 0.7)
' 0.2 (0, 0.4)
0 (0,0)
0 (0, 0.6)
0 (0, 0)
0.05 (0, 0.3)
50% CLD
Number

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

(0,0)
(0,6)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,6)

(0,0)
(0,6)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,6)

(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)

(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
Percent

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

(0,0)
(0, 0.4)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0.1)

(0,0)
(0,0.4)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0.1)

(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)

(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
             Base case (low estimate, high estimate).
                                               6-13

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
   TABLE 6-6. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES FOR NORTHEASTERN LAKES
                      THAT BECOME ACIDIC AT 50 YEARS
100% CLD
F Factor
0
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region ID
Region IE
Total
0.2
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region ID
Region IE
Total
0.4
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region ID
Region IE
Total
0.7
Region 1A
Region IB
Region 1C
Region ID
Region IE
Total
Number

26
65
63
72
8
234

26
59
52
66
0
203

26
21
52
66
0
165

8
10
0
26
0
44

(8, 160)a
(13, 125)
(0, 168)
(52, 131)
(0,24)
(73, 608)

(0, 128)
(13,111)
(0, 134)
(52, 125)
(0,24)
(65,522)

(0,92)
(13, 110)
(0, 115)
(33, 105)
(0, 16)
(46,438)

(0,41)
(3, 29)
(0, 40)
(7,72)
(0,0)
(10, 182)
Percent

2
4
5
7
0.7
4

2
4
4
6
0
3

2
1
4
6
0
3

1
0.7
0
2
0
1

(0.7, 15)
(0.9,9)
(0, 13}
(5, 12)
(0,2)
(1, 10)

(0, 12)
(0.9, 8)
(0, 10)
(5, 12)
(0,2)
(1.8)

(0,8)
(0.9,8)
(0,9)
(3, 10)
(0,1)
(0.7,7)

(0,4)
(0.2, 2)
(0,3)
(0.6,7)
(0,0)
(0.2,3)
80% CLD
Number

18
13
0
52
0
83

8
13
0
33
0
54

8
13
0
14
0
35

0
3
0
7
0
10

(0,35)
(13,65)
(0,52)
(14, 66)
(0,8)
(27, 226)

(0, 26)
(6,62)
(0, 52)
(14,66)
(0,0)
(20, 206)

(0,26)
(3, 53)
(0,52)
(0,66)
(0,0)
(3, 197)

(0,8)
(0, 13)
(0,0)
(0, 26)
(0,0)
(0,47)
Percent

2 (0, 3)
0.9 (0.9, 4)
0 (0, 4)
5 (1,8)
0 (0, 0.7)
1 (0.4,4)

0.7 (0, 2)
0.9(0.4,4)
0 (0,4)
3 (1, 6)
0 (0, 0)
0.9 (0.3, 3)

0.7 (0, 2)
0.9 (0.2, 4)
0 (0,4)
1 (0, 6)
0 (0, 0)
0.6 (0.05, 3)

0 (0, 0.7)
0.2 (0, 0.9)
0 (0, 0)
0.6 (0, 2)
0 (0, 0)
0.2 (0, 0.7)
50% CLD
Number

0
3
0
0
0
3

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

(0,8)
(0,6)
(0,0)
(0,7)
(0,0)
(0,21)

(0,8)
(0,6)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0, 14)

(0,0)
(0,6)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,6)

(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
Percent

0
0.2
0
0
0
0.05

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

(0,0.7)
(0, 0.4)
(0,0)
(0, 0.6)
(0,0)
(0,0.3)

(0, 0.7)
(0,0.4)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0.2)

(0,0)
(0,0.4)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0.1)

(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
  Base case (low estimate, high estimate).
                                     6-14

-------
 I
                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                               FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                 DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
1
 TABLE 6-7. ESTIMATED CHANGE IN NORTHEASTERN LAKE ANC AT
DIFFERENT DEPOSITION LOADINGS USING A STEADY-STATE MODEL
 I
I
I
I
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)
F Factor
Subregion 1A

n
V


0 2
Wi£l


0 4
u>^


0 7
w. I

Subregion IB

n
U


0 2
\Jm£t


0 4
\Jt^


0 7
\Jt I

Subregion 1C

n
V




Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max

Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean .
Median
Min
Max

Mean
Median
Min
Max



5
8
-114
55
4
7
-91
44
3
5
-69
33
2
3
-34
16

-23
-14
-158
71
-18
-11
-126
57
-14
-8
-95
43
-7
-4
-47
21

-3
2
-67
40

100%

(41.-31)*
(45, -28)
(-78, -150)
(91, 19)
(33, -25)
(36, -22)
(-62, -120)
(73, 15)
(25, -18)
(27, -17)
(.47, -90)
(55, 11)
(12, -9)
(13, -8)
(-23, 45)
(27, 6)

(18, -63)
(27, -54)
(-117, -198)
(112,31)
(14, -50)
(21, -43)
(-94, -158)
(89,25)
(11, -38)
(16, -32)
(-70, -119)
(67, 19)
(5, -19)
(8, -16)
(-35, -59)
(34, 9)

(22, -29)
(27, -24)
(-41, -92)
(66, 15)



28
31
-73
92
23
24
-58
73
17
18
-44
65
9
9
-22
28

12
15
-101
97
10
12
-81
77
7
9
-60
58
4
5
-30
29

17
19
-40
62

80%

(59, -2)
(61,0) .
(.43, _103)
(122, 62)
(47, -1)
(49, 0)
(-34, -83)
(98, 49)
(35, -1)
(36, 0)
(-26, -62)
(73, 37)
(18, -1)
(18,0)
(-13, -31)
(37, 19)

(45, -21)
(49, -18)
(-67, -134)
(130, 63)
(36, -17)
(39, -14)
(-54, -107)
(104,51)
(27, -13)
(29, -11)
(-40, -81)
(78, 38)
(14, -6)
(15, -5)
(-20, -40)
(39,19) '

(39, -5)
(41, -4)
(-18, -62)
(84,40)



63
64
-18
149
50
51
-14
120
38
38
-11
90
19
19
-5
45

64
57
-30
143
51
48
-24
114
38
36
-18
86
19
18
-9
43

48
47
-4
99

50%

(85,41)
(86,42)
(4, -39)
(171,128)
(68, 32)
(69, 34)
(3, -32)
(137, 102)
(58, 25)
(52, 25)
(3, -24)
(103, 77)
(25, 12)
(26, 13)
(1.-12)
(51,38)

(89,39)
(84, 34)
(-5, -55)
(168, 118)
(71, 31)
(67, 28)
(-4, -44)
(134,94)
(53, 23)
(51,21)
(-3, -33)
(101,71)
(27, 12)
(25, 10)
(1.-16)
(50, 35)

(66, 30)
(65, 29)
(13, -22)
(117,81)
(continued)
                                            6-15

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                              TABLE 6-7. (Continued)
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)
F Factor
Subregion 1C
(Cont.)

0.2



0.4



n 7
V* I

Subregion ID

n
w


0 2
\ItJU


0 4
w»^


0 7
\J, I

Subregion IE

n
V


0 2
Vf.M





Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max

Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max

Mean
Median
Min
Max
Mean
Median
Min
Max




-3
2
-53
32
-2
1
-4Q
24
-1
1
-20
12

-23
-23
-103
33
-18
-18
-83
26
-14
-14
-62
20
-7
-7
-31
10

-6
-5
-63
21
-5
-t
-50
16

100%


(18, -23)
(22, -19)
(-33, _74)
(53, 12)
(13, -17)
(16, -14)
(-25, -55)
(40, 9)
(7, -9)
(8, -7)
(-12, -28)
(20, 4)

(-1.-45)
(-1.-46)
(-81, -125)
(54, 10)
(-1.-36)
(-0.-36)
(-65, -100)
(44,8)
(-0.-27)
(-0, -27)
(-49, -75)
(33, 6)
(-0.-14)
(-0.-14)
(-24, -38)
(16,3)

(12, -23)
(13, -23)
(-45, -81)
(38, 3)
(10, -19)
(10, -18)
(-36, -64)
(31,2)




14
15
-32
49
10
11
-24
37
5
6
-12
19

8
6
-69
66
6
5
-56
53
5
4
-42
40
2
2
-21
20

9
10
-41
40
7
8
-33
32

80%


(31, -4)
(33, -3)
(_U, -49)
(67,32)
(24, -3)
(24, -2)
(-11, -37)
(50, 24)
(12, -2)
(12, -1)
(-5, -19)
(25, 12)

(28, -12)
(26, -14)
(-50, -89)
(86, 46)
(22, -9)
(21, -11)
(40, -71)
(69, 37)
(17, -7)
(15, -8)
(-30, -54)
(51,28)
(8, -4)
(8, -4)
(-15, -27)
(26, 14)

(26, -7)
(26, -7)
(-25, -58)
(57,24)
(21 ,-6)
(21 ,-6)
(-20, -46)
(45, 19)




38
38
-4
79
29
28
-3
59
14
14
-1
30

54
51
-21
117
44
41
-17
94
33
31
-13
70
16
15
-6
35

31
32
-9
70
25
25
-7
56

50%


(53,24)
(52, 23)
(11, -18)
(93, 65)
(39, 18)
(39, 18)
(8, -13)
(70,49)
(20, 9)
(19,9)
(4, -7)
(35,24)

(71,38)
(68, 35)
(-5, -38)
(134, 101)
(57,30)
(54, 28)
(-4, -30)
(107, 81)
(43, 23)
(41,21)
(-3, -23)
(80, 60)
(21,11)
(20, 10)
(-1.-11)
(40, 30)

(46, 16)
(47, 17)
(6, -25)
(85, 55)
(37, 13)
(38, 13)
(5, -20)
(68, 44)
(continued)
                                       6-16

-------
                                                                 DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                                  DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
                                 TABLE 6-7. (Continued)
 I
 I
I
I
I
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)
F.Factor
Subregion IE
(Cont)
Mean
Median
U'4 Min
Max
Mean
_ _ Median
Mm
Max



-3
-3
-38
12
-2
-2
-19
6
100%


(7, -14)
(8, -14)
(_27,^8)
(23, 2)
(4, -7)
(4, -7)
(-14, -24)
(11,1)



5
6
-25
24
3
3
-12
12
80%


(15, -4)
(16, -4)
(-15, -35)
(34, 14)
(8, -2)
(8, -2)
(-7, -17)
(17,7)



19
19
-16
42
9
10
-3
21
50%


(28, 10)
(28, 10)
(4, -15)
(51, 33)
(14, 5)
(14, 5)
(2, -7)
(26, 16)
 *  Base case (low estimate, high estimate).

      With a 50% reduction in deposition (50% CLD), no (0) lakes were estimated to become acidic in
25 years at any assumed F value.  At 50 years, 3  acidic lakes (0.2%) were estimated for the
Poconos/Catskills (IB) at F = 0. Confidence estimates indicated a total of 6 lakes (0.1%) might become
acidic in 25 years and 21 lakes (0.05%) in 50 years in the Northeast (Table 6-6).
      The average estimated change in ANC was positive or showed an increase in all subregions at
both deposition rates and all F values (Table 6-7). The smaller ANC increases at F = 0.7 resulted
because decreases in SO^2 concentration also had associated decreases in Ca+2 + Mg*2 so there was a
lower net rate of change in ANC.  The largest change in ANC at both 80% CLD and 50% CLD was
estimated to occur in the Adirondacks (1A) with the smallest change in ANC estimated to be in
Maine (IE).

6.4.1.2 Southeast
      The number (percent) of southeastern lakes and streams estimated to become acidic in the next
25, 50, and 100 years with 120% CLD, assuming different F factors, are shown in Tables 6-8 through
6-10.  The estimated change in ANC associated with  120% CLD and different F factors is shown in
Tables 6-11 through 6-13.
                                                       6-17

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
     The estimated number of acidic lakes and streams at 120% CLD did not differ from the number
estimated at 100% CLD for all F values in 25 years (Table 6-8). There were more lakes and streams
estimated to become acidic at  120% CLD, however, at 50 and 100 years in the future (Tables 6-9
through 6-10).  The number of lakes estimated to become acidic at F = 0 in 50 years at 120% CLD
increased to 27 lakes (10%), while the number of streams, under the same conditions, increased to
1173 streams (42%) for a total of 1200 systems (40%) (Table 6-9).  Uncertainty in these estimates
indicated an upper range of 56 lakes (21%) and 1479 streams (54%) for a total of 1535 systems (51%).
The number of lakes and streams estimated to become acidic in 50 years at F = 0.7 was similar at
100% CLD and 120% CLD.
        TABLE 6-8. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE NUMBER OF
                         ACIDIC SBRP SYSTEMS IN 25 YEARS
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)a
F


n
\J




0 2
\f»JU




04.
W*"T




0 7
VI. 1


100%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
2
1
115
4
117
4
1
0.4
27
I
28
1
0
0
27
1
27
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
(0, 2)a
(0,1)
(27,115)
(1,4)
(27, 117)
(1,4)
(0,2)
(0,1)
(27,115)
(1,4)
(27, 117)
(1,4)
(0,1)
(0, 0.4)
(27, 27)
(1,1)
(27, 28)
(1,1)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
120%
2
1
115
4
117
4
1
0.4
27
1
28
1
0
0
27
1
27
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
(0,2)
(0,1)
(27, 115)
(1,4)
(27, 117)
(1,4)
(0,2)
(0,1)
(27, 115)
(1,4)
(27,117)
(1,4)
(0,1)
(0,0.4)
(27, 27)
(1,1)
(27,28)
(1,1)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
(0,0)
       * Base case (low estimate, high estimate).
                                         6-18

-------
 I
 i
I
i
                                         DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                        FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                         DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
TABLE 6-9. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE NUMBER OF
                ACIDIC SBRP SYSTEMS IN 50 YEARS
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)
F








09
,tt




04
W*"*




07
« c


100%
Lakes

Streams

Total

Lakes

Streams

Total

Lakes

Streams

Total

Lakes

Streams

Total

#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
#
%
21
8
675
24
696
23
10
4
552
20
562
19
7
3
115
4
122
4
1
0.4
27
1
28
1
(10, 41)a
(4, 16)
(616, 1,185)
(22, 43)
(626, 1,226)
(21,41)
(7, 22)
(3,8)
(485, 644)
(18, 23)
(492, 666)
(16, 22)
(1, 10)
(0.4, 4)
(115,481)
(4, 17)
(116,491)
(4, 16)
(0,1)
(0, 0.4)
(27,27)
(1,1)
(27, 28)
(1,1)
120%
27
10
1,173
42
1,200
40
12
5
634
23
646
21
10
4
382
14
392
13
1
0.4
27
1
28
1
(16, 56)
(6, 21)
(634, 1,479)
(23,54)
(650, 1,535)
(21,51)
(10,28)
(4,11)
(496, 980)
(18, 35)
(506, 1,008)
(17,33)
(7, 10)
(3,4)
(115,552)
(4,20)
(122, 562)
(4, 19)
(0,1)
(0, 0.4) .
(27,39)
(1,1)
(27,40)
(1,1)
                  • Base case (low estimate, high estimate).

                  At 100 years, 143 lakes (55%) and 2179 streams (79%) were estimated to become acidic at 120%
            CLD and F=0 or a total of 2322 (77%) southeastern systems (Table 6:10). The estimated number of
            acidic systems at F = 0.7 was 98 (3%) southeastern systems, consisting of 6 lakes (2%) and 92 streams
            (3%). Upper estimates ranged to a total of 2531 (84%) systems.
                  The estimated change in  ANC was negative or decreased for all southeastern systems
            regardless of the F value at 120% CLD (Tables 6-11 through 6-13). The change in ANC ranged from
            -52 ueq L'l at 25 years to -231 ueq L'l at 100 years (F = 0) in SBRP lakes, and -39 ueq L'l at 25 years
            to-162 ueq L'l at 100 years (F = 0) in SBRP streams at F = 0.
                                                    6-19

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
       TABLE 6-10. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE NUMBER OF
                      ACIDIC SBRP SYSTEMS IN 100 YEARS
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)
F


n
\J




Q 2
\Jt£*




n 4.
\jt**




n 7
VI* 1


100%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
Lakes #
%
Streams #
%
Total #
%
97
37
1,930
70
.2,027
67
56
21
1,423
52
1,479
49
18
7
1,099
40
1,117
37
1
0.4
64
2
65
2
(20, 151)a
(7, 51)
(1,415,2,179)
(51,79)
(1,435,2,330)
(47, 77)
(13,114)
(5, 43)
(1,099, 1,930)
(40,70)
(1,112,2,044)
(37,68)
(10,71)
(4, 27)
(484, 1,393)
(18, 50)
(494, 1,464)
(16, 48)
(0, 10)
(0,4)
(27, 92)
(1,3)
(27, 102)
(1,3)
143
55
2,179
79
2,322
77
92
35
1,930
70
2,022
67
39
15
1,393
50
1,432
47
6
2
92
3
98
3
120%
(51, 172)
(19,65)
(1,545,2,359)
(56, 85)
(1,596,2,531)
(53, 84)
(20, 151)
(8, 58)
(1,415,2,179)
(51,79)
(1,435,2,330)
(47,77)
(13,91)
(5,34)
(672, 1,486)
(24, 54)
(685, 1,577)
(23, 52)
(0, 15)
(0,6)
(64, 560)
(2, 20)
(64, 575),
(2, 19)
     Base case (low estimate, high estimate).
                                     6-20

-------
 1
                                       DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 1
TABLE 6-11. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE CHANGE IN
       ANC AFTER 25 YEARS IN SBRP LAKES AND STREAMS
I
i
i
i
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)a
F
Lakes
Mean
_ Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 2 Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 4 Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q 7 Median
Minimum
Maximum
Streams
Mean
n Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
0 2 Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
_ . Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Q ? Median
Minimum
Maximum


-45
-to
-96
17
-36
-32
-77
13
-27
-24
-58
10
-13
-12
-29
5

-36
-36
-77
-12
-28
-28
-62
-9
-21
-21
-46
-7
-11
-11
-23
-*
100%

(-32, -58)
(-27, -53)
(-83, -109)
(30,4)
(-25, -46)
(-22, -43)
(-66, -87)
(24,3)
(-19, -35)
(-16, -32)
(-50, -65
(18, 2)
(-10, -17)
(-8, -16)
(-25, -33)
(9,1)

(-24, -47)
(-24, -47)
(-66, -88)
(-1.-23)
(-20, -37)
(-19, -37)
(-53, -71)
(-0, -18)
(-15, -28)
(-15, -28)
(-39, -53)
(-0, -14)
(-7, -14)
(-7, -14)
(-20, -26)
(-0,-7)


-52
-44
-113
-21
-42
-35
-90
-17
-31
-26
-68
-13
-16
-13
-34
-6

-39
-39
-93
-24
-32
-31
-75
-19
-24
-24
-56
-14
-12
-12
-28
-7
120%

(-32, -58)
(-27, -54)
(-82, -109)
(3.0, 3)
(-25, -47)
(-22, -43)
(_66, -87)
(24, 3)
(-19, -35)
(-16, -32)
(-19, _66)
(18,2)
(-9, -17)
(-8, -16)
(-25, -33)
(9,1)

(-28, -51)
(-27, -51)
(-81, -105)
(-12, -35)
(-22, -41)
(-22, -41)
(-65, -84)
(-9, -28)
(-17, -31)
(-16, -31)
(-49, -63)
(-7, -21)
(-8, -15)
(-8, -15)
(-24, -32)
(-4, -11)
                    Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
                    uncertainty.
                                                  6-21

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
        TABLE 6-12. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE CHANGE IN
               ANC AFTER 50 YEARS IN SBRP LAKES AND STREAMS

                                          Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)a
                                               100%
                                           120%
       Lakes


           0




           0.2




           0.4




           0.7



       Streams
    Mean
  Median
Minimum
Maximum

    Mean
  Median
Minimum
Maximum

    Mean
  Median
Minimum
Maximum

    Mean
  Median
Minimum
Maximum
-109  (-86, -132)
-100  (-77,-123)
-178  (-155, -201)
   9  (32, -14)

 -87  (-69,-105)
 -80  (-61,-98)
-142  (-124,-161)
   7  (26,-11)

 -65  (-51, -79)
 -60  (-46,-74)
-107  (-93,-121)
   6  (19,-8)

 -33  (-26, -40)
 -30  (-23,-37)
 -53  (-47,-60)
   3  (10,-4)
-126  (-103,-150)
-113  (-89,-136)
-214  (-190,-237)
 -38  (-15,-62)

-101  (-82,-120)
 -90  (-71,-109)
-171  (-152,-190)
 -30  (-12,^19)

 -76  (-62,-90)
 -68  (-54,-82)
-128  (-114,-142)
 -23  (-9,-37)

 -38  (-31,^15)
 _34  (-27,-41)
 _64  (-57,-71)
 -11  (-4,-18)

n
V


09
.&


04. -
.^


07
. I

Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
-86
-89
-140
-8
-68
-71
-112
-6
-51
-54
-84
-5
-26
-27
-42
-2
(-72, -99)
(-76, -103}
(-127, -154)
(6, -21)
(_57,-79)
(-61, -82)
(_101,-123)
(5, -17)
(_43,_6Q)
(-46, -62)
(-76, -92)
(4, -13)
(-22, -30)
(-23, -31)
(-38, -46)
(2, -6)
-98
-99
-172
-38
-78
-79
-138
-31
-59
-60
-103
-23
-29
-30
-52
-12
(-82, -114)
(-83, -115)
(-156, -188)
(-22, -54)
(-65, -91)
(-67, -92)
(-125, -151)
(_18,^t4)
M9.-68)
(-50, -69)
(-94, -113)
(-13, -33)
(_25,-34)
(-25, -35)
(.47, -57)
(-7, -16)
       a Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
         uncertainty.
                                         6-22

-------
 I
 1
I
I
I
I
                                                             DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                            FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                             DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
TABLE 6-13. STEADY-STATE MODEL ESTIMATES OF THE CHANGE IN
         ANC IN 100 YEARS IN SBRP LAKES AND STREAMS
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)<*
F
Lakes
0
,2
0.4
0,
Streams
0
0.2
0.4
0,


Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum

Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum


-184
-154
-361
11
-147
-123
-288
9
-111
-92
-216
7
-55
-46
-108
3

-129
-129
-180
-9
-103
-103
-144
-7
-78
-77
-108
-5
-39
-39
-54
-3
100%

(-11 2, -257)
(-81, -227)
(-288, -433)
(84, -61)
(-89, -206)
(-65, -181)
(-230, -347)
(67, -49) .
(-67, -154)
(-49, _136) .
(-173, -260)
(50, -37)
(-33, -77)
(-24, -68)
(-86, -130)
(25, -18)

(-99, -160)
(-98, -160)
(-149, -210)
(22, -39)
(-79, -128)
(-79, -128)
(-119, -168)
(17, -32)
(-59, -96)
(-59, -96)
(-89, -126)
(13, -24)
(_30, -48)
(-29, -48)
(-45, -63)
(7, -12)


-231
-190
-437
-185
-152
-349
-34
-139
-114
-262
-26
-69
-57
-131
-13

-162
-160
-221
' -41
-129
-128
-177
-32
-97
-96
-133
-24
-48
^48
-66
-12
120%

(-144, -318)
(-103, -277)
(-349, -524)
(45, -130)
(-115, -255)
(-82, -221)
(_280,-419)
(36, -104)
(-86, -191)
(-62, -166)
(-210, -314)
(27, -78)
(-43, -96)
(-31, -83)
(-105, -157)
(13, -39)

(-125, -198)
(-123, -196)
(-185, -258)
(-4, -77)
(-100, -158)
(-98, -157)
(-148, -206)
(-3, -62)
(-75, -119)
(-74, -118)
(-111, -155)
(-2, -46)
(-38, -59)
(-37, -59)
(-55, -77)
(-1.-23)
                     Each value is followed in parentheses by values obtained by adding or subtracting the estimated
                     uncertainty.
                                                    6-23

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
6.4.2 The MAGIC Model
     The MAGIC model was previously described in Section 5.  MAGIC was used to  estimate
changes in the acid-base chemistry of 10 DDRP watershed lake systems in the Northeast'(described
in Section 5.6) for three sulfate deposition scenarios: a 25% increase over CLD (125% CLD), a 20%
decrease in CLD (80% CLD), and a 50% decrease in CLD (50% CLD). Estimates of the change in acid-
base chemistry of the 10 DDRP watersheds using the MAGIC model at 100% CLD were presented in
Section 5.6.  Regional estimates of the number of lakes that become acidic at the three levels of
deposition at 25 and 50 years and change in ANC at 25 and 50 years are presented below.
     The target population of Northeast lakes with ANC concentrations between 0 and 100 ueq L"1
was 1248 lakes. Estimates of the number of acidic lakes and the change in ANC over 25 and 50 years
are based on this target population and shown in Tables 6-14 through 6-15.
     At 125% CLD, 143 lakes (11.5%) were estimated to become acidic within the next 25 years with
upper estimates of 861 lakes (69%) (Table 6-14).  The estimated number of acidic lakes increased to
324 lakes (26.1%) within 50 years at 125% CLD (Table 6-14). The upper estimate of acidic lakes was
the same at 50 years as at 25 years.
     At both 80% CLD and  50% CLD, no (0) lakes were forecast to  become acidic  within 25 or
50 years (Table 6-14).  Uncertainty estimates indicated that 549 lakes (44%) might become acidic in
25 or 50 years at 80% CLD while an upper range of 449 (36%) might become acidic in 50 years at 50%
CLD.
              TABLE 6-14. ESTIMATED NUMBER AND PERCENTAGE OF
            NORTHEAST LAKES (ANC 0-100 peq L'l) THAT BECOME ACIDIC
                     UNDER DIFFERENT LOADINGS USING MAGIC
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)
100%
25 Years
Number
Percent
50 Years
Number
Percent

0
0

143
11.5

(0,
(0,

(0,
(0,

549)
44)

861)
69)

. 143
11.5

324
26.1
125%

(0,
(0,

(0,
(0,

861)
69)

861)
69)

0
0

0
0
80%

(0,
(0,

(0,
(0,

549)
44)

549)
44)

0
0

0
0
50%

(0, 549)
(0,44)

(0, 449)
(0,36)
      The estimated change in ANC was negative for all lakes at 125% CLD and positive for all lakes
at 80% and 50% CLD (Table 6-15).  The average estimated ANC decrease ranged from -9.3 to
-12.8 ueq L"1 in 25 and 50 years, respectively, at 125% CLD. The average estimated change in ANC
ranged from +4.5 to +9.4 ueq L'l at 80% CLD and 50% CLD, respectively, at 25 years. At 50 years,
this average estimated change in ANC ranged from +7.5 to +9.5 ueq L'1 at 80% CLD and 50% CLD,
respectively.
                                          6-24

-------
 I
 i
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                      TABLE 6-15. CHANGE IN ANC ESTIMATED FOR NORTHEAST LAKES
                                 UNDER DIFFERENT LOADINGS USING MAGIC
Level of Deposition (percent of CLD)
A ANC
25 Years
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
50 Years
Mean
Median
Minimum
Maximum
100%

-2.9 (-8.6, -2.8)
-2.7 (-8.4, -2.6)
+ 0.0 (-5.7, +5.7)
-8.5 (-14.2, -2.8)

-5.1 (-10.8, 0.6)
-4,9 (-10.6, 0.8)
0.0 (-5.7, 5.7)
-15.6 (-27.3, -9.9)
125%

-9.3 (-15.0, -3.6)
-9.0 (-14.7, -3.3)
-1.3 (-7.0, -4.4)
-16.0 (-21.7, -10.3)

-12.8 (-18.5, -7.1)
-12.4 (-18.1, -6.7)
0 (-5.7, 5.7)
-26.9 (-32.6, -21. 2)
80%

+ 4.5 (-1.2, 10.2)
+4.3 (-1.4, 10.0)
-1.4 (-7.1, 4.3)
+ 10.4(4.7,16.1)

+ 7.5 (-1.8, +13.2)
. +7.3 ( + 1.6, 13.0)
-0.4 (-6. 1,5.3)
+ 17.2(11.5,22.9)
50%

+ 9.4(3.7,15.1)
+ 9.1 (3.4,14.8)
-0.9 (-6.6, 4.8)
+ 18.8(13.1,24.5)

+ 9.5(3.8,15.2)
+ 9.2(3.5,14.9)
+ 0.8 (-4.9, 6. 5)
+ 18.7(13.0,24.4)
6.4.2.3 Comparisons
      Different sulfate deposition rates were used for the steady-state and dynamic model forecasts.
Revised estimates of dry deposition, which incorporate an improved regional gradient, were obtained
and used for the steady-state analyses.  There was insufficient time to rerun the MAGIC forecasts
with these revised deposition scenarios.
      For the  Northeast lakes, both modeling approaches indicated reduced sulfate deposition
resulted in fewer lakes becoming acidic within 50 years with no (0) lakes forecast to become acidic at
50% CLD. Both approaches also indicated a net increase in ANC or positive change in ANC at 80%
CLD and 50% CLD rates.

6.4.2.4 Recovery
      The steady-state and MAGIC models were used to forecast the recovery of selected currently
acidic Northeast lakes at 80% CLD and 50% CLD. Recovery was defined as ANC SO ueq I/1. The
steady-state model forecast the potential recovery of 30 acidic (ANC  <0), clearwater (Color
<30 Pt-Co units) DDRP drainage lakes in the Northeast.  The MAGIC model forecast the potential
recovery of 3 currently acidic, clearwater DDRP drainage lakes, located in the Adirondack and
Pocono/Catskill Subregions.  The results of these simulations are shown in Tables 6-16 and 6-17.
These results are not target population estimates.  The forecasts are provided for information
only.
      The steady-state model estimated the number of lakes recovering at 80% CLD ranged from 23
out of 31 lakes at F = 0 to 9  of 31 lakes at F = 0.7 (Table 6-16). At 50% CLD, 28 of 31  lakes were
forecast to recover with F = 0  in all subregions. At F = 0.7,24 of 31 lakes were forecast to recover in all
subregions.  Fewer lakes  were  forecast to  recover because Ca+2+Mg+2  inputs also decreased as
sulfate inputs decreased.
                                                      .6-25

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      TABLE 6-16. NUMBER OF INDIVIDUAL ACIDIC (ANC £0) CLEARWATER
      (I.E., PT-CO COLOR < 30 UNITS) DRAINAGE DDRP LAKES/RESERVOIRS
            IN THE NORTHEAST ESTIMATED TO RECOVER AT 80% CLD
                  AND 50% CLD USING A STEADY-STATE MODEL
Deposition
Subregion3
1A







IB







1C







ID







TOTAL







F Factor
CIO

0.2

0.4

0.7

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.7

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.7

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.7

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.7


Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency0
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
, Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number"
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
Number
Estimated Recovery Frequency
80%
14
14/14
14
14/14
12
12/14
4
4/14
6
6/11
5
5/11
5
5/11
3
3/11
1
1/1
1
1/1
1
1/1
1
1/1
2
2/5
2
2/5
2
2/5
1
1/5
23
23/31
22
22/31
20
20/31
9
9/31
50%
14
14/14
14
14/14
14
14/14
12
12/14
8
8/11
8
8/11
8
8/11
6
6/11
1
1/1
1
1/1
1
1/1
1
1/1
5
5/5
5
5/5
5
5/5
5
5/5
28
28/31
28
28/31
28
28/31
24
24/31
   a There were no <0) acidic lakes in Subregion IE.
   b These are NOT population estimates and percentages should not be calculated.
                                      6-26

-------
 I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
f
I
I
      With the MAGIC model, 2 out of 3 lakes were forecast to recover within 25 years at both 80%
CLD and 50% CLD (Table 6-17).  The change in ANC was quite variable among the  3  lakes,
indicating the influence of site-specific watershed characteristics on lake recovery.

                    TABLE 6-17. ESTIMATED CHANGE IN ANC FOR
                      THREE ACIDIC LAKES UNDER DIFFERENT
                          DEPOSITION RATES USING MAGIC

Duck Lake 1A2-004
1984
25 yr
50 yr
Trout Lake 1A2-054
1984
25 yr
50 yr
Island Pond 1B3-059
1984
25 yr
50 yr
80% CLD

-17.3
-14.4
-14.4

-6.0
1.0
0.5

-9.2
4.6
4.0
50% CLD

-17.3
-7.0
-6.9

-6.0
11.1
11.1

-9.2
23.9
23.9
             6.4.3 Model Application to Aquatic Systems in Canada
                  The Jones et al. (1984) model was applied to lakes in eastern Canada.  Results of this
             application are presented in Table 6-18 and Figure 6-4. Table 6-18 includes predictions of the number
             and percentages of lakes in eastern Canada projected to have an eventual steady-state pH <5 for six
             acidic deposition scenarios. The number and percentages of lakes in eastern Canada currently
             observed to have a pH < 5 are also included in the table. Figure 6-4 presents the highest and lowest
             estimates of the number of lakes in  eastern Canada with a predicted steady-state pH < 5  for two
             alternative values of background sulfate (20 and 100 ueq L"1) and for each of the two Fw assumptions.
             The geometric mean of the four predictions is also shown. Because two extra parameter combinations
             were used in computing values in Figure 6-4, the range of prediction values was larger than values in
             Table 6-18.  Model predictions differed from currently observed conditions whenever the lakewater
             sulfate concentration was not in equilibrium with the level of sulfate deposition.
                  Under current deposition, the number of lakes in eastern Canada estimated to eventually have
             steady-state pH <5 ranged from 10,000 to 60,000 lakes (Figure 6-4), as compared with the 12,000
             lakes estimated based on extensive surveys of present conditions in eastern Canada (Table 6-18;
             Kelso et al. 1986).
                                                       6-27

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
V
s
   05 OS
   OZ0
>•=.

1<
£X
A
5«fc
w«w
S0^
o*s
§

gQ «3< a«o S5J aP ^ ^ S 5 *? «. S«3 33 « -• "3 CO — O O — — to oon ^- ^ >ot~ •a «e t- o ' n ** <§« § S 3 31 «. ce «. " g Si m E- •* n- C « O 10 o o § § d d oia od o w C4 Ii 5 « o m d. d do o 10 to S3 on oo 3 O d S s "8 00 3 <3 60 I Q. a ( 1 986 1 and ham 1985. ff in J eil'r d Cunn a » 'c s a = 6-28


-------
 I
                                             DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

                                                           FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                                                            DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
i
                                                                           Upper bound
                                                           ~ Current lakes
                                                             withpH<6
                                                                         Geometric mean
                                                                           Lower bound


                                                                           Current lakes
                                                                           with pH< 4,7
                                     i       ri      i
                       1              2       T      3

                      Total Sulfate Deposition (10*9, kg yr'1)
               20      40      60     80      100     120     140
             Proportional Deposition Control, Percent of Current Rate


                          9     -      18    2736
                 Threshold Deposition Control (kg SOa"2. ha'i yr'i)


Figure 6-4.  Predicted relationship between the number of lakes with pH < 5 and total
suifate deposition in eastern Canada, south of 52°N.  The lower and upper bounds
represent the minimum and maximum damage predictions from four model runs, using a
wide range of model parameters. The proportional deposition control axis assumes
proportional reductions in deposition in all secondary watersheds.  The threshold
deposition control axis lowers deposition to the threshold or to the current deposition,
whichever is lower, in all secondary watersheds.
Source: Minns and Kelso (1986)
                                                  6-29

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
      The model predictions indicated decreases in the extent of acidification were possible with
reduced deposition.  Table 6-18 indicated that a 40% reduction in deposition would produce an 80 to
86% decrease in the predicted number of lakes in eastern Canada with a pH < 5 (9000 to 29,000
lakes), while a 20% increase in acidic deposition was predicted to cause 72 to 100% more lakes to
acidify (10,000 to 26,000 lakes).
      Changing the target loading in Canada by 33%, from 27 to 18 kg SOi"2 ha"1 yr"1, decreased by
41 to 51% the predicted number of acid lakes in eastern Canada (3000-16,000 lakes). A further 25%
reduction in the target loading from 18 to 13.5 kg SCV2 ha"1 yr"1 (Table 6-18) lowered the predicted
number of acid lakes in Canada by 65 to 67% (400 to 2400 lakes). Note that the model predicted no
acid lakes under a zero deposition scenario. This probably was an underestimate, because of the large
number of acidic, highly colored lakes in eastern Canada.
      The model predictions included both wet and dry deposition in the input loading level, so target
loadings expressed as wet deposition alone would be lower.

6.5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
6.5.1 Conclusions
      Target loadings that were previously proposed to protect low, ANC systems generally fell in
the range of 10 to 20 kg SO4~2 ha*1 yr"1 (wet). The methods for estimating these loadings were (1) to
define a threshold (biological, chemical,  or both) that provided acceptable levels of protection for
aquatic systems; (2) to estimate, generally using simple, empirical steady-state models, the loading
rate that would cause a lake or  stream  of a given sensitivity to  reach the threshold;  and (3) to
extrapolate the loading to the entire population of lakes and streams in a region. Recent advances in
providing estimates (2) and (3) using dynamic watershed models, and statistically based estimates of
the number of lakes of a given sensitivity have provided another approach for estimating the regional
effects of decreased loading.
      Steady-state models estimated about 55 lakes (0.9%) in the Northeast might become  acidic in
25 years at 80% CLD with an estimated 83 acidic lakes (1%) after 50 years at 80% CLD. No  (0) lakes
were forecast to become acidic after 25 years at 50% CLD with 3 lakes (0.05%) forecast to become
acidic after 50 years at 50% CLD. In the Southeast, at 125% CLD, about 115 lakes and streams (4%)
were estimated  to become acidic after 25 years; 1200 systems (40%) were estimated to become acidic
after 50 years; and 2300 systems (75%) were estimated to become acidic after 100 years.
      The MAGIC model forecast about 140 (11%) Northeast lakes were estimated to become acidic
after 25 years at 125% CLD with about 325 acidic lakes (25%) after 50 years at 125% CLD.  No (0)
lakes were forecast to become acidic in either 25 or 50 years at 80% CLD or 50% CLD.
                                           6-30

-------
 I
 I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

      Both the steady-state and MAGIC models indicated some currently acidic lakes would recover
(i.e., ANC >0 ueq L"1) with an 80% CLD or 50% CLD rate.  The relative recovery was greater at the
50% OLD rate because of lower SC<4"2 inputs.
      Modeling results from the Jones et al. (1984) model, which was applied to lakes in eastern
Canada, indicated that a total loading of 18 kg SO4"2 ha"1 yr"*  would result in 4000 to 16,000 acidic
lakes or 0.6 to 2.6% of the total lakes in eastern Canada. At 100% CLD, the model estimated that
10,000 to 30,000 (1.6-5.9%) lakes would acidify. About 2400 to  5900 acidic lakes (0.4% to 1.0%) were
estimated at a target loading of 13.5 kg SCV2 ha"1 yr'1 (total deposition).
      A reduction of current loading of 20% and 50% would result in a wet deposition of about 15 to
30 and 10 to 20 kg SO4"2 ha"1 yr"1 in the northeastern United States.

6.5.2 Recommendations
      Because it is difficult to predict aquatic chemistry under current deposition, it  is clear that
attempting the reverse procedure (estimating the loading that yields a desired chemical condition)
can only be approximate, with considerable uncertainty.  Improvements in model predictions can be
brought about by improving estimates of the  key model parameters:  sulfate sorption  equilibria,
cation exchange equilibria, mineral weathering rates, and hydrologic flow.
      The greatest amount of information regarding aquatic system response comes from situations
in which deposition has been altered.  Therefore, if target loadings and  associated emissions are
imposed, it will be essential to carefully design  a monitoring program  to assess surface  water
responses and provide appropriate information for policy considerations.

6.6 REFERENCES
Baker, L.A.  1984.  Mineral and Nutrient Cycles  and  Their Effect on the Proton Balance of a
Softwater, Acidic Lake. Ph.D. Dissertation. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida.
Aimer, B., W. Dickson, C. Ekstrom, and E. Hornstrom. 1978. Sulfur  pollution and the aquatic
ecosystem.  In: J.O. Nriagu, ed. Sulfur in the Environment. Part II: Ecological Impacts, pp.273-311.
New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons.
Brydges, T.G. and B.P.  Neary.  1984.  Target loadings to protect surface waters. Speech to Air
Pollution Control Association.  Annual Meeting, Edmonton,  Alberta.
                               i
Church, M.R.  1984.  Predictive modeling of the effects of acidic deposition.  In:   The Acidic
Deposition Phenomenon and Its Effects.  Critical Assessment Review Papers, Vol. II. Effects Sciences,
pp. 4-113-4*127.
Church, M.R. and J.N. Galloway. 1984. Application of Henriksen's "acidification indicator" and
"predictor nomograph" to two Adirondack lakes. Air, Water, and Soil Pollut. 22:111-120.
                                                        6-31

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
Dickson, W. 1986  Some data on critical loads for sulphur on surface waters.  In:  I. Nilsson, ed.
Critical Loads for Sulphur and Nitrogen, pp. 143-158. Report from a Nordic Working Group. Nordic
Council of Ministers. Stockholm.

Harvey, H.H., R.C. Pierce, P.J. Dillon, J.P. Kramer, and D.M. Whelpdale. 1981. Acidification
in the Canadian Aquatic Environment: Scientific criterion for assessment of the effects of acidic
deposition on aquatic ecosystems. NRC Canada Report No^ 18475, Ottawa, Ontario.

Henriksen, A.  1980.  Acidification of freshwaters - a large scale titration.  In:  D.  Drablos and
A. Tollan, eds. Proceedings of the International Conference on Ecological Imapct of Acid Deposition,
pp. 68-74. Oslo, Norway.

Henriksen, A.  1982.  Changes in base cation concentrations due to freshwater acidification.  Acid
Rain Research Report 1/1982. NIVA, Oslo, Norway.

Henriksen, A.  1984.  Changes in base cation concentrations due to freshwater acidification. Verh.
Internal. Verein. Limnol. 22:692-698.

Henriksen, A., W. Dickson, and D.F. Brakke.  1986.  Estimates of critical loads for sulphur to
surface waters. In: I. Nilsson, ed. Critical Loads for Sulphur and Nitrogen, pp.S7-l2Q. Report from a
Nordic Working Group. Nordic Council of Ministers. Stockholm.

Hultberg, H. 1985.  Budgets of base cations, chloride, nitrogen and sulphur in the acid Lake
Gardsjon,SW Sweden. Ecol.Bull. 37:133-157.

Jeffries, D.S. 1986. Evaluation of the regional acidification of lakes in eastern Canada using ion
ratios.  Proceedings for the ECE Workshop on Acidification of Rivers and Lakes.  National Water
Research Institute, Contribution Series #86-79. Burlington, Ontario.

Jones, M.J. and G. Cunningham.  1985.  Summary of analyses performed as a follow-up to the
regional acidification impact modelling project. Department of Fisheries and Oceans Canada.

Jones, .M.J., D.R. Marmorek,  and G. Cunningham. 1984.  Predicting the extent of damage to
fisheries in inland lakes of eastern Canada due to acidic precipitation.  Department of Fisheries and
Oceans Canada.

KamarL J.  1986. Critical deposition limits for surface waters assessed by a process-oriented model.
In: I. Nilsson, ed. Critical Loads for Sulphur and Nitrogen. Report from a Nordic Working Group.
Nordic Council of Ministers.  Stockholm.

Kelly, C.A., J.W.M. Rudd, R.H. Hesslein, D.W. Schindler, P.J. Dillon, C.T. Driscoll, S.A.
Gherini, R.E. Hecky.  In Press. Prediction of biological acid neutralization in acid-sensitive lakes.
B iogeochemistry.

Keiso, J.R.M., C.K. Minns, J.H. Lipsit, and D.S.  Jeffries. 1986.  Headwater lake chemistry
during the spring freshet in north-central Ontario.  Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 29:245-259.

Minnesota  Pollution Control  Agency.  1985.   Proposed Acid Deposition  Standard and Control
Plan. Statement of Need and Reasonableness.

National Academy of Sciences.  1983. Acid Deposition: Atmospheric Processes in Eastern North
America. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
                                           6-32

-------
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
I
Newcombe, C.P. 1985. Acid deposition in aquatic ecosystems:  setting limits empirically.  Env.
Management 9(4):277-288.

Nichols, D.S. and E.S. Verry.  1985. Evidence for the cultural acidification of lakes in the northern
lake states. Proceedings for the Conference on Air Pollutant Effects on Forest Ecosystems, pp. 253-265.
The Acid Rain Foundation. St. Paul, MN.

Nilsson, I. (ed.) 1986. Critical Loads for Sulphur and Nitrogen.  Report from a Nordic Working
Group. Nordic Council of Ministers. Stockholm.

Oppenheimer, M. 1984. Reducing acid rain: The scientific basis for an acid rain control policy.
Environmental Defense Fund. MPCA Exhibit 181.

Rogalla, J. and P. Brezonick.  1985.  Empirical modeling to predict acidification of Minnesota
lakes. Report to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. MPCA Exhibit 182.

Schnoor, J.L., N.P. Nikolaidis, and G.E. Glass.  1986. Lake resources at risk to acidic deposition
in the Upper Midwest.  J. Water Pollut. Cont. Fed. 58:139-148.

Thompson, M.E. 1982. The cation denudation rate as a quantitative index of sensitivity of eastern
Canadian rivers to acidic atmospheric precipitation. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 18:215-226.

United  States/Canada. 1983.  Memorandum of Intent on Transboundary Air Pollution.  Impact
Assessment, Work Group I.

Wright, R.F.  1983.  Predicting acidification of North American lakes.  NIVA Report 0-81036.
Norwegian Institute for Water Research, Oslo, Norway.
I
                                                       6-33

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                      FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      - DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                        SECTION 7
                                 RATES OF RECOVERY
7.1 SUMMARY
      If acidic inputs to an aquatic system are reduced, the natural processes of ANC generation will
eventually increase the ANC and pH of the system.  Theoretical considerations and empirical
evidence indicate that the temporal trends of ANC, pH, and SO^2 concentrations in surface water
during the recovery phase will not be the reverse of the acidification phase (i.e., hysteresis occurs
during recovery). Furthermore, simulation models indicate that the rate of recovery for an acidic
lake might be slower than the rate at which it became acidic. These dynamic models indicate that the
response of lakes to reduction of deposition  depends most  strongly on the hydraulic residence.time
and the nature and relative magnitudes of the various hydrologic flow paths.
      The dynamics of acidification and recovery reflect different geochemical  processes.
Acidification rates are controlled by SCV2 adsorption characteristics of the soil and the capacity of the
soils to replace H+ with base cations.  During recovery, the asymptotic approach of ANC and pH to
pre-acidification levels is regulated by the rate of supply of base cations to the soil exchange complex
and to the soil solution from mineral weathering.
      The observed recovery of lakes in Sudbury and western Sweden and of rivers in Nova Scotia
has been an immediate response to decreases in sulfur deposition.  In contrast, reductions in nitrogen
deposition or reductions in H+ deposition are not necessary to induce recovery.  The critical factor
controlling the recovery of once-acidic systems appears to be a decrease in sulfate deposition.

7.2 INTRODUCTION
      Aquatic systems will recover from the effects of acidic deposition after emissions of SOa and
NOx have been reduced; in question are the rate and extent of recovery, and whether recovery will
result in the same biological community as existed prior, to  acidification. Recovery may be the result
of either of two conditions: (1) the reduction of acidic inputs to the system, or (2) the introduction of
substances to the system that neutralize acidity or increase the rate of ANC production.  In the first
condition, the major issues are the rate and  the extent of both chemical and biological recovery.  In
the second condition, the major issues are the rate and the extent of biological recovery, following the
return of pH to circumneutral values, and the continuing costs of maintaining circumneutural pHs.
      If acidic inputs to the system are reduced, the natural processes of ANC generation,  such as soil
and rock weathering and inlake bacterial sulfate reduction, will eventually increase the ANC and pH
                                            7-1

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

of the system. The rate and extent of this increase depend on many factors, including the magnitude
of the deposition reduction and numerous lake and watershed characteristics.
      If a mitigation program such as lake or watershed  liming is undertaken, the system will
increase in ANC to the extent and at the rate that the ANC-generating substance (such as lime) is
applied, or that it reacts with the water.  Mitigative measures will result in a long-term increase in
ANC only if they are applied continually and at a rate exceeding the rate of acidic deposition,

7.3 MODELING APPROACHES TO ESTIMATING RATES OF RECOVERY
      Simulation models, developed to project future acidification of aquatic systems, can also be
used to forecast the time trend and chemical extent of recovery for  acidified systems, following
reductions in acidic deposition.  The dynamic watershed models used to forecast recovery from
acidification are described in Section 6.4.2.4.
      Cosby et al. (1985)  used the Model for Acidification of Groundwaters in Catchments (MAGIC)
to estimate the time trend of acidification and recovery of a hypothetical catchment subsequent to
changes in deposition rates (Figure 7-1). Recovery, simulated by a stepped reduction in deposition to
estimated background sulfate levels, followed a 120-year period of acidic deposition. Several phases
can be identified in the recovery or post-acidification period.  Initially, following the cessation of
acidic deposition, there was an immediate reduction of SO4"2 and H+ concentrations.  Streamwater
concentrations of SO4~2 declined as a function of the S04"2 sorption capacity of the soils and the degree
of reversibility  of sorption.  Streamwater  base cation concentrations were depressed below pre-
acidification levels, and ANC increased as fewer H*  and Al+3  were needed to balance the flux of
strong acid anions. However, Streamwater concentrations of H* and ANC cannot completely recover
until soil base saturation has returned to  pre-acidification levels; the resupply  of base cations to
exchange sites in turn is controlled by mineral weathering.  The simulation results from MAGIC for
this hypothetical watershed imply that recovery takes twice as long as the acidification process.
      MAGIC forecasts assuming a 80% and  50%  reduction from the current level of deposition
(CLD) for three Northeast watersheds were discussed in Section 6 and shown in Table 6-17. In these
simulations, all three systems were forecast to respond relatively rapidly during the first 10 years
following decreased deposition and then to slowly  approach a new steady state during the next
40 years.  Two of the three lakes recovered within 25 years at both 80% and 50% CLD. These results,
however, indicated recovery rates were quite variable. Hysteresis effects during the recovery phase
can be investigated using MAGIC, but were not evaluated for these forecasts.
                                            7-2

-------
I
                                               DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                              FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

                                                                DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
I
I
I
I
                     Stage 1   Stage 2
                  200-
    io deposition
                                 120       160
                                     Years
                                             I MttmiMMMt*
200


Postacidic
deposition
240
280
Figure 7-1. Response of hypothetical catchment having moderate SCV2 adsorption to
square wave of deposition:  A, changes in sum of strong base cations (SBC), sum of
strong acid anions (SAA), and alkalinity (ALK) of streamwater; B, changes in pH of soil
water, streamwater, and bulk deposition.
Source: Cosby et al. (1985)
I
                                       7-3

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

     The Integrated Lake/Watershed Acidification Study (ILWAS) model was used to examine the
effects of reduced sulfur loads on the chemistry of two lakes located in the Adirondacks, Woods and
Panther (Chen et al. 1985; Gherini et al.  1985).  Current annual sulfur loading rates of about
1200 eq ha'i were reduced by 50% to 600 eq ha"i. Input data from 1979 to 1981 were run sequentially
for 12 years to provide a synthesized base period for evaluating the effects of the reduction in sulfur
loading.  Panther Lake, which lies  in a watershed with deeper soil than Woods Lake, showed a
predicted increase in mean annual (air-equilibrated) pH from 7.22 to 7.34 in the first three years. The
rate of recovery was predicted to decrease with time, however, and after an additional two years of
reduced sulfur loadings the pH had increased to only 7.35. The predicted response of the more poorly
buffered Woods Lake was more substantial and rapid.

7.4 EVIDENCE FOR CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL RECOVERY
7.4.1 Evidence of Chemical Recovery from Deposition Reductions
      Investigations of the effects of reductions in deposition are difficult because there are few long-
term records of surface water chemistry and biota. Nevertheless, studies conducted in areas where
deposition has decreased are invaluable, because they provide the strongest empirical evidence either
for or against current acidification models and hypotheses. Of particular interest are the changes in
cation export rates and changes in surface water concentrations of SO/t"2, pH, and organic acids that
result from changes in acidic deposition.  Cation export rates are expected to decrease as SO,*"2
deposition declines.  The F-factor (the ratio of the change in Ca+Mg to the change in lakewater
SO4~2) is generally positive and has an important effect on the predictions of most steady-state models
(Henriksen 1982; Wright 1983; Jones et al. 1984). According to Krug and Frink (1983), humic acids
will be released from  the soil following a reduction in strong acidic deposition, with "little or  no
measurable change in pH."
      The areas for which long-term records exist and where deposition reductions have occurred are
Nova Scotia, the Sudbury area of Ontario, and western Sweden;  the chemical recovery of aquatic
systems in these three areas will be discussed in Sections 7.4.1.1 and 7.4.1.2, and the biological
recovery will be presented in Section 7.4.2.

7.4.1.1 Chemical Recovery in Canada
      In  Nova Scotia,  a decrease in deposition  over a 5-  to  10-year period has coincided  with
decreased concentrations of sulfate in surface waters and increased ANC and pH (Thompson 1986).
Runoff-corrected cation export rates have remained constant.
      In  the Sudbury area, both large-scale surveys (Keller and Pitblado  1986) and site-specific,
intensive studies (LaZerte and Dillon 1984; Dillon et al. 1986; Hutchinson and Havas 1986) provide a
                                            7-4

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
detailed picture of surface water responses to reductions in deposition.  Emissions of SQ% from
Sudbury smelters have substantially declined since the 1960s:  4240-7034 tonne/day during the
period 1960 to 1969; 3663-6383 tonne/day from 1970 to 1977; and 1065-2562 tonne/day from 1978 to
1983 (Keller and Pitblado 1986).  These declines in emission rates have resulted in a nearly fourfold
decrease in average SO^2 deposition during the summer months from 254 eq ha"1 month"1 in 1970 to
65 eq ha"1 month'i in 1977 (Hutchinson and Havas  1986).  Significant declines in trace metal
emission have accompanied the SOj emission reductions.
      During the summers of 1982 and 1983, Keller and Pitblado (1986) resampled 209 Sudbury area
lakes originally sampled in 1974 to 1976. Between the two study periods, smelter emissions of S(>2
declined by about 50%.  Though sampling methods differed somewhat between the two periods,
comparative tests indicated that these differences in methods did not cause significant differences in
measured parameters.  A plot of average lake pH in  the 1974 to 1976 period against average pH
recorded from 1981 to 1983 demonstrates that the more acidic lakes (most of which are located
relatively close to Sudbury) have experienced pH increases (Figure 7-2). Circumneutral lakes, most
of which are relatively  far from  Sudbury, showed no  consistent pattern of change.  Reductions  in
average concentrations of sulfate, nickel, and copper were also greatest in lakes closest to Sudbury.
                8.0'
                7.0
   6.0
             X
              a
             IX
                5.0'
                4.0'
                  4.0
                       5.0
  6.0
xpH 1974-1976
7.0
8.0
  Figure 7-2.  Average pH in 1974-1976 plotted against average pH in 1981-1983 for the
  study lakes. The line represents a 1:1 relationship. Numbers indicate coincident points.
  Source: Keller and Pitblado (1986)
                                                        7-5

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE ORQUOTE

      Keller and Pitblado (1986) performed more detailed analyses for a subset of 21 lakes, each of
which had an average pH <5.5 during the 1974 to 1976 period.  They found statistically significant
declines in sulfate and  copper concentrations (though  no declines in nickel) and statistically
significant increases in pH.  Significant correlations were  found between the decrease in sulfate,
nickel, and copper concentrations in the 21 lakes and the  distance of these lakes from the smelters.
On the other hand, watershed-to-lake-area ratios did not correlate significantly with the changes in
pH, nickel, or copper, and  showed only  a  weak positive correlation with decreases in  SO4~2
concentrations. These findings suggest that deposition levels were more important than watershed
factors in determining the rate and extent of surface water  chemical responses.
      In addition to the surveys of Keller and Pitblado (1986), water chemistry data from five
intensively studied lakes in the Sudbury area (Clearwater,  Lohi, Middle, Hannah, and Swan) have
been analyzed  by Dillon et al. (1986);  the data from Clearwater and Swan are discussed in LaZerte
and Dillon (1984).  These data show substantial declines in SCV2 concentrations in  all five lakes
during the period from 1978 to 1984, ranging from 25 to  62%. Differences among lakes in the
proportional declines were probably due to differences in three factors: distance from Sudbury; lake
order (headwater versus second-order lakes); and the extent of anaerobic hypolimnia (bottom waters
devoid of dissolved oxygen), which affects bacterial sulfate  reduction (LaZerte and Dillon 1984; Dillon
et al. 1986).  LaZerte and Dillon point out that the changes in lake sulfate concentrations should not
be directly proportional to the  changes in local emissions, .because some portion  of the area's
deposition originates outside the region.
      Three of the five lakes were limed; therefore, the changes in pH for these three lakes cannot be
attributed to changes in atmospheric deposition. In the other two lakes, mean pH levels increased
from 4.23 (1973-77 mean) to 4.61 (1984)  in Clearwater and from 3.96 (1977) to 4.80 (1982) in Swan.
The H* concentrations in Clearwater declined by over 50%, decreasing from an average of 59 ueq L"1
in 1973-1977 to 25 ueq L"1 in 1983. During  this period, sulfate concentrations decreased  from an
average of 545 ueq L'1 in 1973-1977 to 379 ueq L'1 in 1983, and essentially paralleled declines in lake
water H+ and decreases in emissions of SC*2 from smelting activity in the Sudbury region ("see
Figure 7-3).
      Swan Lake,  which was studied less intensively during the same period,  showed even more
dramatic shifts in  H+ and SC*4"2 concentrations; H* activity declined 85% (from pH 3.96  to 4.80)
between 1977 and 1982, and SOi'2 concentrations decreased by 62% from 580 to 220 ueq L'l.  LaZerte
and Dillon (1984) suggest that the different recovery rates shown by the  two  lakes may reflect
differences in  hydraulic flushing rates.  The hydraulic residence time of Swan  Lake  is only about
1 year compared to approximately 3 to 4 years for Clearwater Lake.
                                            7-6

-------
 I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                    FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
I
              1000-1   100-1
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 or
 v
3500-
             o
             {ft
                 o-1
                     tr
                    jj5
                    +
           o-1
                                                   Year
    Figure 7-3. Sulfur emissions at Sudbury and average H + and SO4"2 concentrations in
    Clearwater Lake, 1973 to 1983.
    Source: Lazerte and Dillon (1984)

      The data from Clearwater and Swan can be used to examine the two hypotheses mentioned at
 the beginning of this section.  Swan  Lake is the only one of the five lakes not to have received
 substantial quantities of road salt, therefore permitting an estimate of the F-factor, the ratio of the
 change in Ca+Mg to the change in SO4-2 (Henriksen 1982). Dillon et al. (1986) estimated F = 0.64 for
 Swan Lake, a value higher than that reported by Henriksen (1982) for other locations and indicative
 of substantial changes in cation export (or substantial transport of cations between the sediment and
 water) associated with changes in deposition.  LaZerte and Dillon (1984)  used the  results from
 Clearwater Lake to refute the hypothesis of Krug and Frink (1983), who contend that a reduction in
 deposition  of strong acid will  induce the release of  equivalent amounts of organic acids with
 subsequently little change in pH.  According to the Krug and Frink hypothesis, reductions in H* and
 SC>4~2 deposition in Sudbury  should have  been accompanied by increases'in organic  acid
 concentrations, rather than increases in pH.  No changes in the organic  acid content of either
 Clearwater Lake or Swan Lake  were observed, although both lakes experienced substantial increases
 inpH.
      In Baby Lake, a fairly small lake (11.7 ha) in a watershed dominated by exposed granitic and
 gneissic bedrock, SC>4"2 concentrations have declined by 50% and pH has increased from 4.05 in 1972
 to 5.8 in 1984 as a result of decreased emissions from smelting activities near Sudbury (Figure 7-4;
                                                        7-7

-------
  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT

  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

  DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
  Hutchinson and Havas 1986).  Conductivity levels also have declined correspondingly.  Similar

  results have been observed for nearby Alice Lake (Figure 7-4; Hutchinson and Havas 1986), although

  the increase in pH for this lake is not as striking as that of Baby Lake. The slower rate of pH recovery

  reflects the comparatively better buffering of Alice Lake. This is because the Alice Lake watershed is

  dominated by granitic till, whereas Baby Lake lies in a watershed of exposed bedrock. Also, it should

  be noted that the pH recovery of Alice Lake may reflect high ANC inputs from an upstream slag pond.
    6-
    4_
                    r = 0.947**
         1970
1975
1980
                                       Baby Lake
                 -6
                                  -5
                 -4
                                                     60-
                                                    '40-
                                                     20-
                                                                    Sulfate
                                               r
                                                           r =-0.928**
1970
1975
1980
                                                           mM


                                                           -6



                                                           -4



                                                           ••*?
       B
  7.0-
X
0.
  6.0-
                                        Alice Lake
                  -7.0
                  -6.0
                                                   300-
                                J200
                                 01

                                 E100
         1970
1975
1980
                                                    Sulfate
                                                       r = -0.83**
                                      T
1970
1975
1980
                                                            mM

                                                           h3
     Figure 7-4. The pH and sulfate concentrations in (A) Baby Lake and (B) Alice Lake
     from 1968 to 1984. The straight arrow represents the closure of the Coniston smelter
     and corresponds to a significant improvement in local air quality. The open circles
     are data from International  Nickel Company.   The asterisks  (**) represent a
     significant correlation at the 1% level of probability.
     Source: Hutchinson and Havas (1986)
  7.4.1.2 Western Sweden

        In recent years, SC*4"2 and H+ concentrations in a number of lakes in western Sweden have

  progressively declined after reaching maximum levels in the mid-1970s.  Forsberg et ai. (1985)

  documented reductions of 40 to 100 ueq L'l for SO/i"2 in several lakes as well as the river Atran in

  western Sweden (Figure 7-5).  These declines followed  reductions in measured regional SC<4~2

  deposition of 15 to 21%  that occurred between the periods 1962-1973 and 1974-1983 (Figure 7-6).
                                            78

-------
 I
                  DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                 FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                   DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 I
 I
I
 I
I
I
I
I
                                              500-
                                            ^300-
                                              100-
                                                     1
                                                   1965
            67
 1
69
71
1  1  1
  73
Year
75   77
79
 1
81
Figure 7-5. Sulfate concentrations in surface waters in
western Sweden.  A, River  Atran, annual (n=12)
average values (data from the Swedish National
Environment Protection Board, MK-LAB, Uppsala); B,
Lake Rishagerodvatten; C, Average values, vegetative
season, seven lakes based on 45 to 60 samples per lake;
D, Lake Horsikan; E, Lake Stora tssjon.
Source: Forsbergetal. (1985)
 Corresponding increases in pH
 of 0.3 to 0.4 units accompanied
 the reductions in lakewater
 SO*"2.  Decreases in surface
 water H*  correlate closely
 with changes in SO4~2; similar
 correlations were observed
 during the acidification phase
 as well  (Figure  7-7).  The
 decreases in surface water H+
 observed in western Sweden
 occurred despite an increase in
 H+ deposition relative to rates
 observed during  the acidifi-
 cation phase of the mid-1970s.
 Total H* deposition during the
 recovery period (1977-1983)
 was  2440 eq ha'1 compared to
 1140 eq ha"1  during the
 acidification  phase (1970-
 1976), apparently as a result of
 increased NOx emissions.
      These empirical studies
 illustrate several  phenomena
 that must be considered in the
 context of lake recovery from
 acidification.  Recovery  of
 lakewater pH levels  has
 proceeded in  Sudbury, Nova
 Scotia, and western Sweden  in
 the absence of corresponding declines in' NOs" deposition.  In these areas, the driving variable
appears to be reductions in atmospheric loadings of SO^2. Indeed, recovery of the lakes in western
Sweden has occurred despite a nearly twofold increase in H* deposition.  This phenomenon
underscores the importance of controlling SO2 emissions rather than NOx emissions.  Both of the
emitted gases are Lewis bases subject to biogeochemical reduction or consumption in natural waters;

»- -
_l
or -
a -
O -
Sohus Malm on
(Lon. -11.37, Lat
o
O
Forshult
Lon. -13.78, Lat.
r • i • i •
1962 64 66
0
* 58.20) A
A
V~"\A ^V
°-° \ /— ° \/
\ / °
4-60.08
68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82
Year


1 21 5%
1 1 5%
84
Figure 7-6.  Concentrations of SO4~2 (neq L'1) at two
stations in western Sweden, 1962-1983.  Each value is a
weighted annual  mean  (n=12).  The  1972  value for
Bohus Malmon was omitted when calculating the
concentration level for the period 1962-1973.
Source: Forsberg et al. (1985)
                                                      7-9

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
                                                                                                 I
                                      20
                                                                            1977-1983
                                                  Lake Ramsjon
                                    OMOH
                                    a
                                        0 -
                                                                            1968-1976
                                            B
                                       30-
                                                  Lake St. Halevatten
                                                             = 0.85
                                                                            .1976-1981
the net result of such reactions is, in general, the production of an equivalent amount of ANC (Cook et
al. 1986; Rudd et al. 1986).  Atmospheric deposition of NOx to surface waters is almost completely
consumed  (>95%)  in all but the most extreme examples of NOa" loading (Driscoll and Newton
 1985); SO4"2 retention in watersheds
 and  SCV2 losses due to bacterial
 reduction typically are less than
 NOs* uptake and in some cases  are
 minimal (Rudd et al. 1986; Kelly
 et al., in press; Cook et al., in press).
      The Swedish experience also
 illustrates another important facet
 concerning the reversibility of lake
 acidification:  hysteresis.  Although
 reductions in SO4*2 loadings have
 resulted in an almost immediate  and
 corresponding reduction in lakewater
 SO4~2 concentrations, the associated
 increases  in pH indicate that only
 partial recovery from acidification
 has occurred for a given return to pre-
 vious SO4~2 levels. This phenomenon
 is illustrated in Figure 7-7 for Lakes
 Ramsjon  and St. Halevatten in
 western Sweden. Comparison of H+
 activities as a function of acidifica-
 tion and  post-acidification phase
 SO4~2 levels shows that H"1"  activities
 during the recovery phase are higher
 than corresponding  H+ activities
                                       10-
                                       .0 -
                                                                            1968-1975
150    200
                                                                  I
                                                                 250
                                                                         I
                                                                        300
                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                 I
during  the acidification  phase.
Forsberg et al.  (1985) suggest that
the hysteresis may reflect increased
H* loadings during the  recovery
phase. Although there is some  merit
to this  explanation, the thermody-
I
                                      Figure 7-7. Increases and subsequent decreases
                                      in  H + and  sulfate concentrations in  Lake
                                      Ramsjon and Lake Stora Halevatten,  western
                                      Sweden, 1968 -1983.
                                      Source: Forsberg et al. (1985)
                                                                                                 I
                                          7-10
                                                                                                 I

-------
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                    DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERN ALUSE ONLY
                                                                      DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

namics of ion exchange dictates that surface water ANC will not return to pre-acidifieation levels
until base saturation is restored to pre-acidification levels (Cosby et al. 1985).  More specifically,
infiltration of ground water during the recovery phase of reduced acid loadings results in an exchange
of H* adsorbed on soil ion-exchange sites for Ca+2 and other base cations in  solution until an
equilibrium is reached; this equilibrium is established between the concentrations of H+ and base
cations being deposited and the concentrations of these constituents adsorbed to soil particles. If, as
in the case of the watersheds in western Sweden,  increases in NOg" loading have not exceeded the
capacity of the  watershed for assimilation, ion-exchange  effects may indeed account for the
hysteresis.  As time progresses and soil base saturation returns to pre-acidification levels, lakewater
pH and ANC levels will asymptotically approach their original values.

7.4.2 Evidence for Biological Recovery from Deposition Reductions
      Although water quality has improved in Sudbury area  lakes, many lakes  still have a water
quality that is unsuitable for fisheries (e.g., 10% have a pH <5.0; 16% have a pH  <5.5 [Keller and
Pitblado 1986J).  Information on fish communities  in the affected lakes is scarce, though Keller and
Pitblado report preliminary evidence of improvements in two lakes.
      Yan  (1985a) examined the zooplankton community of Clearwater Lake, based on intensive
sampling during the period from 1973 to 1984. He computed 11 zooplankton community parameters
that have been empirically related to lakewater pH or metal levels in published surveys and assessed
whether these parameters had changed significantly over time. There were no significant changes in
any of the 11 parameters, indicating that the community is not yet recovering.  Analysis of possible
reasons for the lack of recovery showed that the only feasible explanation  is  continuing toxic
concentrations of H+, copper, and nickel.

7.4.3 Biological Recovery following Chemical Restoration: Results from Canada
      Lakes and streams in the Sudbury area, in other areas of Ontario, and in Nova Scotia have
been limed. The results of these mitigation efforts are described in a report by the Federal/Provincial
Research and Monitoring Coordinating Committee (1986), from which most of the following text is
drawn.

7.4.3.1 The Sudbury Lakes Environmental Study
      Between 1973 and 1975, three highly acidic,  metal-contaminated lakes near Sudbury, Ontario,
were limed by the Ontario Government using a combination of calcium hydroxide and calcite in an
attempt to restore fish (Yan and Dillon  1984).  Copper and nickel levels in lakewater were extremely
high prior to liming because of metal deposition from nearby smelting operations. Although liming
resulted in major increases in pH (topH>7) and reductions in metals levels, the waters remained
                                                        7-11

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
toxic as a result of residual metals (Yan and Dillon 1984). Introductions of smallmouth bass, Iowa
darter, brook stickleback, brook trout, and rainbow trout were all unsuccessful because of this metal
toxicity.  As inputs of acid and metals from atmospheric deposition continued, the lakes began to
reacidify and metals concentrations increased to their original levels.
      Two of the lakes were fertilized with several annual additions of phosphate and ammonium
nitrate after liming (Yan and Lafrance 1984).  Although fertilization of limed lakes showed some
promise as a tool for delaying reacidiiication in the Sudbury study, several problems were apparent:
      (1) concentrations of labile forms of metals were unaffected by nutrient additions;
      (2) additions of Nr^NOs led  to pH decreases because of the preferential uptake of
               by algae; and
      (3) phytoplankton communities had higher rates of primary productivity in response
         to fertilization than did circumneutral waters of similar trophic status, perhaps
         because higher trophic levels were not present to limit algal biomass in the limed
         lakes (Yan and Lafrance 1984; Marmorek 1984).
      Yan (1985b) compared the zooplankton communities of two limed lakes with 15 nonacidic
reference lakes from the Muskoka-Haliburton Region. In spite of having circumneutral pH for close
to a decade, fundamental qualities of the zooplankton communities in the limed lakes (including total
zooplankton biomass,  species richness,  mean organism size, relative daphnid biomass, relative
cyclopoid biomass, relative predator biomass, and the coefficient of variation in total biomass) differ
significantly from those of the reference lakes.  Possible reasons for the levels of recovery are the
absence offish and invertebrate predators.

7.4.3.2 Experimental Lake Neutralization in Ontario
      In Ontario, the Ministries of Natural Resources and the Environment have undertaken (as of
1981) an Experimental Neutralization Program, to assess  the  feasibility of using lake liming to
rehabilitate acidified lakes, and to protect the biological communities in acid-stressed lakes.  The
program  is still under way, but some preliminary findings have been published (Booth et al., in
press).
      In  1983, the neutralization  of  Bowland Lake, an acidic lake near Sudbury,  Ontario, that
formerly supported a  viable lake  trout population, raised the whole-lake pH from  5.0 to 6.8 and
resulted in reduced concentrations of total aluminum (from 130 to 65 ug L"1). Young lake trout (aged
0+ and 1+) that were stocked after liming survived and exhibited good growth.  Transferred adult
lake trout spawned in both years after liming. The resident yellow perch population showed both
increased growth (older cohorts) and decreased growth (younger cohorts) and a fourfold increase in
number.  These responses of the yellow perch populations have not yet been attributed to the liming.
                                            7-12

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

The long-term response of Rowland Lake fish populations has yet to be determined, but chemical
models suggest that, if it is not relimed, Bowland Lake will reacidify to pre-neutraiization  water
quality by 1990. The lake trout population may be in jeopardy much earlier.
      Trout Lake, a low ANC lake near Parry Sound, Ontario, was limed in 1984.  No immediate
response of the fish community was observed; however, the community did not appear stressed prior
to lake neutralization.  After the neutralization began, Booth et al. (in press) observed  100%
mortality of lake trout fingerlings held in cages at one near-shore site during spring snowmelt,
suggesting whole-lake liming was not entirely effective in mitigating episodic pulses of acidic
snowmelt at all littoral (near-shore) sites.
      Because whole-lake neutralization may  not protect critical spawning  habitat, Ontario is
experimenting with shoal liming (the addition of limestone gravel to spawning shoals)  as an
alternative of whole-lake liming.
      Ontario's current approach to neutralization is an experimental one.  The province maintains
that abatement of emissions at the source is the only measure to restore water quality that has been
affected by acidic deposition. Until the long-term response of fish communities to neutralization has
been assessed, the use of lake liming will not be widespread.

7.4.3.3 Salmon River-laming in Nova Scotia
      Long-range transport  of sulfuric acid has caused the extinction of Atlantic salmon (Salmo
solar) stocks in 13 Nova Scotian rivers and severe declines in an additional 18 rivers (Watt et al.
1983; Watt, in press).  Fearing further losses, the Department of Fisheries and Oceans (Canada) has
undertaken experiments (Watt et al. 1984; White et al. 1984) to test the feasibility of mitigating the
acidification of Atlantic salmon rivers in Nova Scotia by adding  limestone or  other substances to
lakes and streams.  Two liming methods have  been tested extensively, instream limestone gravel
additions (at six river treatment sites) and headwater lake liming (in five lakes). Estimates have
been made of the relative costs and effectiveness of these mitigation techniques.
     Three years of observations at six sites where limestone gravel had  been placed in the
streambed produced disappointing results (Watt et al. 1984) and led to the conclusion that this
approach is impractical (Watt, in press).  Low water temperatures during  winter and  early spring
reduced the rate of limestone dissolution, and,  at high flows, the  amount of limestone gravel that
would theoretically be required to increase  pH by  as little as 0.3  units was so  large as  to be
prohibitive.
     The second approach has been the liming of headwater lakes to create a reservoir of treated
water,  which naturally discharges from the  lakes.to protect downstream salmon habitat.  The
                                           7-13

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

limestone was usually added to the lakes as a slurry sprayed evenly over the entire surface. Watt
et al. (1984) showed in a four-lake study that, even in lakes with mean residence times as short as five
months, satisfactory lake pH levels can be maintained for up to one year if the limestone dose exceeds
three  times the whole-lake acidity.  The overdosing provides an excess of lime, which settles to the
bottom, thus effectively sealing off acid demand from the sediments and dissolving slowly to provide
additional ANC at each fall and spring turnover. The treatment must be repeated annually in lakes
having mean residence times of less than one year.  Calcitic limestone was found to  give  better
dissolution efficiencies than the dolomitic variety.
      A major problem with the headwater lake liming approach, as noted by White et al. (1984), is
that during episodes of heavy autumn and winter rains the lakes can become covered by a thin
surface layer of highly acidic rainwater which then flows out of the  lake resulting in a downstream
acidic shock.  This phenomenon is most common under ice cover, when an inverse thermal
stratification prevails (Watt et al. 1984). Watt (in press) reports that this problem has been overcome
by spreading a layer of dry limestone powder evenly over the ice surface. This approach is effective in
preventing the buildup of an acidic surface layer, because the first water entering the  lake from a
winter rainstorm is drainage from the ice cover.
      Positive responses  in Atlantic salmon were obtained with both the instream-gravel  and
headwater-lake liming methods (Watt et al. 1984).  Significantly higher densities of juvenile salmon
were found in the immediate vicinity of instream limestone gravel deposits, but this beneficial effect
did not persist  far downstream.  In the lake liming studies, salmon parr introduced into the
previously barren and toxic outlet stream of Sandy Lake were still surviving one year after liming. In
addition, wild native salmon adults migrated (apparently  attracted by the higher pHs) into the
previously unused outlet  stream and spawned successfully.  The  resulting native salmon fry were
showing good survival up to one year after liming.
      A large area of Nova Scotia has already been rendered barren of Atlantic salmon  (Watt et al.
1983). After the acidic deposition problem is brought under control, it will be necessary  to initiate a
salmon restoration program for the barren habitats. Restoration would be easier and have a higher
probability of success if a number of nuclei of native wild local stocks were available to provide a
genetically diverse selection of potential donor stocks.  To achieve such a gene bank, Watt (in press)
recommends that a number (approximately  six) of the  18  river stocks currently threatened with
extinction be preserved by using the headwater lake liming technique to create deacidified refuges in
tributaries.
      Estimating the costs associated with liming lakes in eastern Canada and rivers in  Nova Scotia
to mitigate the effects of acidic deposition is beyond the scope of this assessment. Because of the large
                                            7*14

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                     DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                     FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                       DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE

numbers of lakes in eastern Canada that are acidic (about 10,000 have ANC <0 ueq L"1; Kelso et al.
1986), liming lakes would be expensive. Recent estimates indicate that the costs would be many tens
of millions of dollars (Canadian; Minns and Kelso, in press).

7.4.3.4 Canadian Mitigation Studies: Conclusions
      Mitigation studies in Ontario and Nova Scotia suggest that, in  the absence of metals
contamination, biological recovery can occur, though the rate and extent are still uncertain. There is
a need for continued monitoring of both chemical and biological recovery following liming. Such data
will be particularly valuable for evaluating the extent to which lakes  and streams  exhibit a
hysteresis in recovery.                                      . ,.  .
      With respect to mitigation, the lake and river liming experience in Ontario and Nova Scotia
highlight the problems inherent in  using full-scale liming operations as a  way to  rehabilitate and
protect aquatic ecosystems:
      •  in highly metal-contaminated systems, liming  may not reduce metal concentrations
         to nontoxic levels;
      •  without concomitant reductions in acidic deposition, liming becomes a continuous
         process;
      *  liming may not protect the habitat for critical developmental periods of all fish
         species;
      •  the long-term response of resident fish populations to liming has not yet been
         assessed; and
      •  the full recovery of aquatic systems may require the introduction offish.

7.5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
7.5.1 Conclusions
      It is clear from the  Sudbury, Nova Scotia, and western Sweden studies that declines in
emissions and deposition lead  to chemical recovery.  Levels of ANC and pH increase; sulfate
concentrations (and metals concentrations in the case  of Sudbury) decline.  Data are insufficient to
evaluate the regional extent of biological recovery, although chemical concentrations and site-specific
studies near Sudbury suggest that biological recovery is probably either absent or is only very slight
in many lakes, perhaps because of high levels of trace metals remaining after decreased deposition.
      The conclusions from modeling studies and from  field studies of changes in lake chemistry
resulting from decreases in atmospheric deposition are as  follows.
      (1) Consistent with the mobile anion hypothesis, lakes in Sudbury and western Sweden
         and rivers in Nova Scotia have responded  immediately to changes  in sulfur
                                                         7-15

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE


         deposition. Corresponding reductions in nitrogen deposition or, as has been the case
         for the lakes in western Sweden, reductions in H* deposition are not necessary to
         induce recovery; rather, the critical variable appears to be sulfur.

      (2) Theoretical considerations  and empirical  evidence both indicate that an  initial
         hysteresis effect will develop for pH and ANC as lakewater  SC^"2 concentrations
         return to pre-acidification  levels.  Simulation  studies  using MAGIC show that
         complete recovery of pH and ANC will not  occur until base saturation is restored to
         pre-acidification levels.

      (3) Simulation  models indicate that the  response of lakes  to reductions in acidic
         deposition will be dictated by the hydraulic residence time  and the  nature and   •
         relative magnitudes of the various water flow paths.  Systems dominated by direct
         precipitation inputs and with short hydraulic residence times will respond both more
         rapidly and with  greater relative changes in concentrations of SC>4"2 and H+  than
         watersheds with long SCV2  residence times.   Catchments having low  cation
         exchange capacity and little ability to adsorb SO^"2  will have response times
         approximating a year.  Catchments with more moderate ability to adsorb SC>4~2 will
         both become acidified and recover from acidification at a substantially slower rate.


7.5.2 Recommendations
      The key  processes regulating the  rate and  extent  of  recovery of aquatic systems from

acidification are (1) base cation production from cation exchange and from mineral weathering and

(2) sulfate sorption. Because knowledge of the mechanisms and rates of base cation production and
sulfate sorption is incomplete, future research is needed to examine these processes during recovery.

Estimates need to be made of rates of cation exchange, of mineral weathering, and of replenishment

of the soil cation exchange complex from mineral weathering. For example, if the cation exchange

complex is depleted during acidification and the rate of base cation replenishment from weathering is

slow, then the rate of recovery will likely be slower than acidification and will be highly dependent on
the rate of mineral weathering. The slower recovery rate than acidification rate in western Sweden

has been interpreted as a slow return to pre-acidification levels of base saturation.

      Additional work is also required to determine if processes controlling the desorption of sulfate

from soils are the same as those controlling adsorption.  The sulfate recovery would be faster if sulfate
sorption were irreversible than if it were reversible.

      Detailed, process-level  studies of watershed recovery  from acidification, similar to the
Reversing Acidification in Norway Study, are  required to determine the mechanisms and  rates of
recovery.  These types of studies could  address  the issues  of base cation production and sulfate

adsorption.  Chosen watershed sites should represent a range of sulfate adsorption and base cation

exchange characteristics to allow estimates to be made of regional differences in recovery.
                                            7-16

-------
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                   DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
                                                                   FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
                                                                     DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
7.6 REFERENCES
Booth, G.M., J.G. Hamilton, and L.A. Malat In Press. Whole-lake and shoal lining in Ontario. In
situ bioassays and short-term biological and chemical changes. Water, Air, Sand oil Pollut.

Chen, C.W., S.A. Gherini, J.D. Dean, R.J.M. Hudson, and R. Goldstein. 1985. Development and
calibration of the Integrated Lake/Watershed Acidification Study Mode!.  In:  J.L. Schnoor, ed.
Modeling of Total Acid Precipitation Impacts, pp. 175-209. Ann Arbor Science.

Cook, R.B., C.A. Kelley, J.C. Kingston, and R. Kreis. In Press. Chemical limnology of soft water
lakes in the Upper Midwest. Biogeockemistry.

Cook, R.B., C.A. Kelly, D.W. Schindler, and M.A. Turner.  1986.  Mechanisms of hydrogen ion
neutralization in an experimentally acidified lake. Limnol. Oceanogr. 31:134-148.

Cosby, B.J., G.M. Hornberger, J.N. Galloway, and R.F. Wright 1985. Time scales of catchment
acidification:  a quantitative model for estimating freshwater acidification.  Environ. Sci.  Technol.
19:1144-1149.

Dillon, P.J., R.A. Reid, and R. Girard. 1986. Changes in the chemistry of lakes  near Sudbury,
Ontario, following reduction of SO2 emission. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 31(l-2):59-65.

Driscoll, C.T. and R.M. Newton.  1985. Chemical characteristics of acid-sensitive lakes in the
Adirondack region of New York. Environ. Sci. Technol. 19:1018-1024.

Federal/Provincial Research and Monitoring Coordinating Committee. 1986.  Assessment of
the State of Knowledge on the Long-Range Transport of Air Pollutants and Acid Deposition.
Environment Canada, Downsview, Ontario.

Forsberg, C., G. Morling, and R.G. Wetzel.  1985. Indications of the capacity for rapid reversibility
of lake acidification. Am&io. 14:164-166.

Gherini, S.A., L. Mok, R.J.M. Hudson, G.F. Davies, C.W. Chen, and R.A. Goldstein. 1985. The
ILWAS model:  formulation and application. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 26:425-459.

Henriksen, A.  1982.  Susceptibility of surface-waters  to acidification.  In: T.A. Haines and
R.E. Johnson, eds. Acid Rain/Fisheries, pp. 103-121.  Proceedings for the International Symposium
on Acid Precipitation and Fishery Impacts in North America. Northeastern Division of the American
Fisheries Society.

Hutchinson, T.C. and M. Havas.  1986.  Recovery of previously acidified lakes near Coniston,
Canada, following reductions in atmospheric sulphur and metal  emissions.  Water, Air, and Soil
Pollut. 28:319-333.

Jones, M.J., D.R. Marmorek, and G. Cunningham.  1984.  Predicting the extent of damage to
fisheries in inland lakes of eastern  Canada due to  acidic precipitation.  A report to the  Steering
Committee of a project sponsored by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans.

Keller, W., and J.R. Pitblado. 1986.  Water quality changes in Sudbury Area lakes: a comparison
of synoptic surveys in 1974-1976 and 1981-1983.  Water, Air, and Soil Pollut. 29:285-296.
                                                       7-17

-------
DRAFT PRELIMINARY INTERPRETIVE REPORT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
DO NOT CITE OR QUOTE
 Keller, W., J.R. Pitblado, and N.I. Conroy. In Press. Water quality changes in Sudbury area lakes
 related to reduced smelter emissions. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut.

 Kelly, C.A., J.W.M. Rudd,  R.H. Hesslein, D.W, Schindler, P.J. Dillon, C.T. Driscoll,
 S.A. Gherini, and R.E. Hecky.  In Press.  Prediction of biological acid neutralization in acid-
 sensitive lakes. Biogeochemistry.

 Kelso, J.R.M., C.K. Minns, J.E. Gray, and M.L. Jones.  1986.  Acidification of surface waters in
 eastern Canada and its relationships to aquatic biota.  Canadian Special Publication of Fisheries and
 Aquatic Sciences 87. Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Ottawa, Canada.

 Krug, B.C. and C.R. Frink. 1983. Acid rain on acid soil: A new perspective. Science 221:520-525.

 LaZerte, B.D. and P.J. Dillon. 1984. Relative importance of anthropogenic versus natural sources
 of acidity in lakes and streams of central Ontario. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 41:1664-1677.

 Marmorek, D. 1984.  Change in the temporal behavior and size structure of plankton systems in
 acid lakes. In: G. Hendrey, ed. Early Biotic Responses to Advancing Lake Acidification, pp. 23-42.
 Boston, MA: Butterworth Publishers.

 Minns, C.K. and J.R.M. Kelso. In Press.  Estimates of existing and potential impact of acidification
 on the freshwater resources of eastern Canada. Water, Air, and Soil Pollut.

 Rudd, J.W.M., C.A. Kelly, V. St Louis, R.H. Hesslein, A. Furitani, and M.H. Holoka.  1986.
 Microbial consumption of nitric and sulfuric acids in acidified north temperate lakes.  Limnol.
 Oceanogr. 31:1267-1280.

 Thompson, M.E. 1986. The cation denudation rate model - its continued validity. Water, Air, and
 Soil Pollut. 31:17-26.

 Watt, W.D. In Press.  The case for liming some Nova Scotian salmon rivers. Water, Air, and Soil
 Pollut.

 Watt, W.D., G.J. Farmer, and W.J. White. 1984. Studies on the use of limestone to restore Atlantic
 salmon habitat in acidified rivers.  Lake and Reservoir Management,  Proceedings of the Third
 Annual Conference of the North American Lake Management Society, pp. 374-379.

 Watt, W.D., C.D. Scott,  and W.J. White. 1983.  Evidence of acidification of some Nova Scotian
 rivers and its impact on Atlantic salmon, Salmo salav. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 40:462-473.

 White, W.J., W.D. Watt, and C.D. Scott 1984. An experiment on the  feasibility of rehabilitating
 acidified Atlantic salmon habitat in Nova Scotia by addition of lime. Fisheries 9:25-30.
 Wright, R.F.  1983.  Predicting acidification of North American lakes.
 Norwegian Institute for Water Research, Oslo, Norway.
NIVA Report  0-81036.
,_Yan, N.D.  1985a.  Biological effects of acidification.  III.  Long-term changes in the plankton of
 Clearwater Lake near Sudbury, Ontario: Have the communities responded to reduced acid inputs?
 Presented at the International Symposium of Acidic Precipitation, Muskoka, Ontario.
                           U.S.  Environmental Protection Agsaoy
                           Library.  Rocra 2404  PM-211-A
                           401 M Street, S.W.
                           Washington, DC    20460

                                           7-18

-------
                                                  A-'
I
i
1
n
i
Bale. Due I
*

'•f&tt'3b
wov- n.
. . :
'..'-•-.: ' " '"



1 • ' ' * '




P



•
• .... •? - ' -*; -><
-iyyi . : -





• ^ * ."*







.
'•* ' * r'- .*•• "
•' " -

- . , .; -.

-• • .. ; •
, ••. • "'
- •








,>• • ' -

• • -;' - ;
«".;•' ~ - •/ *
"
^ •

; !
.






OftODART, INC


-------

-------